traffic department commercial - pakistan railways

(CHAPTERS I TO XXIV) 20 October, 2011

PAKISTAN RAILWAYS

Riaz Ahmad & Company Chartered Accountants

PAKISTAN RAILWAYS CODE FOR THE TRAFFIC DEPARTMENT (COMMERCIAL)


PREFACE

1. The first edition of this code was brought on 10th April 1939. Now, an elaborate exercise has been carried out to revise “Pakistan Railways Code for the Traffic Department (Commercial)” for upgraded Financial and Management Information System, under supervision and control of Mr. Mubarik Khan, Project Director, Project Management Unit (PMU), Ministry of Railways and expert review of Syed Gulrez Hashmi, Additional General Manager Railways (Retired).

2. This code contains the rules and instructions for the guidance of officers and staff of Pakistan Railways regarding railway rates and charges, booking of passengers, initial accounts and returns for passenger traffic, collection of passenger tickets, booking and delivery of passengers luggage, booking by passengers train of animal etc., booking and delivery of parcels traffic, booking of excepted articles, miscellaneous traffic, initial coaching books and returns, booking of goods traffic, loading and unloading of goods, booking and delivery of railway materials, claims and refunds, initial books and returns in connection with goods traffic, lost property office, terminal tax, traffic receipts and remittances, assisted sidings, out-agencies/city booking agencies, station out standings.

3. The rules and orders embodied in this Code are to be followed with due care and caution and are applicable to Pakistan Railways.

4. In case, Chief Commercial Managers or any other concerned Principal Officers desire to make any amendment in the procedure laid down in this Code, they should address to Member Finance through General Manager (Operations) for such authorization in each case.

5. Contributions made by Messrs Saeed Akhtar, General Manager Operations, Muhammad Ali, Deputy Director, (PMU) and efforts made by Riaz Ahmad & Company, Chartered Accountants, Consultants, in accomplishing this task are highly appreciated and placed on record.

Islamabad,

00-00-2012

Arif Azim

Secretary

Ministry of Railways

Government of Pakistan


INTRODUCTORY NOTES

1. Index Letters for Codes The following index letters are used for distinguishing the several Pakistan Railways Codes from each other.

S for the Stores Department. W Mechanical Department (Workshops). A Accounts Department. T Traffic Department (Commercial). E Engineering Department. G General Code.

2. Paragraph Numbers For convenience of indexing and of reference, the paragraphs have been numbered according to a 3/4 figure “code”, in which the last two figures give the number of the paragraph and the remaining figures the number of the chapter. Thus paragraph 101 of any code is paragraph 1 of chapter 1 of that code and paragraph 1421, paragraph 21 of chapter XIV. 3. References to Paragraphs Reference in a code to the paragraphs of any other code is made by putting the paragraph number first, followed by the index letter of the code concerned as the suffix. Thus 1236 T means paragraph 36 of Chapter XII of the Pakistan Railways Code for the Traffic Department and 9 App. IT means paragraph 9 of Appendix I to the Pakistan Railways Code for the Traffic Department. 4. References to “Forms” The “forms” referred to in any of the Pakistan Railways Codes take the number of the paragraph of the code in which they are described, the index letter of the code in question being prefixed to the number of the paragraph in which the form is illustrated. Thus T.501 is the form that is described and illustrated in paragraph 1 of Chapter V of the Pakistan Railways Code for the Traffic Department.


INDEX

1

DESCRIPTION CHAPTER

NO.

INTRODUCTORY I

RAILWAY RATES AND CHARGES II

BOOKING OF PASSENGERS —— PUBLIC TRAFFIC III

BOOKING OF PASSENGERS, WARRANTS, CONCESSION ORDERS AND PASSES IV

INITIAL ACCOUNTS AND RETURNS FOR PASSENGER TRAFFIC V

CHECK AND COLLECTION OF PASSENGER TICKETS VI

BOOKING AND DELIVERY OF PASSENGERS’ LUGGAGE VII

BOOKING BY PASSENGER TRAINS OF ANIMALS, BIRDS AND CARRIAGES VIII

BOOKING AND DELIVERY OF PARCELS TRAFFIC IX

BOOKING OF EXCEPTED ARTICLES X

MISCELLANEOUS TRAFFIC XI

INITIAL ‘COACHING’ BOOKS AND RETURNS XII

BOOKING OF GOODS TRAFFIC XIII

LOADING OF GOODS XIV

UNLOADING AND DELIVERY OF GOODS XV

BOOKING AND DELIVERY OF RAILWAY MATERIALS XVI

CLAIMS AND REFUNDS XVII

INITIAL BOOKS AND RETURNS IN CONNECTION WITH GOODS TRAFFIC XVIII

LOST PROPERTY OFFICE XIX

TERMINAL TAX XX


INDEX

2

DESCRIPTION CHAPTER

NO.

TRAFFIC RECEIPTS AND REMITTANCES XXI

ASSISTED SIDINGS XXII

OUT-AGENCIES / CITY BOOKING AGENCIES XXIII

STATION OUTSTANDINGS XXIV


LIST OF APPENDICES

3

DESCRIPTION APPENDIX

NO.

PRINCIPLES GOVERNING THE IMPOSITION AND COLLECTION OF TERMINAL TAX I

(A) SKELETON FORM OF OUT-AGENCY AGREEMENT II

(B) SKELTON FORM OF CITY BOOKING AGENCY AGREEMENT

MODEL AGREEMENT FOR ASSISTED SIDING III

CHAPTER I

20 October, 2011

PAKISTAN RAILWAYS




CHAPTER I

INTRODUCTORY

4

CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION PAGE NO. PARA NO.

COMMERCIAL BRANCH 1.1 101 (102 — 105 Deleted)

STAFF 1.2 — 1.3 106 — 107

STATISTICS 1.3 108

MANUAL 1.3 109

DEFINITIONS 1.3 110

POWERS OF CHIEF COMMERCIAL MANAGER 1.5 111


CHAPTER I

INTRODUCTORY

1.1

101. The Commercial Branch: The branch is headed by Chief Commercial Manager, who is responsible to the General Manager, Pakistan Railways, for all matters pertaining to his branch. Commercial Branch is responsible for sale of transportation and services provided by Pakistan Railways, and for their prompt realization of earnings derived therefrom. Some of the important functions of the branch are:

• Claims and refunds • Vending, Catering and Handling Contracts • Ticket checking and frauds • Cash collection • Issuing policy directives to the Divisional Superintendents pertaining to the

above The above matters are dealt by the branch through various sections:

• Agreement Section This section deals with the execution and compliance of the agreements made with the different parties regarding catering services, vending contracts, goods handling contracts, etc. • Compensation Claims Section The cases of claims lodged on Pakistan Railways are dealt with in this section. This section is further divided into sub-section for increasing efficiency.

Note; 1. Claims compensation up to the limit of Rupees 20,000 (twenty thousand) and booked from station on adjoining division or from a station of the same division will be dealt with by the Divisional Superintendent in whose jurisdiction destination falls except Karachi Division. Note: 2. The Divisional Superintendent Karachi will deal with all cases booked from any station over Pakistan Railways to a station on his division of any amount. However, sanction of the amount over Rupees 20,000 (twenty thousand) after proper process will be referred to the Headquarters Office for final sanction / orders. Note: 3. Compensation claims cases from Indian Railways and Iranian Railways will be dealt with by Headquarters Office. Note: 4. Cases of Compensation / Refunds / Waiver / Write off of the fare and freight, demurrage, wharfage charges, etc. will be dealt with by respective officers of Headquarters and Divisions under Schedule of Powers.


CHAPTER I

INTRODUCTORY

1.2

• Refund Section Refunds of fare, freight, demurrage, wharfage, etc. above certain monetary limits are dealt with in this section.

• Ticket Checking Section This section deals with all matters relating to irregular and ticketless travelling including management of Special Ticket Examiners.

• Outstanding Section This section deals with the clearance of outstanding amounts like recovery of freight, demurrage, wharfage, etc. • Rates section Revision of rates structure, formulation of fare and freight charges, preparation of rate tables, quotation of rates to public are the main functions of this section.

• Statistical Commercial Section This section deals with the formulation of budgetary proposals, preparation of revenue statistics, periodical review of budget, etc. • Miscellaneous Section This section deals with different allied matters relating to coaching and goods transportation like complaints against commercial staff, theft or loss of luggage or goods, policy matters relating to issue of invoices and other railway documents, warehousing, etc.

102. Deleted. 103. Deleted. 104. Deleted. 105. Deleted.

106. Staff: The Commercial Department is, by the nature of its duties, required to remain into very close contact with the travelling public and trading community, and, while mindful of the financial interests of the railway, has to remain alert to meet the changing needs and demands of the latter. The closest co-operation, between the rank and file of the department scattered over hundreds of stations and the supervisory staff of subordinates and officers, is, therefore, called for, and the direction and control of the large numbers of railway employees, on whose combined labour depends the efficiency of the transportation service rendered by the railway, is another major


CHAPTER I

INTRODUCTORY

1.3

responsibility of the Chief Commercial Manager. Such direction and control is exercised by the Chief Commercial Manager, through Divisional Officers and the Assistants of the latter.

107. Many the employees of the Commercial Department have to carry out ‘operating‘ duties in addition to their ‘commercial‘ duties, and work, for the purpose of the former, under the direction and control of the Operating Department. The activities of the Commercial and Operating Departments which together constitute the Transportation (Traffic) Department, have to be coordinated in such a manner as to avoid duplication of work.

108. Statistics: The passenger and freight statistics compiled by Railway are designed to assist the Chief Commercial Manager in keeping himself informed of the trends of traffic, so that he could effectively and promptly take steps cater to fluctuations in traffic. The organization of this office should, therefore, provide for the systematic and intelligent analysis of the Railway’s statistics, whether compiled in his own office or in any other.

109. Manual: The Chief Commercial Manager should lay down in a Manual the details of organization of his own office, the procedure to be followed therein and the nature and extent of the responsibility of the staff belonging thereto. The Manual should also contain such rules and instructions for use by station and other staff engaged in commercial duties as will be supplementary to and not inconsistent with the rules in this Code.

110. Definitions: Unless the contrary is evident from the context the following terms have been used in the Code, with the meanings shown below:

(1) “Booking Railway“ means the railway on which traffic originates. (2) “Cross Traffic” When used with reference to a railway, means the traffic

which passes over that railway but neither originates nor terminates on it. (3) “Day”: The railway “day“ commences and ends at midnight.

(4) “Demurrage Charges“are charges levied by Pakistan Railways for detention to

stock, beyond the authorized free time, caused either by the consignors in loading or by the consignees in unloading consignments.

(5) “Destination Railway“ means the railway on which traffic terminates.


CHAPTER I

INTRODUCTORY

1.4

(6) “Intermediate Railway“ means any railway between the booking and the destination railways.

(7) “Invoice“ is a document showing full particulars of consignments booked by

goods train. (8) “Junction Invoice“ is that foil of the invoice which is sent by the booking

station to the first junction and thence to the next junction or destination, as the case may be.

(9) “Local Traffic“ means traffic originating and terminating at stations situated

within the limits of Pakistan Railways. (10) “Memo. Invoice“ is an invoice prepared (from the particulars available on

the wagon labels, code marks, guidance, etc.) in the absence of the ‘Through Invoice’, ‘Junction Invoice’ or Railway Receipt.

(11) “Month“: The calendar “month” begins at zero hour on the first and ends at

midnight on the last day of the month. (12) “Paid on charges“ are the charges outstanding at the rebooking station, in

connection with consignments rebooked from that station to another. These include (besides freight) wharfage, demurrage, etc., which may have accrued at the rebooking station.

(13) “Period“: The calendar month is divided into three periods (namely, first to

tenth, eleventh to twentieth, and twenty first to last day of the month) to facilitate the compilation and check of accounts both at stations and in the Accounts Office.

(14) “Terminals“ includes charges in respect of stations, sidings, wharves, depots,

warehouses, cranes and other similar matters and of any services rendered thereat.

(15) “Through Invoice“ is that foil of the invoice which is sent by the booking

station to the destination station in case of ‘through‘ traffic. (16) “Through Traffic“ means traffic carried over two or more railways. (17) “Wharfage Charges“ are the charges levied after the lapse of a certain period

of free time on consignments awaiting dispatch or those available for delivery but not taken delivery of or not removed.


CHAPTER I

INTRODUCTORY

1.5

111. Powers of Chief Commercial Manager:- The Chief Commercial Manager has been delegated the following powers with regard to commercial working of Pakistan Railways: To award, terminate and accept agreements in respect of the following:

• Dining cars, buffet cars, catering on parlour and railcars as well as refreshment rooms on important stations

• City Booking and Out agencies and travel agencies • Contracts for licensed porters, luggage, parcel and goods handling • Siding agreements • Contracts for loading and unloading goods and for other matters necessary for,

or incidental to, traffic working. • Agreements for the interchange of traffic with foreign Railways. • to enhance or otherwise vary the free allowance of luggage ordinarily

admissible, on market vendors’ and other return tickets issued in connexion with periodical fairs or markets, wherever considered necessary, with a view to meet road competition;

Financial powers exercised by the Chief Commercial Manager are:

Sr. no. Description Rupees

(a) Waiver / Write Off: Wharfage charges 40,000 Demurrage / Detention charges 20,000 Demurrage due from handling contractors 30,000 Irrevocable debits Freight outstanding 10,000 Special Detention Charges (Foreign Traffic) 20,000 Irrevocable receipt of other charges 10,000 Irrevocable outstanding earnings 10,000 Spurious Currency Notes 5,000 Loss of Vouchers and Credits Notes / Cash 5,000

(b) Compensation Claims for goods lost or damaged 30,000

(c) Refund of: Fare and freight against tariff rules 15,000 Fare and freight in accordance with tariff rules 20,000 Wharfage charges 30,000 Demurrage / detention charges 20,000

CHAPTER II

20 October, 2011

PAKISTAN RAILWAYS




CHAPTER II

RAILWAY RATES AND CHARGES

5

CONTENTS


MAXIMA AND MINIMA RATES AND FARES 2.1 201

PUBLICATION OF RULES, RATES AND CONDITIONS IN TARIFFS 2.1 202

RULES AND RATES FOR THE CONVEYANCE OF MILITARY TRAFFIC AND OF EXPLOSIVES AND OTHER DANGEROUS GOODS 2.1 203

RATE AND FARE LISTS 2.1 204

CLASSIFICATION OF GOODS 2.2 205 — 206

ADDITIONS OR ALTERATIONS TO THE GENERAL CLASSIFICATION 2.3 207 — 208

DIFFERENT KINDS OF RATES 2.3 209

METHOD OF ASCERTAINING A RATE 2.3 210

NOTICE OF ENHANCEMENT OF RATES 2.4 211 (212 Deleted)

ADVICES OF CHANGES IN RULES, RATES AND FARES 2.4 213

FILING OF RATE ADVICES AND CIRCULARS 2.4 214

ACCESSIBILITY TO THE PUBLIC OF RATE AND FARE ADVICES 2.4 215

CORRECTING OF TARIFFS 2.4 216

QUOTATION OF RATES

2.4 — 2.5

217 — 219 (220 Deleted)

ROUTING OF TRAFFIC IN “LOCAL” BOOKING

2.5

221 (222 — 224 Deleted)


CHAPTER II


2.1

201. Maxima and minima rates and fares: In common with all public utility undertakings, Pakistan Railways is subject to the control of the Federal Government in respect of the rates and charges levied, and the Ministry of Railways (Railway Board) have prescribed the maxima and minima within which limits alone, unless specially exempted, Railway Administration may levy its rates and fares. Schedules of maximum and minimum rates and fares and exceptions thereto are published by Railway Administration in its Coaching and Goods Tariffs.

202. Publication of rules, rates and conditions in Tariffs: The rules, rates and conditions in accordance with which traffic is accepted and dealt with are printed and notified to the public and the staff by Railway Administration in Coaching and Goods Tariffs.

203. Rules and rates for the conveyance of Military traffic and of explosives and other dangerous goods: The rules and rates for the transport of troops, military baggage and stores, by ordinary or special trains, are contained in the Special Provisions for Military Traffic issued by Government of Pakistan, Ministry of Railways with the consultation and the approval of Ministry of Defence. Similarly, the rules and rates for the conveyance by rail of explosives and other dangerous goods are embodied in the "Red Tariff" published by the Railway Administration. Both these sets of rules and rates should be communicated to the station staff by Railway Administration with such subsidiary instructions as may be found necessary.

204. Rate and fare lists: Apart from the Coaching and Goods Tariffs mentioned in paragraphs 202 and 203, the following publications are generally supplied to stations to enable them to work out fares and freight in Local booking:

(i) Deleted; (ii) Deleted; (iii) Passenger fare table showing fare and distance for charge between stations for each class for distance from 1 to 2500 kilometres; (iv) Deleted; (v) Deleted; (vi) Deleted; (vii) Deleted; (viii) Deleted


CHAPTER II


2.2

(ix) An alphabetical list of railway stations in Pakistan including City Booking Offices, Booking Agencies, Out-Agencies and Sidings Working in conjunction therewith. (x) Goods Rates Table showing rate per tonne for each scale applicable from 1 to 5000 kilometres for use in local and through booking. (xi) Rate Tables showing charges for parcels, luggage and other coaching traffic (except passengers) applicable in both local and through booking with foreign railways. (xii) Goods Tariff (part I) containing rules for acceptance, carriage and delivery of goods; special rules, conditions, charges, etc. applicable in booking to and from Karachi; rebate on Iranian traffic; sidings, bulk oil installations, out-agencies and city booking agencies. (xiii) Goods Tariff (Part II) containing rules for acceptances, carriage and delivery of goods; special rules, conditions, charges, etc. applicable to and from Karachi, sidings, bulk oil installations, out-agencies and city booking agencies. (xiv) Government Tariff containing rules, rates, conditions, etc for the carriage of Government Traffic other than Military. (xv) Coaching Tariff containing rules for the conveyance of passengers and the rules, rates and conditions for the conveyance, by coaching trains, of other traffic such as luggage, parcels, animals, etc. (xvi) Pamphlet of distance tables in kilometres.

205. Classification of Goods: All commodities offering for conveyance by goods trains have, with the approval of the Ministry of Railways (Railway Board), been grouped into "classes" in the General Classification of Goods. The primary object of this grouping is to fix the maximum and minimum rate per tonne per kilometre, subject only to the exceptions specially sanctioned by the Ministry of Railways (Railway Board).

206. The maximum of the class in which a commodity is placed is the ordinary rate per tonne per kilometre that may be charged for that commodity exclusive of terminals, short distance charges and tolls. The minimum of the class is the rate per tonne per kilometre which may not be infringed without the approval of the Ministry of Railways (Railway Board). The General Classification of goods, together with the exceptions, and variations thereto, as sanctioned, is printed by the Pakistan Railways in the Goods Tariff Part-II.


CHAPTER II


2.3

207. Additions or alterations to the General Classification.– Ministry of Railways is empowered to make alterations in the General Classification or to classify a commodity not shown in the Classification. Railway Administration however, is competent to make any alteration in the minimum weight for charge. 208. Commodities have sometimes to be expressed by their synonyms or in vernacular for the purpose of clearly identifying them. The classification of such commodities under the headings shown in the tariff will not be considered as altering or adding to the Classification provided the synonym or vernacular name is given in the tariff. A list of all such synonyms, trade, vernacular and proprietary names of commodities together with the classified heading in the tariff under which they are chargeable should be given in the tariff. 209. Different kinds of rates: The rates charged for a commodity fall into following divisions:

(i) “Class rates” are the maximum permissible rates (paragraph 206). Class rates are sometimes quoted which are lower than these maxima rates. These are called “adjusted class rates.” (ii) Deleted. (iii) “Station-to-station rates”: A station-to-station rate is a special reduced rate for specific commodity between two specific stations. Railway Administration is competent to quote special station-to-station rates without making reference to the Ministry of Railways (Railway Board).

210. (a) Method of ascertaining a rate: To ascertain the rate chargeable, reference should first be made to the Station-to-Station Rate List to see if a station—to-station rate is quoted. If so, that is the rate chargeable, provided the conditions attached thereto are complied with. (b) When no station-to-station rate is found, or the conditions attached to the station-to-station rate are not complied with, reference should be made to the Exception List to ascertain if the commodity is charged at a class rate other than that quoted in the General Classification of Goods, and if the conditions attached thereto are complied with, the column bearing the corresponding number or letter in the Local Rate Tables will give the rate chargeable (c) If there is no entry in the Exception List, or if the conditions attached to the rates in the Exception List are not complied with, the commodity is charged at the class rate as entered in the General Classification of Goods.


CHAPTER II


2.4

(d) Ordinarily the class rate of a commodity is the railway risk rate. But in cases where there is an alternative rate quoted in the General Classification of Goods the reduced rate will apply only when the owner undertakes the risk attendant upon the carriage of the commodity and executes the proper Risk Note (see paragraph 1322). 211. Notice of enhancement of rates: No enhancement of rates payable by the public should be made until after 7 days notice has been given. 212. Deleted. 213. Advices of changes in rules, rates and fares: Advices of all changes in rates, fares, classifications, rebates and conditions are notified in Supplement to Pakistan Railways Gazette which is issued twice a month, station rate advice and special rate circular etc. 214. Filing of Rate Advices and Circulars: The Rate Advices special rate circular and Supplement to Pakistan Railways Gazette in which changes in the rules, rates, etc. are notified, should be carefully filed in serial order by the staff entrusted with the booking and delivery of traffic, who should carry out the necessary corrections in their tariffs and initial the Advice and Supplement to Pakistan Railways Gazette or Circular in token of their having done so. 215. Accessibility to the public of Rate and Fare Advices: The files containing advices of changes in rates and fares referred to in the previous paragraph should be kept handy for reference by the public. A copy of all notifications affecting passenger fares should be posted near the Booking Office window for the information of the travelling public. 216. Correcting of tariffs: As the authority for charging the rates and fares is the tariff in force for the time being, it is of the utmost importance to keep it up-to-date by noting therein the changes notified through Rate Advices and Supplements to Pakistan Railways Gazette. Station Masters, Commercial Supervisor (Goods), or Commercial Superintendent (Goods) at stations, where the Goods Office is controlled by the latter, should frequently examine the copies of the tariff books in use and see that they are kept up to date. A certificate to this effect should be recorded on the Outwards or Inwards Book or any other account book on which the official whose tariffs have been examined is employed. These certificates should be looked for and tested by Traffic or Commercial Inspector and by Inspectors of Coaching and Goods Accounts by actual examination of the tariff books in question and a suitable note given in the Inspection Book and in the Inspection Report. 217. Quotation of rates: Pakistan Railways should publish in its tariff the designation of the authority from whom authentic information in regard to the rates and conditions for goods traffic may be had. On application from the public for the quotation of a rate,


CHAPTER II


2.5

such authority should promptly furnish the same. The probable period which the supply of the information will take should be communicated to the person requiring the information. Quotations made by competent authority should be of rates existing on the day the quotation is made. When it is known that a rate is to be altered within 7 days, the revised rate should also be quoted with the date from which it will become effective. 218. Rates should be quoted in all rate lists or books at "per kilogram" or, "per tonne" or "per wagon". All quotations should be in Rupees. When any wagon rates are quoted, it should be clearly stated whether the rates apply on the full marked carrying capacity of the wagon used or not, i.e., up to what weight the wagon rate applies and what rates are applicable for quantities loaded in excess of that weight. 219. The rates quoted for freight should, except where otherwise specified, include excise duty and custom examination charges, tolls, etc. where charged, as also all such services as marking, weighing, making out receipts, loading and unloading. 220. Deleted. Routing of traffic 221. Routing of traffic in "Local" booking: Railway Administration should issue routing instructions showing routes by which traffic should be carried. All Local traffic should be booked and carried in accordance with these instructions. 222. Deleted. 223. Deleted. 224. Deleted.

CHAPTER III

20 October, 2011

PAKISTAN RAILWAYS




CHAPTER III

BOOKING OF PASSENGERS – PUBLIC TRAFFIC

6

CONTENTS


DESCRIPTIONS OF PASSENGER TICKETS 3.1 301

NUMBERING OF TICKETS 3.3 302

CLASSES OF PRINTED TICKETS 3.4 303

CARD TICKET 3.4 304

FORMS OF TICKETS 3.4 305

SAFEGUARDS AGAINST FAKED TICKETS 3.4 306

SUPPLY OF TICKETS AND MACHINE NUMBERED FORMS 3.4 307

ESTIMATES OF TICKETS 3.8 308

PERIOD FOR WHICH INDENTS SHOULD BE PREPARED 3.8 309

DATES FOR SUBMISSION OF INDENTS 3.9 310

PREPARATION OF INDENTS 3.9 311

EMERGENT INDENTS 3.9 312 — 312A

STOCK OF TICKETS 3.9 313

RECEIPT AND EXAMINATION OF PASSENGER CARD TICKETS AND NUMBERED BOOKS 3.9 314

TICKET STOCK BOOK 3.10 315

METHOD OF ASCERTAINING THE NUMBER OF TICKETS ON HAND 3.10 316

RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE CUSTODY AND CLEANLINESS OF TICKETS 3.10 317 — 318

HANDING OVER STOCK OF TICKETS 3.10 319


CHAPTER III


7

CONTENTS


SURPLUS OR OBSOLETE TICKETS 3.11 320

TICKET CASES AND TUBES 3.12 321 — 323

REPLENISHING OF TICKETS FROM STOCK 3.12 324

DATING MACHINES 3.12 325 — 326

STAMP DATING OF CARD TICKETS

3.12 — 3.13

327 — 331 (330 Deleted)

ISSUE OF PRINTED CARD TICKETS 3.13 332

ISSUE OF BLANK PAPER TICKETS 3.13 333

RECORDING OF “VIA” ON PAPER TICKETS 3.13 334

CORRECTIONS IN BLANK PAPER TICKETS PROHIBITED

3.13

335 (336 — 341 Deleted)

TICKETS ISSUED OUT OF ORDER 3.14 342 — 343

NON-ISSUED TICKETS 3.14 344

“BACKING UP” OF TICKETS 3.15 345 — 346

RESERVED ACCOMMODATION 3.16 — 3.17 347 — 349

ACCEPTANCE OF CONCESSION TICKETS AS FULLY PAID TICKETS FOR RESERVED ACCOMMODATION 3.17 350

SEASON TICKETS 3.17 351 — 352

DEPOSITS 3.17 353

RENEWAL OF SEASON TICKET 3.17 354

REFUND OF DEPOSIT 3.18 355


CHAPTER III


8

CONTENTS


FORFEITURE OF DEPOSIT 3.18 356

ACCOUNTAL OF SEASON TICKETS 3.18 357

COLLECTED SEASON TICKETS

3.19

358 (359 — 365 Deleted)

PAYMENT OF PASSENGER FARES 3.19 366

CONCESSION ORDERS 3.20 367

PLATFORM TICKETS 3.20 368


CHAPTER III

BOOKING OF PASSENGERS — PUBLIC TRAFFIC

3.1

301. Descriptions of passenger tickets: Persons intending to travel by rail should, on payment by them of necessary fares, be furnished, in token of acknowledgment of the amount collected from them, with vouchers which should either be card or paper tickets. These tickets are generally of three descriptions, viz: (i) "Printed card" tickets of the various classes on which the names of "station from" and "station to", class and fare should be printed. These tickets should be printed and supplied for all stations for which fifty or more tickets are issued in a year. The names of stations from and to, class and fare should be printed in English as well as in Urdu language.

FORM NO. T. 301(i)

PRINTED CARD TICKET

(Observe). (Reverse).

Trai

n N

umbe

r

Fais

alab

ad

To

Laho

re

Fare

R

upee

s……

…

Seri

al #

Cla

ss

Paki

stan

R

ailw

ays

(ii) Deleted. ...... (iii) "Blank Paper" single journey tickets in three foils in bound book form will be provided for use in special cases when printed card tickets are out of stock. These may be separately issued for each class at tariff and concessional rates. Special tickets will be issued for reserved compartments or carriages.


CHAPTER III


3.2

FORM NO T. 301 (iii)

BLANK PAPER TICKET

PAKISTAN RAILWAYS. PAKISTAN RAILWAYS. PAKISTAN RAILWAYS. ACCOUNTS FOIL OF BLANK PAPER

TICKET -- LOCAL. PASSENGER FOIL OF BLANK PAPER

TICKET -- LOCAL. RECORD FOIL OF BLANK PAPER

TICKET -- LOCAL.

CLASS………………….. CLASS………………….. CLASS………………….. (NOT TRANSFERABLE) (NOT TRANSFERABLE) (NOT TRANSFERABLE)

Sr.No. ….A 798009 Sr.No. ….A 798009 Sr.No. ….A 798009

*_____________________ Adult /

Child(ren) is / are entitled to travel from _______________to

_______________________ via ____________________ by

**________________________train.

*_____________________ Adult / Child(ren) is / are entitled to travel

from _______________to _______________________ via

____________________ by **________________________train.

*_____________________ Adult / Child(ren) is / are entitled to travel

from _______________to _______________________ via

____________________ by passenger train.

Date of issue ___________________ 20___

Date of issue ___________________ 20___

Date of issue ___________________ 20___

Fare charged Rs. _____________ Fare charged Rs. _____________ Fare charged Rs. _____________

Journey to commence on

____________________________ Journey to commence on

____________________________ Journey to commence on

____________________________

Station Master

Station Master

Station Master

*Here enter number of passengers in figure as well as in words in block capital letters.



Issued subject to the Rules and Regulation of the Pakistan Railways.




CHAPTER III


3.3

(iv). “Computerized Tickets” will be issued for both reserved and current travelling from the reservation offices and stations where computerized ticketing facilities are available.

FORM NO T. 301 (iv)

COMPUTERIZED TICKET

Symbol of Journey Speed & Safety.

Ticket No ............................................. Computer No ....................................... Name ................................................... CNIC No ................................................ Train ..................................................... Dep. Date .............Dep. Time .............. From ......................To .......................... Coach ....................S/B ......................... Amount RS. ............Booking Date ........ Reserved by ..........................................

Pakistan Railways

Passenger Ticket For reservation Information Call

111-217-217 Islamabad, Rawalpindi,

Lahore & Karachi

S.No. PR 02043301752 www.pakrail.com

302. Numbering of tickets: The tickets of each description and of each class should, in order to facilitate check and as a precaution against fraud, be machine numbered in progressive series with consecutive numbers commencing from 000,000 to 999,999 for each series. The progressive numbers should be printed at one end of the ticket. When a year's supply of any one series runs to more than 999,999 tickets, tickets of the second supply should bear the letter A, those of the third supply "B" and so on.


CHAPTER III


3.4

303. Classes of printed tickets: Card tickets and blank paper tickets should be printed for all classes for which passenger accommodation is available on Pakistan Railways. A list showing the different classes of passenger accommodation available on Pakistan Railways is printed in the Pakistan Railways Coaching tariff. 304. Card Ticket: The card ticket is the easiest to deal with in the booking office, it is most convenient to the traveller and it admits of simpler methods of accounting and should be used, where practicable, in preference to the paper ticket. 305. Forms of tickets: (a) The form in which the various kinds of tickets should be printed for Local booking is left to Pakistan Railways Administration. Whatever form is adopted, it should provide for the machine numbering of tickets in progressive series and the allotment of separate series to each kind of ticket. (b) Deleted. (c) Deleted. 306. Safeguards against faked tickets: In order to make the building up of faked tickets more difficult and as a measure of protection against erasures, all card tickets should ordinarily have a hatched background. In the case of paper tickets, the foil or foils intended for passengers should generally be hatched. 307. Supply of tickets and machine numbered forms: Card and paper tickets, as also all machine numbered forms, should be obtained by Station Masters on Indent (Form No. T 307 and Form No. T 307A) from the Superintendent, Printing, or any other officer who may be entrusted with the task. The Indents should be prepared in triplicate. Two copies should be sent to the Assistant Superintendent Printing, from which one acknowledged copy is returned to station and the third being retained as station record.


CHAPTER III


3.5

FORM NO. T 307 TICKET INDENT

INDENT FOR PASSENGER CARD TICKETS FOR THE QUARTER / EMERGENT

COMMENCING……………….20….

Class………………Station………......Code…………..Initial……………….

This indent consists of ……pages

Last progressive

number Supplied

Printing particulars

Nam

e of

sta

tion

to

In c

apita

l let

ters

Stat

ion

code

Via

Kilo

met

re

Fare

Rec

eive

d

Issu

ed

Tick

ets

on h

and

Qua

ntity

allo

wed

as

per

estim

ate

Num

ber

of ti

cket

s in

dent

ed fo

r

Num

ber

of ti

cket

s sa

nctio

ned

Com

men

cing

No.

Clo

sing

No.

Qua

ntity

Initi

als

of le

dger

pos

ter

Whe

n pr

inte

d

M. N

o.

Initi

als

of T

icke

t Che

cker

Initi

als

of D

ispa

tche

r

Rem

arks

by

Stat

ion

Mas

ter,

if a

ny

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

PAKISTAN RAILWAYS

Station Stamp————————————————— ————————————————————Station.

Quarterly/Emergent Indent for passenger Tickets No………………………………. Dated…………………………….20 .

Forwarded to Assistant Controller of Stores (Ticket Printing), Moghalpura through Incharge Ticket Indenting Cell………........................ (Division.) Station Stamp. Station Master.

To

F.A & C.A.O./Revenue. for verification and early return.

T.P. No.——————————————— Dated————————————20 .

————————————————————— for Asstt. Controller of Stores, Ticket Printing, Moghalpura.


CHAPTER III


3.6

T.A. No. ————————————————— Dated——————————————20 . Returned to T.P. Section duly verified for compliance. —————————————————————— for FA & CAO/Revenue P.R., Lahore.

T.M. No. ———————————————— Dated———————————————20 .

Returned to the Assistant Controller of Stores (Ticket Printing), MGPR, with the remarks that the tickets enumerated in this indent were received on————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————— examined and entered in the Ticket Indent Register on ———————————————————————20 . S.M.’s Office copy of this indent has been updated according to the entries shown on this copy by ACOS/T.P./MGPR. ——————————————————— Station Master. Sn. 1 Small. (Station Stamp.) 1. Tickets will be obtained by the Station Master from the Stores Department on indents submitted quarterly. Indents should be prepared with care, and with proper consideration of unusually large traffic arising from periodical fairs or pilgrimages, to ensure a sufficient supply of tickets being kept. The stock of tickets at stations should under no circumstances be allowed to fall under two months supply. If from any of unforeseen cause it becomes necessary to ask for more tickets before the expiry of the quarters, an emergent indent should be submitted in the same form, the cause of emergency being explained. 2. The Ticket Indent Book is a counterpart of the Ticket Indent in book form and is used as an office copy. 3. The Station Master fills up columns 1 to 10,. In posting the Indent, stations should be entered in the order in which they occur. 4. Column 11 is filled up by the office of FA&CAO Revenue and Columns 12 to 19 are filled up, by the Ticket Printing Section. 5. Any discrepancies between the supplies advised in this form and the actual receipts should be entered in “Remarks” column 20. 6. Before signing the receipt, the Station Master should examine every ticket as regards its class and progressive number, as any ticket found missing after acknowledgment of receipt will have to be paid for by him. No delay should take place in the examination of tickets and the return of the Indent duly receipted to the Assistant Controller of Stores (Ticket Printing), Moghalpura.


CHAPTER III


3.7

FORM NO T. 307A

INDENT FOR NUMBERED BOOKS

Description of books.

Quantity indented

for.

Commencing No.

Closing No.

Quantity supplied.

Initials of the ledger

poster.

Initials of the

Despatcher. REMARKS.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

PAKISTAN RAILWAYS

————————————————————————————————Station.

———————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————

—————————————————————Indent for numbered books stocked by Ticket Printing Section.

———————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————

No.—————————————. dated———————————————————————————20 .

Forwarded to the Asstt. Controller of Stores/Ticket Printing. MGPR.

————————————————————— Station Master.

No.—————————————. dated———————————————————————————20 .

Dispatched as within to Station Master on the——————————————————————————————

————————————————————— for ACOS/TP. MGPR.

No.—————————————. dated———————————————————————————20 .

Returned to the ACOS/TP with the remarks that the numbered books enumerated herein were received on the———————————————————————————20 . and examined and entered in Stock Book on the———————————

—————————————————20 . ————————————————————— Station Master.


CHAPTER III


3.8

NOTES. 1. Books will be obtained by Station Masters from the Assistant Controller of Stores/Moghalpura on indents submitted quarterly. Indents should be prepared with care and with proper consideration of unusually large booking arising periodically to ensure a sufficient supply of books being kept. The stock of books at station should under no circumstances be allowed to fall under two months’ supply. If from any unforeseen cause it becomes necessary to ask for more books before the expiry of the quarter, an emergent indent should be submitted in the same form, the cause of emergency explained. 2. The Station Master has only to fill up the quantity required in the column “Quantity Indented for”. 3. Any discrepancies between the supplies advised in this form and the actual receipts should be entered in the “Remarks” column. 4. Before signing the receipt, Station Master should examine every book as regards its class and progressive No. as any found missing after acknowledgment of receipt will have to be paid or by him. No delay should take place in the examination of books and the return of the indent duly receipted to Asstt. Controller of Stores, Ticket Printing, Moghalpura. NOTE 1.——Station Master requiring numbered books other than those enumerated herein are required to specify their demands legibly in the space provided in this form.

2.——When indenting Form T. 301 (iii), Station Master must clearly indicate the class for which single journey blank paper tickets are required.

308. Estimates of tickets–Before preparing Indents, Station Masters should, with the help of the Sectional Inspector of Coaching and Goods Accounts, prepare an estimate for each kind of ticket on the basis of actual consumption. A copy of the estimate should be sent to the Accounts Office. These estimates should be revised at least every third year. The Commercial/Traffic Inspector at the time of visiting a station should examine the estimate and if, he finds any abnormal fluctuations in traffic, should inform the Divisional Superintendent so that the estimate may be revised.

309. Period for which Indents should be prepared: Indents for printed card tickets should be prepared quarterly, half-yearly or yearly as decided by the Accounts Officer. The tickets for different "stations to" and "classes" should, however, be indented for quarterly, half-yearly or yearly according to the consumption of tickets for each station or class as under:


CHAPTER III


3.9

Annual consumption Period of indent

(1) Tickets below 500 Annually. (2) Tickets between 500 and 1,000 Half-yearly. (3) Tickets above 1,000 Quarterly.

310. Dates for submission of Indents: In order to regulate work in the Ticket Printing Office, regular dates should be allotted to each station for the submission of Indents.

311. Preparation of Indents: In preparing Indents for tickets it should be seen that spellings of names of stations, the kilometres, the route and the fares are correctly entered in the columns provided on the form. Unusually large traffic arising from periodical fairs or pilgrimages should be specially taken into account in fixing the demand, so as to ensure a sufficient supply of tickets at stations.

312. Emergent Indents: If the stock of tickets at a station runs low, or from any unforeseen cause it becomes necessary for a station to ask for more tickets before the expiry of the usual period, an emergent Indent should be submitted by stations. All such Indents should have written on them in large letters the nature of the emergency.

312 A. Ticket indenting cells established on all the divisions are responsible for receipt, proper check of ticket indents and to ensure the timely supply of tickets to respective stations.

313. The stock of tickets: The stock of tickets at a station should not be allowed to accumulate in excess of the normal requirements of the indenting period. It should not also be allowed to fall below two month’s supply. With this end in view, blue labels printed as follows may be inserted in the bundles of tickets for each station at a place a little above the point where two month’s supply remains on hand, as an indication that a requisition for the tickets is due.

Indent due for…………class tickets to…………station.

314. Receipt and examination of passenger card tickets and numbered books: When fresh stocks of passenger tickets and numbered books are received, they should be carefully examined, counted and compared by the Station Master with the entries in the “supplied” column of the Indent. Duplicate tickets and numbered books wrongly printed should be at once returned and the supplying officer advised of the irregularities. At large stations, where there is Commercial Supervisor (Booking), the check of each supply of tickets will devolve on him. All deficiencies and shortages noticed subsequent to the acknowledgment of correct receipt of supply will be charged to the Station Master or Commercial Supervisor (Booking) who is responsible.


CHAPTER III


3.10

Deficiencies in blank tickets will be charged for as if issued to the furthest station to which the ticket could be made available in Local booking. In the case of machine numbered books, a certificate to the effect that the book contains so many forms should be given by the Station Master on the record foil of the form bearing the opening number, and this certificate should be looked for by Traffic or Commercial Inspectors and Sectional Inspectors of Coaching and Goods Accounts. 315. Ticket Stock Book: All stocks of tickets and machine numbered books should, immediately after they have been counted and examined in the manner indicated in the previous paragraph, be entered in the Ticket Stock Book (T.315).

FORM NO T. 315 TICKET STOCK BOOK

TICKET STOCK BOOK OF ………………………. STATION Date received

(–) Date received

(–) Date received

(–) Date received

(–) Commencing number Indent

No……… Indent

No……….. Indent

No………. Indent

No………. Name of station to

Clo

sing

nu

mbe

r

Num

ber

rece

ived

Clo

sing

nu

mbe

r

Num

ber

rece

ived

Clo

sing

nu

mbe

r

Num

ber

rece

ived

Clo

sing

nu

mbe

r

Num

ber

rece

ived

Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

316. Method of ascertaining the number of tickets on hand: In order to obtain the number of any one kind of tickets in hand, deduct the number of the last ticket issued from “the last progressive number received”. The stock of paper tickets can be readily ascertained as the tickets are bound in books of fixed number.

317. Responsibility for the custody and cleanliness of tickets: Station Masters or the Commercial Superintendent (Booking) at large stations, should have charge of all tickets. They will be held responsible for the safe custody, cleanliness and the correct issue, in serial order, of all tickets.

318. The stock of tickets for issue in city booking offices should be held by an official not below the rank of Senior Commercial Assistant (Booking) or, if there is no Senior Commercial Assistant (Booking), by the Station Master, or Commercial Supervisor (Booking) in charge of the ticket stock at the main station.

319. Handing over stock of tickets: When there is a change of Station Master (or of Commercial Supervisor (Booking) at large stations), either permanent or temporary, a statement of all tickets in hand giving details of station, class, commencing number,


CHAPTER III


3.11

closing number and number of tickets should be prepared in form (T. 320), checked with the Ticket Stock Book (T. 315) and signed by both the relieving and relieved Station Masters or Commercial Supervisor (Booking). The statement should be filed at the station. If, through sickness or other cause, the outgoing Station Master or Commercial Superintendent (Booking) cannot prepare the Statement, the incoming one should do so in conjunction with his next assistant, but on return to duty the Station Master or Commercial Supervisor (Booking) should sign it. Any deficiency in the stock of tickets should be reported at once, by letter, to the Divisional Superintendent.

320. Surplus or obsolete ticket: Tickets rendered surplus or obsolete either as a result of general revision of fares or otherwise should be sent to the Ticket Printing Office duly entered in Statement in form T. 320. These forms should be prepared in quadruplicate. Three copies along with the tickets should be sent to the Ticket Printing Office in a sealed cover and tickets treated as non issued, the fourth being retained at the station for record. The Ticket Printing Office will return one copy acknowledging the receipt of the tickets to the station concerned and one copy to the Sectional Inspector of Coaching and Goods. The acknowledgment should be filed with the station copy. Sectional Inspectors of Coaching and Goods Accounts should check the Statement with the Ticket Stock Book (T. 315).

FORM NO T. 320

STATEMENT OF TICKETS OR MONEY VALUE FORMS REMAINING IN HAND AT / SENT TO THE TICKET PRINTING OFFICE BY ………….STATION AFTER THE

DEPARTURE OF………… TRAIN, ON THE ………DAY OF 20 . Special tickets Printed card tickets

Progressive Nos.

Progressive Nos. Description of

tickets or money value of

forms

Month in which last ticket sold

was accounted

for

Book No.

From To

RemarksStation

to

Month in which last ticket sold was accounted

for

Class No.

From To

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Note 1.–Numbers of the entire books in stock to be entered in column of “Remarks.” Note 2.–A copy of this Statement should be pasted at the end of the Ticket Stock Book. (T.315). N.B.–All entries in this Statement should be verified by actual examination of the tickets. The signature of Station Master to this document will render him liable for all the tickets entered in it.

.……..…….Station Master, (Relieving).

Date sent to Ticket Printing Office…………………

……………Station Master, (Relieved).


CHAPTER III


3.12

321. Ticket cases and tubes: As an aid to the issue of card tickets and the subsequent booking of sales, stations are supplied with ticket cases fitted with tubes in each of which the tickets for a station will be filled in. The tubes should be arranged according to the geographical position of stations on the line. 322. The tubes should be brushed at least once a month to keep them clean and free from dust and insects. Ticket cases when not in use should be locked. 323. Tickets in the tubes should be properly arranged with numbers consecutive, the one bearing the lowest number being at the bottom. The Station Master or Commercial Supervisor (Booking) should periodically inspect the tubes to see that they are kept in prescribed order and are clean and free from dust. A note of these inspections should be recorded in the Daily Trains Cash Book (T. 501) and looked for by inspecting Officials. 324. Replenishing of tickets from stock: Constant attention should be given to the replenishing of the tubes from stock to avoid the necessity for refilling during the course of booking of passengers but, if the tickets in any tube run out at booking time, care should be taken at the time of replenishing it to see that the tickets are placed in the correct position, that they belong to the proper series and that the numbers are consecutive. 325. Dating machines: For the purpose of dating printed card tickets, stations are supplied with ticket-dating machines or rubber stamp which stamp the date on the tickets. Each day before commencing to book passengers, the correct working of the machine or rubber stamp should be tested and defects, if any, remedied. Station Masters should see that they have sufficient ticket-dating machines or rubber stamp at their stations so that in the event of it being necessary to issue tickets for more than one train at a time, a machine or rubber stamp for dating tickets by each train may be available. 326. The type used in the machine should be kept clean so that impressions on tickets may be clear and distinct. Whenever a dating machine is out of order or type is not sufficiently good for use, a report should be made to the Divisional Superintendent who will arrange for repairs to be effected or for machines or types to be replaced. In the meantime the date of issue should be written on tickets in ink. 327. Stamp dating of card tickets: All printed card tickets should, before issue, be stamped with the date, month and year. The date should come first, then the month, and after it the year. The date may be stamped on the face of the ticket. When the date is represented by a single figure (1) to (9), a zero should appear immediately to its left thus “01 Jan 2010.” As the space available at the ends of the printed card ticket is small,


CHAPTER III


3.13

code letters denoting the months may be used instead of the full names of the months. At large station where the booking offices remain open for twenty-four hours, indicating letter of the issuing Commercial Assistant (Booking) name should be affixed, thus K 01 Jan 2010. 328. When a train is running late and reaches a station on a later date than that on which, according to the time table, it is due to arrive, the tickets issued to passengers by such train should be stamped with the due and not the actual date. 329. When a ticket has been indistinctly stamped the word “illegible” should be written beneath the date and the ticket cancelled and treated as a non-issued ticket in the manner indicated in paragraph 344. Under no circumstances should a date once stamped on the ticket be tampered with nor should a ticket once stamped be passed through the dating machine a second time. Tickets bearing double impression of date should be viewed with suspicion and brought to the notice of the Station Master.

330. Deleted.

331. Where the booking office remains open for twenty-four hours, each Commercial staff working in shifts of duty will use the distinguish letter distributed to them denoting their period of duty. This precaution is necessary to enable responsibility being fixed in the event of shortages, etc.

332. Issue of printed card tickets: Before commencing to issue printed card tickets, the Commercial Assistant (Booking) should see that the ticket at the bottom of each tube is partly drawn out. The number of each ticket so drawn out should correspond with the number of that description of ticket already entered in the Daily Trains Cash Book as the "closing number" of the booking by some previous train. This will enable the Commercial Assistant (Booking) to ascertain readily, after the departure of each train, for what stations tickets have been issued because the tubes, from which tickets have been issued, will have no tickets projecting.

333. Issue of blank paper tickets: In the case of blank paper tickets, the Commercial Assistant (Booking) should work out the fares with the help of distance and fare tables and fill in the necessary particulars in the blank spaces. In issuing these tickets, care should be taken to write legibly and correctly the name of the station by carbon process to which issued. 334. Recording of "via" on paper tickets: The route by which the blank paper ticket is issued should invariably be shown in the space provided for the purpose on the ticket. 335. Corrections In blank paper tickets prohibited: Corrections in blank paper tickets are absolutely prohibited. If, through oversight or some other cause, incorrect


CHAPTER III


3.14

particulars are entered on these tickets, they should be cancelled, treated as non-issued and dealt with as explained in paragraph 344. 336. Deleted. 337. Deleted. 338. Deleted. 339. Deleted. 340. Deleted. 341. Deleted. 342. Tickets issued out of order: When tickets are issued out of order through a mistake or other cause, the Accounts Office should be advised of the circumstances, by letter. Tickets so issued should be accounted for separately in the Classification Return (T. 515) directly under the entry of those issued to the same station in correct progressive order. As soon as the mistake of this nature is noticed, the correct progressive number should be reverted to, and the commencing and closing numbers of the tickets issued out of order should be entered immediately below the correct series in each month’s Classification return until they are reached in course of issue when a reference to the date they were accounted for out of order should be made against them. A note of all tickets issued out of order should be made in the Ticket Stock Book (T. 315).

343. Frequent issues of tickets out of order by the same staff should be viewed with suspicion.

344. Non-issued tickets: When a passenger before commencing his journey wishes to change his ticket for one of a higher class, or for a more distant station, and pays the difference of fare, or when a wrong ticket is issued, or when it becomes necessary to take back a ticket which has been issued and to refund the fare, or when it becomes necessary to cancel a printed card ticket or blank paper ticket of any description, the original ticket should be marked "non-issued" and initialled by the Station Master or Commercial Supervisor (Booking), and forwarded daily under free service way-bill to the Accounts Office in a sealed cover with a Non-Issued Ticket Statement in form T. 344. If a cancelled ticket is not sent to the Accounts Office but destroyed or otherwise improperly disposed of, the person responsible will be debited with the value of the ticket and may render himself liable to further punishment.


CHAPTER III


3.15

FORM NO T.344 DAILY STATEMENT OF NON-ISSUED TICKETS

DAILY STATEMENT OF NON-ISSUED TICKETS OF……………….STATION FOR DATE…………….20....... .

2nd Class Economy

Class 1st Sleeper AC Standard AC Business AC Parlour AC Sleeper

No. No. No. No. No. No. No.

on on on on on on on

Name of

station to

Train number

ticket Total

ticket Total

ticket

Total

ticket

Total

ticket

Total

ticket

Total

ticket

Total

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

..……………….Station. ........................................... Dated……….…..20 . Signature of Station Master.

..........................................

Signature of Auditor

Instructions (on reverse) 1. Deleted 2. Covers containing non-issued tickets alongwith daily statement of non-issued tickets should be sent under free parcel way bill in the name of FA&CAO (Revenue) by all station masters or Commercial Supervisor/Booking. 3. Cancelled Parcels Way-bills, Soldiers’ Tickets and Luggage and Horse, Carriage and Dog Tickets should not be sent with this Statement. These should be sent complete in all foils with their respective returns. 4. A monthly summary prepared separately for Local and Foreign traffic, should be submitted with the Statement for the last day of the month.

345. "Backing up" of tickets: "Backing up", or endorsing tickets is strictly prohibited except when a passenger, through illness or other valid cause, is unable to continue his journey by the train in which he originally booked, in which case the Station Master may make his ticket available for another train passing within 24 hours, by writing on the back of the ticket the words “available for………..train on…………………..”, adding the name of his station and signing his name in full with station stamp.

346. Tickets may similarly be made available in cases where passengers have been excluded from a train for want of room. The Accounts Office should be advised at once of the circumstance under which tickets are thus made available. Tickets issued for a


CHAPTER III


3.16

particular train should not, however, be made available for that train when the fare of which is higher, unless the holders of such tickets pay the difference in fares. 347. Reserved accommodation: When reserved accommodation, either of carriage or compartment, is required, a Special Ticket, form T.347, should be issued, on which should be shown the additional fare or fares charged and the numbers of any tickets that may have been purchased. The Special Ticket is printed in three foils, one each for Accounts office, passenger and station record. The tickets should be machine-numbered and supplied in bound books of twenty five tickets each. The destination station in collecting this ticket should carefully check the charges and, if any undercharge has been made, collect the difference.

FORM NO. T. 347 SPECIAL TICKET

(Obverse.) PAKISTAN RAILWAYS

No………….. date……...……. SPECIAL TICKET ………….…..…Class. From…………………………………….to……………………………………………. ………………………………….....….train………………....……………….20.......... Entitling……………....……..party to reserved accommodation, for which charges

have been made as under.

Description, number and class of

carriage

No. of persons in

party

Number of compartments

reserved

Number ofSeats

paid for*

Fare

Amount charged

1 2 3 4 5 6

(Rupees)

*When ordinary single journey tickets have been purchased by the passengers, the numbers of the same SHOULD be given here, and the additional fare or fares only entered on this ticket.

.…………………. Station Master.

Before this ticket is issued, it should be ascertained that accommodation is available.

Note–This ticket is issued subject to the ordinary regulations of Pakistan Railways. It is available for one journey only, and should be given up when demanded.

The collecting station should carefully check the charges, and if any mistake has been made, collect the difference when necessary. However issuing station will be responsible for the under charges.

(Reverse)


CHAPTER III


3.17

HALTING STATION

Arrived Left Station Amount charged for

detention Station Master's.

Signature

Date Train Date Train

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

348. Unless otherwise specially arranged, passenger and luggage tickets will be issued to passengers travelling by special train under the conditions prescribed in the Pakistan Railways Coaching Tariff; but a Special Ticket (T.347) will be issued for the separate haulage charge.

349. Full particulars as to the composition of special trains, detentions and other particulars should be supplied to the Accounts Office by booking and destination stations to permit of the charges being checked.

350. Acceptance of concession tickets as fully paid tickets for reserved accommodation: Tickets issued at concession rate (unless the terms granting the concession state to the contrary) may be accepted as equivalent to fully paid tickets in calculating payment for reserving accommodation in the class for which the concession tickets are held. The total number of passengers who may travel in a reserved compartment is limited to those entered in a Special Ticket and as many more as are paid for. Special Tickets should not be issued for return journeys.

351. Season tickets: Monthly season tickets available between any two stations on Pakistan railway are issued on payment of a certain number of fares together with a deposit. The rules and conditions under which these tickets are issued and the fares to be charged are notified in Pakistan Railways Coaching Tariff.

352. Monthly season tickets are not transferable and should not, therefore, be issued in favour of "one man of................" or "one servant of...............”. The name of the person in whose favour the ticket is issued should invariably be written on the ticket.

353. Deposits: The deposit realized on each new season ticket at the rates specified in the Tariff should be accounted for either by being shown in the season ticket itself or by the issue of a Miscellaneous Cash Note (T. 1140), reference to the Note being quoted on the season ticket.

354. Renewal of season ticket: If the expired season ticket is collected within the time specified in the Tariff, a new season ticket may be issued without taking a fresh deposit, reference to the new season ticket being given on the expired ticket collected. A cross reference to the expired ticket should also be given on the new season ticket. Tickets should be renewed only by the station which issued them.


CHAPTER III


3.18

355. Refund of deposit: When a season ticket is returned within the time allowed in the Tariff and is not renewed, the refund of the deposit may be made by the Station Master, the words "deposit refunded” being written across the ticket in bold letter. In all such cases, a receipt for the money refunded should be taken in form No. T. 355 which should be submitted to the Accounts Office along with the daily Cash Remittance Note as an authority for the credit taken. Alternatively the collected season ticket may be treated as a voucher, the acknowledgement of the payee being obtained on the season ticket which should be submitted to the Accounts Office in support of the credit taken. The deposit should be refunded only to the person in whose favour the ticket had been issued.

FORM NO T. 355 FORM OF RECEIPT

Received from the Station Master,…………..........,the sum of Rs…...........……being the amount of deposit paid by me on……….........… in

connection with………. class monthly season ticket No……....….. dated…....…… from……….......... station to……........… station.

….……………………….. Signature of payee.

Date………………………

Certified that the season ticket No………………was collected on…………….and was sent to the Accounts Office with Ticket Collectors' Report of the.........................and that

the above refund is admissible.

……………….…………….. Station Master.

356. Forfeiture of deposit: When the season tickets are not given up within the time allowed in the Tariff, the deposits should be forfeited. The tickets, if delivered by the holders, should be sent to the Accounts Office with the Ticket Collectors’ Report (T. 620) for the day. 357. Accountal of season tickets: The season tickets should be accounted for in the Daily Trains Cash Book (T. 501) in the same way as other tickets. They should also be entered daily in the Season Ticket Register to be maintained in form T. 357. Separate pages should be allotted in this Register for each month's transactions and a copy of the Register for each month should be submitted to the Accounts Office along with other coaching returns.


CHAPTER III


3.19

FORM NO. T.357 SEASON TICKET REGISTER

SEASON TICKET REGISTER OF STATION FOR………….20 .

Season ticket

Station

No. Class

Date on which issued

from to

Name of

holder Address Fare

Amount of deposit realized

Date of expiry

Date of collection

Deposit refunded

Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Note : when the ticket issued is in renewal of previous one and consequently no fresh deposit is taken column 9 should be left blank and remarks shown in column 11 giving reference .to the number and date of the previous ticket.

.................................Station ...................................

Dated ................................... Station Master 358. Collected season tickets: Season tickets, the period of currency of which has expired should, when collected from the holders, be cancelled and sent to the Accounts Office with other collected tickets for the day. 359. Deleted. 360. Deleted. 361. Deleted. 362. Deleted. 363. Deleted. 364. Deleted. 365. Deleted. 366. Payment of passenger fares: The charges for the conveyance of passengers whether booked under printed card tickets or blank paper tickets should be paid for at the time of issue of tickets either in cash or by "vouchers" or partly in cash and partly by “vouchers." It will be the duty of the person to whom such “vouchers" are presented to see that they are issued by the officers authorized to issue them, that they bear the


CHAPTER III


3.20

stamp of the office of issue and that so far as general appearance goes they are genuine. If there are any erasures or alterations, or if a reasonable doubt arises as to the genuineness of any voucher, the staff should not only refuse to issue the ticket but should also report the matter to the Divisional Office, if necessary. 367. Concession orders: Railway Administrations allow certain concessions in passenger traffic. The persons eligible for, the conditions applicable to, and the authority competent to grant, each kind of concession are notified in the Coaching Tariff. Unless stated in the concession order to the contrary, tickets for the class required should be issued in exchange for the concession order which should be taken from the person presenting it at the station from which the journey commences and sent to the Accounts Office along with the Classification Return (T. 515) as an authority for charging reduced fares. 368. Platform tickets: At stations where platform tickets are issued (to be notified by Railway Administration), persons other than passengers should be admitted to station platforms on the purchase by them of platform tickets. These tickets should be machine-numbered, supplied and issued like other card tickets. The amount realized by the sale of platform tickets should be shown separately in the Daily Trains Cash Book (T. 501) and Station Balance Sheet (T. 1236).

NOTE.. Divisional Superintendents have discretionary powers to allow free access to platforms to certain persons on special occasions. (The above note has been quoted in reference to paragraph 3.90 at page 49 of Commercial Manual, 1988)

CHAPTER IV

20 October, 2011

PAKISTAN RAILWAYS




CHAPTER IV

BOOKING OF PASSENGERS WARRANTS, CONCESSION ORDERS AND PASSES

9

CONTENTS


RAILWAYS WARRANTS 4.1 401

SOLDIER'S TICKET

4.1 — 4.5

402 — 403 (404 Deleted)

CORRECT CALCULATION OF FARES 4.5 405

FAILURE TO EXCHANGE WARRANT FOR A SOLDIER'S TICKET 4.5 406

ORDER FORMS' FOR RESERVISTS

4.5 — 4.6

407 — 410 (408 — 409 Deleted)

LEAVE CONCESSION VOUCHER, (FORM D), FOR MILITARY OFFICERS 4.6 411

DUTY VOUCHER (FORM E) 4.6 412 — 413

HIGH OFFICIAL REQUISITION FORMS 4.7 414

POLICE WARRANTS 4.7 415

PRIVILEGE TICKET ORDER 4.8 416

ERASURES AND ALTERATIONS ON PRIVILEGE TICKET ORDERS 4.8 417 QUOTING ON VOUCHERS REFERENCE TO TICKETS ISSUED 4.8 418

SIGNATURE OF PERSON RECEIVING CONCESSION 4.8 419

FREE PASSES 4.8 420

LUGGAGE ALLOWANCE PERMISSIBLE ON PASSES 4.8 420(A)

EMERGENT POLICE PASSES 4.10 — 4.12 421 — 422


CHAPTER IV

BOOKING OF PASSENGERS WARRANTS, CONCESSION ORDERS AND PASSES

10

CONTENTS


PERSONS TO WHOM EMERGENT POLICE PASSES MAY BE ISSUED 4.12 423

GRANT OF FREE CONVEYANCE OR OTHERWISE TO COMPLAINANTS, WITNESSES AND ACCUSED IN RAILWAY CASES 4.13 424

PENALTY FOR MISUSE OF AN EMERGENT POLICE PASS

4.13 — 4.14

425 — 427 (426, 428 — 430 Deleted)

CHECK OF EMERGENT POLICE PASSES AT TICKET CHECKING STATIONS 4.14 431 (432 Deleted)

DAILY SUBMISSION OF COLLECTED PASSES AND REQUISITIONS 4.14 433


CHAPTER IV

BOOKING OF PASSENGERS, WARRANTS, CONCESSION ORDERS AND PASSES

4.1

401. Railways Warrants: Charges for the conveyance of military passenger traffic, whether by ordinary train, Military Special train or reserved troop carriages attached to ordinary trains, will be paid for by Railways Warrants. Four forms of Railways Warrants are in use. PAFT-1750 is used for officers and other ranks when proceeding on government expenses. Warrant Form PAFT-1752 is meant for individuals proceeding on duty on government expenses. Form B (PAFT 1707) is meant for individuals and small parties. Form C (PAFT 1707A) is used when reserved compartments, vehicles or Military Special trains are requisitioned for and supplied. Only one Warrant will be given at the dispatching station by the military authorities from starting point to destination. These Warrants should be treated as cash voucher and forwarded to the Cash Office along with the daily Cash Remittance Note.

402. Soldier's Ticket: A Soldier's Ticket in form T. 402 should be issued in exchange for a Railways Warrant. These tickets are machine numbered and supplied in sets of four parts i.e.; for record, Accounts, way-bill and ticket and receipt. Baggage of military personnel and livestock are also booked on this form and for this purpose the Guard's Way-Bill is also included in the form.


CHAPTER IV


4.2

FORM T. 402

PAKISTAN RAILWAYS SOLDIER'S TICKET ACCOUNTS COPY

Train………………………………………...……. Date……………………………….…20 . From……………………………………….……….To…………………………………………..

Via………………………………….. Passengers Accommodation provided

Particulars Contract rates Tariff rates Total Seats Compartments

AC Class-- Officers … … Ladies … … Children-- Above 10 years … Between 10 and 3 years Reserved accommodation … Sleeper Class-- Men … … Ladies … … Children-- Above 10 years …

Between 10 and 3 years Reserved accommodation … Economy Class Men … … Ladies … … Children-- Above 10 years … Between 10 and 3 years 2nd Class-- Troops … … Followers ... … ladies … … Children-- Above 10 years … Between 10 and 3 years Reserved accommodation …

Note.——The Station Master of the issuing station should cross out in ink all items in column I, for which accommodation is not provided, and should endorse in ink across the face of the ticket in words, the number of passengers of each class authorized to travel.


CHAPTER IV


4.3

PAKISTAN RAILWAYS SOLDIER'S TICKET PASSENGER COPY

Train………………………………………...……. Date……………………………….…20 . From……………………………………….……….To…………………………………………..

Via………………………………………

Passengers Accommodation provided Particulars

Contract rates Tariff rates Total Seats Compartments

AC Class-- Officers … … Ladies … … Children-- Above 10 years … Between 10 and 3 years Reserved accommodation … Sleeper Class-- Men … … Ladies … … Children-- Above 10 years …

Between 10 and 3 years Reserved accommodation … Economy Class-- Men … … Ladies … … Children-- Above 10 years … Between 10 and 3 years 2nd Class-- Troops … … Followers ... … Ladies … … Children-- Above 10 years … Between 10 and 3 years Reserved accommodation …

Note.——The Station Master of the issuing station should cross out in ink all items in column I, for which accommodation is not provided, and should endorse in ink across the face of the ticket in words, the number of passengers of each class authorized to travel


CHAPTER IV


4.4

SOLDIER'S TICKET

(Reverse)

Particulars Contract rates Tariff rates Accommodation

provided Baggage

Authorized personal baggage .. Government baggage, such as camp equipage, equipment and stores.

Total ..

Deduct free Railway allowance .. Difference chargeable to Government Excess private baggage to be paid for on the spot by the Officer-in-charge.

Dogs No. No. Officers' ..

.. In brake-van ..

Soldiers' .. ..

In brake-van ..

Horses In house boxes.

Government .. Private .. ..

In covered wagons .. .. Animals in trucks .. .. Guns and wagons .. .. Ammunition .. .. No. of Warrant…………………

By whom issued……………………… …………………….

Commercial Assistant/Booking

Date…………………………………… ……………… Station Master.

FOR GUARD

TROOP’S BAGGAGE, ETC., WAY-BILL

From………………………To……………….Train………………..Date………………

No. and Description

Weight Horse box No.

Cattle truck No.

Wagon No.

Live-stock, etc. .. ..

Troop’s baggage.. ..


CHAPTER IV


4.5

403. Before the Soldier's Ticket, mentioned in the previous paragraph, is issued, the Station Master or booking office staff should see that the entries in the Warrant are complete (including signature of the officer issuing the Warrant), that it bears the stamp of the issuing office and that the officer or person travelling or officer-incharge of or superintending the dispatch of troops has certified as to the actual accommodation provided as entered in column 3 of the Warrant. The Station Master or Commercial Assistant (Booking) should also point out any error or omission in number, weight or charges to the certifying officer and get him to make the necessary corrections and initial the same. All necessary particulars contained in the Warrant should be filled in on the Soldier's Ticket issued in connection therewith and any special remarks made on the Warrant should be noted on the ticket. It should also be seen that the free allowance of baggage has been correctly calculated and that cash is duly paid for excess baggage and other items, the freight on which is, under the rules, recoverable at the time of booking. This is necessary as in cases of failure to recover what should be paid in cash, no subsequent claim is admitted by the Ministry of Defence and the amount will be debited to the station concerned. All such baggage carried in excess of the weight allowed by the regulations and paid for in cash by the owner should be entered in the Soldier’s Ticket. 404. Deleted. 405. Correct calculation of fares: As under the Credit Note system undercharges of and under one rupee are not accepted by Pakistan Railways and the Ministry of Defence, the Station Master or Junior/Senior Commercial Assistant (Booking) should be careful to see that the freight calculations in Warrants are correctly made and entered. 406. Failure to exchange Warrant for a Soldier's Ticket: When the holder of a warrant is detected travelling with an un-exchanged warrant at a station enroute, or at destination, he will be treated as without ticket from that station and charges will be recovered. In case charges are not recovered the collected warrants will be submitted by the Special Ticket Examiner along with the returns and matter reported to the Divisional Office and the Accounts Office/Revenue. 407. Order Forms' for Reservists: In the case of Reservists travelling on duty, an Order Form PAFT-1781 signed by the responsible Military Officer, will be presented in lieu of a Warrant. In return for such Order, a paper ticket will be issued, the number of which will be noted on the Order, and the latter will then be sent as a voucher to the Cash Office with the daily Cash Remittance Note. 408. Deleted

409. Deleted.


CHAPTER IV


4.6

410. Junior Commissioned Officers and Warrant Officers, sub-assistant surgeons, other than those holding honorary commission and veterinary assistant surgeons of Pakistan Army Veterinary Corps, Non Commissioned Officers and men of the Pakistan Army Medical Corps, Personnel of the Pakistan Navy, combatant personnel of Pakistan Air Force, non-combatants enrolled and attested of enrolled only paid from Defence service’s estimates officers, non-commissioned officers, when travelling at their own expense and their families limited to six individuals are, on presentation of a certificate in Form PAFT-1720A and on payment of half fares, supplied with single journey tickets. The certificates should be sent by the stations to the Accounts Office as authority for issue of tickets at half fares.

411. Leave Concession Voucher, (Form D), for Military Officers: (i) All officers of Pakistan Army serving in Military employ with the Army in Pakistan , including those of staff, Services and Department, (ii) Departmental Officers of the Commissionery class, irrespective of rank, (iii) Officers of Pakistan Air Force, Pakistan Navy, and (iv) Pakistan officers and Sub-Assistant Surgeons holding honorary rank, and their families subject to maximum of six members, when proceeding on leave at their own expense are, on presentation of a certificate in Form PAFT—1709-A and on payment in cash of half of Air conditioned Class fare, supplied with an Air Conditioned class ticket. All such certificates should be collected from the holders and sent to the Accounts Office along with the Classification Returns (T. 515) as authority for charging reduced fares.

412. Duty Voucher (Form E): Military Officers holding commission, including honorary commission, subject to the military Act commissioned officers of the Pakistan Navy and Pakistan Air Force, Pakistan officers of Farms Department subject to the Pakistan Navy Act, the Department Warrant officers Departmental Non-Commissioned officers of the MES and Farms Department when travelling by rail on duty are, on their producing a certificate in Form E, (PAFT-1709), entitled to receive (i) AC Class ticket on payment in cash of a half AC class fare or (ii) a first class ticket on payment in cash of half first sleeper class fare. The ticket issued in each case will be for the class in which the passenger is entitled to travel under the certificate, the number of the ticket being noted on it for the information of the Accounts Office. The free allowance of baggage will be made on the class of ticket held by a passenger travelling under these conditions. The certificate should be sent to the Accounts Office with the Classification Return of relevant month. The particulars of duty vouchers should be recorded against entries concerned in the return. If Form E is not produced at the time of booking, no refund can be claimed on subsequent presentation. The instructions given on the reverse of the Form should be carefully read and observed before issuing the ticket.

413. Ruling fare enforced at the time of issue of tickets will be charged on Military Warrants, Concession Orders, Privilege Tickets Orders and Passes.


CHAPTER IV


4.7

414. High Official Requisition Forms: When High Officials of Government who are entitled to reserved accommodation travel over Pakistan Railways, they furnish the Station Master at the starting station with a Requisition which contains a certificate by the Official, stating that accommodation has been provided in accordance with the Requisition. The Station Master will, in return, give the official a certificate to the effect that a voucher has been furnished for the accommodation provided. This certificate takes the place of Railway tickets and should be collected at the station of destination and submitted to the Accounts Office with other collected tickets. The Requisition obtained from the official at the station at which the journey commenced should be submitted to the Accounts Office with the daily Cash Remittance Note. A list of all High Officials together with the accommodation to which they are privileged is given in the Coaching tariff.

415. Police Warrants: Police Officers travelling on duty are permitted to purchase railway tickets by means of Police warrants. Police Officials are permitted the use of Police warrants in connection with journeys on leave. The following rules should be observed when tickets are thus purchased:

(i) All warrants should bear the name of the District and Province, and the designation of the issuing officer should invariably be given. Warrants will be issued by the Reserve Inspector or Sub-Inspector at Headquarters and by such Inspectors and Officers in charge of Police Stations as are supplied with books for the purpose.

(ii) No one above the rank of Sub-Inspector is entitled to travel under these warrants, and such a warrant if presented by any Police Officer above that rank should be refused.

(iii) As members of Pakistan Railways Police are given free passes they are not allowed to travel on these warrants. But Pakistan Railways Police may use these warrants for the conveyance of all prisoners whether connected with Pakistan Railways cases or not.

(iv) All entries should be in ink. All alterations should be attested, and no erasure may be made. If any warrant is rendered illegible owing to correction or otherwise, it should be cancelled and a fresh one issued. (v) Great care should be taken to see that the numbers of persons shown in column 4 of the warrant are correct. In the event of the actual number travelling being less than the number entered in column 3, the person in charge should alter the entries in column 3 to agree with those in column 4 and should initial the alteration, or if unable to write, he should take it to the nearest officer empowered to issue warrants who should correct and initial it for him.


CHAPTER IV


4.8

(vi) In exchange for these warrants Special Blank Paper tickets of the class required will be issued, the warrants being sent to the Accounts Office with the Cash Remittance Note.

416. Privilege Ticket Order: Privilege Ticket Orders are the certificates issued by Departmental Officers of Pakistan Railways authorizing the issue of Special Blank Paper Tickets to Pakistan Railways servants and their families at 1/3 of the ruling fare and without limitation of the minimum fare of the class. These should be taken from the holders and Special Blank Paper Tickets issued in exchange at the starting station. The Privilege Ticket Order should be sent along with the Classification Return (T. 515) as an authority for charging reduced fares.

417. Erasures and alterations on Privilege Ticket Orders: Erasures and alterations on Privilege Ticket Orders render them null and void. Station Masters and Commercial Assistant (Booking) should, therefore, refuse to issue tickets on authority of such Orders as have been erased or altered in any way, even though the entries are attested.

418. Quoting on vouchers reference to tickets issued: In all cases of warrants and concession orders, the number and class of ticket or tickets issued should be quoted on the voucher, a cross reference to the voucher being given on the ticket or tickets issued.

419. Signature of person receiving concession: All persons to whom tickets are issued on concession orders should be required to state on the latter, over their signatures, the number of tickets of each class received. In the case of Privilege Ticket Orders, the signatures of the holders should, before issuing the ticket or tickets, be compared with those given on the Privilege Ticket Orders and if they do not agree, the issue of the ticket or tickets should be refused.

420. Free passes: Free passes are granted to Pakistan Railways staff and others in accordance with the Free Pass Rules and any subsidiary orders issued. The duties of checking staff (Ticket Collectors and Special Ticket Examiners) in the matter of admittance of pass holders to platforms and of check and examination of their passes will be the same as for ordinary ticket holders. All cases of misuse of passes that come to the notice of the checking staff should be reported by latter to the administrative head of the office to which the employee belongs and by an entry in the Ticket Collector’s Report (T. 620) to the Accounts Office. All orders issued from time to time regarding preferential treatment to ticket holders over pass holders, collection of passes, etc., should be carefully followed by the checking staff.

420(a). Luggage Allowance permissible on passes. 1. The following free luggage allowance is permissible for each adult and half the allowance for each child over three years and under ten years of age:-


CHAPTER IV


4.9

Air-Conditioned Sleeper 140 Kilos Air-Conditioned / Business 100 Kilos Air-Conditioned / Lower 70 Kilos First Class Sleeper 70 Kilos Economy Class 40 Kilos Note:- The free allowance under clause (a) permissible in respect of articles which are mainly the personal property of a pass holder. Articles for commercial purposes are not allowed to be booked as luggage on a pass.

(i) One bicycle or one motor-cycle without a side-car of ACC, First Class Sleeper and Economy Class pass holders may be carried free in addition to the free allowance of luggage allowed on the pass. Two charpoys of all classes of pass holders may also be carried free in addition to the free allowance allowed on the pass. (ii) The Railway undertakes no responsibility for damage to bi-cycle, motor-cycles or charpoys so carried. (iii) The following articles will also be accepted as luggage:

1. Furniture such as chairs, table, tepoys, almirahs, sofas, couches, bedsteads, trunks and

boxes on actual weight instead of by measurement within the free allowance. 2. Ghee, if carried in tins, or other suitable vessels and provided the quantity falls within

the free allowance granted in the pass (failing which the whole quantity will be charged at full parcel rates, disregarding the free allowance).

3. Oils, grease, paints, etc., provided these are packed in tins or in metal vessels securely

closed on all sides.

4. A child’s tricycle within the free allowance of luggage admissible on the pass. The weight of a tricycle is to be reckoned as 20 Kgs.

5. Perambulators as part of luggage on transfer passes within the free allowance of luggage

allowed on the pass. The minimum weight for charge for collapsible and non-collapsible perambulators is 20 Kgs and 75 Kgs respectively.

These concessions do not extend to the officials of the Post and Telegraph Department except in cases when a cycle is entered on the pass. In all the above instances, however, only those packages that can conveniently go under the seats occupied by the pass holders are allowed to be taken in to the carriages.

(iv)Employees proceeding to or returning from overseas via Karachi will be allowed the following personal luggage in all:-


CHAPTER IV


4.10

Air Conditioned Class 560 Kgs

Air Condition / Business & others 375 Kgs

This Privilege can also be extended to officers in other cases at the discretion of the Deputy General Manager/ Railways.

(v) Articles which cannot be accepted as luggage on free passes are:-

1. Offensive articles, 2. Explosive, dangerous and inflammable articles 3. Oils, greases, ghee, paint etc if carried in packages which might due to contact

or leakage cause damage to other articles.

(vi) Luggage of a duty card pass cannot be booked in advance. (vii) Luggage of a free pass holder may be booked on advance provided the booking is done during the currency of the pass. (viii) Special passes issued for luggage or animals to be carried either by passenger or goods train must be made over to the Station Master of the station from which the luggage or animals are to be dispatched. The Station Master will issue a receipt in the same way as for ordinary public traffic. This receipt which may be Luggage Ticket, Horse, Carriage and Dog Ticket, parcel receipt or goods receipt must be given up at destination at the time delivery is claimed. (ix) Officers when travelling on duty are exempted from the payment of ‘Left Luggage’ charges for their personal luggage deposited in Left Luggage Room.

421. Emergent Police Passes: Requisitions for Emergent Police Passes will be made on the first and second foils of form No. T. 421 by a responsible police official, who should be asked to enter on the back of each form the names and constabulary numbers of the policemen, and in addition certify that the journey is being undertaken on railway duty. These forms should be machine numbered, printed in four foils and supplied in bound books. The first and second foils will serve the purpose of requisition and should be signed by the person requisitioning the pass. The third foil is the free ticket to be written and signed by the Station Master. The fourth foil is the receipt to be signed by the Ticket Collector at destination and given to the holder of the pass. The books should be entered in the Ticket Stock Book (T. 315) and treated like other money-value forms in the matter of safe custody and issue.


CHAPTER IV


4.11

FORM T. 421 EMERGENT POLICE PASS

(Obverse)

FOR RECORD

No…………

REQUISITION FOR EMERGENT FREE PASS OF

RAILWAY POLICE

Station…………….20 .

Please grant a free passenger from………………….……to….………………………

via……………………….by…… Class……………………..for………………………..men

travelling on service.

..……...………………Senior G. R. P. Certified that the above accommodation

for……………………………men has been supplied. ………………………… Station Master. Note.——(1) The name and designation of members of theRailway Police for whom the above passage is requiredshould be noted on reverse. (2) This form will be kept in the Station Master’s officeand when necessary the Senior Railway Policeman willinform the Station Master of his requirements. The StationMaster will then fill in the form and take the signature of theSenior Railway Policeman in the space allotted after whichthe form will be made over to the Senior Railway Policemanfor use as a pass. The foil marked “For Accounts” should besubmitted with the Classification Returns. This pass should be issued to members of the Railway witnesses and complaints when they are required to give evidence at a Police Station or to identity criminals or property, etc., but in no circumstances when they are summoned to attend a court of law.

(Reverse)

Persons Travelling

No. Name Constabulary

No. Designation Remarks

(Obverse)

FOR RECORD

No…………

REQUISITION FOR EMERGENT FREE PASS OF

RAILWAY POLICE

Station…………….20 .

Please grant a free passenger from………………….……to….………………………

via……………………….by…… Class……………………..for………………………..men

travelling on service.

..……...………………Senior G. R. P. Certified that the above accommodation

for……………………………men has been supplied. ………………………… Station Master. Note.——(1) The name and designation of members of theRailway Police for whom the above passage is requiredshould be noted on reverse. (2) This form will be kept in the Station Master’s officeand when necessary the Senior Railway Policeman willinform the Station Master of his requirements. The StationMaster will then fill in the form and take the signature of theSenior Railway Policeman in the space allotted after whichthe form will be made over to the Senior Railway Policemanfor use as a pass. The foil marked “For Accounts” should besubmitted with the Classification Returns. This pass should be issued to members of the Railway witnesses and complaints when they are required to give evidence at a Police Station or to identity criminals or property, etc., but in no circumstances when they are summoned to attend a court of law.

(Reverse)

Persons Travelling

No. NameConstabulary

No. Designation Remarks


CHAPTER IV


4.12

(Obverse)

FOR OWNER

No…………

EMERGENT POLICE PASS

Available by any passenger or mail train over Pakistan Railways

NOT TRANSFERABLE

Pass ………………………men as named on reverse from ….………………………

To…………………………….. via……………………………

By…………………..class………………………..travelling on service.

.………………..Station Master.

…………………….Station.

Note.——This pass should be issued to members of theRailway Police, witnesses and complaints when they arerequired to give evidence at a Police Station or to identifycriminals or property.

(Reverse)

Persons Travelling

No. Name Constabulary No. Designation Remarks

RECEIPT

Received Emergent Police Pass No………..............issued from………………….....

………………………………………………….station.

Station……………………………………….Ticket Collector……………………………...

Date………………………………………..

422. A Pakistan Railways Policeman applying for an emergent police pass at a station away from his headquarters should, normally apply in uniform, the uniform being taken as authentication of the man and his business. Where the man applying for an Emergent Police Pass is, for any reason, not in uniform and is not known to the staff, he should be called upon to produce the appointment card which is given on enrolment to all police officials. 423. Persons to whom Emergent Police Passes may be issued: Emergent Police Passes may also be requisitioned and issued for witnesses and complainants to give evidence at a Police Station or at a place where investigation is being held or to identify criminals or


CHAPTER IV


4.13

property etc., or, in bona fide railway cases, when persons are summoned by the police to give evidence before an investigating officer. It frequently happens in investigations that the police associate with themselves some of the leading men of the area or clan or religion of the suspect or complainant. These men should be treated as witnesses and issued Emergent Police Passes accordingly. 424. Grant of free conveyance or otherwise to complainants, witnesses and accused in Railway cases: Pakistan Railways Administration may grant free conveyance to accused persons, complainants and witnesses in connection with cases falling under Sections 112 and 113 only of the Railways Act, 1890. In all other cases under the Act, whether the offence is cognizable or non-cognizable, the procedure should be as follows:–

(a) The cost of conveyance by rail of accused persons under arrest in cases sent up by Pakistan Railways Police should be borne by the police in conformity with the practice obtaining in cases prosecuted by the District Police. (b) As the travelling expenses of complainants and witnesses whether in Pakistan Railways or other cases are payable by the Criminal Courts in accordance with the rules in the Criminal Procedure Code no provision for the cost of conveyance of such persons to court is necessary.

(c) If an accused person, not having been arrested, proceeds to court himself or, having been arrested and released on bail under Section 132(2) of Railway Act, 1890, proceeds to court on bail he pays his own expenses. Any Police Officer proceeding to court in the capacity of witness pays his own expenses and is entitled to draw travelling allowance. Any Pakistan Railways employee summoned to a court of law should, except in cases in which liability for travelling allowance devolves on Railway revenues, in which cases free passes may be issued, pay his fare to and from the station at which the court is situated and apply to the judge or magistrate of such court for reimbursement of the fares paid as well as for the subsistence allowance due to him.

425. Penalty for misuse of an Emergent Police Pass: If an Emergent Police Pass has been issued for the carriage of passengers or material not covered by the rules, the party at fault will be debited with the cost of the same. 426. Deleted.


CHAPTER IV


4.14

427. The term "actually engaged in following up criminals in connection with Pakistan Railways cases" means:

(a) following up a clue with a view to the arrest of such a criminal; (b) following up such a criminal who has escaped (c) following up a clue with a view to the identification of such a criminal:

(i) as to his residence and antecedents; (ii) as to his previous convictions; and

(d) following up a clue with a view to the recovery of stolen property known or suspected bona fide

428. Deleted. 429. Deleted. 430. Deleted. 431. Check of Emergent Police Passes at ticket checking stations: Emergent Police Passes should be examined at ticket checking stations and entered in the Report of blank paper tickets examined, paragraph 611. 432. Deleted. 433. Daily submission of collected Passes and requisitions: The collected Emergent Police Passes should be sent daily to the Accounts Office along with the collected tickets for the day (paragraph 621) for check with the returns received from the Inspector General of Railways Police.

CHAPTER V

20 October, 2011

PAKISTAN RAILWAYS




CHAPTER V

INITIAL ACCOUNTS AND RETURNS FOR PASSENGER TRAFFIC

11

CONTENTS


DAILY TRAINS CASH BOOK 5.1 — 5.3 501 — 505 DEPOSIT OF EARNINGS OF EACH TRAIN IN STATION SAFE 5.4 506

DEFICIENCY IN CASH TO BE MADE GOOD 5.4 507 — 509

CLOSING OF TRAINS CASH BOOK FOR THE DAY 5.4 510 — 511

SUMMARY OF TRAINS CASH BOOK 5.4 — 5.6 512 — 513

PROVISION OF A SUITABLE COLUMN FOR PROGRESSIVE TOTALS IN THE DAILY TRAINS CASH BOOK 5.6 514

‘LOCAL’ PASSENGER CLASSIFICATION

5.6 — 5.8

515 — 518 (519 Deleted)

FOREIGN’ CLASSIFICATION OF PASSENGERS 5.8 520 (521 Deleted) RETURN OF GOVERNMENT PASSENGERS AND LUGGAGE, ETC. 5.8 — 5.10 522 (523 Deleted)


CHAPTER V


5.1

501. Daily Trains Cash Book:——As already explained in paragraph 366, all tickets, whether card or paper, issued by Station Masters or Commercial Assistant (Booking), should be paid for at the time of issue, either in cash or by Warrants, Concession Certificates or vouchers. The record of these issues and the amounts received for them, as well as for other items of Coaching traffic for which the Station Master or Commercial Assistant (Booking) is accountable (except parcels and luggage traffic at the stations where a separate Cash Book is provided) should be made in the Daily Trains Cash Book.

FORM T. 501 DAILY TRAINS CASH BOOK OF STATION FOR THE DAY OF 20

Fly Page Train No. .……………… Train No. Item No.

Station to

Distance Km

Rate Rupees

Item No.

Commencing Nos. Closing

No. No of Pass

Closing No.

No of Pass

Closing No.

No of Pass

1. 1 2 3 ......................... 22 2. 2 . . . . . .

22. 22

Train No.

Train No.

Daily up to date

10 Days up to date

Monthly up to date

Total No. of Tickets

Total No. of Non

Issued Tickets

No of net

tickets Amount

Amount

………

Amount

Total Amount

of whole

day No of

pass Amount

No of

pass Amount

No of

pass Amount

Remarks Item No.

1 2 3 4 5 ……… 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1. 2. . . . 22.

Total balanced correctly Commercial Assistant/Booking……….. Station Master………. Excess Deficiency Note. (a)When Booking staff / Station Master relieved from duty, he must sign on the

DTC Book shift wise.

(b) Commercial Supervisor/ Station Master should counter sign.


CHAPTER V


5.2

FORM T. 501(A) P.R. FLY Page DAILY TRAINS CASH BOOK……………………………STATION

Closing Nos. By EACH PERIOD ON TRAIN. Number of tickets sold

during the day.

First period or train. No.

Second period or train. No.

Third period or train. No.

Fourth period or train. No.

Fifth period or train. No.

Item

No.

St

atio

n to

R

ate

Item

No.

Commencing No.

No.

No. of Non-issued Tickets

No.


No.


No.


No.


No. of non-

issued tickets.

Total number

of tickets.

Number of

tickets non-

issued

Net issues

of tickets.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 . . . 28

THE DAY OF 20 .

Up-to date number of tickets sold.

Amount received by each period or train.

Total number

of tickets issued.

Number of

tickets non-

issued

Net issues

of tickets.

Rate First

period or

train. No.

Second period

or train. No.

Third period

or train. No.

Fourth period

or train. No.

Fifth period

or train. No.

Total amount received during

the day.

Up-to date total

amount.

Total number of Passengers

for the month.

Total amount for the month.

Remarks. Item No.

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29

Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs. 1

2 . . . 28

Total balance correctly—————————————————— Excess .. .. —————————————————— Difference .. ——————————————————

—--—— Commercial Assistant (Booking).

—————---——————————Station Master. The Trains Cash Book is, in fact, a complete record of all the Coaching earnings of each day. Except when, under the orders of the Pakistan Railways Administration, continuous booking is allowed, the Station Master or Commercial Assistant (Booking) will, immediately after the departure of each train, proceed to post up the Trains Cash Book as described below. Where continuous booking is allowed a similar process will be adopted, the posting being made, not only by each train, but also for each Commercial


CHAPTER V


5.3

Assistant (Booking) turn of duty, or such other period as may be specified. A list of stations where continuous booking is allowed should be given in the Coaching tariff. 502. As stated in paragraph 332, the Commercial Assistant (Booking) before commencing to issue tickets should partly draw out the ticket at the bottom of each tube. The number of the ticket so drawn out should be noted down in the column “commencing number” of the Trains Cash Book and verified with the corresponding closing number entered for the previous period or train. After the departure of each train or close of each period, the Commercial Assistant (Booking) should ascertain from the tubes the various stations to which tickets have been issued. (Tubes from which tickets have been issued will have no tickets projecting). The closing numbers of the tickets of all such stations which will be the lowest numbers on tickets on hand, will be posted in the appropriate column. Details of all non-issued tickets will be recorded under appropriate columns. The Commercial Assistant (Booking) will then proceed to work out the number of tickets sold during the day by first taking out the difference between the commencing and closing numbers and then deducting the number of non-issued tickets. The rate should then be entered in the column for the purpose and in the proper train or period money column should be posted the amount arrived at by multiplying the number of tickets sold with the rate. 503. The sale of blank paper tickets including Soldiers’, Special and Excess Fare tickets will be ascertained from the counterfoils of paper tickets and recorded in the Trains Cash Book below the entries of printed tickets. 504. At small stations where separate Parcels, Luggage, etc., Cash Books (T. 1204) are not maintained, the numbers and amount of luggage tickets and outwards “Paid” parcels sent and inwards “To-pay” parcels received and delivered up to the time of writing up the Cash Book should be posted under the proper train money column. 505. When all the entries for the train or period have been completed, the Commercial Assistant (Booking) should cast the total of the amount column and compare it with the money he has in the till. The result should be shown in the Cash Book by writing under the total: Balance correct Rs…………………

Excess………………………..or nil Deficiency……………..……or nil


CHAPTER V


5.4

506. Deposit of earnings of each train in station safe: The cash after having been checked with the Trains Cash Book in the manner indicated in the previous paragraph should be placed in the safe and, on no account, should the receipts from a train be retained in the till after the cash has been checked with the Trains Cash Book.

507. Deficiency in cash to be made good: Deficiency in cash should be made good, at once, from private cash and a suitable remark made both in the Trains Cash Book and Cash Remittance Note. If the amount involved is heavy, the matter should be investigated fully. In all such cases, a report should be made to the Divisional Superintendent and to the Accounts Office showing the result of investigations. An excess represents the amount collected from the travelling public and should on no account be utilized to cover any deficiency in collection by some previous train or period.

508. If, after closing a train’s ‘cash’ it is found, that the “deficiency” was due to a mistake, the Commercial Assistant (Booking) should apply to the Accounts Office for refund. Refunds in such cases will be allowed only if the remark “paid from private cash” had been recorded in the Trains Cash Book and Cash Remittance Note.

509. In the event of Station Masters neglecting to show the actual cash receipts as required by the rules, no subsequent request for remission of debit, nor any claim for refund of alleged payments from private cash, will be entertained.

510. Closing of Trains Cash Book for the day: After the last train for the day has gone out, the column of total amount received during the day from the sale of tickets, should be filled in. At stations where Parcels and Luggage cash is not kept distinct from Passenger’s cash, the numbers of the Inwards “To-pay” and Outwards “Paid” Parcels Way-Bills, Luggage, etc., tickets for which money has been received during the day will be recorded below the train entries of sale of tickets and the amount received for each parcel will be entered in the total column. Under these, again, the Sundry earnings collected at the station and finally any sums paid in by Officers of Pakistan Railways Departments will be posted for transmission to the Accounts Office.

511. The total of all these entries will then be cast and checked with the actual cash collections for the day. There should ordinarily be no difference as the train or periodical entries will have already been checked, vide paragraph 505 but, if there is any, it should be investigated and put right.

512. Summary of Trains Cash Book: In order to keep the accounts work at stations up to date, the transactions under each head in the Daily Trains Cash Book should be summarized in the Summary of Trains Cash Book (Form T. 512). The Station Master or Commercial Supervisor (Booking) will be held personally responsible that this is done and that the entries are correct in all respects.


CHAPTER V


5.5

FORM T.512

SUMMARY OF TRAINS CASH BOOK OF……………STATION FOR

First period ending on the 10th

This column is not to be used by Station Clerk; for use by

travelling Inspector of Station Accounts

only

Tickets sold

Amount

Seri

al N

o.

Stat

ion

to.

Cla

ss.

Rat

e.

Clo

sing

Nos

. of

ticke

ts o

n ha

nd.

Nos

. on

non-

issu

ed ti

cket

s.

Nos

. on

unso

ld

half

ticke

ts.

Com

men

cing

No.

Clo

sing

No.

of 1

st p

erio

d an

d co

mm

enci

ng N

o. o

f 2nd

per

iod.

Nos

. on

non-

issu

ed ti

cket

s.

Nos

. on

unso

ld h

alf t

icke

ts.

1st.

And

so

on u

p to

10th

1st.

And

so

on u

p to

10th

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6

Rs Rs

Total … THE MONTH OF………..20………

Second period ending on the 20th

Third period ending on the last day of the

month Total for the periods of the months

Tickets sold

Amount Tickets

sold Amount Tickets sold Amount

11th

.

And

so

on u

p to

20t

h.

11th

.

And

so

on u

p to

20t

h.

21th

. A

nd s

o on

up

to th

e la

st d

ay

of th

e m

onth

.

21th

. A

nd s

o on

up

to th

e la

st d

ay

of th

e m

onth

. To

tal N

o. o

f non

-iss

ued

and

unso

ld h

alf

ticke

ts s

ent t

o th

e A

ccou

nts

Offi

ce d

urin

g th

e m

onth

. 1s

t per

iod

No.

2nd

peri

od N

o.

3rd

peri

od N

o.

Tota

l No.

for

the

mon

th.

1st p

erio

d N

o.

2nd

peri

od N

o.

3rd

peri

od N

o.

Tot-

al a

mou

nt fo

r th

e m

onth

.

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

26 27 28 29 30 31 32

Rs Rs Rs Rs Rs Rs Rs Rs

…………………….. …………………….. Booking Clerk. Station Master.


CHAPTER V


5.6

513. The postings under each head in the Summary of Trains Cash Book should be made daily. At the beginning of the month the commencing numbers will be the closing numbers of the previous month, and these should be compared with the Classification and other returns before their dispatch to the Accounts office. At the end of each day, the closing numbers of all printed and blank card tickets of the several classes should be entered from the ticket tubes. The postings should be made from day to day and attested by the Commercial Supervisor (Booking). At the close of each period [mentioned in paragraph 110 (13)] the periodical totals should be cast. After the Cash Book has been finally closed for the period and signed by the Commercial Assistant/Booking, it should be checked by the Station Master or Commercial Supervisor (Booking) in detail in respect of “closing numbers” which the Station Master or Commercial Supervisor (Booking) should take direct from the tubes, “total number of tickets issued”, “total number of non-issued and half tickets” and the total amount received during the period and the certificate for each period signed in token thereof. Where the Summary is checked periodically by the Commercial Supervisor (Booking), it should be seen and signed by the Station Master at the end of the month. Station Masters or Commercial Supervisor (Booking), before signing the accounts at the close of each period or month, should personally satisfy themselves that the above instructions have been attended to by their assistants, as they are personally responsible for all irregularities brought to notice by Inspector of Coaching and Goods Accounts.

514. Provision of a suitable column for progressive totals in the Daily Trains Cash Book: It is left to Pakistan Railways administrations to provide suitable columns in the Daily Trains Cash Book (T. 501) for progressive totals. The progressive totals under each head should be carried over from day to day under the columns provided and finally closed at the end of each period. The periodical totals under each head should be consolidated at the end of each month to arrive at monthly totals. The periodical and monthly check and the recording of the certificate by the Commercial Supervisor (Booking) or Station Master will remain and should be carried out.

515. ‘Local’ Passenger Classification: This return should be posted from the Summary of Trains Cash Book (T. 512). It is ruled for the various kinds of tickets issued on Railways to passengers. All stations for which printed card tickets have been supplied should be entered either in the order of their geographical position on the line or in some other order prescribed for the purpose. The column “Commencing numbers” should be filled up from the “closing numbers” shown in the previous month’s Classification. The next column will show the lowest numbers unsold, which should agree with the commencing numbers in the following month’s Train Cash book. The total number of the non-issued tickets should be posted in the columns provided for the purpose. The total number of tickets sold in each class for each station should then be entered and the calculations of fares made.


CHAPTER V


5.7

FORM T.515 (Obverse)

LOCAL CLASSIFICATION OF PASSENGERS OF………………….STATION FOR THE MONTH OF ………………….20……..

2nd, Economy, 1st Sleeper Class.

Numbers of non-issued tickets

Item

No.

Zon

e N

o.

Stat

ion

to.

Via

Com

men

cing

N

o. o

f tic

kets

.

Clo

sing

No.

of

ticke

ts.

Tota

l num

ber

of ti

cket

s is

sued

dur

ing

the

mon

th

Net

issu

es o

f tic

kets

dur

ing

the

mon

th.

Rat

e

Am

ount

Rem

arks

*

1. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Rs. Rs.

A.C Business, A.C Standard. A.C Parlour, A.C Sleeper Class.

Number of non-issued tickets

Com

men

cing

N

o. o

f tic

kets

.

Clo

sing

No.

of

ticke

ts.

Tota

l No.

of t

icke

ts

issu

ed d

urin

g th

e m

onth

.

Net issues

of tickets during

the month.

Rat

e

Am

ount

Rem

arks

*

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

Rs.

NOTE 1.——The names of “Station to” should be posted in the third column in order of the stations on the line, the “Up” direction being always observed in making this posting, that is, in the case of “Station to” on the main line (Karachi-Peshawar) for instance the stations will be posted commencing from Karachi onwards. This arrangement is to be maintained whether the name of “Station” to are being entered in the sheet for “Up” or “Down” traffic.

NOTE 2.——Column No. 2 should be filled up by Station staff in accordance with Zone Code Nos. given below:— Zone No 0 stands for distance of 1 to 25 Kilometres. Do No. 1 do do do 26 to 50 do. Do No. 2 do do do 51 to 150 do. Do No. 3 do do do 150 to 300 do. Do No. 4 do do do 300 kilometres and above. NOTE 4.——The above entries should be summarized and posted correctly in the Zonal Summary.


CHAPTER V


5.8

516. Tickets issued at concession rates should be entered immediately below the entry of the tickets sold at full fares, full particulars of concession orders being given in the remarks column. Blank paper tickets should be accounted for individually and their details given on the face of the Classification in the respective “Class” columns below the entries of sales of printed card tickets. Details of sales of special and monthly tickets should be shown on the back of the Classification.

517. When there are no sales of tickets to certain stations, the lowest numbers of the tickets in hand for each class should be entered under the column “commencing number” in the Classification.

518. Tickets issued for a special train should be specified in a note in the Classification and a separate statement of the total earnings from the special train showing the composition of the special train and other particulars submitted with the Classification.

519. Deleted. 520. ‘Foreign’ Classification of Passengers.——The Foreign Classification of Passengers should be prepared on Form No. T. 515. The procedure of posting the commencing and closing numbers of all tickets and of accountal of blank paper tickets will be the same as explained in paragraph 515 to 518. All Foreign traffic should be posted and totalled separately. Finally, the figures in respect of number of passengers and amount in the two sets of returns should be consolidated. Separate totals should be cast for each class and a total of the whole shown. The Foreign Classification should be submitted by such stations as have tickets for foreign lines whether there be Foreign traffic or not, in order that progressive numbers may be checked monthly in the Accounts Office. 521 Deleted. 522. Return of Government passengers and luggage, etc.: Government passengers, luggage, etc., booked under Soldiers’ Tickets should be entered in the Return of Government Passengers in form T. 522. It should be prepared from the counter foils of Soldiers’ Tickets. Before the submission of the Return to the Accounts Office its total should be tallied with the corresponding total in the Summary of Trains Cash Book (T.512) where one is maintained or with the amount in the “progressive total” column of the Daily Trains Cash Book (T. 501). Particulars of un-exchanged Warrants collected at stations should also be entered in this Return. Private baggage carried in excess of the weight allowed by the regulations and paid for in cash by the owner should be booked under Luggage tickets (T. 704) and accounted for in the Luggage, etc., Return (T. 1215 or T. 1216).


CHAPTER V


5.9

FORM T.522

RETURN OF (LOCAL) GOVERNMENT PASSENGERS AND LUGGAGE, ETC., BOOKED AT ……………………..STATION DURING THE PERIOD

ENDING……………….20…. Up Traffic/Down Traffic. LOCAL

Soldiers Ticket

Booked route

Short route

AC Class passengers 1st Sleeper Class

passengers

Children

Dat

e

No.

Trai

n

No.

of w

arra

nt c

redi

t-no

te

Stat

ion

to

Dir

ectio

n

Part

icul

ars

of v

ia

Part

icul

ars

of v

ia

Offi

cers

Offi

cers’ w

ives

Abo

ve 1

0

Bet

wee

n 3

and

10

War

rant

Offi

cers

Sta

ff Se

rgea

nts

and

non-

com

mis

sion

ed o

ffice

rs.

Ran

k an

d Fi

le

Ran

k an

d Fi

le W

ives

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

1st Sleeper

Class passengers

2nd Class passengers Economy Class passengers

Children Children Children

Abo

ve 1

0

Bet

wee

n 3

and

10

Follo

wer

s an

d se

rvan

ts

Follo

wer

s’ an

d se

rvan

ts’ w

ives

Abo

ve 1

0

Bet

wee

n 3

and

10

Cle

rks,

age

nts,

etc

..

Cle

rks’

and

agen

ts’

wiv

es

Abo

ve 1

20

Bet

wee

n 3

and

10

Tota

l num

ber

of p

asse

nger

s

No.

of h

orse

s, e

tc.

No.

of s

oldi

ers’

dogs

18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31


CHAPTER V


5.10

Weight of baggage Amount of passengers, etc.

Tota

l bag

gage

ch

arge

able

to

Gov

ernm

ent

Rai

lway

free

allo

wan

ce

Diff

eren

ce c

harg

eabl

e to

Gov

ernm

ent

Sold

iers’ e

xces

s, i.

e.,

Priv

ate

bagg

age

AC

Cla

ss

1st S

leep

er C

lass

Econ

omy

Cla

ss

2nd

Cla

ss

Frei

ght o

f hor

ses,

etc

.

Frei

ght o

f bag

gage

Tota

l am

ount

of t

icke

ts

Cas

h in

clud

ed in

the

fore

goin

g to

tal

Rem

arks

32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 kgs.

Kgs.

kgs.

kgs.

Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs.. Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs.

Note.——In order to enable the Account’s Office to recover correct charges from the Military Department for “vehicles” and “troop trains” the following information must, in all cases, be filled in——

(i) “Number” “description” “carrying capacity” and “name of the owning railway” of the vehicle used.

(ii) Number of “men” “animals” and “quantity of baggage” loaded in each vehicle. (iii) Whether the vehicle used is either a bogie, 4 or 6-wheeled vehicle.

(iv) In case of “troop train” running on section where gradients do not permit of sixteen vehicles being booked it should be noted in how many portions each train is divided and how many vehicles are attached to each portion ; the “number” and “description” of engines (whether bankers or others) being also given.

Date sent to the Accounts Office. Commercial Assistant/Booking…………...… . .

Station Master………………………

523. Deleted.

CHAPTER VI

20 October, 2011

PAKISTAN RAILWAYS




CHAPTER VI

CHECK AND COLLECTION OF PASSENGER TICKETS

12

CONTENTS


OBJECT OF CHECK AND COLLECTION OF TICKETS 6.1 601 — 603

CHECK AT JUNCTIONS AND OTHER STATIONS 6.1 604

CHECK IN RUNNING TRAINS 6.1 605

SURPRISE CHECKS 6.1 606

NIPPING OF TICKETS 6.1 — 6.2 607 — 608

TICKET CHECKING STATIONS 6.2 609 — 610

EXAMINATION OF BLANK PAPER TICKETS 6.2 611

RETURN OF BLANK PAPER TICKETS EXAMINED

6.3

612 — 614 (613 Deleted)

COLLECTION OF TICKETS 6.3 615

CANCELLATION OF COLLECTED TICKETS 6.4 616

REGISTER OF COLLECTED TICKETS 6.4 617

CUSTODY OF COLLECTED TICKETS 6.5 618

SORTING OF COLLECTED TICKETS 6.5 619

TICKET COLLECTOR'S REPORT 6.5 620

SUBMISSION TO ACCOUNTS OFFICE OF COLLECTED TICKETS AND TICKET COLLECTOR'S REPORTS 6.6 621 (622 Deleted)

DUTIES OF SPECIAL TICKET EXAMINERS 6.6 623 — 624

CHECK OF THE WORK OF SPECIAL TICKET EXAMINERS 6.7 625

RECOVERY OF FARES 6.7 — 6.9 626 — 634

STATION STAFF TO ASSIST SPECIAL TICKET EXAMINERS 6.9 — 6.10 635 — 636


CHAPTER VI


13

CONTENTS


DUTIES OF GUARDS WITH REGARD TO PASSENGERS TRAVELLING WITHOUT TICKETS 6.10 637

EARNINGS OF SPECIAL TICKET EXAMINERS 6.11 638 — 639

VERIFICATION BY INSPECTORS OF COACHING AND GOODS (ACCOUNTS) OF THE ACCOUNTAL OF RECEIPTS 6.11 640

SPECIAL TICKET EXAMINER'S RETURNS 6.12 641

ACCOUNTAL BY STATIONS OF EARNINGS OF SPECIAL TICKET EXAMINERS 6.12 642

EXCESS FARE TICKET

6.12 — 6.13

643 — 644 (645 Deleted)

RULES REGARDING EXCESS FARES 6.13 646

EXCESS FARE RETURNS 6.13 647

POSTING OF EXCESS FARE RETURN 6.14 648 (649 Deleted)

DISPOSAL OF CANCELLED EXCESS FARE TICKETS 6.14 650


CHAPTER VI


6.1

601. Object of check and collection of tickets: Passenger tickets are checked and collected with the objective of:

(i) ensuring that every passenger is in possession of a proper ticket (or other authority) entitling him to travel by rail or enter Pakistan Railways premises;

(ii) examining whether the tickets have been issued in conformity with prescribed rules and instructions, and

(iii) seeing (ultimately) that the tickets have been correctly accounted for in Pakistan Railways books.

602. To facilitate the effective check and collection of tickets, all important stations should, as far as possible, be properly fenced or barricaded so that no person may be able to enter or leave the platforms without having to pass through the gates and show his ticket. Station Masters should frequently inspect the fencing and arrange to have unauthorized outlets closed. 603. Station Masters of stations not provided with fencing should depute one or more of their assistants when trains stop at stations, to assist the ticket collectors in seeing that no person enters or leaves the trains without his ticket being examined. 604. Check at Junctions and other stations: Tickets held by passengers in trains will be subjected to check at junctions, and at such other stations as may be considered advisable, by the ticket examining staff, who will note down the particulars of all blank paper (including soldiers') tickets and submit a report thereof to the Accounts Office. Detailed instructions are embodied in paragraphs 609 to 614. 605. Check in running trains: The tickets held by passengers will be checked in running trains by Special Ticket Examiners. Detailed instructions in regard to their duties are embodied in paragraphs 623 to 642.

606. Surprise checks: Surprise checks should be carried out both at stations and in running trains, a small squad of picked men being detailed for such duties under the supervision of a selected subordinate. All cases of fraud, or travelling without tickets, detected during the course of these surprise checks should be carefully examined to see whether they have been facilitated by the defects in the existing system of checks in force. The results of surprise checks should be used to ensure efficient working of station staff and Special Ticket Examiners. 607. Nipping of tickets: The ticket collector posted at the entrance wicket should nip, with a special nipper provided for the purpose, all tickets at the time of admitting passengers to platforms. This nipper should generally be designed so as to cut a piece of the ticket shaped thus:


CHAPTER VI


6.2

The nipping should be done carefully so that the matter printed on the ticket is not cut out. 608. Platform Tickets should be nipped at the time of admittance of the holders to the platform, in the same manner as passenger tickets. If any person is found with an un-nipped Platform Ticket, the matter should be reported to the Station Master who should institute enquiries. As Platform Tickets are available only during the stoppage of the particular train for which issued, they should be collected before the holders leave the station. The collected Platform Tickets should be sent to the Accounts Office daily along with other collected tickets, paragraph 621. 609. Ticket checking stations: The junctions and ticket-checking stations at which the tickets held by passengers should be checked vide paragraph 604 as also the number of the special ticket nipper to be used at each station should be notified to the staff by Pakistan Railways Administration. Station Masters of stations thus notified should institute and maintain a thorough check of all passengers in trains and of those booked at their stations and see that tickets are impressed with the special ticket nipper provided. 610. The work of checking tickets at stations should be done in a manner that would cause the least inconvenience to the passengers. All irregular or faked tickets or those bearing any signs of having been altered in any way should be brought to the notice of the Station Master who should, if necessary, communicate with the issuing station or take such other action as might appear best to him. All cases of doubtful nature should be reported to the Accounts Office. 611. Examination of blank paper tickets: All blank paper tickets (including Soldiers’, Tourist, Special and Excess Fare Tickets and Emergent Police Passes,) should be examined during the course of check of tickets at ticket-checking stations and should be entered at once by the staff deputed on checking duty in the Ticket Collector's Note-Book, form No. T. 611.


CHAPTER VI


6.3

FORM T. 611 TICKET COLLECTOR'S NOTE-BOOK

Particulars of tickets examined Stations

Train by which

checked Ticket No.

Date of issue

Class Description From To

Remarks as to route by which

issued, etc.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

612. Return of blank paper tickets examined: The entries in the Note-Books of the several Ticket Collectors deputed on checking duty should be consolidated and copied daily into a return in form T. 612.

FORM T. 612

RETURN OF BLANK PAPER (INCLUDING SOLDIERS') TICKETS SEEN AND EXAMINED AT…………………. STATION

Particulars of tickets Train by which

travelling No. Description ClassDate

of issue

Station from

Station to

Route by which

issued

Remarks, if any

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

613. Deleted.

614. Station Masters should see that ticket collectors enter in this return all blank paper tickets that have been examined during the day, particular care being taken to show correctly the name of the destination station and route.

615. Collection of tickets: Station Masters are held personally responsible for making adequate arrangements at their stations to ensure that passengers leave the platforms only through the proper exits where they are expected to surrender or show their tickets or passes. The efficiency or otherwise of these arrangements will be judged from the number of uncollected tickets. In collecting tickets or passes it should be seen that


CHAPTER VI


6.4

every passenger holds a proper ticket or pass, that the ticket or pass which he holds is for the station to which, and the train and class of carriage by which, he travels; and that in addition to these conditions he has not exceeded the time allowed. It should also be seen that the passenger has not travelled with excess un-booked luggage. Irregularities in tickets noticed during the course of collection of tickets such as tickets bearing duplicate numbers, or two different dates, etc., should be properly investigated and a report submitted to the Divisional Superintendent and to the Accounts Office.

616. Cancellation of collected tickets: All collected card and paper tickets and free passes should, immediately after the departure of the train by which they have been collected, be nipped (by the person collecting them) with the special nipper supplied for the purpose and stamped on the back with the train number and date of collection. When they cannot be so stamped they should have the train number and date of collection written in ink on the back. In stamp-dating collected tickets, care should be taken to see that the date of collection is not confused with the date of issue already stamped on the tickets. When a train is running late and reaches a station on a later date than that on which, according to the Time-Table, it is due to arrive, the tickets collected from passengers travelling by such train are to be stamped with the due instead of the actual date. Should the train arrive after the dispatch of the collected tickets for the previous day, the collections from it should be forwarded separately with an Advice Note to the Accounts Office. On no account is a ticket to be returned from the collecting station to the station at which the passenger commenced his journey, and the Station Master or official of the starting station is prohibited from issuing and forwarding a ticket to the station at which the passenger alights, in order to correct any error made.

617. Register of collected tickets: After the collected tickets have been cancelled in the manner indicated in the previous paragraph, they should be sorted and arranged in order of 'station from' and in the progressive order of their numbers and entered in the Register of Tickets Collected form T. 617.

FORM T. 617

REGISTER OF TICKETS COLLECTED AT……………..STATION ON.... 20...... Train No. Train No. Train No.

Station from

Class and description

(Adult / Child)

Lowest No. Highest

No.

Machine numbers

of tickets missing

HighestNo.

Machine numbers

of tickets missing

Highest No.

Machine numbers

of tickets missing

Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10


CHAPTER VI


6.5

618. Custody of collected tickets: All collected tickets should, from the time they are collected to the time they are sent to the Accounts Office, be kept in safe custody and on no account should a person not connected with their collection be allowed to have access to them. 619. Sorting of collected tickets: After the departure of the last train for the day, the day's collected card and paper tickets and free passes (including tickets and free passes on which excess fares have been collected) should be sorted and arranged in the progressive order of their numbers, and tied separately for each station with the highest number of printed tickets of each station tied separately. 620. Ticket Collector's Report: All collected card and paper tickets (including Soldiers’ and Excess Fare Tickets, Emergent Police and Free Passes) should be entered daily in Ticket Collector’s Report form T. 620. Details in connection with collected Excess Fare Tickets need not be entered in the Ticket Collector’s Report. The total number of such tickets collected would answer the purpose.

FORM T. 620 TICKETS COLLECTOR’S REPORT OF TICKETS AND PASSES COLLECTED AT*

.…………. STATION, ON ……………… DAY, THE ………………….20 … (Obverse)

Free passes Soldiers tickets

Monthly Season tickets

Station from

Class and description

(Adult / Child)

Lowest No.

Highest No.

Total (collected

plus missing)

MissingIssuing Branch

Numbers Numbers Numbers

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Grand Total

Total missing

*The name of the station should be stamped here.


CHAPTER VI


6.6

(Reverse)

Irregular Tickets

Station

From To Class No.

Remarks as to nature of irregularity i.e., without date, incorrectly dated or collected at wrong stations, etc., quoting also whether excess fare has been charged.

1 2 3 4 5

….………………… Date sent to the Accounts Office…………….. Ticket Collector.

621. Submission to Accounts Office of collected tickets and Ticket Collector's Reports: All collected tickets (whether printed card or paper) should be submitted daily to the Accounts Office along with Ticket Collector's Report (T. 620). These should be sent in bags specially provided for the purpose, by the first train carrying returns, on the day following their collection. When there are no collected tickets to forward, the word "nil" should be written across the Report (T. 620) and forwarded for the information of the Accounts Office. The non-issued tickets will be sent to Accounts Office separately booked under free parcel waybill. The owner portion of parcel waybill will be retained by the station as record which be pasted with the record portion of the statement of non-issued tickets for its examination by the concerned officials. In case there are no non issued tickets on a particular date, the station will send a statement, showing Nil.

622. Deleted.

623. Duties of Special Ticket Examiners: The duties of Special Ticket Examiners are to travel over their ‘lengths’ to check irregularities of all kinds connected with passengers travelling without tickets, with tickets out of date or otherwise irregular, overriding or travelling in higher class carriages than they hold tickets for, to check the luggage of passengers at starting stations and “en route,” to see it is correctly booked and to detect and prosecute or to report against persons who cheat or attempt to cheat Pakistan Railways of its legitimate dues and to recover such dues. They also deal with cases of Pakistan Railways servants found travelling irregularly and to see that tickets , passes or other documents authorizing them to travel are not being irregularly used. The tariff rules as to the carriage of dogs, birds, etc. should also receive attention.

624. In their dealings with the travelling public, Special Ticket Examiners should always bear in mind that the honest passengers regard their work as unnecessary and as involving unjustifiable harassment, and that in the performance of their duties, greatest tact and politeness is no less essential than the necessary firmness.


CHAPTER VI


6.7

625. Check of the work of Special Ticket Examiners: The work of Special Ticket Examiners should be checked, the arrangements being made by the Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue in consultation with the Chief Commercial Manager. These checks should be “surprise” checks made by selected men of seniority and standing. The result of the checks should be carefully examined by the Chief Commercial Manager and the Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue any defects in system disclosed rectified, and the work of the Special Ticket Examiners suitably appraised. 626. Recovery of fares: Under Section 113 of the Railways Act, 1890, any passenger who travels in a train without a ticket, or who, being in or having alighted from a train refuses, or fails to deliver his ticket, or who travels in a higher class than he holds a ticket for, or who travels beyond the station for which he holds a ticket, is liable for the fare incurred, in addition to the excess charge mentioned in clause (3) of the Section. If the passenger fails or refuses to pay the amount due on the demand of any Pakistan Railways servant appointed by Pakistan Railways administration for this purpose, an application should be made by such Pakistan Railways servant to a magistrate, who will recover from the passenger the sum so payable as if it were a fine imposed by the magistrate, the offence under this section being regarded a civil offence. Under this Section, the fare may be charged from the station from which the train started but the passenger should be given a chance of proving at what station he entered the train. Special Ticket Examiners should demand from such a passenger the amount of fare due and the excess charge and on collection issue an Excess Fare Ticket (T. 643). 627. Passengers travelling without tickets, detected by Special Ticket Examiners, who decline to pay the charges due to Pakistan Railways should be handed over to the station staff for recovery of the amount due with a report in form T. 627. These forms should be machine numbered, printed and supplied in sets of three foils. One of the foils should be retained by the Special Ticket Examiners and the other two made over to the station staff along with the passenger. The signature of the station staff should be obtained on the back of the record foil. The station staff should send one of the foils to the Divisional Superintendent Office noting on reverse of the foil the result of action taken and stating whether the passenger declined to pay or was unable to pay. The other foil will be retained at the station.


CHAPTER VI


6.8

FORM T.627 HANDING OVER MEMO

(Obverse) No……………… Station……………….. Date…………………..

Certified that S.T.E ……………… made over to me for realization of fare Rs …………… and penalty Rs ………. and, if necessary, for prosecution ………… passengers by Train No ……… holding Ticket / Pass No ………… Class ……… From ………. To ………… Reasons for excess charge on prosecution under the Railways Act/Pakistan Penal Code……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………. Station Master.

(Reverse)

Amount recovered Rs………vide Excess Fare Ticket No………… dated………...…… or handed over to police on Complaint Form No…………… dated……….. or matter reported to……. (vide copy of letter attached).

Date………………….. ………………… Station Master.

628. At stations where Ticket Collectors are employed, passengers should be handed over to them and at other stations to the Station Master on duty. If neither of them is at hand, passengers should be handed over to the Railway Police on train duty. The person taking over the passengers will be personally responsible that the fares are realized through the proper sources. He should, at the time of taking over a passenger, ask him whether he admits his liability or to produce his ticket if he has one, warning him that the subsequent production of the ticket after the Special Ticket Examiners had left, would not be accepted.

629. The station staff taking over passengers from the Special Ticket Examiners should demand from the passenger the amount of fare due and the excess charge and, on collection, issue an Excess Fare Ticket (T. 643), reference to the ticket being noted on the reverse of the foil of the Handing Over Memo. (T. 627). If, however, the passenger fails to meet the demand and is a known man or there is no reason to believe that the name and address given by him is incorrect, an application should be made to the Court, within whose jurisdiction the passenger is found travelling irregularly, to realize from him the amount of the fare due and the excess charge. If the passenger failing to meet the demand is unknown, or gives a name or address which, there is reason to believe, is incorrect, Pakistan Railways servant may arrest him and have him taken with


CHAPTER VI


6.9

the least possible delay before the nearest magistrate, with a report giving details of the charge.

630. Under Section 112 of the Railways Act, 1890, any person travelling without a ticket or on a ticket that has already been used on a previous journey, is punishable with fine in addition to the amount of the fare from the distance travelled, provided that he, with intent to defraud Pakistan Railways administration, has travelled without a ticket or on a ticket which has been used before. The burden of proof that there was intent to defraud rests on the prosecution. Special Ticket Examiners should, therefore, satisfy themselves, before making over passengers under this Act, that the intention to defraud would be established. The Handing Over Memo. (T. 627), should be used when handing over passengers under this section, the words “for realization of fare and penalty and, if necessary” on the form being struck off.

631. Pakistan Railways servant detecting or taking over such passengers from the Special Ticket Examiners should, if the passenger is known or there is no reason to believe that the name and address given by him is incorrect, submit a report to the magistrate of the locality giving the details of the case and applying for summons against the accused. If the passenger is unknown and gives a name and address which, there is reason to believe, is incorrect, Pakistan Railways servant may arrest him and have him taken with the least possible delay before the nearest magistrate with a report giving full details of the charge.

632. Passengers found travelling without or with insufficient tickets who refuse or are unable to pay and who have to be made over to Pakistan Railways Police should be handed over at the headquarters station of Pakistan Railways Police or at those Railway Police posts where there are headquarters of magistrates detailed to try such cases. A list of the names of stations which are Railway Police headquarters or where there are Railway Police posts and magistrates detailed to try such cases should be published in the pamphlet referred to in paragraph 646.

633. It is incumbent on Pakistan Railways official making over passengers to the Police to see that his report or charge letter contains full particulars of the case, the correct Section of the Railways Act, 1890 under which the charge is made, the amount of fare and of excess charge due and the name of witnesses.

634. Amounts of fares and excess charges recovered through the Police or magistrate should be acknowledged by the issue of an Excess Fare Ticket T. 643.

635. Station Staff to assist Special Ticket Examiners: Every facility and assistance should be afforded by the station staff to the Special Ticket Examiners in the performance of their duties and on no account should a memo. for the recovery of excess fare be refused. All cases of doubt should be promptly referred to the Station Master for decision, by the person authorized to take over passengers. If a Station Master considers


CHAPTER VI


6.10

that a passenger is wrongly charged, he should record his reasons on the memo. for non-recovery and send it to the Divisional Superintendent concerned for disposal.

636. Special Ticket Examiners should not book or grant permission to travel to passengers who may arrive too late to purchase tickets. They should refer them to the guards in charge of trains who will grant necessary certificates vide paragraph 637.

637. Duties of guards with regard to passengers travelling without tickets: Guards are not authorized to allow any person to travel without a ticket. Cases will, however, arises where a passenger, who is unable to buy a ticket for want of time, informs the guard in charge of the train, before entering into it or before being detected of the fact of his travelling without a ticket. In such cases, guards should issue a certificate on form T. 637 so that the fare may be recovered with or without excess charge as the case may be. These certificates should be printed and supplied in sets of two foils bound in books and serially numbered to be written by carbon process. One of the foils should be given to the passenger the other being retained by the guard for record.

FORM T.637 PAKISTAN RAILWAYS

GUARD / STATIONS OFFICIALS CERTIFICATE. No…………………...

(To be exchanged with an excess fare ticket at the first stopping station of the train.) Subject to the conditions laid down on reverse the bearer of this certificate Mr. / Mrs. / Miss ……………… is permitted to …………..

(i). entrain without ticket in ……………………Class From …………………. Station to ………………….. Station. (ii). travel in high/lower class i.e., …………….. Class From ……………. To …………….. Station. (iii). override to …………………….. Station. (iv). He / She is holding……………………… Class ticket ………… No. …………. dated…………. From ……………. To ………………. Station via …………………

Note.——Strike out entries not applicable. Signature …………………… Designation ………………… Date ………………………….

Train No. …………………….. Charged under Excess Fare Ticket No ……………………

Of dated …………………………Station ……………………… S.T.E. / Station Master……………………………………….


CHAPTER VI


6.11

(Reverse) CONDITIONS

Where a passenger is permitted to ——

(i) entrain without ticket having failed to buy a ticket for want of time, he/she should be charged the fares up to destination;

(ii) (a) travel in a higher class having failed to convert his/her ticket to that class for want of time he/she should be charged the difference between the fare paid and that payable up to destination or for the distance to be travelled in that class.

(b) travel in a lower class for want of room in the class for which the ticket is held he/she may apply, on the authority of this certificate to the competent authority for refund of the difference between the fare paid and the payable ;

(iii) override beyond the booked destination he/she should be charged the difference between the fare paid and that payable at the station to which he/she intends to travel;

(iv) pay the lower excess charge on fulfilling the conditions that he/she has after incurring the charges but before being detached by a Railway servant has informed the Guard incharge of the train, he/she must pay the fare in addition to the lower class excess charge from the starting station of the train or the last checking station, as the case may be up to the point at which he/she has informed the guard and actual fare that from that point to destination.

Note. The certificate for cases falling under terms ii(b), iii and iv should be issued by the Guard incharge of the train.

638. Earnings of Special Ticket Examiners: The earnings of Special Ticket Examiners as shown in the Excess Fare Tickets (T. 643) issued by them should be handed over daily to the Station Master or Commercial Assistant (Booking) of any station on their respective beats for remittance to the cash office. For cash so handed over, the station staff should give an acknowledgement on Miscellaneous Cash Note which should be stamped with the station’s name, dated and signed in full by the party to whom the cash is made over. Full details, such as excess fare, excess charge or un-booked luggage as the case may be, should be given on the Miscellaneous Cash Note. Separate Receipts should be issued for the earnings of each Special Ticket Examiner.

639. The acknowledgement should be carefully pasted by the Special Ticket Examiners to the counterfoil of the last Excess Fare Tickets (T. 643), issued at the time, a reference to the Receipt being entered in the summary of the daily remittances vide paragraph 641.

640. Verification by Inspectors of Coaching and Goods (Accounts) of the accountal of Receipts: Inspectors of Coaching and Goods Accounts should, in the usual course of their inspection, verify the amount shown on the station counterfoils of the Miscellaneous Cash Note book and see that the same has been accounted for.


CHAPTER VI


6.12

641. Special Ticket Examiner’s Returns: Returns in form (T.647) should be prepared by the Special Ticket Examiners immediately after the close of each month and submitted to the Accounts Office through the Divisional Superintendent's Office along with the “Accounts Office” foils of the Excess Fare Tickers (T.643) and a summary of the daily remittances duly checked and scrutinized by his senior incharge.

642. Accountal by stations of earnings of Special Ticket Examiners: The earnings of each Special Ticket Examiner should be accounted for separately in the station Balance Sheet, (T.1236) as a special debit under the heading “Earnings of Special Ticket Examiners.”

643. Excess Fare Ticket: In all instances of the recovery of excess fares, whether made by Ticket Collectors at ticket checking or at destination stations or by Special Ticket Examiners, an Excess Fare Ticket, in Form T.643, should invariably be issued. These tickets are machine-numbered and supplied in books, preferably of carbon-backed paper, bound in sets of three foils. The first foil is intended for Accounts, the second for passenger and the third for record. If the form is not printed on carbon-backed paper, double sided carbon paper should be used in writing it. If a passenger refuses to take the foil intended for him it should be attached to the station foil and folded up. Separate forms should be printed for completed journeys and for journeys, en route, to guard against their fraudulent use.

FORM T.643 EXCESS FARE TICKET

Book No…………….. Train No……………. Station…………………………………………. ………..20. . . . Received Rs……………. Total in words………………………………………………………………………….. as excess fare charges and

Rupees…………… as non-booking charges

Total Rupees………………….. from (name) ………………………………………………………………………..

Number of passengers (figs) …………… words …………. the holder of ………. class ticket No …………….. From …………….…………… to ………….….………….. for (reasons) …………….… informed at ……………………………. station

Signature of Station Master or Special Ticket Examiner ………………………………


CHAPTER VI


6.13

Note.——When an excess Fare Ticket is issued for a number of passengers, the words “and party” should be added after the name of the person in charge of the party.

644. The Excess Fare Ticket books should be numbered and entered in the Ticket Stock Book (T.315). Inspectors of Coaching and Goods Accounts should see that the Book is complete and that a second Excess Fare Ticket book is not brought into use until the first one has been finished. The Ticket Stock Book for the Excess Fare Ticket books used by the Special Ticket Examiners will be kept by the office controlling them. List of Excess Fare Ticket Books issued to Special Ticket Examiners should be sent to Accounts Office by concerned Divisional Superintendent and Chief Commercial Manager.

645. Deleted.

646. Rules regarding excess fares: The rules and conditions under which fares and excess charges are leviable are published by Pakistan Railways Administration in its Coaching tariff. Extracts of these rules together with any subsidiary instructions relating to travelling without tickets may usefully be published in pamphlet form and supplied to each Ticket Collector, Guard and Special Ticket Examiners to be shown to passengers, in cases of dispute, as the authority for demanding fares and excess charges.

647. Excess Fare Returns: All excess fare collections including the extra charges and amount realized on account of demurrage on reserved carriages should be accounted for in Excess Fare Returns, (Form T. 647).

FORM T. 647 RETURN OF EXCESS FARES

P.R. No. Return of excess fares Station for the month of

Train

Dat

e, M

onth

an

d ye

ar

Up

Dow

n Ex

cess

Far

e Ti

cket

No.

No.

on

ticke

ts

Cla

ss

From

To

Des

crip

tion

of

ticke

t

Cau

se o

f ch

arge

.

Am

ount

of

exce

ss fa

re

Exce

ss c

harg

e

Tota

l am

ount

.

Rupees Rupees Rupees

Total Rupees

…..……………… ………………….. Commercial Assistant (Booking) / Station Master. Special Ticket Examiner

Date sent to the Accounts Office ……………………


CHAPTER VI


6.14

648. Posting of Excess Fare Return: The Excess Fare Return should be posted daily in detail as soon after realization as possible from the counterfoils of Excess Fare Tickets issued from the Book. Care should be taken to post in the proper column in the Return the serial numbers of the tickets of each class, if any, on which excess fare has been realized, as also of the Excess Fare Tickets and to give a full explanation of the cause of charge in the column so headed. 649. Deleted. 650. Disposal of cancelled Excess Fare Tickets: Cancelled Excess Fare Tickets, complete in all foils, guards' memo and other certificates relating to Excess Fare Receipts should be pasted to the respective return for submission to the Accounts Office.

CHAPTER VII

20 October, 2011

PAKISTAN RAILWAYS




CHAPTER VII

BOOKING AND DELIVERY OF PASSENGERS’ LUGGAGE

14

CONTENTS


FREE ALLOWANCE 7.1 701 — 702

BOOKING OF LUGGAGE 7.1 703

LUGGAGE TICKETS 7.1 — 7.3 704 — 709

ADVANCE BOOKING OF LUGGAGE 7.3 710

WEIGHMENT MEMO 7.3 711 (712 Deleted)

PACKING OF LUGGAGE 7.5 713

ARTICLES NOT ACCEPTED AS LUGGAGE 7.6 714

RECOVERY OF CHARGES FOR LUGGAGE TRAFFIC 7.6 715

LABELLING OF LUGGAGE 7.6 716

UN-BOOKED OR PARTIALLY BOOKED LUGGAGE 7.6 — 7.7 717 — 719

REWEIGHMENT OF INWARDS LUGGAGE 7.7 720

DELIVERY OF LUGGAGE BOOKED BY BRAKE VANS 7.7 721

LUGGAGE ARRIVING IN ADVANCE 7.7 722

FREE TIME ALLOWED FOR LUGGAGE 7.7 723

COLLECTION OF LUGGAGE TICKETS 7.7 — 7.8 724 — 725

LEFT LUGGAGE AND LEFT LUGGAGE TICKETS 7.8 726


CHAPTER VII


7.1

701. Free allowance: Passengers are allowed to carry ‘free’ a certain weight of luggage according to the class for which they hold tickets. The rate of free allowance on each class of ticket is published by Pakistan Railways Administration in its Coaching Tariff for the information of the staff and the public. 702. In addition to the "free allowance" certain articles are also allowed free such as one tiffin basket including a small ice box, one small hand bag or attache case (not suit case), one walking stick and one umbrella for each air conditioned class passenger, and one walking stick, one umbrella and such articles of food as may be required on the journey in the case of A.C.C (Lower), first (Sleeper) Economy or second class passengers. These articles should not, therefore, be weighed. 703. Booking of luggage: All articles except those mentioned in the previous paragraph should be weighed and booked at the starting stations. Luggage may, however, be booked from any station to any station on the direct route for which a ticket is held, provided no luggage in excess of the free allowance is carried un-booked over any portion of the line, the free allowance being granted once on the journey. 704. Luggage Tickets: Luggage should be booked under Luggage Tickets, form T. 704. These tickets should be machine numbered and supplied in sets of four foils in bound books to be written up by carbon process. The book should, on receipt of supply, be entered in the Ticket Stock Book (T.315) and kept in the custody of the Station Master or Commercial Supervisor (Booking) or (Parcel). Original foil is sent to Accounts Office alongwith luggage Cash Book, the second is made over to the Guard except when luggage is booked with owner in which case the forwarding stations should submit the 'guards' foils of Luggage Tickets direct by booked cover to destination stations. The third foil is handed over to the passenger for taking delivery at the destination. The fourth foil is retained at the forwarding station for record. The luggage tickets held by the Guard are, on arrival at destination station, to be handed over to the Station Master, who will file them. When, however, any of the tickets collected from passengers are mislaid at a station, the Guard’s foil should be forwarded to the Accounts Office instead (see paragraph 724).


CHAPTER VII


7.2

FORM T.704 LUGGAGE TICKET

P.R./Sn. 4/Mod. ORIGINAL (For Accounts) LOCAL

LUGGAGE TICKET

From———————————————————————— (Station Stamp.)

Owner’s Name—————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————— Address————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————— ————————————————————————————————— Station to——————————————————————————————————————————————————via————————————————————————————

Class of tickets. Individual No. of tickets held.

Train No———————————— Date—————————————

——————— * No. of

packages. Description

Condition of packing.

Weight.

With Owner Kgm. With Guard

Total weight. Free allowance. Weight

chargeable. Rupees.

Kgm. Kgm. Kgm.

Charges recovered ——

Risk note executed————————————————— * If special, state so in margin.

In case of free passes, full particulars of the issuing office must invariably be given on the luggage ticket. It must be distinctly understood that Pakistan Railways reserves the right to correct any charges that may have been incorrectly entered in this ticket.

This ticket is issued subject to the conditions and regulations stated in the Pakistan Railways Coaching Tariff and is to be given up when the luggage is received. See conditions on the back thereof.

N. B.–The packages with owners are entirely at owner's risk.

——————————————— Commercial Assistant


CHAPTER VII


7.3

705. The packages booked "with owner" and those to be loaded in brake vans should be entered separately on the Luggage Ticket. The articles forming a consignment of luggage should be described in the Luggage Ticket, such as chairs, tents, boxes, baskets, bundles portmanteau, carpet bags, etc., so as to facilitate inquiries, in the case of a package going astray. The names of junction stations via which luggage is booked should be detailed, in full, on Luggage Tickets. 706. The number and class of the passenger ticket held by the passenger for whom luggage is booked should be entered on the Luggage Ticket. Before accepting a passenger's ticket for the purposes of free allowance, the Commercial Assistant should carefully examine the date and train number impressed or stamped on the ticket and see that the ticket is for the date and the train by which the luggage is to be booked. All charges for excess luggage should be recovered before booking, and shown on the Luggage Ticket. 707. If the particulars of the passenger ticket, on which free allowance of luggage is given, is inadvertently not quoted on the Luggage Ticket the free allowance will not be passed by the Accounts Office. 708. The number of packages of each description and commodity should be quoted on Luggage Tickets both in figures and in words. 709. Each passenger ticket or pass, on which free allowance of luggage admissible under the rules is given, should have the letters "L.B." written or stamped on it to prevent its being used more than once for the purpose of availing free allowance. 710. Advance booking of luggage: When luggage is booked in advance of the owner, a remark should be made on the Luggage Ticket to that effect by the issuing station for the guidance of the Accounts Office. The collecting station should check the charges with reference to the ticket held by the passenger and recover any sum found to be due, noting at the same time on the Luggage Ticket the number, date and class of the passenger's ticket for the information of the Accounts Office. 711. Weighment Memo: Where weighment of luggage is made by a special weighment staff appointed for the purpose, a Weighment Memo in form T. 711 should be made out. These forms should be printed in duplicate and supplied in bound books to be written by carbon process. One copy should be handed over to the Commercial Assistant who will issue the Luggage Tickets on its authority and paste it with the station copy of the Luggage Ticket issued, the other being retained by the Weighment staff. (a). Free Allowance on luggage:- The following free allowance for each ticket is given at the starting station on the total weight of the luggage carried by the passenger in the


CHAPTER VII


7.4

compartment:-

Class

Kilograms

Air Conditioned (Sleeper) 70 Air Conditioned (Sitter) 20 First (Sleeper) 40 Air Condition Lower/ Business/ Standard 20 Economy 40 Second 35 Lahore to Wagah and vice versa :-

35

First Sleeper 40 Economy 35 Note. Any quantity of luggage booked in brake van will be charged at the normal rates. Half of these quantities are allowed for each child ticket. (b) Luggage in Railcars and Air Conditioned Parlour Cars. A maximum of 20 Kilograms of luggage, per adult passenger and 10 Kilograms per child will only be allowed to be carried in Railcars and Air Conditioned Parlour Cars. These maximum limits will constitute the free allowance on luggage allowed to the passenger in the upper or lower class of the Railcars and their trailers. Passengers holding tickets or Railway Passes are allowed to carry with them only suit-cases, tiffin carrier and other small articles which can be conveniently placed on the overhead rakes, or stowed under the seats. Other luggage should be booked by brake van of passenger trains. (c) Every endeavour should be made to dispatch luggage by the same train as the owner but railway does not guarantee that it will be conveyed by the same train or delivery within any definite time or period.


CHAPTER VII


7.5

FORM T.711 WEIGHMENT MEMO

No………………….. Station…………………. Train No………….… Class Ticket No……….. Date…………………

………………… Weighment Staff

712. Deleted.

713. Packing of luggage: The station staff should see that luggage is presented in some convenient form, such as trunks, suitcases, travelling bags, valises, satchels, leather, tin or steel trunks, hat boxes, or other proper and safe receptacles provided with handles, securely locked or otherwise fastened, or sailors', soldiers' or emigrants’ bags or bundles properly wrapped and roped and of sufficient strength and durability to withstand the ordinary handling and transferring activities incidental and necessary to their transportation. If luggage, that is offered for dispatch, is so insecurely packed or is of such a kind as to be liable in any way to breakage, leakage or damage during transit, a remark should be made on the Luggage Ticket, detailing the number of packages that are liable to damage during transit being insecurely packed, and risk-note on form 'A' should be executed by the owner, if it cannot be booked "with owner.”

LUGGAGE NOT WEIGHED Number of Packages

Handbags, small .. .. .. .. Bedding .. .. .. .. .. Tiffin Baskets .. .. .. .. .. Luggage already booked from/to…under L. T. No. .. LUGGAGE WEIGHED Weight Trunks, steel or leather .. .. .. .. Kgs. Suit cases .. .. .. .. .. Bags .. .. .. .. .. Cabin trunks .. .. .. .. .. Hat-boxes .. .. .. .. .. Wooden boxes or case .. .. .. .. Total number of packages .. This form should be exchanged for a

Luggage Ticket before leaving.


CHAPTER VII


7.6

714. Articles not accepted as luggage: The following articles should not be booked as luggage:

(i) Offensive articles, such as wet skins, hides, etc., other than the skins of wild animals securely packed in air-tight boxes at owner's risk;

(ii) Explosives and dangerous and inflammable articles;

(iii) Bulky articles of any description which on account of their bulk would be chargeable by measurement if accepted as parcels; and

(iv) Oil, grease, ghee, paint, etc., if carried in packages which might, by contact, breakage or leakage, damage other articles.

Note.–Other articles not accepted as luggage on Pakistan Railways are detailed in the Coaching Tariff.

715. Recovery of charges for luggage traffic: The charges for booked luggage should be recovered at the starting station. When, owing to errors in booking or other causes, this has not been done, a remark should be made in the owner's and Guard's portions of Luggage Tickets and also in the Guard's Summary (T. 934). Such recoveries should then be made at destination.

716. Labelling of luggage: The procedure that should be followed in regard to the labelling of packages of luggage is the same as that prescribed for parcels (paragraph 932).

717. Un-booked or partially booked luggage: When luggage in excess of the 'free allowance' is found un-booked en route or at destination, the entire luggage should be weighed and the 'free allowance’ of Luggage granted provided the total weight of luggage detected does not exceed the 'free allowance' admissible by more than the following:

Class Per adult excess weight Kilograms

Per child excess weight Kilograms

Air conditioned (Sleeper) 15 7.5 Air conditioned (Sitter) 10 5 First (Sleeper) 8 4 Economy 8 4 Air conditioned (Lower) 6 3 Second 6 3

If the total weight of the luggage is found to exceed the ‘free allowance’ by more than the limits specified above, the entire weight should be charged for and no 'free allowance' given. The luggage should be dealt with exactly as if it were being booked to the station from which received and a Luggage Ticket issued to the passenger. The Guard's foil, being the collected ticket, should be submitted to the Accounts Office.


CHAPTER VII


7.7

718. Passengers who have booked a portion of their luggage and received the 'free allowance’ and who are subsequently found with additional luggage should be charged on the full weight of such additional luggage.

719. When a passenger is detected en route travelling with un-booked luggage weighing above the 'free allowance’, and refuses or is unable to pay freight due on demand, such luggage should be booked “To-pay” under a Parcels Way-bill (T. 901) at the next booking station at which there is time to do this, the owner's portion of the Way-bill being handed over to the passenger and the luggage transferred to the brake van in charge of the guard. Charges should, in such cases, be way-billed as from and to the stations between which the owning passenger's ticket is available.

720. Reweighment of Inwards luggage: Inwards booked luggage will not ordinarily be reweighed unless there is reason to believe that there is a substantial difference between the booked and the actual weight. Where, however, the number of chargeable packages found with the passenger is in excess of the number shown on the Luggage Ticket, the entire luggage should be reweighed and charges recovered according to tariff rules.

721. Delivery of luggage booked by brake vans: Luggage booked by brake vans should be delivered only to the person named on the Luggage Ticket on collection from him of the owner’s portion of the Luggage Ticket. If the owner's portion is lost, delivery should be provided on execution of indemnity bond according to the coaching traffic rules.Such luggage must not be delivered without the Station Master’s orders.luggage may be delivered on application, provided the Station Master is satisfied of the applicant's ownership of the luggage. If, however, there is any doubt, he should insist on a Stamped Indemnity Bond (T. 1547) bring executed. In all such cases the signatures of the person to whom the luggage is delivered should be taken in the Parcels Inwards and Delivery Book (T. 1205).

722. Luggage arriving in advance: All luggage arriving at destination in advance of the owner should be entered in the same way as parcels, and a portion of the Parcels Inwards and Delivery Book (T. 1205) should be appropriated for this purpose. When delivery of such luggage is given the signature of the receiver should be taken as in the case of parcels (see also paragraph 946).

723. Free time allowed for luggage: Luggage not taken delivery of at destination station will be allowed to remain free of charge for the days allowed free under tariff rules. If not removed within fifteen days, it should be removed to the Lost Property Office. and charged for at the rates given in the Coaching tariff.

724. Collection of Luggage Tickets: The owners' portions of Luggage Tickets granted to owners at booking stations should, in the case of luggage booked by brake van, be collected from them at destination stations at the time of delivery of packages. In the


CHAPTER VII


7.8

case, however, of luggage booked with owner the collection of the Luggage Tickets should be made by the Ticket Collector at the gate. All such collected tickets should be sent periodically to the Accounts Office.

725. Should the owner have lost his portion of the Luggage Ticket, the guard's portion, made over by the guard or received by destination station direct from booking station vide paragraph 704, should be sent to the Accounts Office. If a parcel or luggage, is not received at destination in reasonable time after being booked, the sending station and the junction must be asked for by the destination station. 726. Left Luggage and Left Luggage Tickets: Left Luggage is luggage tendered by passengers for temporary custody at stations authorized to receive it. A list of all such stations is given in the Coaching Tariff. In all such cases a Left Luggage Ticket describing the articles so tendered and mentioning the ticket number of the passenger should be issued to the passenger on form T. 726. Left Luggage Tickets should be printed and machine numbered in duplicate and supplied in bound books to be written by carbon process. One of the foils should be given to the passenger, the other being retained as station record. A full description of each package, as also the total number of packages should be given on the Left Luggage Ticket. When delivery is claimed, the Ticket should be collected from the owner who should be asked to sign an acknowledgment and to note the date and time of removal of luggage in the space provided for the purpose on the Ticket. The charges should then be calculated in accordance with the rates given in the Coaching Tariff and recovered from the passenger, the collected Ticket being sent to the Accounts Office.

FORM T.726 LEFT LUGGAGE TICKET

No……………………. Received from ………………………………………………………….…………

(name of person)

……………………………………………on………………………..20.. (permanent address)

at ………..……………………….. hours ……… packages, viz:

1……………………………..……... 2……………………………………. 3…...………………………………… 4……………………………………. 5……………………………………… 6……………………………………. 7……………………………………… 8…………………………………….

…………………………Station …………………………… Station Master.


CHAPTER VII


7.9

Certified that the above were correctly delivered to me at…….hours on…….20…. Signature of owner.............. Received payment Rs………

……….………….……….. Station Master.

Important.–-If packages are not claimed within one month from the date of their deposit they will be sent to the Lost Property Office to be dealt with there as unclaimed packages.

CHAPTER VIII

20 October, 2011

PAKISTAN RAILWAYS




CHAPTER VIII

BOOKING BY PASSENGER TRAINS OF ANIMALS, BIRDS AND CARRIAGES

15

CONTENTS


HORSE, CARRIAGE AND DOG, (H.C.D.) TICKETS 8.1 801

RESPONSIBILITY OF PAKISTAN RAILWAYS FOR ANIMALS 8.2 802

PREVENTION OF CRUELTY TO ANIMALS AND BIRDS 8.2 803 RECORD OF ACTUAL NUMBERS OF ANIMALS, BIRDS OR POULTRY 8.2 804

DISPOSAL OF RISK NOTES 8.2 805

“DOG” LABELS 8.2 806

LABELLING OF HORSE-BOXES AND CATTLE WAGONS 8.2 807 LOADING AND UNLOADING OF HORSES AND CATTLE 8.3 808 — 812

LOADING OF CARRIAGES ON TRUCKS 8.3 813

VEHICLES CONTAINING LIVE-STOCK

8.3 — 8.4

814 — 818 (817 Deleted)

CHECK OF HORSES, CATTLE, ANIMALS, ATTENDANTS, ETC. 8.4 819 MAKING AND TAKING OVER ANIMALS, BIRDS AND CARRIAGES 8.4 820

DELIVERY OF ANIMALS, BIRDS AND CARRIAGES 8.4 821 — 822


CHAPTER VIII


8. 1

801. Horse, Carriage and Dog, (H.C.D.) Tickets: Animals, birds and carriages when tendered for dispatch by passenger trains should be booked under Horse, Carriage and Dog Ticket (Form T. 801). These tickets should be machine numbered and supplied in four foils as for luggage (para. 704). This form (T. 801) will also be issued for the conveyance of corpses.

FORM T.801

............. SINGLE TICKET FOR HORSES, CARRIAGES, DOGS, ETC. P.R. No…………….

Dated………………..20… . Sender's name.………………………………………………………………………………………………. To whom consigned.………………………………………………………………………………………. From………………………….To ……………………….. via ………….

Number. Description. No. on Horse

Box or / Carriage Truck.

Amount

Elephant Mule, Camel and Horned cattle Horse Dog,donkey,goat,sheep and other animal Carriage Palanquins Attendants carried

Rs.

Percentage charges certified value Rs.............

at 1 per cent on Rs.—————— being value in excess of:- i.Rupees 50,000 per elephant ii.Rupees 15,000 per mule, camel and horned cattle iiiRupees 10,000 per horse. iv.Rupees 1000 per dog, donkey, goat, sheep or other animal .

Total Rs. Rupees (in words)

Station Master.

Note–This ticket should be given up to the Station Master on arrival at destination.

Pakistan Railways does not undertake to load or unload horses, and will not be responsible for any injury which a horse, dog or other animal may receive in being put into or taken out of a vehicle or any injury which may happen to it, while in the vehicle, except such as may be caused by any fault or negligence of the servant of Pakistan Railways. Each horse must be in charge of a person.


CHAPTER VIII


8. 2

For detailed conditions under which animals, carriages, etc., are carried by Pakistan Railways, see Pakistan Railways Coaching Tariff. The receiving station should carefully check the charges and, if any mistake is found, collect the difference when necessary. 802. Responsibility of Pakistan Railways for animals: Under section 73 of the Railways Act, 1890, the responsibility of Pakistan Railways Administration for the loss, destruction or deterioration of animals delivered to the Administration to be carried on Pakistan Railways does not exceed the amount, specified in the section for each kind of animal unless the person sending or delivering them to the Administration declared or caused them to be declared at the time of their delivery for carriage by Pakistan Railways, to be of higher value. Staff entrusted with the booking of animals or birds should, when booking them, obtain the owner’s own declaration of value for each animal on the inner foil of the Horse, Carriage and Dog Ticket (T. 801). If the value of any animal or bird exceeds the maximum which can be booked without payment of increased percentage charge, as laid down in the Coaching Tariff, the owner should be asked to pay the Increased Percentage Charges. If he does not do so, he should be asked to execute a Risk Note on form E freeing Pakistan Railways from liability and accepting the risk, in case of loss or injury to the animals or birds. 803. Prevention of cruelty to animals and birds: Pakistan Railways Administrations should issue detailed instructions for the prevention of cruelty to animals and birds. Station Masters should see that these instructions are acted upto by the staff entrusted with the booking and carriage of animals and birds. 804. Record of actual numbers of animals, birds or poultry: Animals, birds or poultry should be counted at the time of booking and the number recorded on the Horse, Carriage and Dog Ticket, both in words and in figures. A ‘said to contain’ receipt should not be issued. 805. Disposal of Risk Notes: Risk Notes should be neatly gummed to the record foils of the connected Horse, Carriage and Dog Tickets and should be carefully preserved. 806. “Dog” labels: “Dog” labels showing the number and the date of the Horse, Carriage and Dog Ticket, the stations ‘from’ and ‘to’ and the name and address of the owner should be affixed to the collar of every dog or animal booked in brake-vans, and to the cages containing small animals. 807. Labelling of horse-boxes and cattle wagons: Horse-boxes and cattle wagons should be labelled with wagon Labels referred to in paragraph 1418, which should be tied to the ‘pocket’ and sealed with the station seals of the forwarding stations. The route by which the horses are booked should also be entered on the Labels.


CHAPTER VIII


8. 3

808. Loading and unloading of horses and cattle: The loading and unloading of horses and cattle should be done by the owners. The station staff is to render such assistance as may be necessary in regard to the opening and closing of doors and the fixing of stall sides. 809. Except under special circumstances, livestock, should not be allowed to be loaded, unloaded or transhipped during hours of darkness. 810. Before horse-boxes or cattle wagons are used, the Station Master or a responsible subordinate should see that the vehicles have been properly cleaned and that the fittings are in good order.

811. Only the weight and description of gear and fodder mentioned in the Tariff should be allowed to be loaded in a horse-box with each animal. Anything in excess of this should be charged for either at the time of dispatch or by advising destination station. 812. On arrival at destination, vehicles carrying livestock should be made available for unloading at the earliest possible moment. A check of the luggage should be made and excess luggage, if any, charged for.

813. Loading of carriages on trucks: Carriages when loaded in trucks should be covered by tarpaulins firmly lashed to the sides and ends of trucks. The wheels of each carriage should be spragged or scotched either by the sliding bars supplied to carriage trucks or, in the absence of these, by wood scotches which the Rolling-Stock Branch should be asked to supply and fix. Every carriage truck, when loaded, should be examined, before dispatch, by the Train Examiner who will issue the usual certificate of correct loading if the vehicle is loaded within moving dimensions. Until so examined and the load certified to, the vehicle should not be sent out of the yard. A remark showing the number of carriages loaded in a truck should be made on the Horse, Carriage and Dog Ticket (T. 801).

814. Vehicles containing live-stock: Vehicles conveying livestock booked under Horse, Carriage and Dog Tickets should be dispatched from the starting stations by passenger trains and, those booked under Invoices, by goods trains.

815. Such vehicles should be forwarded from junction stations by the first or quickest through train, passenger or goods, according as livestock is booked under Horse, Carriage and Dog Tickets or Invoices.

816. Livestock vehicles found damaged and unfit to run should be personally inspected by the Station Master on duty, or other responsible subordinate at large stations and efforts should be made to repair the vehicle or tranship contents as quickly as possible.


CHAPTER VIII


8. 4

817. Deleted. 818. When horses or livestock are loaded in either horse-boxes or wagons from any station, via junctions at which there is a break of gauge, intimation of the number of live-stock loaded in each wagon should be sent at once to the junction station so that the necessary vehicles may be provided and no delay may occur in transhipping the animals. 819. Check of horses, cattle, animals, attendants, etc.: The number of horses and animals in horse-boxes and cattle wagons with their attendants and the number of carriages in trucks should be checked at ticket-checking and junction stations, excess fare being recovered when any are incorrectly booked, either at the time or by advising destination station. 820. Making and taking over animals, birds and carriages: The procedure that should be followed by the station staff and guards in making and taking over animals, birds and carriages booked under Horse, Carriage and Dog Tickets is as prescribed for parcels (paragraph 934 to 939). 821. Delivery of animals, birds and carriages: Animals, birds and carriages booked under Horse, Carriage and Dog Tickets should be delivered to owners at destination in the same way as luggage (paragraph 721 to 725), the collected tickets being sent to the Accounts Office. 822. All petrol containers of Motor vehicles must be empty and free from petrol vapour before these vehicles can be accepted for carriage. The railway accepts no responsibility for detachable fittings unless they are packed separately and secured in cases.

CHAPTER IX

20 October, 2011

PAKISTAN RAILWAYS




CHAPTER IX

BOOKING AND DELIVERY OF PARCELS TRAFFIC

16

CONTENTS


BOOKING OF PARCELS 9.1 901

DIFFERENT COLOURED WAY-BILLS 9.1 902

CUSTODY OF WAY-BILL BOOKS 9.2 903

EXAMINATION OF PARCELS BEFORE BOOKING 9.2 904

DECLARATION OF CONTENTS OF PARCELS 9.2 905

MISDECLARATION OF CONTENTS OF PARCELS 9.3 906

SURPRISE CHECKS TO DETECT MISDECLARATIONS 9.3 907

ADDRESSING OF PARCELS 9.4 908

OFFENSIVE ARTICLES 9.4 909

RATES CHARGED ON PARCELS 9.4 910 — 912

WEIGHMENT OF PARCELS 9.4 — 9.5 913 — 914

SURPRISE CHECKS FOR THE DETECTION OF UNDER-WEIGHMENTS OF PARCELS 9.5 915 — 916

ROUTING OF PARCELS TRAFFIC 9.5 917

ROUTES TO BE NOTED ON WAY-BILLS 9.5 918

PARCELS OR LUGGAGE BOOKED TO WRONG DESTINATION 9.5 919

PREPARATION OF WAY-BILLS 9.5 — 9.6 920 — 925

ERASURES ON WAY-BILLS PROHIBITED 9.6 926

PROCEDURE FOR THE RECTIFICATION OF ERRORS ON ISSUE OF WAY-BILLS 9.6 927


CHAPTER IX


17

CONTENTS


BOOKING OF INTOXICATING DRUGS AND OTHER CONTRABAND ARTICLES 9.6 928

BOOKING OF SERVICE PARCELS FOR DEPARTMENTS OF PAKISTAN RAILWAYS 9.6 929

BOOKING OF BICYCLES/MOTOR CYCLES 9.6 930

BOOKING OF MOTOR CARS 9.7 931

LABELLING OF LUGGAGE AND PARCELS 9.7 — 9.8 932 — 933

SUMMARY OR 'GUIDANCE' OF PACKAGES 9.8 934

LOADING OF PARCELS AND LUGGAGE 9.8 935

CUSTODY OF LUGGAGE AND PARCELS IN TRANSIT 9.9 936

TRANSHIPMENT OF PARCELS AND LUGGAGE AT JUNCTIONS 9.9 937

RECORD OF THROUGH WAY-BILLS, AT JUNCTIONS 9.9 938

RECEIPT OF INWARDS PARCELS AND LUGGAGE 9.9 939

UNBOOKED PARCELS 9.10 940

REWEIGHMENT OF PARCELS 9.10 941

CHECK OF INWARDS WAY-BILLS 9.10 942

ACCOUNTAL OF INWARDS WAY-BILLS 9.10 943 — 944

DELIVERY OF PARCELS 9.11 945 — 946

FILING OF RECEIPTS 9.11 947

PROCEDURE WHEN THE RAILWAY RECEIPT OR WAY-BILL IS NOT FORTHCOMING 9.11 948 — 951


CHAPTER IX


18

CONTENTS


RECOVERY OF CHARGES 9.11 — 9.12 952 — 955

REBOOKING OF PARCELS 9.12 956

ARRANGEMENTS FOR BRANCH PARCEL OFFICES 9.12 957

REPORT OF LOSS, DAMAGES, DEFICIENCY, EXCHANGE OR EXCESS NOTICED FROM WAGON, LUGGAGE/PARCEL VAN AND COMPARTMENT OF BRAKE VAN ETC WITH SEALS INTACT 9.12 958

CARRIAGE OF DEAD BODIES OR PERSON KILLED IN RAILWAY ACCIDENT 9.12 959


CHAPTER IX


9.1

901. Booking of parcels: Consignments (other than passenger's luggage) when tendered by the public for carriage by passenger trains should be booked under Parcels Way-bills, Form T. 901. These forms should be machine-numbered, printed and supplied in bound books in sets of four foils to be written by carbon process. The first foil marked “Original” and is meant for Accounts Office, the second foil is for the guard, the third foil is the receipt for the owner and the fourth foil is for the record at the forwarding station. The ''owner's" foil should be given to the consignor who will forward it to the consignee to enable the latter to obtain delivery at the station to which the parcel is to be forwarded. The guard's foil should accompany the parcel to destination station and should be submitted by that station to the Accounts Office.

FORM T.901 PARCEL WAY-BILL

P.R. No————————————— Date—————————— Parcels Way-bill from————————————————————————————————————————————————————— To————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————— Via——————————————————Train No.——————————————————,Date——————————————20….. ———————————————————————Risk, Risk-note Form———————————————————————————held Sender's Name—————————————————————————————————————————————————————————— To whom consigned—————————————————————————————————————————————————————

Actual weight

Weight charged No. of

packages Description

Account code

Kgs. Kgs. Paid

Under charge

Over charge


Note. To be submitted to Accounts office by the forwarding Station along with outward parcel cash book.

N.B. The receiving station should carefully check the freight and correct the charges by noting the undercharge or overcharge in the columns provided for the purpose, recovering the difference when necessary.

————————————————————— Station Master /

Commercial Assistant (Parcel) 902. Different coloured Way-bills: Different parcel way bills are used for booking of different articles i.e. white coloured for ordinary parcels and blue coloured for excepted articles.


CHAPTER IX


9.2

903. Custody of Way-bill books: Way-bill forms are supplied to stations in books of 25 each form bearing a machine book number or index letter and a machine serial number. On receipt at stations, Particulars of the books received should be entered in the Ticket Stock Book (T. 315) and the books kept in the custody of the Station Master or Commercial Superintendent (Booking) at large stations. The books should be brought in use in consecutive order, and, except at very large stations for which special arrangements are made, more than one book should not be used at the same time. Issue of blank books to Commercial Assistant (Parcels) will be made on the responsibility of the Station Master or Commercial Superintendent (Booking) or (Parcels) on satisfactory evidence being produced that the book in use has been completed or is nearing completion. The counterfoils of completed books should be returned without delay to the Station Master or Commercial Superintendent (Booking) or (Parcels) who will be responsible for their safe custody. 904. Examination of parcels before booking: Parcels should be carefully examined before being accepted for dispatch. If a parcel is insecurely fastened or packed, or shows signs of leakage, or is liable to damage in transit being packed in fragile material, it should be booked only at owner’s risk under Risk-Note form “A.” 905. Declaration of contents of parcels: When the contents of parcels are of the following description, they should be “declared” in writing at the time of booking through Consignment Notes in form T. 905.

Articles carried at half or quarter parcel rates. Articles of a perishable nature. “Excepted articles" (enumerated in the Coaching Tariff) Explosives and other dangerous goods.

The contents of the parcels other than the above need not be declared, but Pakistan Railways reserves the right to require a written declaration of the contents of any parcel if considered desirable.


CHAPTER IX


9.3

FORM T.905 PARCELS CONSIGNMENT NOTE.

(To be filled in by sender.)

No…………….., Dated……………………………. To The Station Master, …………………..Station. Please receive and forward by passenger train the under mentioned parcels to…………………… station as consigned below : Freight to be paid by………………………. I have satisfied myself that the description, address, weight etc. have been correctly entered here. …………………… Sender’s signature Name and address of sender …………………………………… Name and address of consignee ……………………………….. Description of contents ………………………………… No. of packages ..………

Weight ……...…. Tonnes …….…. kilograms 906. Misdeclaration of contents of parcels: The misdeclaration of contents of parcels is not uncommon and is generally made for the purpose of securing transportation at a cheaper rate than the authorized charge, articles chargeable at full parcel rate being described as those for which half parcel rates are available, e.g., ghee as butter and dried fruit as fresh fruit. The contents of parcels carried at half or quarter parcel rates should, therefore, be examined and if it is found that a misdeclaration has been made, double the full parcel rate should be charged. Misdeclaration of parcels is an offence under Section 106 of the Railways Act, 1890 and the persons making the misdeclaration as also the owner are, on conviction by a magistrate, liable, in addition, to fines of Rupees 5,000, as notified by Pakistan Railways Administration from time to time in the Coaching Tariff. A record of all cases of misdeclaration should be maintained at all stations. 907. Surprise checks to detect misdeclarations: Commercial Officers, Commercial Inspectors and Inspectors of Coaching and Goods/Accounts should carry out surprise checks at regular intervals at important and large stations and examine the contents of parcels. All cases of misdeclaration of contents of parcels found during the course of these surprise checks should be listed and the lists distributed among the staff engaged in the booking and delivery of parcels with a view to educating them as to


CHAPTER IX


9.4

the kinds of commodities which traders have a tendency to misdeclare and the actual wrong declarations resorted to in practice, so that they may prevent the leakage of Pakistan Railways revenue that may take place in this manner. 908. Addressing of parcels: Parcels tendered for dispatch should, in all cases, be fully and clearly addressed in Urdu or English, showing the name of the consignee, his full address and station of destination. The consignor's name and full address should also be required to be shown to enable the Station Master to communicate with him in case of non-delivery. 909. Offensive articles: Offensive articles which are not accepted as luggage (paragraph 714) should not also be accepted for conveyance as parcels detailed below. (1) Blood dried (2) Corpses except those in properly secured air tight coffins. (3) Carcasses of dead animals. (4) Bones (excludes bones, bleached and cleaned for manufacture of articles). (5) Municipal or street sweepings or refuse. (6) Manures of any kind except chemical manures. (7) Rags other than oily rags. (8) Any decayed animal or vegetable matter 910. Rates charged on parcels: For the purpose of levy of charges, the parcel traffic falls under the following main categories, (1) articles on which full parcel rates are charged; (2) articles on which reduced parcel rates are charged; 911. Lists of articles under the second category, as also the conditions applicable to them should be notified in the Coaching Tariff V.

912. Parcels should be charged either by weight or by measurement whichever gives the greater charge. Detailed instructions regarding the method of measurement, conversion of result of measurement into weight, and levy of charges are given in the Coaching Tariff. When parcels are charged by measurement, the actual weight and the weight arrived at by conversion of measurement should both be recorded on Way-bills.

913. Weighment of parcels: All parcels charged by weight should be weighed on weighing machines, and in the case of vehicle loads, on weigh-bridges. Where weigh-bridges are not provided, arrangements should be made to have the vehicles weighed at weigh-bridge stations en route.


CHAPTER IX


9.5

914. As the difference in weight of even a few kilograms makes a material difference in the total charges due, parcels should be weighed to the fraction of a kilogram which should be recorded in the column ''actual weight" on Way-bills. 915. Surprise checks for the detection of under-weighments of parcels: Commercial Officers, Commercial Inspectors and Inspectors of Coaching and Goods/Accounts should carry out surprise checks at irregular intervals at important stations with a view to detect under-weighments. The weight recorded on the Parcels Way-bills or Luggage Tickets should be verified by actual weighment of the parcels or luggage. 916. A record should be maintained of all cases of under-weighments noticed during the course of these inspections and if systematically prepared and tabulated, such a record would be helpful in revealing and indicating stations or particular traffic movements at or in respect of which under-weighments are practised and which call for close supervision. 917. Routing of parcels traffic: Rules in regard the routing of parcels traffic are given in para 221. 918. Routes to be noted on Way-bills: The routes by which parcels are booked should be noted on Way-bills. 919. Parcels or luggage booked to wrong destination: In the case of parcels, luggage, etc., booked to a wrong destination, the consignment should be re-booked to correct destination under an ordinary Way-bill, the outstanding being cleared by an Overcharge Sheet (T. 1716). 920. Preparation of Way-bills: Way-bills should be neatly written out by carbon process, care being taken to get clear and distinct impressions on all the foils. 921. The name of the forwarding station should be stamped on each foil and that of the destination station should be written in block letters. 922. The totals of the weight and amount columns should be distinctly entered on every Way-bill and checked before the Way-bill is dispatched from the station. 923. No Parcels Way-bill should be issued without the date of issue being carefully filled in. In issuing Way-bills for parcels booked, the machine numbers should be used and quoted. No further manuscript number need be given. 924. When freight is paid by Credit Note, the number and date of the Credit Note should be quoted on the Way-bill.


CHAPTER IX


9.6

925. The number of packages of each description and commodity should be recorded on Way-bills in the same way as on Luggage Tickets (paragraph 708). 926. Erasures on Way-bills prohibited: Under no circumstances should an entry once made on the Way-bills be erased. If a mistake has been made and a correction is necessary, the original entry should be neatly scored through and a fresh entry made above it, and initialled by the person making the alteration. Reasons for all such alterations should be recorded and attested by the Station Master or Commercial Supervisor on duty. Once the receipt foil has been detached from the set and issued, no correction should be made. 927. Procedure for the rectification of errors in issue of Way-bills: Way-bills should be accounted for as issued and under no circumstances should a Way-bill be altered or cancelled after it has been dispatched. When it is discovered that a Way-bill has been issued by the forwarding station to a wrong destination, or issued with wrong particulars, the procedure prescribed for Goods Invoices (paragraphs 1570 to 1578) should be followed. 928. Booking of intoxicating drugs and other contraband articles: The rules, rates and conditions, under which these articles are accepted for conveyance by rail, are given by Railway in its Coaching Tariff. Station Masters should see that these instructions are carefully followed and acted upon by the staff entrusted with their booking. 929. Booking of Service Parcels for Departments of the Pakistan Railways: In the case of parcels to be carried for Departments of the Pakistan Railways, known as Service Parcels, the Railway Credit Note and Receipt (Form T. 1601) duly signed by Officers authorized to send such parcels will be used. The description of the form and the manner in which it is to be used and the procedure for accounting for consignments are described in Chapter XVI. The procedure in the case of consignments sent by passenger train is the same as in the case of consignments sent by goods train. 930. Booking of bicycles/motor cycle: Rules, rates and conditions regarding the carriage of bicycles/motor cycle, are given in the Coaching Tariff and should be followed by the station staff when booking bicycles/motor cycle for carriage by passenger train. When an unpacked bicycle is tendered for booking, the Commercial Assistant should see, by personal examination, the maker’s name, number of the bicycle, its condition and detachable fittings with it and enter these particulars in the Way-bill or Luggage Ticket. In case a bicycle/motor cycle presented for booking has no maker's name and number, the fact should be noted in the Way-bill or luggage ticket and a certificate to this effect should also be taken from the sender and kept on record.


CHAPTER IX


9.7

931. Booking of motor cars: Motor cars tendered for conveyance by passenger trains should be booked under Motor Car tickets form No. T. 931. The rules regarding printing, supply, custody, issue and accountal of these forms will be the same as laid down for other Way-bills (T. 901). The rules, rates and conditions under which motor cars are accepted and carried by rail are given in the Coaching Tariff.

FORM T.931. SINGLE TICKET FOR BOOKING OF MOTOR CARS BY PASSENGER TRAIN.

No.—————————— Date———————————20… . Sender's name—————————————————————————————————————————————————————————— To whom consigned————————————————————————————————————————————————————— From———————————————————————— To——————————————————————via—————————————

No. Description No. of

carriage truck

Amount Account

code

Total charges

Paid

Total charges To-Pay

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Rs. Rs. Rs.

Risk-note form ———————————————————————————————————————————————————— held. Total Rs……………………

————————————— Station Master /

Commercial Assistant (Parcel)

(a). This ticket should be given up to the station master at destination. (b). For detailed conditions for charge of motor car see coaching traffic part I. (c). Receiving stations should carefully check the charges and correct the freight by noting under or overcharges on the face of the ticket, recovering the difference, when necessary. 932. Labelling of luggage and parcels: Each package of luggage or parcels should be labelled as soon as booked. The labels should show in block letters the names of "station from" and "station to", "via", "Luggage Ticket or Way-bill No. and Date" and number of packages included in each Luggage Ticket or Way-bill. If the traffic to any station is heavy, special labels with the name of "station to" printed, may be used. Before affixing labels, old labels, if any, should be removed.


CHAPTER IX


9.8

933. In the case of parcels or luggage fully occupying a vehicle, Wagon Labels (T. 1418) should be used. 934. Summary or 'guidance' of packages: Outwards parcels and luggage should be entered in a Summary in form T. 934. Guards, taking over packages, should sign this Summary in full by indelible pencil and give the number of packages both in words and in figures.

FORM T.934

SUMMARY OF PARCELS, LUGGAGE, HORSES, CARRIAGES AND DOGS, ETC. BOOKED IN THE GUARD'S CHARGE BY No....……………UP/DOWN………………TRAIN OF……………20………

Booked Packages Luggage H.C.&Dog P.W.Bill

No.

Ticket

From To Via Jn. No. Description

Remarks to be signed by guard and the person who makes them

Received by and remarks as

to condition etc.

Detail of packages booked.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Received by……………………………. guard of No …………......... Up/Down train

(Guard's signature) of…………………..20…….

Guard in charge………………………from…………………to……………………...... Guard in charge………………………from…………………to……………………...... Guard in charge………………………from…………………to……………………...... N. B.–This form should be prepared by Commercial Assistant (Luggage) or (Parcel) in duplicate. One copy should be retained at forwarding station as station record on which the guard should sign in token of acknowledgment, the other being made over to the guard. The guard should obtain the signatures of the persons to whom the packages are delivered en route under the column provided for the purpose and make over the form along with the packages at the destination station from where it should be sent to the Divisional Office.

935. Loading of parcels and luggage: In loading parcels and luggage, care should be taken that heavy packages are not placed on light articles or on articles that might be damaged thereby and that packages are not so placed as to be liable to fall down from shelves or from the top of other packages in transit. Articles likely to cause damages to other packages by leakage etc must be loaded separately.


CHAPTER IX


9.9

936. Custody of luggage and parcels in transit: From the time the parcels are made over to Guards to the time they are handed over to Station Masters or Commercial Assistant (Parcel) at destination stations or at junctions, the parcels will be in the sole custody of the Guard. It will, therefore, be the duty of the guard to see that the brake-vans when loaded are padlocked on both sides. All “through” vans, i.e., vans which are not to be opened for delivery and picking up packages en route should be riveted and sealed. 937. Transhipment of parcels and luggage at junctions: Station Masters of junction stations or commercial staff, where appointed, will be held responsible for the expeditious and correct transhipment of luggage and parcels to each line. 938. Record of through Way-bills, at junctions.——Particulars of all through Way-bills and invoices passing each junction station with a foreign railway, should be kept at each junction, in a Register in Form No. T. 938 and sent to the Accounts Office / Revenue, if required by that office.

FORM T.938

JUNCTION REGISTER OF FOREIGN WAY-BILLS/INVOICES AT……………………..…JUNCTION WITH…………………..RAILWAY ON

……………………DAY OF …………….20 .

Description Carrying capacity Station Way-

bill/Invoice Wagon Transhipped into

wagons

Date No. No. Owner No. Owner From To

Consignor

Consignee

Number of articles

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Description

Weight ……..Rly. ……..Rly. Paid To-pay Signature Remarks

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Tonnes/Kgs Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs.

939. Receipt of inwards parcels and luggage: Inwards parcels and luggage made over by guards to Station Masters or Commercial Assistants should be examined by the latter and signed for, in full, either in ink or by indelible pencil. The number of packages, should be given in words and in figures, in the Summary (T. 934). The Commercial Assistant taking over the parcels and luggage from an incoming train should personally check that the number of packages is correct and that their outward condition is good. All deficiencies, slack or broken condition of parcels or luggage


CHAPTER IX


9.10

should be recorded by the Commercial Assistant (Parcel) in the Summary in the Guard's presence and such entries should be countersigned by the guard. 940. Unbooked parcels: All parcels carried on Pakistan Railways are required to be booked. The dispatch of unbooked parcels is prohibited. Should any such parcel be received at a station, the matter should be reported to the Divisional Officer for instructions. A copy of the instructions obtained regarding disposal, charge etc., should be attached to the Parcels Abstracts (T. 1208 or T. 1209) on which the charge is recorded. 941. Reweighment of parcels: Station Masters should arrange for the systematic reweighment of inwards parcels. All parcels should be reweighed at destination, except at stations, where the parcel traffic is heavy, in which case the Divisional Superintendent will fix the minimum percentage of short distance parcels to be reweighed. All parcels carried over 320 kilometres should invariably be reweighed and the result of reweighment recorded in the column provided for the purpose in the Parcels Inwards and Delivery Book (T. 1205). Undercharges should be recovered in the case of parcels found to be of a greater weight than that detailed in Way-bills. All such cases should be reported to the Divisional Superintendent. 942. Check of inwards Way-bills: Inwards Way-bills for both Local and Foreign traffic should, as they arrive, be stamped by the destination station with the station stamp showing the date of receipt and checked both as to "Paid" and "To-pay" items. The original charges on a Way-bill should not be altered, under or over charges noticed being shown on the Way-bill in the special columns where such are provided, or else on the face of the Way-bill. The rules regarding under and overcharges on goods traffic detailed in paragraphs 1541 and 1542 should be held to be equally applicable in the case of parcels. Under no circumstances should a Way-bill be cancelled at the receiving stations. 943. Accountal of inwards Way-bills: Inwards Way-bills for both Local and Foreign traffic should, after they have been stamped and checked in the manner indicated in the previous paragraph, be copied into the Parcels Inward and Delivery Book (T. 1205). Separate Books should be kept for Local and Foreign traffic and all Way-bills entered therein as received. 944. Way-bills should, as far as possible, be taken to account by destination stations in the month in which they are issued. To admit of this being done, the closing of each month's account of such traffic should be deferred until the 5th of the succeeding month when they should be closed, whether the Way-bills have come to hand or not. All Way-bills received should be accounted for in the months’ account in hand irrespective of whether the parcels in connection therewith have been received or not.


CHAPTER IX


9.11

945. Delivery of parcels: The rules in Chapter XV and XVII regarding issue of notices of arrival of consignments, partial or open deliveries, execution of indemnity bonds , grant of refunds of overcharges etc., should be followed in the delivery of parcels. 946. Before delivery of a parcel the consignee should be required to produce the Receipt obtained from the forwarding station (paragraph 901), and the signature of the receiver should invariably be taken in the column provided for the purpose in the Inwards and Delivery Book (T.1205). In the case of illiterate persons their attested marks, seals or thumb impressions may be accepted in lieu of signature. A remark should be made in the "Remarks" column as to the condition of the parcel when delivered, if the parcel appears damaged or there is anything in the condition calling for notice. 947. Filing of Receipts: The procedure for the numbering and filing of Parcels Receipts is the same as prescribed for goods receipts (paragraph 1566). 948. Procedure when the Railway Receipt or Way-bill is not forthcoming: In the event of the consignee failing to produce the Receipt, the Station Master may grant delivery on presentation of an Indemnity Bond (T.1547), provided he is satisfied that the person claiming the consignment is really the consignee. If he is not so satisfied, he should refer to the Divisional Superintendent for orders. In all cases of Through “Paid” parcels (except those of traffic for which prepayment of freight is compulsory) when the Railway Receipt is not forthcoming, the forwarding station should be intimated, before delivery, to ascertain whether the freight has actually been paid or not. 949. The Indemnity Bond should be signed by the consignee as well as by a surety and two witnesses. The bond should be properly stamped except when presented in cases exempted under the Stamp Act, 1899. A list of these is given in the Coaching Tariff. 950. The rule regarding the presentation of an Indemnity Bond may be suspended on the responsibility of the Chief Commercial Manager in such cases as he may think fit. 951. In the case of through parcels, if a parcel is to hand over without the Way-bill and the Railway Receipts shows the freight “Paid”, the forwarding station should, ordinarily, be intimated before delivery of the parcel to ascertain whether the entry in the Railway Receipt is correct, but the Divisional Superintendent may authorize delivery on the authority of the Railway Receipt under certain circumstances. 952. Recovery of charges: Any undercharges, that may be discovered and any claims for demurrage or wharfage that may arise under tariff rules, should be recovered from consignees before delivery of parcels.


CHAPTER IX


9.12

953. Receiving stations are held responsible for recovery of undercharges in parcels traffic, whether “paid” or “To-pay”, except in the following cases, which are debitable to the forwarding station:——

(1) Increased percentage charges on parcels of excepted articles; (2) Freight on perishable parcels and live-stock; (3) Undercharges of and under one rupee in freight prepaid by Credit Notes; (4) Deleted. 954. These exceptions, however, do not relieve the receiving station of the responsibility for checking the Way-bills. Under charges in the excepted items, detected at receiving stations, should be reported to the Accounts Office and the forwarding stations. Receiving stations will be held responsible for undercharges which, when debited by the Accounts Office to the forwarding station, are declared to be irrecoverable, whenever it transpires that no report was made by the receiving station. 955. The procedure prescribed in paragraph 1539 in connection with undercharges found to exist in Invoices of Military Stores is applicable also in the case of undercharges connected with Military Stores consigned as parcels. 956. Rebooking of parcels: The procedure outlined in Chapter XV in regard to the rebooking of goods should be followed in the rebooking of parcels. 957. Arrangements for branch parcel offices: Arrangements for booking and delivery of parcels at branch parcel offices and for the conveyance of parcels between the branch office and the main station will be made by Divisional Superintendent. All orders applicable to the parcel work at main stations will apply also to the working of branch parcel offices. 958. Report of loss, damages, deficiency, exchange or excess noticed from wagon, luggage / parcel van and compartment of brake van etc with seals intact. If a package or consignment is found missing or damaged from seal intact wagon, van or brake van, the unloading staff must report the matter to his Station Master who will intimate the position within six hours of the time at which the wagon or van to the booking station or to the station which last sealed it. 959. Carriage of dead bodies or person killed in railway accident: - Dead bodies or person killed in railway accidents (on railway premises only) when booked by railway police for the purpose of post-mortem examination are carried free.

CHAPTER X

20 October, 2011

PAKISTAN RAILWAYS




CHAPTER X

BOOKING OF EXCEPTED ARTICLES

19

CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION PAGE NO. PARA NO. RESPONSIBILITY OF THE RAILWAY FOR THE EXCEPTED ARTICLES 10.1 1001 — 1002

POWERS OF STATION MASTERS FOR INSURING CONSIGNMENTS 10.1 1003

EXAMINATION OF PACKAGES CONTAINING EXCEPTED ARTICLES 10.1 — 10.2 1004 — 1007

WAY-BILLS FOR PARCELS CONTAINING EXCEPTED ARTICLES 10.2 1008

PREPAYMENT OF INCREASED PERCENTAGE CHARGES 10.3 1009

DETAIL OF BOOKINGS OF GOVERNMENT AND PRIVATE TREASURE 10.3 1010

SAFE CUSTODY AND CONVEYANCE OF VALUABLE ARTICLES 10.3 1011

LOADING OF EXCEPTED ARTICLES 10.3 1012

DISPATCH OF VALUABLE ARTICLES BY THROUGH TRAINS 10.4 1013

SPECIAL BOOKED IN CHARGE OF ESCORTS 10.4 1014

CARRIAGE OF EXCEPTED ARTICLES 10.4 1015

HANDING OVER SPECIAL VALUE PACKAGES 10.4 1016 — 1018

TRANSHIPMENT OF VALUABLE PACKAGES 10.4 1019

EXAMINATION AT INTERCHANGE JUNCTIONS OF OUTWARD CONDITION OF THROUGH EXCEPTED ARTICLES, PACKAGES 10.5 1020

HANDING OVER EXCEPTED ARTICLES, PACKAGES AT DESTINATION 10.5 1021

OPENING BY CONSIGNEE OF EXCEPTED ARTICLES, PACKAGE AT RECEIVING STATION 10.5 1022


CHAPTER X


10.1

1001. Responsibility of the Railway for the Excepted Articles.——Under Section 75 of the Railways Act, 1890, when any articles mentioned in the second schedule to the Act are contained in any parcel or package delivered to Railway Administration for carriage by railway, and the value of such articles in the parcel or package exceeds ten thousand rupees, the Railway Administration is not responsible for the loss, destruction or deterioration of the parcel or package unless the person sending or delivering the parcel or package to the Administration caused its value and contents to be declared or declared them at the time of delivery of the parcel or package for carriage by railway, and, if so required by the Administration, paid or engaged to pay a percentage on the value so declared by way of compensation for increased risk.

1002. All consignments containing such articles are, therefore, required to be declared on Consignment Notes (T.905), both as to value and contents and when the value exceeds ten thousand rupees, the consignor should be asked to insure them. If, however, the consignor does not insure them, he should be required to execute a risk note in form X, if risk note Y has not already been executed. A list of these ‘Excepted Articles’ as also the rules, rates and conditions applicable thereto are given in the Coaching Tariff.

1003. Powers of Station Masters for insuring consignments.——The powers of Station Master in the matter of insuring consignments should be given in the Coaching tariff. For consignments of a value exceeding the amounts specified in the powers of Station Master, the orders of the Divisional Superintendent should be obtained before acceptance of such valuable consignments.

1004. Examination of packages containing Excepted Articles.——Under Section 75(3) of the Railways Act, 1890, Pakistan Railways Administration may make it a condition of carrying a parcel declared to contain any article mentioned in the second schedule that a railway servant authorized in this behalf has been satisfied, by examination or otherwise, that the parcel actually contains the article declared to be therein. All consignments of special value tendered for carriage should, therefore, be examined personally by the Station Master, or in the case of a specially authorized branch booking office, by the Booking Staff in charge. He should see that the declaration agrees with the contents of the package and that the package and its contents are so packed and secured as to allow its handling without risk of breakage or pilferage. A copy of the inventory should be signed by the sender and filed with the Consignment Note.

1005. If a consignor declines to open his packages of special value for examination, railway will be responsible only for safe delivery, and good outward condition of the package at destination, and not for the condition of the contents. This statement should be endorsed on the Railway Receipt issued, and the consignor’s signature to a similar remark should be obtained on the Consignment Note.


CHAPTER X


10.2

1006. Appliances for the purpose of examining the contents of special value packages on which Increased Percentage Charges are paid, should be provided by senders and consignees who are responsible for repacking the packages after inspection. 1007. It should be seen that special value packages on which Increased Percentage Charges are paid containing jewellery and other valuables are packed and sealed in such a manner that any tempering with them can be easily detected. The station seal should be used in addition to that of the owner. 1008. Way-bills for parcels containing excepted articles.——Special Way-bills in form T. 1008 printed on blue paper, may be used when booking parcels declared by senders to contain excepted articles, whether increase percentage charges are to be paid or not. The declared value of the consignment should invariably be shown on the Way-bills. The rules that should be followed in the printing, supply, custody, issue and accountal of these Way-bills are the same as for ordinary Way-bills (T. 901).

FORM T.1008

PARCELS WAY-BILL No……………..

(For Valuable Parcels only) Date…………..20….. Parcel Way-bill From……………………… to………………...……………………………. Via……………………….. Train No………………………. date……………….…………. Sender’s Name................................................................................................................................ To whom consigned…………………………………………………………………………..

Actual weight

Weight charged

Paid Undercharges OverchargeNumber of packages

Description Kilograms Kilograms Rs. Rs. Rs.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

……………………….………… Station Master / Commercial Assistant (Parcels)

(a). This ticket should be given up to the station master at destination. (b). For detailed conditions for charge of motor car see coaching traffic part I. (c). Receiving stations should carefully check the charges and correct the freight by noting under or overcharges on the face of the Way-bill ticket, recovering the difference, when necessary.


CHAPTER X


10.3

N.B.——The receiving station should carefully check the amounts, and if any mistake has been made, note the under or overcharges on the face of the way-bill and recover the difference between the correct and way-billed amount, where necessary. To be submitted to Accounts office by the forwarding Station along with cash book.

1009. Prepayment of increased percentage charges.——Increased percentage charges should always be prepaid and should be shown separately on the Way-bills and Luggage and Horse, Carriage and Dog Tickets. When the sender elects not to pay the increased percentage charge for the articles, the consignor will be required to execute Risk Note “Form X” if “Y” has not already been executed.

1010. Detail of bookings of Government and private treasure.——In Parcel and Luggage Return and in Parcels Way-bills and Luggage Tickets, the bookings of Government and private treasure should be detailed under distinct sub-heads, as under :——

(i) Gold bullion. (ii) Government Rupees. (iii) Silver bullion, namely, bars and ingots of the Government of Pakistan. (iv) Copper and Nickel coins.

If this information is not obtainable from the consignors, the fact should be noted on Way-bills and Luggage Tickets.

1011. Safe custody and conveyance of valuable articles.——Railway Administration should issue detailed instructions for the safe custody and conveyance of valuable consignments. These instructions should define the responsibility of the various members of the Commercial and Operating Branches who book and handle valuable articles and prescribe the procedure for the loading, unloading and transhipping of valuable consignments and for the examination of locks, seals, labels, etc., at various points, particularly at booking, guard-changing, transhipping station. It should be seen that the responsibility for handling valuable consignments is imposed on officials of sufficient status.

1012. Loading of excepted articles.——When lock-up cupboards are fitted in passenger brake vans, these should be used for the safe conveyance of parcels containing gold, silver and other valuable articles including arms and ammunition whether the extra charge for increased risk as Increased Percentage Charge has been paid or not. Guards working through passenger and mail trains should use, for the cupboards, the lock that they carry in their personal stores. Guards and Station Masters on duty will be jointly responsible for seeing that the doors of the cupboards containing valuable articles as well as the doors of brake-vans are padlocked before the train starts.


CHAPTER X


10.4

1013. Dispatch of valuable articles by Through trains.——To avoid unnecessary transhipment en route, consignments of valuables should be dispatched by Through trains. 1014. Special booked in charge of escorts.——The loading, unloading and transhipment of specie, bullion, etc., booked in charge of escorts, should be done by the railway staff under the supervision of the person in charge of a consignment. 1015. Carriage of excepted articles.——Whenever excepted articles or packages of gold and silver bullion and coins, whether increased percentage charges have been paid or otherwise, are booked under a Way-bill or a Luggage Ticket and loaded in a luggage van or brake van to be made over from guard to guard, the Station Master at the dispatching station should intimate the Station Master and Pakistan Railways Police at all the guard-changing and Pakistan Railways junction stations en route, and to the receiving station giving full particulars of dispatch. These intimations should also include Railway Police of the stations where checking is done, the names of which should be notified to the staff. Station Masters receiving intimations should at once send copies to the senior Police Officer on the spot. 1016. Handing over special value packages.——The Station Master on duty or the Commercial Supervisor, if any, at the sending station should, in the presence of a Railway Police Official, personally hand over every excepted articles package on which increased percentage charges have been paid to the guard of the train by which it is dispatched, and pass a remark in the guard’s Summary (T. 934) to that effect indicating the condition of package and seals, and stating that the brake-van compartment was locked by the guard in his presence after the excepted articles package was loaded. 1017. An excepted articles consignment of treasure and bullion valued at Rupees 500,000 and over should, in addition, have an escort of the Railway Police. 1018. Every relieved guard should, similarly, make a special entry in his “rough journal” quoting the booking particulars, condition of packages on which increased percentage charges have been paid and seals and obtain the signature of the relieving guard, this signature being countersigned by the Commercial Supervisor as witness to the transfer and the signature. The relieving guard is held responsible for carefully checking and examining each parcel for which he has a blue Way-bill. 1019. Transhipment of valuable packages.——At junctions where such consignments are to be transhipped from one train to another or from one brake van to another, the Station Master on duty (or, in the case of large stations where more than one Commercial Assistant is on duty, the Senior Commercial Assistant on duty) should take over the packages from the incoming guard in the presence of a Railway Police Official


CHAPTER X


10.5

and sign the guard’s Journal and Summary. He should hand over the packages to the guard of the train taking them on, in the presence of a railway Police Official and note this in the guard’s Summary as described in paragraph 1016. At junctions during the interval between the arrival of the incoming and the departure of the outgoing train, these packages should remain in charge of the police, if there is no safe or strong room available for their security. 1020. Examination at interchange junctions of outward condition of Through excepted articles, packages.——At interchange junction stations, the outward condition of Through excepted articles packages handled should be carefully examined by the Station Master on duty, and the record of such examination should be entered in the Way-bill or Invoice, and also in the station diary. If there is any doubt as to whether an excepted articles package has been pilfered, or that the seals of Through wagon containing an excepted articles consignment have been tampered with, the Station Master should examine the consignment in the presence of the Police, take an inventory of the contents, and send on the consignment carefully repacked, fastened and sealed. He should report any deficiency accordingly. 1021. Handing over excepted articles, packages at destination.——At destination, the guard will hand over excepted articles packages to the Station Master on duty or the Senior Commercial Assistant, if any, taking his receipt in the package summary, as also by a special entry in his “rough journal” in the manner stated in paragraph 1018. 1022. Opening by consignee of excepted articles, package at receiving station.——At the receiving station, if a consignee wishes to open an excepted articles package for examination or refuses to give a clear receipt for it, it should be opened in the presence of the Station Master and the Police, who will personally inspect the contents, noting also the condition of the package and seals before opening it.

CHAPTER XI

20 October, 2011

PAKISTAN RAILWAYS




CHAPTER XI

MISCELLANEOUS TRAFFIC POSTAL TRAFFIC — SUNDRY EARNINGS

20

CONTENTS


CONVEYANCE OF MAILS 11.1 1101

HAULAGE OF POST OFFICE VEHICLES 11.1 1102 — 1104

HAULAGE OF NON-POSTAL VEHICLES 11.2 1105

ADJUSTMENT OF CHARGES FOR THE HAULAGE OF VEHICLES 11.2 1106 — 1107

DAILY CONVEYANCE OF MAILS UNDER THE “WEIGHMENT, SYSTEM” 11.3 1108 — 1110

RATES FOR REGULAR DAILY SERVICE 11.3 1111

MAIL BAGS CARRIED BY MAIL PEONS 11.3 1112

ADJUSTMENT OF CHARGES FOR THE DAILY CONVEYANCE OF MAILS 11.3 — 11.4 1113 — 1115

CONVEYANCE OF MAIL BAGS AS ‘OCCASIONAL DISPATCHES’ 11.4 1116

RATES FOR OCCASIONAL DISPATCHES OF MAIL BAGS 11.4 1117

ADJUSTMENT OF CHARGES FOR OCCASIONAL DISPATCHES 11.4 1118

CHARGES FOR MAIL BAGS OF HIGH OFFICIALS OF GOVERNMENT 11.5 1119

INCREASED PERCENTAGE CHARGES OF MAIL BAGS CONTAINING VALUABLE ARTICLES 11.5 1120

SEALS ON MAIL BAGS

11.5

1121 (1122 — 1136 Deleted)


CHAPTER XI

MISCELLANEOUS TRAFFIC POSTAL TRAFFIC — SUNDRY EARNINGS

21

CONTENTS


SUNDRY EARNINGS 11.6 1137 — 1138

AMOUNTS FORWARDED TO STATIONS BY DEPARTMENTAL OFFICERS 11.6 1139

MISCELLANEOUS CASH NOTES 11.6 1140

PREPARATION OF MISCELLANEOUS CASH NOTES 11.7 1141

TOLLS ON BRIDGES 11.7 1142 (1143 Deleted)


CHAPTER XI

MISCELLANEOUS TRAFFIC

11.1

Postal Traffic

1101. Conveyance of mails: Pakistan Railways renders certain services to the Pakistan Post which may be classified as follows: (a) Haulage of vehicles, specially constructed (or converted) as Post Office vehicles at the cost of Pakistan Post; (b) Haulage of ordinary coaching vehicles in which accommodation is reserved by Pakistan Railways for conveyance of mails; and (c) Conveyance of Postal Mail bags and parcels under the “weighment system” in luggage vans or compartments, in charge of the Guards, either as a regular daily service according to a list supplied to the Divisional Superintendent for each half year, or as occasional dispatches, not provided for in the list, under the authority of a voucher for each dispatch. Note.——Rules governing the incidence of cost of vehicles or parts of vehicles provided by Pakistan Railways for Pakistan Post are contained in paragraphs 1124 to 1129 of Pakistan Railways General Code. 1102. Haulage of Post Office Vehicles: For the haulage of vehicles, specially constructed or altered as Post Office vehicles, the charge should, be based on rates notified from time to time by Pakistan Railways administration in the Supplement to Pakistan Railways Gazette, and should be levied half-yearly in accordance with the 'nominal proportion' as given in the standard designs of Postal vans issued by the Government of Pakistan and not on the proportion which the actual space allotted to the Pakistan Post bears to the entire carriage, a bogie van being taken as two 4-wheeled vans. 1103. In the event of the distance run on the requisition of the Post Office officials by any special postal vans and compartments specially fitted for Post Office work (so as to be unusable with convenience for ordinary traffic) being in any half-year greater in one direction than the other, the charge should be made not on the actual distance run but on double the highest run in one direction, provided there is considerable difference between the up and down distance. For this purpose a register should be kept of the up and down distance of all special postal vans or compartments. 1104. For partially fitted vehicles e.g., 3/4, 1/2 and 1/4 postal-vans, the rates shown in paragraph 1102 apply proportionately in accordance with the nominal proportions given in the standard designs for postal vans (and not in the proportion which the total space allotted to the Pakistan Post bear to the whole carriage).


CHAPTER XI


11.2

1105. Haulage of non-postal vehicles: The rates chargeable for the haulage of non-postal vehicles (complete vehicles) will be according to rates notified from time to time by Pakistan Railways administration in the Supplement to Pakistan Railways Gazette. Charges for part accommodation provided in non-postal vehicles will be at the rates given in paragraph 1102. 1106. Adjustment of charges for the haulage of vehicles: Except in the case of temporary additional accommodation required for periods not exceeding two months, which will be requisitioned for as such and paid for separately, charges for the haulage of vehicles (Post Office vehicles as also those in which accommodation is reserved for the conveyance of mails) will be adjusted for the six months on the basis of the actual space allotted on the 21st April and 21st October of each year or on such dates as may be mutually agreed upon. It is to be assumed that the actual service, inclusive of distance, rendered on these dates is constant throughout the six months. 1107. Each Divisional Superintendent will furnish half-yearly to the Accounts Office, a Statement of reserved accommodation supplied to the Pakistan Post on form No. T.1107 to enable that office to issue bills against the Pakistan Post.

FORM T.1107 STATEMENT SHOWING RESERVED ACCOMMODATION SUPPLIED TO Pakistan Post

ON STATISTICAL DAY ON …………………DIVISION

Names of Station

No. of Train

Particulars of vehicles Particulars of the

compartment occupied

Length of the compartment

occupied Sr. No.

From To Up Down No. Description Postal Seating

Capacity of non postal

1 2 3 4 5 6

Proportion of the compartment occupied

Chargeable distance

To be filled by Accounts Office

Vehicles

Kilometres Rate

Amount Rupees

Account Code

Remarks

7 8 9 10 11 12 13


CHAPTER XI


11.3

1108. Daily conveyance of mails under the “Weighment, System”: The mail bags will be made over to the Station Master by Pakistan Post with sealed mail lists in duplicate. These lists will show the number of bags to be dispatched and will be signed by the dispatching agent of the Pakistan Post. The Station Master should sign one of the mail lists and return it to the dispatching agent retaining the other list for record at his station. 1109. The bags should be entered in the Luggage Summary (T. 934) of the train by which they are dispatched and the guard should sign for them in the station copy of the Summary. 1110. On arrival of the bags at destination the Station Master or commercial staff should take them over from the Guard and sign the Luggage Summary. He should then enter them in a separate Parcels Inwards and Delivery Book (T. 1205), set apart for the purpose, and obtain therein the signature of the postal clerk who takes delivery of the bags. 1111. Rates for regular daily service: The rates for regular daily dispatches of mail bags will, be according to rates notified from time to time by Pakistan Railways administration in the Supplement to Pakistan Railways Gazette. 1112. Mail bags carried by mail peons: Mail bags carried by mail peons travelling on season tickets will be treated as regular daily service and charged under the half-yearly weighment system. Such bags should, therefore, be weighed on the days specified in paragraph 1106 and their weight along with that of other mails should be recorded in the mail lists in the manner indicated in paragraph 1114. The following endorsement should also be made on the season tickets issued to such mail peons:

“Mail bags with the holder which are included under the weighment system will be carried without any extra charge."

1113. Adjustment of charges for the daily conveyance of mails: The adjustment of charges for the daily conveyance of mails will be made for six months in the same way as for the haulage of vehicles (paragraph 1106). 1114. In order to determine the weight for the purpose of half-yearly adjustments the mail bags offered for conveyance on the dates mentioned in paragraph 1106 will be weighed by a responsible official of the Pakistan Post in the presence of the Station Master. On these dates, the mail lists will be prepared in triplicate by means of carbon paper. The weight of the bags should be recorded on the mail lists under the signatures of the Station Master and of the official of the Pakistan Post. The half-yearly charges will be calculated on the total weight thus recorded on the mail lists by the Accounts Office. The original and duplicate copies of the mail lists will then be made over to the Station


CHAPTER XI


11.4

Master who should retain one copy at his station for record, and send the other to the Divisional Superintendent for transmission to the Accounts Office with the half-yearly statement referred to in paragraph 1115. 1115. Each Divisional Superintendent will furnish to the Accounts Office half-yearly Statements of mail bags and parcels carried under the weighment system in form T.1115 to enable that office to issue bills against Pakistan Post.

FORM T. 1115

STATEMENT OF MAIL BAGS CARRIED UNDER WEIGHMENT SYSTEM ON ……………DIVISION

Station Train No.

Amount (to be

filled by Accounts

office)

Rate Amount

Sr. No.

From To From To

No. of

mail bags

No. of

mail list

Weight (Kgs)

Distance chargeable

in Kilometres

Rupees Rupees

Account Code

Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1116. Conveyance of mail bags as ‘occasional dispatches’: In the case of occasional dispatches of mail bags, the Station Master should accept such mail bags when tendered with mail lists in duplicate and book them in the same way as ordinary parcels. The Railway Receipt should not, however, be issued in such cases, and the only receipt, the Pakistan Post should be given, is the acknowledgment on one copy of the mail list. The other copy of the mail list should be treated as a Credit Note and submitted to the Accounts Office with the day's earnings. The charges to be entered on the Way-bill should be calculated at the rates prescribed in paragraph 1117. On arrival at destination, these mail bags should be entered up in the Parcels Inwards and Delivery Book in the usual way and signed for by the postal official taking delivery. The Station Master should see that there is no delay in the delivery of these mails. 1117. Rates for occasional dispatches of mail bags: The rates for occasional dispatches of mail bags will, be according to the rates notified from time to time by Pakistan Railways administration in the Supplement to Pakistan Railways Gazette. 1118. Adjustment of charges for occasional dispatches: The adjustment of charges for occasional dispatches of mail bags will be made monthly by the Accounts Office on bills supported by vouchers.


CHAPTER XI


11.5

1119. Charges for mail bags of High Officials of Government: Mail bags of High Officials of Government carried in charge of Railway Mail Service Inspectors should be weighed and charged for at the ordinary luggage rates, after allowing the free allowance according to the class of ticket held. 1120. Increased Percentage Charges of mail bags containing valuable articles: The liability of Pakistan Railways as regards mail bags is the same as in the case of ordinary parcels. If a mail bag contains an article of a value exceeding ten thousand rupees, Pakistan Post should declare the nature of its contents and the value and pay the usual increased percentage charges. 1121. Seals on mail bags: Pakistan Railways staff taking over mail bags from Pakistan Post should see that the bags are properly sealed. Similarly the post official taking delivery of mail bags from Pakistan Railways at destination will examine the seals. A certificate to the effect that the seals were intact should be obtained from the latter in the Parcels Inwards and Delivery Book.

1122. Deleted.

TELEGRAPH TRAFFIC 1123. Deleted.

1124. Deleted. 1125. Deleted.

1126. Deleted.

1127. Deleted.

1128. Deleted.

1129. Deleted. 1130. Deleted. 1131. Deleted. 1132. Deleted. 1133. Deleted. 1134. Deleted.


CHAPTER XI


11.6

1135. Deleted. 1136. Deleted.

SUNDRY EARNINGS

1137. Sundry Earnings: Sundry Earnings realized at stations consist chiefly of receipts from sale of Time Tables, unclaimed goods, station yard sweepings and of other miscellaneous items, such as–

(1) Excess in cash. (2) Forfeited Deposits on season tickets. (3) Rent of buildings, carts and vendors' license fees. (4) Cost of tender forms supplied to contractors. (5) Cost of water supplied to vendors. (6) Fines recovered from vendors. (7) Sale of grass or trees on the line.

1138. Such realizations, including amounts creditable to other services, which may be sent to Station Masters by Departmental Officers and others for transmission to the Cash Office, vide paragraph 1402 of the Pakistan Railways General Code, will be dealt with in accordance with the instructions given in the following paragraphs. 1139. Amounts forwarded to stations by Departmental Officers: The amounts forwarded by Departmental Officers, etc., to Station Masters for remittance, will be accompanied by a Miscellaneous Receipts Transmit Note (G.1403), which will consist of a note giving full particulars of the remittance and a receipt in duplicate. The latter should be signed by the Station Master or the Commercial Supervisor (Booking) and one of the foils returned to the transmitting officer.

1140. Miscellaneous Cash Notes: The Station Master or Commercial Supervisor concerned will enter the receipts mentioned in the previous paragraph, together with any sums realized at the station, concerning which full particulars should be shown, in a separate Miscellaneous Cash Note Form T.1140. These forms should be printed and supplied in triplicate in bound books to be written by carbon process. One of the foils should be forwarded to the Accounts Office with the daily Cash Remittance Note accompanied by the portion of the Transmit Note showing the particulars of the recoveries by Departmental Officers. The other foil should be retained as station record. The receipts should be entered in the Daily Trains Cash Book (T.501), transmitted to the Cashier with the station cash, and shown in the Cash Remittance Note in one sum without particulars, against the entry “Miscellaneous Receipts”. The amount shown in the Cash Remittance Note and remitted, should agree with the total of the Miscellaneous Cash Notes. Care should be taken not to remit as miscellaneous receipts any amount realized on account of Goods or Coaching traffic, such as sums paid to credit of other stations, undercharges or short remittances made good.


CHAPTER XI


11.7

FORMT.1140

Miscellaneous Cash Note

P.R.

No———————— Cash remitted to the Cash Office being miscellaneous receipts forwarded by the under

mentioned officers on the ——————————————————20……

By whom remitted

From whom

realized Particulars Amount

Account to be

credited Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6 Rs.

Forwarded to the Financial Adviser & Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue —————————————Station ——————————————— —————————20…... Station Master 1141. Preparation of Miscellaneous Cash Notes: Miscellaneous Cash Notes should be written up immediately on receipt of miscellaneous cash. Complete particulars should be recorded in the Notes to admit of the amounts being credited to proper heads of accounts by the Accounts Office. 1142. Tolls on Bridges: Sundry earnings represented by tolls on bridges may be realized in two ways; either by authorising their collection through a contractor for a fixed annual or other periodical sum, or the tolls may be collected by Pakistan Railways. The amounts so collected are credited to Revenue — Sundry Other Earnings. 1143. Deleted.

CHAPTER XII

20 October, 2011

PAKISTAN RAILWAYS




CHAPTER XII

INITIAL ‘COACHING’ BOOKS AND RETURNS

22

CONTENTS


INITIAL BOOKS 12.1 1201

INITIAL RETURNS 12.1 1202 — 1203

PARCELS, LUGGAGE, ETC., CASH BOOK 12.1 1204

PARCELS INWARDS AND DELIVERY BOOK 12.4 1205

ABSTRACTS OF PARCELS FORWARDED 12.4 1206

ABSTRACTS OF PARCELS FORWARDED (FOREIGN) 12.5 1207

ABSTRACTS OF PARCELS RECEIVED (LOCAL) 12.5 1208

ABSTRACTS OF PARCELS RECEIVED (FOREIGN) 12.6 1209

CHECK OF ABSTRACTS WITH INITIAL BOOKS 12.7 1210

PARCELS SUMMARIES (LOCAL) 12.7 1211

PARCELS SUMMARIES (FOREIGN)

12.7 — 12.8

1212 — 1213 (1214 Deleted)

RETURN OF LOCAL LUGGAGE, HORSE, CARRIAGE, DOG, ETC., TRAFFIC 12.8 1215

RETURN OF FOREIGN LUGGAGE, HORSE, CARRIAGE, DOG, ETC., TRAFFIC 12.9 1216

SUMMARIES OF FOREIGN LUGGAGE, HORSE, CARRIAGE AND DOG TRAFFIC 12.10 1217

CANCELLED LUGGAGE, HORSE, CARRIAGE AND DOG TICKETS 12.10 1218

DEMURRAGE AND WHARFAGE RETURN 12.10 — 12.11 1219 — 1220

DEMURRAGE OR WHARFAGE CHARGES FOREGONE 12.11 1221

DEMURRAGE OR WHARFAGE CHARGES ACCRUED ON PARCELS OR LUGGAGE TRANSFERRED TO THE LOST PROPERTY OFFICE 12.12 1222 (1223 Deleted)


CHAPTER XII


23

CONTENTS


PERIODICAL TESTING OF COACHING ACCOUNTS

12.12 — 12.13

1224 — 1231 (1227 Deleted)

TESTING OF INWARDS “TO-PAY” PARCELS 12.13 1232

RECTIFICATION OF DIFFERENCES 12.15 1233

OUTSTANDING IN CONNECTION WITH TEST BALANCES 12.15 1234 — 1235

COACHING STATION BALANCE SHEET 12.16 1236

DEBIT ENTRIES OF A STATION COACHING BALANCE SHEET 12.21 1237

CREDIT ENTRIES OF A STATION COACHING BALANCE SHEET 12.21 1238

VOUCHERS 12.21 1239

SPECIAL CREDITS 12.22 1240

CLOSING BALANCE OF STATION COACHING BALANCE SHEET 12.22 1241

CLASSIFICATION OF OUSTANDINGS 12.22 1242

REGISTER OF FOREIGN RAILWAY VEHICLES RECEIVED AND FORWARDED 12.23 1243 (1244 Deleted)

ALTERNATIVE FORMS OF INITIAL BOOKS 12.23 1245

SEPARATE CASH BOOK FOR LUGGAGE AND HORSE, CARRIAGE, DOG, ETC., TRAFFIC 12.24 1246

SEPARATE CASH BOOK FOR OUTWARDS “PAID” PARCELS TRAFFIC 12.24 1247

SEPARATE CASH BOOK FOR “INWARD PARCELS TRAFFIC 12.25 1248


CHAPTER XII


24

CONTENTS


ALTERNATIVE FORM OF PARCELS INWARDS BOOK FOR “TO-PAY” TRAFFIC 12.26 1249

ALTERNATIVE FORM OF PARCELS INWARDS BOOK FOR “PAID” TRAFFIC 12.27 1250

SUBMISSION BY STATIONS OF COACHING ACCOUNT DOCUMENTS AND RETURNS 12.28 1251

DAILY RETURNS

12.28 — 12.29

1252 — 1256 (1255 Deleted)

MONTHLY RETURNS 12.29 — 12.30 1257 — 1258


CHAPTER XII


12.1

1201. Initial books: The initial station records in connection with passenger traffic and the returns relating thereto are dealt with in Chapter V. The records in respect of the traffic in parcels, luggage, horses, carriages and dogs are Parcels Way-bills and Luggage, Horse Carriage and Dog Tickets etc. and the initial books in which these are accounted for are the Daily Trains Cash Book (T. 501) and the Parcels Inwards and Delivery Book (T. 1205). At large stations, however, where the receipts from parcels, luggage, etc. are kept separate from passenger receipts, separate Outward/Inward Parcels, Luggage horse carriage and dog, etc., Cash Books are maintained in which the amount for each Way-bill or Luggage and Horse, Carriage and Dog Ticket etc. is first posted, the totals only being carried forward at the end of the day into the Daily Trains Cash Book (T. 501). The postings in the Cash Books are verified by actual count of the cash collected. The alternative forms of initial books for parcels, luggage and horse, carriage and dog traffic are described in paragraphs 1245 to 1250. 1202. Initial returns: In the initial station records mentioned in paragraph 1201, the record of Luggage and Horse Carriage and Dog Returns (T. 1215 and T. 1216) and Parcel Outwards (T. 1206 and T. 1207) and Inwards (T. 1208 and T. 1209) Abstracts, is also required to be posted. The Abstracts are further summarized in Outwards and Inwards Summaries (T. 1211, T. 1212 and T. 1213). The accuracy of the postings in the returns is verified periodically in the manner indicated in paragraphs 1224 to 1235. The link between the initial documents, books, returns and the Station Balance Sheet (T. 1236) is roughly illustrated by the diagram overleaf, which shows how the daily collections are accounted for in the Cash Books and remitted to the Cashier and how the Station Balance Sheet of the station is compiled from the various returns. 1203. The complete set of returns, supported by initial documents where prescribed, is submitted to the Accounts Office concerned. 1204. Parcels, Luggage, etc., Cash Book: At stations where the money received for parcels, luggage, etc., including storage and left luggage charges is kept separate from that received from the sale of passenger tickets, the total amount received for parcels, etc., should be first posted in the Parcels, Luggage, etc., Cash Book (T. 1204) from which the total amount at the end of each day should be carried forward to the total column of the Daily Trains Cash Book (T. 501), the balance, if any, found excess or deficient for the day should be noted after the entry of such receipts. At other stations, the Daily Trains Cash Book (T. 501) will serve the purpose of the Parcels and Luggage, etc.


CHAPTER XII


12.2

FORM T.1204

PARCELS, LUGGAGE, ETC., CASH BOOK …………. STATION FOR.……… 20….

Parcels Way Bill or Ticket Outwards Paid Inwards To-pay

Luggage

Date No.

Station from or

to Local Rupees

Foreign Rupees

Local Rupees

Foreign Rupees

Local Rupees

Foreign Rupees

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Horses, Carriage and Dogs, etc.

Sundries, etc., lost property fee,

excess in booking

Local Rupees

Foreign Rupees

Left Luggage

Rupees

Demurrage

Rupees

Nature of

item

Amount Rupees

Total collection

Rupees

Account code

Remarks

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees

Note.——Certified that the above total of Rupees…….. has been duly transferred to and accounted for in the Daily Trains Cash Book of………………..(date). …………….….................Commercial Assistant. …………………………Station Master.


CHAPTER XII


12.3


CHAPTER XII


12.4

1205. Parcels Inwards and Delivery Book: The Parcels Inward and Delivery Book (paragraph 943) should be maintained in Form T. 1205.

FORM T.1205

PARCELS INWARDS AND DELIVERY BOOK OF—————————————————————Station Way-bill

Amount Storage charges

Dat

e of

ent

ry

Dat

e

No.

Rec

eipt

file

re

fere

nce

No.

Stat

ion

from

Act

ual w

eigh

t as

per

way

-bill

Wei

ght o

n re

wei

ghm

ent

Paid

To-p

ay

Und

erch

arge

Dat

e of

del

iver

y

Day

s

Am

ount

Num

ber

of a

rticl

es

Des

crip

tion

Send

er’s

nam

e

To w

hom

co

nsig

ned

Initi

als

of d

eliv

ery

cler

k

Acc

ount

cod

e

Rem

arks

Sign

atur

e of

re

ceiv

er

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs.

The ‘Paid on’ amount should be shown separately under the To-pay’ column as under:

Freight—————————————— Paid on———————————————

Demurrage checked by——————————————————————

(Inspector of Coaching and Goods). ———————————————Station Master

1206. Abstracts of Parcels forwarded: Outwards Way-bills whether "Paid" or "To-Pay" should be entered daily in Abstracts of Parcels forwarded (Form T. 1206). These Abstracts should be posted so that all Way-bills issued to each station are grouped together and totalled, the stations being arranged in alphabetical or other prescribed order.

FORM T.1206

LOCAL ABSTRACT OF PARCELS FORWARDED FROM …………………………. STATION TO …………… STATION FOR THE MONTH OF………………....20…..

Way-bill Freight in Rupees

Date No. No. of parcels

Description of articles

weight Kgs Paid

To-pay

Account code

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

…………………Station Master.


CHAPTER XII


12.5

1207. Abstracts of Parcels forwarded (Foreign): Foreign outward paid/topay Parcels / Waybills must be entered daily in the abstracts. These Abstracts will be prepared by stations in form T. 1207 for each junction separately, the bookings to each station being grouped together and totalled as in the case of the Local Abstracts of Parcels forwarded (T. 1206).

FORM T.1207

FOREIGN ABSTRACT OF PARCELS FORWARDED FROM ………… STATION TO ……..… STATION ON VIA ………….…. FOR THE MONTH OF …….………. 20…

Distance up to via…………………… Zone No. (a)

Way-bill Freight in Rs.

Date No.

Description of rates charged as per footnote (b)

below

Number of parcels

Weight Kgs

Paid To-pay

Account code

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

(a) Note to be filled in by the station. (b) Only one of the following descriptions is to be given against each way-bill, i.e., (1) full parcel rates, (2)Rates other than full parcel rates.

………………………..Station Master.

1208. Abstracts of Parcels received (Local): These will be posted on form T. 1208 in the same way as Local Forwarded Abstracts (T. 1207) in regard to grouping of entries by stations. Received Abstracts are kept open till the 5th of the following month. All Way-bills of the previous month received up to that date should be taken into the Abstracts for that month; the Abstracts should be then closed and submitted to the Accounts Office with the final covering memo. Way-bills of a month coming in after the 5th of the succeeding month should be taken to account in the succeeding month and not in supplementary abstracts.

FORM T. 1208

LOCAL ABSTRACT OF PARCEL RECEIVED AT………………STATION FROM ………………… STATION FOR THE MONTH OF …………………… 20…..

Way-bill Freight in Rs.

Date No. No. of Parcels

Weight Kgs Paid To-pay

Under-Charges

Rs.

Over-Charges

Rs.

Account code

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

……………….Station Master


CHAPTER XII


12.6

1209. Abstracts of Parcels received (Foreign): These abstracts will be posted on form No. T. 1209. The procedure regarding grouping of entries by stations, junctions and railways and the preparation of Abstracts will be the same as prescribed for foreign outward abstracts (paragraph 1207). These Abstracts will be kept open till the 5th of the following month in the same way as Local Inward Abstracts (paragraph 1208).

FORM T.1209 FOREIGN ABSTRACT OF PARCELS RECEIVED AT……………………….STATION

FROM………………STATION VIA……………… FOR THE MONTH OF…………………20….

FOREIGN

DISTANCE (from via to destination) Zone No. (a)

Way-bill Package Freight in Rs.

Date No. No. Weight

Kgs.

Description of rates charged as per footnote (b) below

Paid To-pay

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Overcharges in Rs.

Proportions (to be filled by the Clearing Accounts Office)

Paid To-pay

8 9 10 Rs. Account code

Note. All inward paid and to-pay parcels way-bills, between each pair of stations, to be grouped and totalled on separate sheets. (a) Not to be filled in by stations. (b) Only one of the following descriptions is to be given against each way-bill, /.e. :– (1) Full parcel rates. (2) Rates Other than full parcel rates.

……..………………….Station Master.


CHAPTER XII


12.7

1210. Check of Abstracts with initial books: Forwarded Abstracts should, before submission to Accounts Office, be compared in respect of Paid traffic with the month's postings in the Parcel, Luggage, etc., Cash Book (T.1204) or the Summary of Trains Cash Book (T.512). The Inwards Abstracts should be compared with the Parcels Inwards and Delivery Book (T.1205). 1211. Parcels Summaries (Local): For both Local Outwards and Inwards Parcels Traffic monthly Summaries of the Abstracts should be prepared in form T. 1211 showing the totals under each station. The total of the "Paid" column in the Outward Summaries and "To-pay" column in the Inward Summaries should be tallied with the Cash Books and Inwards Book respectively before their submission to the Accounts Office. The Summaries should be forwarded with the Abstracts to which they relate, the latter being arranged in the order of their entries in the Summaries.

FORM T.1211

LOCAL SUMMARY OF PARCELS FORWARDED FROM/RECEIVED AT……….. STATION FOR THE MONTH OF……………20…..

Freight in Rs

Stat

ion

to/fr

om

Via

Weight Kgs

Paid To-pay

(inclusive of paid on)

Undercharges

Rs.

Overcharges

Rs.

Account

code Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

……………………..Station Master.

1212. Parcels Summaries (Foreign): Foreign Abstracts of Parcels Forwarded (T. 1207) should be summarized in form T. 1212.

FORM T.1212

FOREIGN SUMMARY OF PARCELS FORWARDED FROM………………STATION VIA………………DURING THE MONTH OF…………………20…..

Freight in Rs.

Station to or Railway to

Via Weight

Kgs Paid To-pay

Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6


CHAPTER XII


12.8

1213. Foreign Abstracts of Parcels Received T.1209 should be summarized in form T.1213.

FORM T.1213

FOREIGN SUMMARY OF PARCELS RECEIVED AT…………………………STATION VIA………………….FOR THE MONTH OF ………………….20…..

Freight Overcharges Proportions (to be filled by Accounts

Office) Station from or

via

Actual weight

Paid To-pay Paid To-pay Account code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Note. In this Summary the traffic of each railway and by each via should be shown on separate sheets and then a general summary should be given on this form at the end showing traffic by different vias under each forwarding railway in one place.

………………. Station Master

1214. Deleted.

1215. Return of Local Luggage, Horse, Carriage, Dog, etc., traffic: The Return of Local Luggage, Horse, Carriage, Dog etc., Forwarded Traffic is prepared on form T.1215. It should be posted daily from the counterfoils of the tickets issued in Local booking. Each description of traffic should be separately entered under a written heading, and separate totals made for luggage, specie and horses, carriages and dogs. The instructions given in the foot-notes on the form should be carefully observed and the particulars indicated in the headings properly filled in. A summary of the transactions for each period should be made at the bottom or on the reverse of the Return.

FORM T.1215

RETURN OF LOCAL LUGGAGE, HORSE, CARRIAGE, DOG ETC., TRAFFIC FORWARDED FROM……………...STATION FOR THE MONTH

OF……………….20…..

Tickets Passenger’s

ticket

Dat

e

Trai

n

No.

Stat

ion

to

Nam

es

Num

ber

and

desc

ript

ion*

No. Class

Tota

l wei

ght

Kgs

.

Wei

ght

allo

wed

free

K

gs.

Wei

ght

char

ged

Kgs

.

Am

ount

Acc

ount

cod

e

Rs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13


CHAPTER XII


12.9

Each description of traffic, Up and Down, should be posted separately in this return under a written heading and separate totals made for luggage, specie and horses, carnages, dogs, respectively. Inwards unbooked traffic and particulars of increased percentage charges are to be included under respective heads in the forwarded return. *The description of packages in the case of luggage must be entered in this column. When carriages are booked it should be stated whether one or two occupied a truck.

………..…………. Station Master.

1216. Return of Foreign Luggage, Horse, Carriage, Dog, etc., traffic: The Foreign Luggage, Horse, Carriage, Dog, etc., returns are prepared in form T.1216. These should be posted daily from the counterfoils of the Luggage, Horse, Carriage and Dog Tickets issued in foreign bookings. The entries in the Return should be grouped so as to bring out the totals between each pair of stations. Instructions regarding posting separate returns for luggage, specie and horse, carriage and dog traffic and for preparation of a summary for each period will be the same as for Local traffic (paragraph 1215).

FORM T.1216.

RETURN OF FOREIGN LUGGAGE, HORSE, CARRIAGE, DOG, ETC., TRAFFIC FORWARDED FROM ………… STATION VIA ………………FOR THE MONTH OF

………….. 20…..

Ticket Passenger’s

ticket

Date No. Stat

ion

to

Nam

es

Num

ber

and

desc

ript

ion*

No. Class Tota

l wei

ght

Kgs

.

Wei

ght

allo

wed

free

K

gs

Wei

ght

char

ged

Kgs

Am

ount

R

upee

s

Acc

ount

cod

e

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Each description of traffic should be posted separately in this return under a written heading and separate totals made for luggage, specie and horses, carriages and dogs. Inwards unbooked traffic and particulars of increased percentage charges should be included under respective heads in the return.

*The description of packages in the case of luggage should be entered in this column. When carriages are booked it should be stated whether one or two occupied a truck.

….……………… Station Master


CHAPTER XII


12.10

1217. Summaries of Foreign Luggage, Horse, Carriage and Dog traffic: The Returns of Foreign Luggage, Horse, Carriage and Dog Traffic prepared by pairs of stations, vide preceding paragraph, should be summarized on form T.1217. These Summaries as should be prepared in two parts in the same way as Foreign Parcels Summaries, paragraph 1214. Before submission to the Accounts Office, the grand total of the two sets of Summaries should be obtained and reconciled with the corresponding figure in the Parcels, Luggage etc., Cash Book or the Summary of Trains Cash Book.

FORM T.1217

SUMMARY/GENERAL SUMMARY OF FOREIGN LUGGAGE, HORSE, CARRIAGE AND DOG, ETC. TRAFFIC FORWARDED BY…………………….. STATION DURING THE

MONTH OF…………………20…...

To be filled in by station

To be filled in by Accounts Office

Weight charged

Amount Under-charges

Over-charges

Name of station to or

terminal railway

Via

Kgs Rupees Rupees Rupees

Account code

Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

…………………….

Station Master 1218. Cancelled Luggage, Horse, Carriage and Dog tickets: Cancelled Luggage, Horse, Carriage and Dog Tickets, complete in all foils, should be submitted to the Accounts Office concerned duly pasted to their respective returns remarks to that effect being made in the return.

1219. Demurrage and Wharfage Return: The charges levied for demurrage and wharfage on parcels and luggage arriving in advance of passengers and for luggage left at stations for temporary custody, vide paragraph 726, should be accounted for in the monthly Return of Demurrage on Luggage, etc., (Form T.1219). This Return should be posted daily from the Parcels Inwards and Delivery Book (T.1205) as regards demurrage and wharfage on parcels and from the collected Left Luggage Tickets (T.726) as regards left luggage.


CHAPTER XII


12.11

FORM T.1219

RETURN OF DEMURRAGE AND WHARPHAGE COLLECTED ON LUGGAGE AND PARCELS AND OF CHARGES MADE ON LEFT LUGGAGE

P.R. Return of demurrage and wharfage collected on luggage and parcels and of charges made on left luggage at———————————Station for the month ending——————————————— .

Ordinary luggage ticket,

way-bill or left

luggage ticket A

mou

nt c

harg

ed

No. Date

Stat

ion

from

or

to

Nam

e of

ow

ner

Num

ber

of p

acka

ges

Wei

ght i

n kg

s

Dat

e re

ceiv

ed

Dat

e de

liver

ed

Num

ber

of d

ays

char

ged

for

Rs.

Rem

arks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

NOTE 1.——Rebooking wharfage as well as demurrage and demurrage forgone, should be accounted for separately with full particulars at the end of the return. 2.——In case of entries relating to demurrage both date and time the vehicles are placed in position for loading and unloading should be given in column for date received and delivered instead of date only as in case of wharfage.

1220. Demurrage and wharfage charges should be accounted for separately and separate totals in respect of each of them shown. These charges should be levied on parcels, luggage and animals up to the time they are delivered or sold and all such charges should be accounted for in the Return (T. 1219), irrespective of whether these have been realized or not.

1221.(a) Demurrage or Wharfage Charges Foregone: Demurrage or wharfage charges, when foregone, under orders of the competent authority to whom the powers have been delegated, should be accounted for in the Return (T. 1219) and credit for the same taken through the Station Balance Sheet, the original authority being submitted to the Accounts Office. (b)In regard to consignment rebooked to other stations, the rebooking stations will at the close of the month pick up all the items on which demurrage and wharfage has accrued as per inward delivery book and post it in the demurrage and wharfage returns, giving particulars of the rebooking in the remarks column. The total of the demurrage and


CHAPTER XII


12.12

wharfage returns including total of the items rebooked to other stations will then be taken into balance- sheet, while the credit will be taken, in addition, special credit of the items rebooked and the items for which T-1219 has been received. (C) Demurrage or Wharfage charges accrued on consignments sold by public auction must be accounted for through the wharfage and demurrage return in the same manner in the case of demurrage and demurrage accrued on rebooked consignment vide Para (b)above and taken to debit in the balance sheet. For the clearance of such items overcharge sheets must be prepared by the stations and submitted to the Financial Advisor and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue after necessary clarification by the authorities under whose orders consignments were sold. 1222. Demurrage or wharfage charges accrued on parcels or luggage transferred to the Lost Property Office: The procedure in regard to the accountal of demurrage or wharfage charges accrued on parcels or luggage transferred to Lost Property Office is given in paragraph 1911. 1223. Deleted. 1224. Periodical testing of Coaching Accounts: The main station account returns will be compiled for the complete month; but to enable the Station Master to keep a check over the accuracy of his current accounts, and to facilitate the ultimate compilation of his monthly Station Balance Sheet, the accounting of all Coaching transactions of a station should be tested at the end of each of the intermediate period of the month (i.e., 1st to 10th, 11th to 20th, and 21st to the last day of the month). This should be carried out in the manner described in paragraphs 1225 to 1235. These test balancings are of great importance and Station Masters should personally see that they are correctly and regularly made. At stations where the traffic is small, these test balances may be dispensed with under the orders of the concerned Accounts Officer. 1225. (a) The figures of earnings from passengers, Local and Foreign, should be verified periodically in the manner indicated in paragraph 513. (b) At the close of each “period” a total to date under each of the following heads should be made in the Summary of Trains Cash Book (T.512) under the respective classes of traffic and it should be seen that these totals agree with the connected returns:

(1) Government Passengers and Luggage, etc. (2) Excess fares. (3) Luggage and specie forwarded. (4) Horses, carriages, and dogs forwarded.


CHAPTER XII


12.13

(5) Left Luggage and Demurrage. (6) Sundries Earnings. (7) Parcels (Local and Foreign) forwarded.

1226. At stations where the money received for parcels, luggage, horses, etc., is kept separate from that received from the sale of passenger tickets, the total in respect of the connected returns should agree with the periodical totals in the Parcels, Luggage, etc., Cash Book (T. 1204) instead of with the Summary of Trains Cash Book (T. 512). 1227. Deleted. 1228. Parcels Outwards: (i) It should be seen that the "Paid" total to date in the Parcels Outwards Abstracts agrees with the outwards paid parcels to date in the Summary of Trains Cash Book, or Parcels, Luggage, etc., Cash Book where this is in use. (ii) At the close of the month, the totals of the Outwards Abstracts should be carried on from page to page, and it should be seen that the total of the "Paid" column agrees with the Summary of Trains Cash Book, or Parcels, Luggage, etc., Cash Book. The person responsible for the work should, from time to time during the month, satisfy himself of the correctness of the postings in his Abstracts in an informal way, so that he may not, at the end of the month, have to examine all the items of the month, should there be any discrepancy. 1229. "Sundries": These should be compared with the Miscellaneous Cash Notes (T. 1140). 1230. "Excess in Booking": This should be compared with the Trains Cash Book. 1231. "Accounts and Cash Office Debits": These should be tested with the Error Sheets paid. 1232. Testing of inwards "To-Pay" Parcels: A Test Station Balance Sheet should be prepared in Form T. 1232, taking to debit the station balance sheet from last month, the To-Pay" Parcels Way-bills received during the current month to date, as shown by the Abstracts, and any special items; and to credit, the collections on account of Inwards parcel, any special credits (detailed in paragraph 1240) and the outstandings on date. The Test Balance for the closing period of the month should be made as soon as the returns are closed, the outstandings being detailed at the back of the Station Balance Sheet.


CHAPTER XII


12.14

FORM T.1232 TEST BALANCE SHEET (INWARDS TO-PAY PARCELS)

(Obverse) Test Balance to date of Inwards “To-pay” Parcels at………………Station for the period

Ending………………………….20….. Particulars Details Total

Dr.——

Rupees Rupees

Opening balance for the month .. .. .. Amount of “To-pay” parcels way-bills and undercharges to date as per Summary at back.

Accounts Office and Special debits—— Old items, vide last Test Balance .. .. Current items .. .. .. .. Total Debits .. Cr.——

“To-pay” Parcel Cash to date as per Summary of Trains Cash Book.

Overcharge Sheet to date, viz.—— Old items, vide last Ticket Balance .. .. Current items .. .. .. .. Special credits for parcels re-booked to date, viz.—— Old items, vide last Ticket Balance .. .. Current items .. .. .. .. Other Special credits to date, viz.—— Old items, vide last test Balance .. .. Current items .. .. .. .. Total Current Outstandings as per skeleton lists At back

Total Credits .. ………………….20…. …………………….Station Master.


CHAPTER XII


12.15

(Reverse) Current outstanding on…………………20….

Skeleton Inward Summary Date………… 20...

Page No.

Amount

Rs.

Page No.

Amount

Rs.

PageNo.

Amount

Rs.

Page No.

Amount

Rs.

Station from

Freight “To-pay”

Rs.

Under-charge

Rs.

Verified with returns .. .. .. 10-1-2010 20-1-2010 31-1-2010 Initials of Station Master or Commercial Supervisor AB AB AB

Note.—— When the monthly station Balance Sheet is under preparation, all payments made during the month on account of excess or deficiency in cash should be entered with a special remark. If it is discovered that any amount has been erroneously overpaid from private cash during the previous month (the payment having been duly noted in the Trains Cash Book and Cash Remittance Note as "paid from private cash" on the day it was made), the amount overpaid may be deducted by the person, by whom it was paid, during the following month, the particulars being shown in the Station Balance Sheet.

1233. Rectification of differences: In the event of there being any difference between the Summary of Trains Cash Book and the returns, it should be traced out at once and set right. Station Masters should be very careful not to overlook differences under any circumstances to avoid subsequent trouble and delays. The reconciled totals should be noted at the foot of the Summary as follows: Verified with returns .. .. .. 10-1-2…… 20-1-2…… 31-1-2….. Initials of Station Master or Commercial Supervisor (Booking)

AB AB AB

1234. Outstanding in connection with Test Balances: The outstanding in connection with the test balances, except the one for the last period of the month, need not be taken out in all the details required by the Outstanding List form (T. 2402). It is sufficient to give the foils of the Inwards Book and the amounts outstanding on each page in the manner described for Goods (paragraph 1838.) These details should be noted in the place provided in the Test Balance Form. 1235. The method of making up parcels outstandings for the purpose of test balances is the same as for Goods (paragraph 1840).


CHAPTER XII


12.16

1236. Coaching Station Balance Sheet: A Coaching Station Balance Sheet is a summary, in classified form, of all station debits and credits for the period to which it relates. In preparing the Station Balance Sheet Station Masters and Commercial Assistant (Booking) should bear in mind that they are liable to be debited the amount which they have failed to remit to the Cash Office, or have even defaulted in submitting duly attested vouchers. The Coaching Station Balance Sheet should be prepared in form T. 1236, after the accounts for the last period have been checked in the manner indicated in paragraphs 1224 to 1235.

Note.—— When the monthly Balance Sheet is under preparation, all payments made during the month on account of excess or deficiency in cash, should be entered with a special remark. If it is discovered that any amount has been erroneously overpaid from private cash during the previous month (the payment having been duly noted in the Trains Cash Book and Cash Remittance Note as "paid from private cash" on the day it was made), the claims for such over payments may be addressed to the Chief Commercial Manager/Passenger who will forward the same duly recommended to the Financial Advisor and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue for doing the needful.

FORM T. 1236 (Obverse)

Dr. COACHING STATION BALANCE SHEET OF ………..STATION

To be filled in by Accounts Office Particulars of Debits (to be filled in by Stations)

Local Foreign Out-agencies/ City Booking agencies

Passengers Others Passengers Others Passengers Others Particulars

AmountRupees

1 2 3 4 5 6 To Balance from last month

Passengers, Local Ordinary. Foreign Local Fare Excess fares Foreign Penalty Luggage Local Including Specie. Foreign Left Luggage Wharfage Storage Demurrage Parcels Out- Local wards “Paid” Parcels Local inwards “To- Pay” Foreign


CHAPTER XII


12.17

City/ Local Out-agency Horse, carri- Local ages and Dogs, Foreign Ordinary. Local Motor Traffic Foreign Government Traffic :— Local Passengers Foreign Local Soldiers’ Local Baggage. Foreign Special trains S.T.E. Earnings (foot-note No. 3) Platform tickets Sundries (foot-notes Nos. 1 to 3).

Total Coaching, excluding balance Less—Refunds detailed in Statement

Below (to be filled in by Accounts Office).

Net total, excluding balance (to be filled in by Accounts Office).

Sundries earnings as per statement of miscellaneous remittances

Excess in booking

Total Sundries earningsTerminal tax Error sheets taken to debit detailed in statement, part I, on reverse.

Less-Refunds as detailed in statement below Net Total Sundries Grand Total, excluding balance

Grand Total Debits


CHAPTER XII


12.18

(Obverse)

FOR THE MONTH OF……… 20...... Cr.Particulars of Credits (to be filled in

by Station) To be filled in by Accounts Office

Memorandum (Proof of audited balance). Date

Cash Rupees

Vouchers Rupees

Total Rupees

Particulars Amount Rupees Particulars Dr. Cr.

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

.

Total cash remittances. Grand Total cash Warrants Local Credit notes Military Total vouchers Local Transfers MilitaryService Stamps Total Transfers

Station Balance Debits on account of previous debits not taken to account :— Error Sheet No. for Current debits— Error Sheet No. for Credit on account of previous debits withdrawn :- C. A.-notes No., Dated Accounts to adjust, vide detail attached.

Total Credit-notes pending:-

By overcharges as per certified overcharge sheets detailed on reverse.

Special credits as per details on reverse.

Local Military

Total Credits Total Credits Balance carried forward to next month.

Checked balance carried forward

Total

Grand Total Grand Total Net checked Balance


CHAPTER XII


12.19

(Obverse)

Refunds. (To be filled in by the Accounts. )

Local

Passengers Others Agencies Total Sundries

Station pay orders

Rebooked consignments

Refund lists

Previous debits withdrawn

Previous credits reversed

Overcharge sheets

Total

(1) Under this head should be posted all receipts on account of undercharges recovered including earnings from other services. (2) Under this head should be posted all receipts from departmental officers and others on behalf of the railway, license fees, toll collections, value of stamped indemnity bonds, bill of sale of tariff, firewood, grass and other permanent way materials, etc. (3) If not sufficient space is available, details may be given on the reverse . (4) In the case of first class stations, lists of outstandings, error sheets and parcels way-bills will, if necessary, be entered over the printed forms supplied for the purpose. Details of special entries will also be grouped by each class of entry in the order detailed on the form.

Station…………… Audited by………….. Commercial Assistant…………… Dated……………. Station Balance Sheet Auditor ……... Station Master ……………


CHAPTER XII


12.20

(Reverse)

Part I. LIST OF OUTSTANDINGS WORKING UP TO THE CLOSING BALANCE.

Error sheet or P.W. Bill

Parcels on hand

Date No.

Part

icul

ars

(sta

tion

from

)

Adm

itted

err

or s

heet

s

Obj

ecte

d er

ror

shee

ts

P.W

. Bill

s re

quir

ing

clea

ranc

e by

ove

r ch

arge

sh

eets

Old

P.W

. Bill

s

Cur

rent

P.W

. Bill

s (th

ree

mon

ths

old)

Tota

l

Rem

arks

(why

out

stan

ding

an

d re

fere

nce

to

corr

espo

nden

ce)*

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

*Note.–(1) In cases of admitted debits, names of the persons responsible and reference to the

deduction statement in which the same is shown for recovery, should be given in this column. (2) In cases of objected debits, reference to correspondence with the Accounts Office should be quoted. Part II. DETAIL OF SPECIAL ENTRIES MADE BY STATION IN DEBIT OR CREDIT SIDE OF THE

STATION BALANCE SHEET.

Debit side of Station

balance sheet Credit side of Station balance sheet

Particulars Error sheets taken

to debit

Other items

Certified overcharge

sheets

Consignments rebooked

Credits authorized

by Account Office

Lost Property Office

certificate or

statement

Overcharges as per list of

refunds

Other items

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Total … (a)

(a) One total of last five columns should be given to arrive at the total special credits on reverse.


CHAPTER XII


12.21

1237. Debit entries of a Station Coaching Balance Sheet: The debit entries of a Station Coaching Balance Sheet as disclosed by the form (T. 1236), comprise:

(i) The debit balance (if any) from the previous month. (ii) The traffic earnings of the month, under the heads Local, Foreign, and Out-Agencies separately according to several returns and statements particularized in the form. (iii) Undercharges advised during the month by the Accounts Office. (iv) Discrepancies advised by the Accounts and the Cash Offices not previously taken to account. (v) Excess in booking. (vi) Miscellaneous transactions not shown in the returns and of which full particulars should be given, vide foot-notes 1 to 3 in the form. (vii) Amount of platform tickets to be posted from Local Passenger Classification Returns. (viii) Deleted.

1238. Credit entries of a Station Coaching Balance Sheet: The Credit entries of a Station Coaching Balance Sheet comprise:

(i) The total cash and vouchers acknowledged daily by Cashier as per Cash Remittance Notes. (ii) Special credits under the different heads provided for in the form. The detail of special credits under the various headings should be posted under Part II, at the back of the form. (iii) Balance, if any, to be carried forward to next month’s accounts. Full particulars should be given in the columns in Part I on the back of the form, with the date of the proposed settlement of each item, or an explanation of the measures taken to obtain adjustments. For admitted and objected debits, see also foot-notes on the form.

1239. Vouchers: The term ‘vouchers’ mentioned in the previous paragraph includes:—

(a) Warrants and credit Notes received in payment of railway fare and freight. (b) Pay orders for amounts drawn from station earnings for authorized payments (see paragraph 2143). (c) Deleted.


CHAPTER XII


12.22

1240. Special credits: The special credits mentioned in paragraph 1238 comprise:

(a) Certified Overcharge Sheets for regularization of errors in Way-bills other than those representing under and overcharges in freight (paragraphs 1570 to 1576). (b) “Paid on charges” accrued on consignments rebooked to other stations (paragraph 1584). (c) Credits authorized by Accounts Office in connection with previous debits withdrawn (paragraph 2414). (d) Original freight charges in connection with consignments transferred to the Lost Property Office (paragraph 1909). (e) Overcharges on Way-bills allowed at the time of delivery of parcels (paragraph 1705). (f) Way-bills twice accounted for (paragraph 1577). (g) Other items of special credits.

1241. Closing balance of Station Coaching Balance Sheet: The closing balance of a station Coaching Balance Sheet consists of:

(a) Imprest cash which is allowed to stations for the purpose of giving change to passengers purchasing tickets, etc. This amount should, at all times, remain on hand and should, on no account, be used for the purpose of remitting outstanding debits, making up deficiencies, advancing wages or for any purpose other than that for which it is held.

(b) Admitted debits: The names of the persons responsible and reference to the month's salary bills in which these are shown for recovery should be given in the remarks column.

(c) Objected debits: Reference to the action taken for the withdrawal of the debit should be given in the remarks column.

(d) Way-bills in connection with parcels on hand or not to hand.– The former, as the heading in Part I will show, are sub-divided into "Old Way-bills and Current Way-bills" (three months old).

(e) Way-bills requiring clearance by Overcharge Sheets.

1242. Classification of outstandings: Outstandings should be classified by stations under Classes “A” and “B”. “A” class outstandings comprise items mentioned in clauses (b) and (c) and “B” Class those mentioned in (d) and (e) of the previous paragraph. In both “A” and “B” class outstanding lists the items should be entered in order of dates and year. The amounts of each class of items should be posted under the respective


CHAPTER XII


12.23

columns. Each column for each year should be separately totalled. The grand total should agree with the closing balance to be carried forward to next month’s account. 1243. Register of Foreign Railway vehicles received and forwarded: A Register of Foreign Railway Vehicles should be maintained at stations in form T.1243. In this Register will be entered, in the manner indicated by the columns of the form, details of all Foreign Railway Coaching Stock, received at and forwarded from stations other than Junction stations. Returns compiled on the same form should be sent to the Accounts Office within two days of the close of each month.

FORM T. 1243

REGISTER/RETURN OF FOREIGN RAILWAYS’ COACHING VEHICLES FOR THE MONTH ………..…20…

…………………….Station.

VEHICLE RECEIVED FORWARDED

When received

When forwarded Description

of vehicle* No. on vehicle

Owner

Date TimeH. M.

Station from

Loaded or

empty Date TimeH. M.

Station from

Loaded or

empty

Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

*Double horse-boxes, when containing more than three horses, should be always specified in the “Remarks” column. Passenger carriages, horse-boxes, carriage trucks, brake-vans and luggage-vans are in all cases to be reckoned as coaching vehicles, whether they run upon passenger or goods trains and should be entered in this Register/Return. Date sent to Accounts office………………20…….

———————————————Station Master. 1244. Deleted

1245. Alternative forms of initial books. Paragraphs 1246 to 1250 describe certain alternative forms in which the initial books may be maintained at stations in connection with luggage, horse, carriage and dog and parcel traffic. These forms are so designed as


CHAPTER XII


12.24

to allow the station returns being written up by carbon process, at the same time as the initial books are posted. These alternative forms are closely linked with the alternative procedure of check of traffic receipts outlined in the Pakistan Railways Code for the Accounts Department. 1246. Separate Cash Book for luggage and horse, carriage, dog, etc., traffic: Stations can be relieved of the work of preparing Local Luggage and Horse, Carriage and Dog returns, provided a separate cash book in form T.1246 is maintained for such traffic and written up in duplicate by carbon process. The block foil will be retained at the station for record, the duplicate taking the place of the Luggage and Horse, Carriage and Dog return and being submitted to the Accounts office immediately after the close of the month. The forms should be supplied in books suitably bound to allow carbon impression being carried under the correct column, and indelible pencil should be used for writing on them.

FORM T. 1246 LUGGAGE, HORSE, CARRIAGE AND DOG CASH BOOK

Luggage, horse, carriage and dog cash book of————————————station For the month of——————————————20. . . .

Ticket number Passenger’s

TicketsAmount

Dat

e.

Trai

n.

Loca

l.

Fore

ign.

Stat

ion

to.

Rou

te.

Num

ber

and

desc

ript

ion.

No.

Cla

ss

Tota

l wei

ght

Wei

ght a

llow

ed

free

Wei

ght c

harg

ed

Ris

k N

ote

Hel

d

Loca

l

Fore

ign

Und

erch

arge

Ove

rcha

rge

Acc

ount

s co

de

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Kgm. Kgm. Kgm. Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs

Note.——(1) Free tickets also be accounted for here. (2) Each description of traffic should be posted separately in this cash book. Inwards unbooked traffic and particulars of increased percentage charges are to be included under respective heads in the forward return. The description of packages in the case of luggage should be entered in this column. When carriages are booked, it should be stated whether one or two occupied a wagon.

—————————————Station Master.

1247. Separate Cash Book for outwards “Paid” parcels traffic: Similarly stations can be relieved of the task of preparing Abstracts and Summaries of Local Paid Parcels traffic if a separate Cash book for outwards Paid Parcels Way-bills were maintained in Form


CHAPTER XII


12.25

T.1247 and were posted in carbon duplicate in the same way as Luggage and Horse, Carriage and Dog Cash Book Form T.1246.

FORM T. 1247

Outwards parcel cash book of——————————————station for the month of——————————————

Way-bill

No.

Amount Rupees

Date Local Foreign

Via Station

to Local Foreign

UnderchargeRupees

Overcharge Rupees

Account code

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

————————————Station Master

1248. Separate Cash Book for “Inward Parcels Traffic”: The realization in respect of inward parcels traffic may be recorded in a separate inwards parcels Cash Book (T.1248)

FORM T. 1248

INWARDS PARCELS CASH BOOK OF………..STATION FOR THE MONTH OF …………. 20. . . . .

Way-bill or ticket

No. Date

Local Foreign

Station from

Number of

packages *

Weight *Kgs.

Date received

*

Date delivered

*

Number of days for which

wharfage is due *

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9


CHAPTER XII


12.26

Amount Sundries, etc. excess in booking

Local

Foreign

Left luggage, demurrage,

wharfage and L. P. Fee

Nature of item

Amount

Total collections

Remarks

Account code

Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

…………………….Station Master

*These are to be filled in only when wharfage charges become due. Note 1 .——Demurrage charges on parcels rebooked to other stations should be shown in the demurrage return (station copy) as usual and at the end of the month this should be brought forward in the Cash Book as under:– Total Demurrage Charges (a) Cash collections, Rupees……..………..as shown above. (b) On rebooked parcels, Rupees………..as detailed below. Note 2.–Date of receipt of cash should be written at the top before commencing to write up the Cash Book for the day. 1249. Alternative form of parcels Inwards Book for “To-Pay” traffic: Stations can similarly be relieved of the preparation of Local Parcels Inwards Abstracts in respect of “To-Pay” traffic in the Parcels Inwards Book for Local inwards To-Pay traffic were maintained in form T. 1249. The form should be so designed that the first 8 columns can be filled up in carbon duplicate. The traffic from each station should be accounted for on separate pages set apart for the purpose. At the close of the month the foils marked “For Accounts Office” should be submitted by stations to the Accounts Office. The forms should be supplied in bound books and written by indelible pencil in the same way as Luggage and Horse, Carriage and Dog Cash Book (T. 1246).


CHAPTER XII


12.27

FORM T. 1249 PARCELS INWARDS AND DELIVERY BOOK OF TO-PAY PARCELS OF ………………. STATION DISPATCHED FROM ……………..……. STATION, DURING THE MONTH

OF ……………. 20.…

Way-bill Storage charges

Dat

e of

ent

ry

Dat

e

No.

Wei

ght

Wei

ght o

n re

wei

ghm

ent

Frei

ght T

o-pa

y, in

clus

ive

of “

Paid

on”

cha

rges

Und

erch

arge

Dat

e of

del

iver

y

Day

s

Am

ount

No.

of a

rtic

les

Acc

ount

cod

e

Des

crip

tion

Send

er’s

nam

e

To w

hom

con

sign

ed

Initi

als

of d

eliv

ery

staf

f

Rem

arks

Sign

atur

e of

rec

eive

r

Kgs Kgs Rupees Rupees Rs. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

……………………Station

Master. Note 1.——Receipt file reference No. to be shown under “Way-bill No.” by drawing an oblique as in case of the Goods Delivery Book (T.1853). Note 2.——“Paid-on” amount to be shown separately under “To-pay” as under:—— Rupees Freight .. .. .. .. .. 1000 Paid-on .. .. .. .. .. 500

1250. Alternative form of Parcels Inwards Book for "Paid" traffic: Stations can similarly be relieved of the preparation of Local Parcels Inwards Abstracts in respect of "Paid" traffic if a separate Parcels Inwards Book for “Paid” traffic is maintained in form T.1250. The form should be so designed that the first 9 columns can be filled by carbon duplicate. The forms should be printed, supplied in bound books and written in the same way as Luggage and Horse, Carriage and Dog Cash Book (T.1246).


CHAPTER XII


12.28

FORM T. 1250 P.R.

Inwards and Delivery Book of Paid Parcels of ————————————Station During the Month of————————————————20 .

Way-bill.

Storage charges

Dat

e of

ent

ry.

Dat

e.

No.

Stat

ion

from

.

Wei

ght.

Wei

ght o

n re

wei

ghm

ent.

Frei

ght p

aid

Und

erch

arge

Dat

e of

del

iver

y

Day

s

Am

ount

Acc

ount

Cod

e

No.

of a

rtic

les

Des

crip

tion

Send

er’s

nam

e

To w

hom

con

sign

ed

Initi

als

of d

eliv

ery

cler

k

Rem

arks

Sign

atur

e of

rec

eive

r

Kgs Kgs Rs. Rs. Rs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

. .

Note.–Receipt file reference No. to be shown under "Way-bill No." by drawing an oblique line as in the case of the Goods Delivery Book (T. 1853). *Not to be filled in by station staff.

Station Master / Commercial Assistant

1251. Submission by stations of Coaching account documents and returns: The Coaching account documents and returns to be submitted by the stations to Accounts Office together with the due dates of their submission are given in paragraphs 1252 to 1258. The Station Master should personally see that they are submitted to the Accounts Office concerned on due dates. 1252. Daily returns: The following returns should be submitted daily by stations to the Accounts Office concerned.


CHAPTER XII


12.29

(1) Ticket Collector’s Reports with collected printed, blank card and paper tickets. (2) Return of blank paper tickets examined. (3) Non-issued ticket Statement, with non-issued tickets. (4) Deleted.

FORM T. 620

FORM T. 612

FORM T. 344

Deleted

by the first train carrying returns on the day following the date of

collection.

by the first train carrying return on the day following the date of

collection. Deleted.

1253. (a) Deleted. (b) 'Periodical' returns: All Parcels Way-bills, (Local and foreign) received at a station during each of the periods referred to in paragraph 110 (13) should be submitted periodically by stations to the Accounts Office concerned within two days of the close of each of the periods along with a covering memo showing the total number of Way-bills it covers. As the inwards parcels accounts are kept open till the fifth of the following month to admit of as many Way-bills as possible being taken to account at the receiving station in the same month in which issued, a final covering memo with all Way-bills of the preceding month coming in between the 1st and the 5th should be dispatched to the Accounts Office concerned on the 8th with Transmit Memo (T. 1257). 1254. Each batch of Way-bills sent in should be grouped and arranged by stations, in order of stations. 1255. Deleted. 1256. A covering memo similar to the one mentioned in paragraph 1253 (b) showing number of Luggage, Horse, Carriage and Dog Tickets received during the period should be sent by stations to the Accounts Office with the sorted tickets themselves, two days after the close of each such period. 1257. Monthly returns: The following returns should be dispatched monthly by stations to the Accounts Office on the dates noted against each. They should, before dispatch, be entered in a transmit memo. (Form T.1257). These forms are supplied in sets of three foils in bound books to be written by carbon process. If there should be no particulars, or no traffic, to be entered on any of the returns, the word “Nil” should be written against the entry of that particular return in the Transmit Memo. Two copies of the Transmit Memo should be submitted by stations to the Accounts Office along with the returns. The Accounts Office will note the particulars of missing returns on one of the copies and return it to the station as an acknowledgment. The station staff should send the originals, if left behind, or copies of the missing returns pointed out by the Accounts Office, and paste the acknowledgment with the record foil.


CHAPTER XII


12.30

FORM T.1257

TRANSMIT MEMO. Transmit Memo. Of………………………Station, Coaching returns for the month of……………………………20. . . . . Dispatched by……………………train on……………………20. . . . . Addressed to the Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue.

Names of returns No.

———————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————………………………Station Master. ………………………………….Station.

(1) Local Classification of Passengers, with concession vouchers.

FORM T.515 On the 4th of the following Month.

(2) *Return of Government Passengers, Local. FORM T.522 Ditto. (3) Return of Excess Fares FORM T.647 Ditto. (4) Return of Local Luggage and Horse, Carriage and Dogs traffic.

FORM T.1215 Ditto.

(5) Return of demurrage on Luggage and Parcels, etc.

FORM T.1219 Ditto.

(6) Local Abstracts and Summary of Parcels Forwarded including those for motor traffic.

FORM T.1206and T.1211.

Ditto.

(7) *Lists of Refunds of Overchrges FORM T.1707 Ditto. (8) Return of Coaching Vehicles Received and Forwarded.

FORM T.1243 Ditto.

(9) Local Abstracts and Summary of Parcels Received including those for motor traffic.

FORM T.1208and T.1211.

On the 8th day after close of month.

(10) Covering Memo with Way-bills for the previous month received between 1st and 5th.

.. Ditto.

(11) *Overcharge Sheets (Local) FORM T.1716 Ditto. (12) Coaching Station Balance Sheet including outstanding lists and miscellaneous Receipts Return.

FORM T.1236 Ditto.

*N.B.——Local arrangements for a periodical submission of these returns may be made where

desirable. 1258. The following returns in respect of foreign traffic should be submitted by stations to the Accounts Office on the dates noted against each duly entered in Transmit Memo (form T.1257).


CHAPTER XII


12.31

(1) Foreign Classification of Passengers. FORM T.515 on the 4th of the following month. (2) Deleted. Deleted Deleted. (3) Returns of Foreign Luggage. FORM T.1216 Ditto. (4) Foreign Abstracts and Summaries of Parcels Forwarded.

FORM T.1207 and T.1212.

on the day following the close of each period excepting those for the

last period of the month which should be submitted 4 days after

the close of the month. (5) Deleted FORM T.1707 Deleted. (6) Foreign Abstracts and Summaries of Parcels Received.

FORM T.1209 and T.1213

on the day following the close of each period excepting those for the

last period which should be submitted on the 8th days after the

close of the month. (7) Covering Memo with Way-bills for the previous month received between 1st and 5th.

Ditto.

(8) Deleted Deleted Deleted. *N.B.——Local arrangements for a ‘periodical’ submission of these returns may be made where desirable.

CHAPTER XIII

20 October, 2011

PAKISTAN RAILWAYS




CHAPTER XIII

BOOKING OF GOODS TRAFFIC

25

CONTENTS


BOOKING OF GOODS TRAFFIC 13.1 1301

CONSIGNMENT NOTE 13.1 1302

CONSIGNMENT NOTE FOR ORDINARY MERCHANDISE 13.1 1303

CONSIGNMENT NOTE FOR DANGEROUS, EXPLOSIVE AND COMBUSTIBLE ARTICLES 13.5 1304

PREPARATION OF CONSIGNMENT NOTES 13.7 1305 — 1309

PRIORITY REGISTER 13.7 — 13.8 1310 — 1312

INSPECTION OF PRIORITY REGISTERS 13.8 1313

DISTRIBUTION OF WAGONS FOR LOADING CONSIGNMENTS 13.8 1314

CERTIFICATE FOR NON-ACCEPTANCE OF GOODS 13.9 1315

EXAMINATION OF GOODS WITH REGARD TO COMMODITY 13.9 1316

MIS-DECLARATION OF GOODS 13.10 1317

SURPRISE CHECKS TO DETECT MIS-DECLARATION 13.10 1318

EXAMINATION OF PACKING OF GOODS 13.10 1319 — 1321

PREPAYMENT OF FREIGHT 13.10 1321A

RISK NOTES 13.10 1322

RISK NOTE “A” 13.11 — 13.12 1323 — 1325

EXECUTION OF RISK NOTES 13.12 — 13.13 1326 — 1332


CHAPTER XIII


26

CONTENTS


EXEMPTION OF RISK NOTES FROM STAMP DUTY 13.13 1333

RISK NOTE REGISTER 13.13 1334

DISPOSAL OF RISK NOTES 13.13 1335

MARKING OF GOODS 13.13 1336 — 1337

WEIGHMENT OF OUTWARDS GOODS

13.14 — 13.15

1338 — 1345 (1346 Deleted)

DAILY TEST OF WEIGH-BRIDGES AND WEIGHING MACHINES 13.15 1347

SURPRISE CHECKS FOR DETECTION OF UNDER WEIGHMENTS 13.16 1348

GOODS CHARGEABLE BY MEASUREMENT 13.16 1349 — 1350

RATE REGISTERS 13.16 1351

FORM OF INVOICE AND RAILWAY RECEIPT 13.16 1352

LOCAL INVOICE 13.16 1353

FOREIGN INVOICE 13.18 1354

CUSTODY OF INVOICE BOOKS 13.18 — 13.19 1355 — 1356

PREPARATION OF INVOICES 13.19 1357 — 1363

NUMBERING OF INVOICES 13.20 1364 — 1365

INDEX OF INVOICE NUMBERS 13.20 1366

GRANT OF RECEIPT FOIL OF INVOICE TO CONSIGNORS 13.20 — 13.21 1367 — 1368

RECEIPT FOR MONEY PAID 13.21 1369


CHAPTER XIII


27

CONTENTS


SUBMISSION OF 'INVOICE' FOILS TO DESTINATION STATIONS AND ‘JUNCTION INVOICE' FOILS TO JUNCTIONS 13.22 1370 — 1376

“THROUGH” GOODS FORWARDED BY OTHER THAN THE INVOICED ROUTE 13.23 1377 — 1378

COPIES OF INVOICES AND PARCELS WAY-BILLS 13.23 1379

ALTERATION OF ENTRIES IN STATION BOOKS AND RECORDS 13.23 1380

GOODS BOOKING STATIONS 13.23 1381

BOOKING OF CONTRABAND AND OFFENSIVE GOODS 13.24 1382 — 1383

BOOKING OF “EXCEPTED” ARTICLES 13.24 1384

BOOKING OF LIVE-STOCK

13.24

1385 (1386 — 1387 Deleted)


CHAPTER XIII


13.1

1301. Booking of goods traffic: The operations connected with the booking of goods traffic consist of their:

(1) Acceptance; (2) Examination; (3) Marking; (4) Weighing; (5) Invoicing; and (6) Loading.

All these operations except ‘loading’ are described in this Chapter. The “loading” of goods and sealing and labelling of the wagons, into which goods have been loaded, form the subject matter of Chapter XIV. (Miscellaneous instructions in respect of special kinds of goods traffic are given in paragraphs 1381 to 1385.)

ACCEPTANCE OF GOODS 1302. Consignment Note: When goods are brought to a station for dispatch by goods train, they should invariably be accompanied by a Consignment Note (Form T.1303 or T.1304) giving the number, weight and description of the articles, together with the marks and address, specifying also the station to which they are to be conveyed. 1303. Consignment Note for ordinary merchandise and live stock: Consignment Note (Form T.1303) should be used for ordinary merchandise and livestock except dangerous, explosive or combustible goods.

FORM T.1303 (OBVERSE)

PAKISTAN RAILWAYS GOODS CONSIGNMENT — NOTE. To, Station Master ———————— Station, dated ————————— 20…. Please receive the under mentioned goods and forward by goods train to ————————— as consigned below:

By whom consigned

To whom consigned

Station and

address

No. of articles

Description and marks

Sender’s weight

Carriage to be

paid by 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Tonne. Kgs.

I do hereby certify that I have satisfied myself that the description, marks, weight or quantity and class of goods consigned by me, have been correctly entered in this Consignment Note.


CHAPTER XIII


13.2

Signature ————————————————— Address —————————————————— Date ————————————————————— The attention of the sender or deliverer of the goods is invited to the principal terms and conditions applying to the carriage of goods by railway which are set forth in the Public Notice on the back of this document. No alteration is to be made in the above entries after this consignment note has been signed by the consignor.

Invoice.

Des

crip

tion

No.

of a

rtic

les

Mar

ks

Cla

ss

Act

ual w

eigh

t

Wei

ght

char

ged

Rat

e pe

r To

nne.

Paid

To-p

ay

Acc

ount

s C

ode

Rem

arks

as

to

cond

ition

, etc

.

Rec

eipt

No.

No.

Dat

e

Wag

on N

o.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Tonne Kgs Tonne Kgs Rs. Rs.

PARTICULARS OF WEIGHMENT Weight in Tones.

No. of articles. Description. Tonne. Kgs.

1 2 3

Checked by——————————————————— Date———————————————— Weighed by———————————————————— Date———————————————— Loaded by———————————————————— Date———————————————— Invoiced by——————————————————— Date———————————————— Receipt No.——————————————————— Date———————————————— Invoice No.——————————————————— Date———————————————— Wagon No.——————————————————— Date————————————————


CHAPTER XIII


13.3

(REVERSE)

NOTICE TO CONSIGNORS.

The Pakistan Railways Administration hereby public notice

1. That Pakistan Railways administration will not be accountable for any articles unless the same are booked and a receipt for them given by their Staff or agent, and that when the articles are so accepted for conveyance, the responsibility of Pakistan Railways for loss, destruction or deterioration of the articles is subject to the provisions of Section 72 of the Railways Act, 1890. 2. That Pakistan Railways administration will not, in any case, be responsible for the loss, destruction or deterioration of parcels or packages containing the following article, viz., gold or silver, coined or uncoined manufactured or un-manufactured: plated articles, clothes and tissues and lace of which gold or silver forms part, not being the uniform or part of the uniform of an officer, soldier, sailor, police, officer or a member of the Auxiliary Force, Pakistan or of any public officer, entitled to wear uniform, pearls, precious stones, jewellery, jade, jadestone and trinkets, watches, clocks or timepieces of any description; Government securities, Government stamps: bills of exchange, promissory notes, bank notes and orders or other securities for payment of money, maps, writing and title-deeds, paintings, engravings, lithographs, photographs, carvings, sculpture, and other works of art; art pottery and all articles made of glass, china or marble; silks in a manufactured or un-manufactured state and whether wrought up or not wrought up with other materials, shawls, and woollen shawls lace and furse; opium and narcotic preparations of hemp, such as ganja, charas bahng, etc., ivory, ebony, coral and sandalwood: amber, musk, sandalwood oil and other essential oils used in the preparation of itr or other perfume, musical and scientific instruments, and crude rubber, feathers, gooroochand or gooroochandan; itr, zahirmohra khatai cinematograph film and apparatus; platinum iridium, radium and its preparations, tantalum, osmium, ruthenium, rhodium, agarwood, radio (wireless) apparatus, mercury (quick silver). pen and pencils imported, motor vehicle and motor tractor,safroon, television set, tape records, washing machine, refrigerator, air conditioner, electric shower, knitting machine, x-ray machine, ECG machine calculators and carpet or any article of special value which the Federal Government may by notification in the Gazette of Pakistan add to this list when the value of such articles exceeds Rs. 10,000 unless the value and nature of articles shall have been declared by the sender, and an increased percentage charges rate over and above Pakistan Railways charges for carriage shall have been paid to and accepted by some person duly authorized to receive the same on behalf of Pakistan Railways administration. That where increased percentage charges have been paid on goods, as above, have been lost or destroyed or have deterioration, the compensation payable by Railway administration shall not exceed the value declared and the burden of proving the value so declared to have been true value shall not withstanding anything in the declaration lie on the person claiming the compensation. That the Station Masters at the several stations on the line are authorized to book any of the above mentioned articles valued at from Rs. 10,000 to Rs. 20,000 but that for the increased percentage charges of any such article valued at over Rs. 20,000 application must be made to the Divisional Superintendents at their respective station, namely, Peshawar, Lahore, Rawalpindi, Multan, Quetta and Karachi, Sukkur. No other persons, except those here in mentioned, are authorized to accept increased percentage charges. 3. That the railway receipt given by Railway administration for the articles delivered for conveyance must be given up at destination by the consignee to Railway administration, or Pakistan Railways may refuse to deliver, and that the signature of the consignee or his agent in the delivery book at destination shall be evidence of complete delivery.


CHAPTER XIII


13.4

If the consignee does not himself attend to be take delivery he must endorse on the receipt a request for delivery to the person to whom he wishes it made, and if the receipt is not produced, the delivery of the goods may, at the discretion of Pakistan Railways administration, be with held until the person entitled in its opinion to receive them has given an indemnity to the satisfaction of Pakistan Railways administration. 4. That all claims against Pakistan Railways administration for the loss or damage to goods must be made to the Staff incharge of the station to which they have been booked before delivery is taken, and that a written statement of the description and contents of the articles missing or of the damage received, must be sent forthwith to the Chief Commercial Manager, Pakistan Railways, Lahore, Divisional Superintendents, concerned. 5. That by Section 77 of the Railways Act, 1890 it is enacted that a person shall not be entitled to refund of an overcharge in respect of animals or goods carried by railway, or to compensation for the loss, destruction or deterioration of animals or goods delivered to be so carried unless his claim to the refund or compensation has been preferred in writing by him or on his behalf to Pakistan Railways administration within six months from the date of delivery of the animals or goods for carriage by railways. 6. That Pakistan Railways administration has the right of re-measurement, re-weighment, re-classification and re-calculation of rates, terminals and other charges at the place of destination and of collecting before the goods are delivered any amount that may have been omitted or under charged. 7. That the freight on all goods must be paid either previously at the time of delivery and that by Section 55 of the Railways Act, 1890 it is enacted that if the person fails to pay on demand made by or on behalf of Pakistan Railways administration any rate, terminal or other Charges due from him in respect of any animals or goods, Pakistan Railways administration may detain the whole or any of the animals or goods, if they have been removed from the railway, any other animals or goods of such, person there being in or thereafter coming into its possession. In the case of good to be booked to station in India the Pakistan Railway proportion of freight shall have to be prepaid at the sending station at the time of booking and the Indian Railway proportion at the destination station at the time of delivery. 8. That all goods left on Pakistan Railways administration’s premises are liable to wharfage and demurrage charges as per Goods Tariff, and those charges will also be levied on goods left on hand, pending payment of freight and charges due on them. 9. That goods booked to or over a foreign railway are subject to the rules and regulations and to wharfage and other charges in force on such railway. 10. That by Section 106 of the Railways Act, 1890 it is enacted that if a person requested under Section 58 to give an account with respect to any goods, gives an account which is materially false and, if he is not the owner of the goods, the owner also shall be punished with a fine which may extent to ten rupees for every 40 Kgs, or part of a Kgs of the goods, and the fine shall be in addition to any rate or other charges to which the goods may be liable. 11. That by Section 107 of the Railways Act, 1890 it is enacted that if, in contravention of Section 59 a person takes with him any dangerous or offensive goods upon Pakistan Railways or tenders or delivers any such goods for carriage upon Pakistan Railways, he shall be punished with imprisonment for a term which may extend to two years or with fine which may extend to five thousand rupees or with both, and


CHAPTER XIII


13.5

shall also be responsible for any loss injury or damage which may be caused by reason of such goods having been so brought upon Pakistan Railways. 12. That in the event of any interruption of through communication on the booked route due to causes over which Railway Administration has no control, it will be within the discretion of the railway authorities to cause the traffic to be carried by next shortest open route on the condition applying to the booked route in respect of liability and freight, any Risk-note held in respect of the consignment being equally operative over the route by which the consignment is carried.

By ORDER. General Manager.

1304. Consignment Note for dangerous, explosive and combustible articles: The Consignment Note for dangerous, explosive and combustible articles should be required to be tendered by consignors in Form T. 1304.

FORM T.1304

CONSIGNMENT NOTE FOR DANGEROUS, EXPLOSIVE AND COMBUSTIBLE ARTICLES.

To the Station Master …………………. Station, dated ……………… 20…. The Pakistan Railways Administration is requested to receive for dispatch to………………… Station the following packages consigned to ……………………………….. Of ……………….. containing the dangerous, explosive or combustible articles which are specified below, and I hereby declare that the contents of the packages are known to me, that the condition laid down in the General Rules for the packing and carriage of dangerous, explosive and combustible articles have been complied with, and that the actual weight of the article contained in each separate package or case is entered herein. I also declare that the original / the true copy of the certificate signed by ……………………. which now accompanies this consignment refers to samples of the ……………. forwarded under this consignment note.

By whom consigned

To whom consigned

Station and

Address

No. of articles

Description and marks

Sender’s weight

Carriage to be

paid by 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Tonne/kgs

Note.——The words printed in antique should be scored out where they are not required.

I do hereby certify that I have satisfied myself that the description, marks and weight or quantity of goods consigned by me have been correctly entered in this Consignment Note.

Space for translation in provincial languages


CHAPTER XIII


13.6

……….……………………………. Signature of sender or deliverer of goods.

Address……………………………. Date….………………………………..

The attention of the sender or deliverer of the goods is invited to the principal terms and conditions applying to the carriage of goods by railway, which are set forth in the Public Notice on the back of this document.* No alteration is to be made in the above entries after this Consignment Note has been signed by the consignor.

The form below to be filled up by Station staff only Invoice No. and

date

Des

crip

tion

No.

of a

rtic

les

Mar

ks

Cla

ss

Act

ual w

eigh

t

Wei

ght

char

ged

Rat

e pe

r to

nne

Paid To

-pay

Acc

ount

cod

e

Rem

arks

as

to

cond

ition

, etc

.

Rec

eipt

No.

No. Date

Wag

on N

o.

Tonne/

kgs. Tonne/

kgs. Rs. Rs. Rs

.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

PARTICULARS OF WEIGHMENT.

No. of articles

Description Weight

1 2 3 Tonne

Checked by………………………… Date………………….… Weighed by………………………….. Date………………….… Loaded by………………………….. Date………………….… Invoiced by………………………… Date………………….… Receipt No…………………………. Date………………….… Invoice No…………………………. Date………………….… Wagon No…………………………. Date………………….…

*Instructions for consignors may be given on reverse.


CHAPTER XIII


13.7

1305. Preparation of Consignment Notes: The Station Master should give consignors every assistance in filling up the Consignment Notes. It should be seen that all the particulars required by the form have been entered by the sender or his agent, that the actual commodity has been correctly described and that the full postal addresses of the sender and the consignee have been given. The signature or thumb impression of the consignor should be obtained on the Consignment Note in token of his acceptance of the correctness of the details entered therein. 1306. In the case of merchandise received in a damaged state, the fact should be noted by the Station Staff on the Consignment Note and subsequent documents and a proper Risk Note should be executed. The Staff should record on the Consignment Note to what extent and how many of the articles are damaged. 1307. When a dearer route is selected by the sender or his authorized agent, a remark "To be forwarded via …………….. (dearer route) at special request of sender or his authorized agent” should be required to be given and signed by the sender on the Consignment Note. 1308. In the case of mixed consignments the number, description and weight of each kind of article should be given on the Consignment Note. 1309. All Consignment Notes should be carefully preserved and pasted to the counterfoils of the Railway Receipts (T. 1353 or T. 1354) granted to the senders of the Goods. 1310. Priority Register: A Priority Register in Form T. 1310 should be maintained at all goods booking stations. Every Consignment Note, that may be tendered in respect of outwards goods in full vehicle loads, should be entered in the Register, provided the consignment brought to the goods office is complete and ready for dispatch. The Register need not be used for goods traffic in less than vehicle loads, i.e. “smalls”. Divisional Officers may however, at their discretion, order the Register to be maintained for “smalls”, when, for any sufficient reason, they are of opinion that the registration of goods traffic in “smalls” is expedient.


CHAPTER XIII


13.8

FORM T. 1310 PRIORITY REGISTER

GOODS REGISTERED FOR SUPPLY OF VEHICLES AT……………………….STATION

For priority of supply of vehicles upon the condition that consignments are at

owner’s risk in all respects, until loaded into railway vehicles.

Supply details

Dat

e of

reg

istr

atio

n

Seri

al N

o.

Dat

e co

nsig

nmen

t N

ote

tend

ered

Nam

e of

con

sign

or

No.

and

des

crip

tion

of

pack

ages

(in

wor

ds)

Stat

ion

to

Sign

atur

e of

con

sign

or

Wag

on N

o.

Dat

e of

su

pply

Sign

atur

e of

con

sign

or

Rem

arks

Consignor’s token slip

Stat

ion

Mas

ter’s

initi

als

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Note.——The station stamp should be impressed on face of each token slip.

1311. Publicity should be given to the fact that ordinarily no wagon shortage exists and that Pakistan Railways is in a position to supply wagons promptly, except during the peak traffic periods, when there may be some delay in meeting all demands and the wagons are supplied in strict order of entry in the Priority Register.

1312. Publicity should also be given to the existence at stations of Priority Registers which dispatchers are at liberty to inspect in order to satisfy themselves that their demands are given proper consideration.

1313. Inspection of Priority Registers: Divisional Officers, Assistant Officer and all traffic/marketing, Commercial Inspectors should scrutinize the Priority Registers, as frequently as possible, ascertain from the examination of other records that they have been correctly filled up and satisfy themselves of the prompt dispatch of stock from loading stations. Any tendency on the part of Station Masters to keep these Registers in an untidy manner should be promptly checked.

1314. Distribution of wagons for loading consignments: The distribution of wagons for loading consignments should be made according to the order of the serial entries in the Priority Register, and not by distribution in proportion to the quantity offered by each consignor. In cases, however, where a number of entries have been made in the


CHAPTER XIII


13.9

Register for a particular station and the intention is to secure a full vehicle load for that station in the interest of economical working, the loadings may be made out of turn. 1315. Certificate for non-acceptance of goods: When the booking of goods is stopped on account of breaches, shortage of wagons, etc., and it is not possible to accept goods for conveyance, consignors desirous of obtaining certificates of non-acceptance of goods may be given the certificates in form T. 1315.

FORM T. 1315

CERTIFICATE FOR NON-ACCEPTANCE OF GOODS Certified that the consignment detailed below was tendered for dispatch

at……………station/siding on……..………….but could not be accepted for reasons stated below:

Dat

e of

con

sign

men

t not

e

Nam

e of

sen

der

Nam

e of

con

sign

ee

Des

crip

tion

of g

oods

Stat

ion

to

Bri

ef r

easo

ns fo

r th

e re

stri

ctio

n in

boo

king

as

the

resu

lt of

whi

ch g

oods

of

fere

d ca

nnot

be

acce

pted

for

disp

atch

Dur

atio

n of

res

tric

tion

Dat

e on

whi

ch b

ooki

ng is

lik

ely

to b

e re

sum

ed

Rem

arks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Forwarded to…………………….in compliance with his/their verbal/written request,

Vide……….. ………………

Station……………………. …………………… Station Master.

Date…………………20…. ……………………

EXAMINATION OF GOODS

1316. Examination of goods with regard to commodity: Each package in a consignment tendered for dispatch should be carefully examined by the staff responsible, and the actual commodity and private marks should be compared with the description entered in the Consignment Note.


CHAPTER XIII


13.10

1317. Misdeclaration of goods: The misdeclaration of goods by consignors is generally made for the purpose of securing transportation at a cheaper rate than the authorized charge, articles chargeable at a higher rate being described in the Consignment Notes as those chargeable at a lower rate. The station staff should, before accepting the commodity as described in the Consignment Note, check it, as far as possible, by actual examination of the packages of a consignment. 1318. Surprise checks to detect misdeclaration: Surprise checks should be carried out to detect the misdeclaration of goods in the same way as of parcels (paragraph 907). 1319. Examination of packing of goods: The goods tendered for conveyance should also be examined to see that they are properly packed and are not likely to deteriorate or otherwise lose weight or value in transit. Defective packing or condition of goods tendered should be brought to the notice of the consignor, who should be required to repack them, or execute a Risk Note “A”. 1320. All packing conditions imposed from time to time should be observed before the goods are accepted for carriage at “Railway Risk”. The special packing conditions applicable to certain commodities as given in the Goods Tariff should be strictly enforced. If the conditions are not fulfilled, the articles in question should only be accepted for carriage if Risk Note “A” is executed, irrespective of whether Risk Note “B” is taken or not. 1321. When a consignment consisting of fragile articles, such as earthenware vessels, unprotected glass and jars, likely to get damaged in ordinary transit, even though apparently well packed, is booked at ”railway risk”, the package should be carefully examined as to its external condition at the time, it is tendered for dispatch. If it bears any marks of damage, or appears to be insufficiently packed, it should be booked at owner's risk, Risk Note “A” being obtained. The Station staff concerned of the receiving station should refuse to have a case or crate, which appears on arrival to be in outwardly good condition, opened at the request of the consignee, as Pakistan Railways can only be responsible for delivering the case or crate in the same outward condition as it received from the sender.

1321 A. Prepayment of freight: - when a consignment consists of an article against the letter ‘p’ Appears in the General Classification of Goods in Pakistan Railways Goods Tariff Part-II, freight must be prepaid.

1322. Risk Notes: When goods are booked at owner's risk, a separate Risk Note, in one or other of the forms detailed below, should be obtained from the sender or his agent prior to the acceptance of the goods for dispatch. The following forms of Risk Notes have been approved of by the Federal Government under Section 72 of the Railways Act, 1890 and no other form should be used: –


CHAPTER XIII


13.11

Form A. To be used when articles are tendered for carriage, which are either already in bad condition or so defectively packed, as to be liable to damage, leakage or wastage in transit. Form B. To be used when the sender elects to dispatch at a “special reduced” or owner’s risk” rate, articles or animals for which an alternative “ordinary” or “risk acceptance” rate is quoted in the tariff. Form C. To be used when, at sender’s request, open wagons are used for the conveyance of goods liable to damage when so carried, and which, under other circumstances, would be carried in covered wagons. Form D. To be used when the sender elects to dispatch at a “special reduces” or “owner’s risk” rate, dangerous, explosive or combustible articles for which an alternative “ordinary” or “risk acceptance” rate is quoted in the tariff. Form E. To be used when booking elephants of a declared value exceeding Rupees 50,000 per head and horses Rupees 10,000 a head, mules, camels, or horned cattle Rupees 15,000 a head, donkeys, sheep, goats, dogs or other animals Rupees 1,000 a head, without payment of the percentage on value authorized in section 73 of Act IX, 1890, as amended by Government Of Pakistan in 1996.. Form F. To be used when booking horses, mules and ponies tendered for dispatch in horse wagons, instead of in horse-boxes. Form G. To be used as an alternative to Risk Note Form D, in the case of dangerous, explosive or combustible articles, for which an alternative “ordinary” or “risk acceptance” rate is quoted in the tariff, when the sender desires to enter into a general agreement, instead of executing a separate Risk Note for each consignment.

Form X. To be used when the sender elects to dispatch an “excepted” article or articles Specified in the second schedule Railways Act, 1890, whose value exceeds ten thousand rupees, without payment of the percentage on value authorized in section 75 of the Act. Form Y. To be used as an alternative to Risk Note Form X, when the sender elects to enter into a general agreement, for a term not exceeding six months, for the dispatch of “expected” articles specified in the second schedule to the Railways Act, 1890, whose value exceeds ten thousand rupees, without Payment of the percentage on value authorized in Section 75 of that Act, Instead of executing a separate Risk Note for each consignment. Form Z. To be used as an alternative to Risk Note Form B, when the sender desires to enter into a general agreement, instead of executing a separate Risk Note for each consignment.

1323. Risk Note “A”: Station Masters, or Commercial Staff should observe great care in entering on the Consignment Note (T.1303 or T.1304), the Invoice and Railway Receipt (T.1353 or T.1354), the reasons for which this form of Risk Note is executed, e.g. whether for wastage, weak or torn bags, insecure packing etc., and also exact particulars as to defects in packing. Similarly, the number of articles in the consignment for which the Risk Note is taken should be specified on the documents mentioned above.


CHAPTER XIII


13.12

1324. When consignments, for which there are alternative, “Railway Risk” and “owner's risk” rates, are tendered for dispatch in bad condition or defectively packed and liable to damage, leakage or wastage in transit, both Risk Notes “A” and “B” should be taken. 1325. Risk Notes “G”, “Y” and “Z” are standing agreements and are only to be accepted under the sanction of the Divisional Superintendent from regular customers of good standing and should be signed by them and not by their agents. The actual execution of these forms should take place either in the presence of a Traffic/Commercial Inspector or, at large stations, of the senior Station Master / Commercial Superintendent (Goods) who should also sign the Form. One copy of the Forms should be recorded at the station of execution, and one sent to the Divisional Office for record. These Risk Notes should be renewed every six months, preferably on the first day either of the calendar or the financial half-year, to prevent renewals being overlooked. 1326. Execution of Risk Notes: The forms detailed in paragraph 1322 are the only ones available for the express conditions printed on them and one form is not to be altered or modified to suit any other purpose. Should a printed form not be available a manuscript copy in the exact form prescribed should be prepared. The various forms of Risk Notes are given in the Tariff. 1327. The execution of Risk Notes should be effected under the orders of the Station Master, Commercial Superintendent. The date, month and year of execution of the Risk Notes should be written in words and not in figures, no abbreviations being used. 1328. If the person executing Risk Notes “A”, “B”, “C”, “D”, “E”, “F” and “X” is not the sender, he should sign on behalf of the sender. The person who signs the Consignment Note should also sign the Risk Note. 1329. The witnesses to the signature of the sender should, when possible, be independent and known persons, and not employees of Pakistan Railways or of the sender. The Station Master or the Commercial Staff on duty, should, whenever practicable, also sign and witness the Risk Note in addition to the outside witnesses. 1330. All writing and signatures in vernacular on the forms should be translated into English by the Station Master or the Commercial Supervisor (Goods), so that what the sender signs and states may be known and understood by the staff. 1331. Risk Notes should be read over and explained to the consignor or his agent before he signs them, so that he may clearly understand what he is doing. This should be done in the presence of the witnesses who sign the documents.


CHAPTER XIII


13.13

1332. The form and number of Risk Note taken should be entered on the Consignment Note. 1333. Exemption of Risk Notes from stamp duty: Risk Notes are not required to be stamped with the revenue stamps. 1334. Risk Note Register: A manuscript register in form T.1334 should be maintained at all stations. The serial number of the Register should be noted on the Risk Notes and Consignment Notes. At stations, where several loading platforms are provided, separate Registers with different distinguishing letters may be used. Traffic/Commercial Inspectors and Inspectors of Coaching and Goods Accounts, while visiting stations, should see that the Register is properly maintained.

FORM T. 1334

RISK NOTE REGISTER OF…………………………STATION

Serial No. Form of

Risk Note Date of

execution

Name and full address of executant

Name and full address of witnesses

Invoice No., date and station to be filled in, in case of forms B,

D, and X

Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1335. Disposal of Risk Notes: Each Risk Note when executed by or on behalf of a consignor, should be stamped with the station name and gummed (except Forms “G”, “Y” and “Z”) to the back of the Consignment Note in the case of goods traffic and to the back of the station foil of the Way-bill, or Luggage, Horse, Carriage and Dog Ticket in the case of coaching traffic. Risk Notes “G”, “Y” and “Z” should be pasted into a skeleton guard file, kept exclusively for this purpose.

MARKING

1336. Marking of goods: The object of marking of goods is to avoid exchanges, misdispatches and disputes as to the rightful ownership of packages. The importance of marking each package legibly and correctly cannot be too strongly emphasized.

1337. Every package in a consignment should be required to be marked by the sender with his name, destination, initial or private mark for the purpose of identification. Such name, initial or private mark should be shown on the Consignment Note. The marking of goods should also be done by railway staff in addition to consignee’s marks.


CHAPTER XIII


13.14

WEIGHMENT

1338. Weighment of outwards goods: Outwards goods should, when the nature of the consignment permits, be weighed in the presence of the sender or his agent. The particulars of weighment should be entered on the Consignment Note (T. 1303 or T. 1304) in the place for the provided purpose.

1339. When the weight of a consignment has already been declared by senders on the Consignment Note, such declaration should invariably be tested by weighing it. When it is not practicable to weigh (or measure) the whole consignment, the sender’s declaration of weight should be tested by weighing or measuring a portion of the goods, and the fact should be recorded on the Consignment Note and the Railway Receipt. In the case of large consignments of grain, salt, seeds, sugar or other staples in bags, the declared weight may be checked by weighing a proportion of the number of bags of uniform size and averaging their weight. If the bags are not of a uniform size, a proportionate number of the different sizes should be weighed so as to arrive at a fair average. The proportion weighed should not be less than ten percent at stations where the traffic is large and 20 percent at other stations; but Divisional Superintendent concerned Railway should fix any proportion over these minima to be weighed at stations. Small consignments should be weighed in full.

1340. At stations provided with weigh-bridges, the whole of the consignments of one or more wagon loads should be weighed, the tare of the vehicles being checked, if possible, by weighment of each before being loaded. Vehicles should be tared and weighed with loose couplings.

1341. Stations, which cannot check the weight of consignments in full wagon loads, should mark such wagons to be weighed at a convenient weigh-bridge station, en route, which should, as far as possible, be the first weigh-bridge station. A list of stations provided with weigh-bridges should be given by Pakistan Railways in Goods tariff.

1342. Wagons required to be weighed should be labelled to destination, but booked, in the Vehicle Summary, to stop at the first weigh-bridge station en route. Distinctive wagon labels should be used by the booking station on wagons that have to be so weighed. Freight charges should, in such cases, be invoiced by the booking station on the sender's declared weight or on the minimum weight laid down in the tariff, whichever is greater. The following remarks should invariably be made on the connected Invoice and Railway Receipt:–

“Wagon to be weighed at ........ station.” “Charges are subject to alteration on result of weighment.”

All such invoices should be sent by the forwarding station to the weigh-bridge station.

1343. At the weigh-bridge station the wagons should be passed on the weigh-bridge


CHAPTER XIII


13.15

and the result of weighment recorded in the Weighment Register (Form T. 1343). Separate Registers should be maintained for Local and Foreign traffic, and a copy of the entries in the Register for each month should be submitted to the Accounts Office.

FORM T. 1343

WEIGHMENT REGISTER OF……………………STATION FOR…………20……

Packages Vehicle Weight Invoice

Dat

e

No.

Des

crip

tion

Con

tent

s

Mar

ks

Ow

ning

Ry.

Des

crip

tion

No.

Tare

Gro

ss

Net

From

To

No.

Dat

e

Wei

ght

Rem

arks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

1344. The result of weighment should also be recorded by the weigh-bridge station staff on the Wagon Labels (paragraph 1418 and Invoices. The latter should, after being stamped with the name of the weigh-bridge station, be sent forward to the destination station for recovery of the extra charges, if any due.

1345. Stations, which are unable to check the weight of a consignment (other than a full wagon load), owing either to the absence of a weighing machine or to its having gone out of order, should mark each package of the consignment for weighment at destination station. A suitable remark should be given on the Invoice and Railway Receipt thus:

“Weighing machine out of order. Consignment to be weighed at destination.”

The charges should in such cases be invoiced on the sender's declared weight. It will be the duty of the destination station to weigh all such consignments and recover the correct charges before delivery of goods.

1346. Deleted. 1347. Daily test of weigh-bridges and weighing machines: The Station Master should test, daily, the weigh-bridges and weighing machines on coming on duty, and make a note of the test in the Weighment Register (T.1343). If, as a result of the test, it transpires that the weigh-bridge or weighing machine is out of order, its repairs should be arranged for immediately. Meanwhile the Invoices should be endorsed, for weighment, in the manner indicated in paragraphs 1342 and 1345.


CHAPTER XIII


13.16

1348. Surprise checks for detection of under weighments: The surprise checks that should be carried out for the detection of underweighment of goods consignments are the same as laid down for parcels (paragraph 915).

1349. Goods chargeable by measurement: In the case of goods chargeable by measurement the whole consignment should be measured, where practicable. Where this is not possible, at least ten per cent of all packages of uniform size and shape should be measured. In measuring such articles as bodies of carriages, etc., the greatest width, depth and length, to include anything attached, such as foot-steps, splash-boards, axles, etc., should be taken.

INVOICING.

1350. As stated in paragraph 216 the authority for charging rates is the tariff in force for the time being. Detailed instructions as to the method of ascertaining rates are given in Goods Tariff.

1351. Rate Registers: In order to facilitate the quick and correct levy of freight charges, Station Masters and Commercial Supervisor (Goods) should, with the help of the distance and calculated rate tables mentioned in paragraph 204, prepare Rate Registers, unless such registers are supplied by the Chief Commercial Manager showing under each class the calculated rates per tonne for each station to which traffic is generally booked. These Registers should be kept up to date by carrying out the corrections necessitated by the changes enforced from time to time. 1352. Form of Invoice and Railway Receipt: After the goods have been carefully checked, counted, weighed and examined as to condition, and the freight has been calculated and entered in the Consignment Note in the manner indicated in previous paragraph, Invoices (Form T.1353 for Local traffic and T.1354 for Foreign traffic, as the case may be) should be prepared. These forms are machine-numbered and combined the Invoice with the Railway Receipt. The combined forms contain the following particulars, viz., the machine number of the Invoice, the progressive (manuscript) number and date of the Invoice, the number of the Consignment Note, the station from and to which forwarded, the number, owning railway, description and carrying capacity of the wagon in which the goods are carried, the names and addresses of the consignor and the consignee, the number and the description of the articles conveyed, as well as any marks on them, their class, actual measurement or weight, the weight charged and the rate; the total amount of freight 'Paid’ or 'To-pay' as the case may be; the amount of under or overcharge which may have occurred, and the number of any Credit Note by which the freight may have been paid. 1353. Local Invoice: Goods offered for dispatch in Local traffic should be booked on form T. 1353. This form is in four foils, one each marked ’Original’, ‘Invoice’, ‘Receipt’ and ‘Record’. The forms should be bound in books and separately for ‘to-pay’ and ‘paid’


CHAPTER XIII


13.17

Traffic. All the foils should be written up in one operation by means of carbon paper.

FORM T. 1353 P.R.

LOCAL INVOICE Machine Number………...

Invoice No.—————————————Dated————————————————

Station from Station to *Direction

Forwarding-note No.————————at———————————risk, Risk Note form———————————————————————————held Sender’s name———————————————— To whom consigned (name)———————————Code Nos. Address—————————————————————————————————————— Wagon No.——————————————Owning railway—————————————————Description————————————————— Carrying Capacity (tonnes)——————————————————Diagram No. FREIGHT/TO-PAY.

Measurement

Actual weight

Weight charged

Freight P.R

Cartage Total

amount Paid

Under-charge

Over-charge

No.

of a

rtic

les

Des

crip

tion

Com

mod

ity C

ode

No.

Mar

ks

Cla

ss

Cub

ic

deci

met

re.

Tonn

es/K

gs.

Tonn

es/K

gs.

Rat

e. Rs.

Rs.

Rs.

Rs.

Rs.

Acc

ount

Cod

e

Cre

dit-n

ote

No.

Total

N.B.——The totals of each invoice should carefully added up. The receiving station should check all the charges and will be held responsible for undercharges whether on “Paid” or “To-pay” consignments, except in the following cases, which will be debited to the forwarding station:——(1) under-charges on perishable goods and live-stock; (2) undercharges up to one rupee in freight prepaid by credit note and (3) increase percentage charges. Receiving stations are, however, responsible for reporting undercharges in these cases to the Accounts office and forwarding station, failing which, they will be responsible for the undercharges declared irrecoverable by the forwarding station. All local invoices are to be forwarded by the train by which they will soonest reach their destination, and they should be taken to account immediately on receipt, whether the goods have arrived or not. Instructions for consignors may be given on reverse of “Receipt” foil. *Note.——The direction and code numbers are not to be filled in by the stations. The original to be dispatched to the Accounts Office.

—————————————————— Station Master.


CHAPTER XIII


13.18

1354. Foreign Invoice: Goods offered for dispatch in foreign traffic should be booked on form T. 1354. This form is in six foils, one each for 'Record', 'Receipt’, ‘Border Station’ 'Original for Accounts', 'Junction Invoice' and ‘through invoice’. The foils should all be written up in one operation by means of carbon paper. These forms should be bound in books.

FORM T.1354 FOREIGN INVOICE

PAKISTAN-INDIA——PAID/TO-PAY INVOICE.

PAKISTAN RAILWAYS

Card code.

Chargeable distance

Handled by Wagon owner

and No. No. of wagon.

Forwarding note No.

Invoice No.

Paid/To-pay. Zone Originating

gauge. Type. CC/Area. Tare. Risk Rate. Date. No.

No. of Railways

Code. From. Charges via. T/S at Sender’s Name and Address.

To Carriage Sent by Train No. and date

Consignee’s Name and Address

Actual weight.

Charged weight.

No.

and

Des

crip

tion.

Mar

ks.

Mea

sure

men

t.

Qtl.

/

Kgs

./

Qtl.

/

Kgs

./ Cla

ss.

Rate per Qtl. and

total freight of the

booking country.

Oth

er c

harg

es

Tota

l fre

ight

Rate per Qtl. and total freight “To-

pay” in the receiving country. O

ther

cha

rges

.

Tota

l fre

ight

.

Ove

rcha

rges

.

Und

erch

arge

s.

Am

ount

(RLY

)

Acc

ount

Cod

e

Rem

arks

.

Defective condition of packing consignment—— NOTE——(1) The totals of each invoice must be carefully added up. NOTE——(2) Risk-notes executed at the forwarding station in Pakistan or owner’s risk condition on

carriage accepted by an entry in the forwarding note at a station in India shall be binding shall be binding on the consignor and consignee.

Station Master.

(Station Stamp.) 1355. Custody of Invoice books: Station Masters or Commercial Supervisor (Goods) will be held personally responsible for the safe custody of blank Railway Receipt forms (T.1353 and T.1354) and Freight Receipt Books (T.1369). The procedure in regard to their entry in the Stock Book (T.315) and the counting of numbers of forms and record of certificate will be as laid down in paragraphs 314 and 315.


CHAPTER XIII


13.19

1356. The procedure for the issue of blank Invoice books to Commercial Assistant (Goods) and for their return and custody when completed is as laid down for Way-bill books (paragraph 903). 1357. Preparation of Invoices: Invoices (T.1353 and T.1354) should be posted from the Consignment Notes on which the number and date of the Invoice issued should be recorded. The names of forwarding and receiving stations should be respectively stamped and written in full in block letters. Any private marks that may be on consignment may be entered in the receipt. No correction should be made on Railway Receipt after despatch of the invoices to the destination station and Accounts Office. 1358. The reference to ‘Wagon No.’, in which the goods are loaded, should be given in the Invoice foils and in the Consignment Note from the Tally Book (T.1410). 1359. The entries in the Invoices should be written plainly and legibly, and all flourishes, particularly in the figures, avoided. It is of the greatest importance that the Invoices are correctly made out and totalled, and the totals rechecked, as errors originating in them are liable to run through the accounts, the Invoice being the first document or basis from which the returns of goods traffic are compiled. 1360. Where the loading and unloading is required to be performed by the consignor and the consignee, respectively, a note to this effect should be entered on the Invoice by the forwarding station. 1361. The form and number of the Risk Note held in the case of ‘owner’s risk’ or the words ‘Railway’s risk’ should be entered on all Invoices.

1362. Different commodities should be shown separately on Invoices, even though they belong to the same class, and there should not be more than one Invoice for each consignment. The number of packages of each description and commodity should be quoted both in figures and in words on Invoices, except in the case of commodities which, by their very nature, cannot be counted. 1363. For statistical purposes, separate Invoices should be used for the following three descriptions of goods traffic:

(a) Ordinary merchandise for the public.

(b) Military Stores which include all stores, etc., dispatched by or consigned to the Defence Department, the freight of which has been paid or is payable by Government.

(c) Coal for the public.


CHAPTER XIII


13.20

1364. Numbering of Invoices: Goods Invoices should be numbered by the station staff in manuscript in one consecutive series, irrespective of the description of traffic, for each station booked ‘to,’ commencing with number 1 on the 1st July and on the 1st January in each year. 1365. The use of separate progressive numbers for the Invoices to each station enables the Station Masters of destination stations to ascertain whether any Invoices are missing. When it is discovered at a destination station that an Invoice, Local or Foreign, is missing, the Station Master should, not later than the following day, apply by letter to the forwarding station for the original Invoice or a copy, and take it to account on receipt. If the number has been skipped in issue, the forwarding station should intimate the mistake in numbering by letter to the destination station, which should make a suitable remark in its Inwards Abstract (T. 1821 or T. 1825) and send the letter, acknowledging the error, to the Accounts Office, attached to the Abstract. 1366. Index of Invoice Numbers: In order to ascertain the number of the last Invoice issued to a station, for the purpose of the manuscript numbering of Invoices, an Index in form T.1366 should be maintained in each Goods Office.

FORM T. 1366

INDEX TO INVOICES ISSUED FROM…………………………DURING THE HALF YEAR ENDING…………………….20…..

Name of station to Invoice numbers and dates of issue

Lahore Cantt .. ..1

4/10 2

6/10 3

7/10 4

11/10 5

31/10

Faisalabad .. ..1

1/10 2

8/10 3

19/10 4

21/10

Karachi Bandar .. ..1

1/10 2

3/10 3

5/10

Kiamari .. ..1

1/10 2

8/10 3

15/10

1367. Grant of Receipt foil of Invoice to Consignors: (i) As soon as Form T.1353 or T.1354 is prepared in accordance with the instructions in paragraphs 1357 to 1366, the Receipt foil of the Invoice should be given to the sender, who will forward it to the consignee to enable the latter to obtain delivery of the goods at the station to which they are consigned. When goods are 'prepaid', the Station Master or Commercial Supervisor (Goods) who actually receives the amount and signs the Receipt should put his initials against the “paid” entries in the Consignment Note and enter the amount received in the Goods Cash Book (T.1805). Any servant of Pakistan Railways who


CHAPTER XIII


13.21

receives money on account of the railway and who omits to enter it immediately in the Cash Book or other prescribed record or who collects irregular charges from the public with intent to defraud, is liable to be prosecuted.

(ii) Railway Receipt must not be granted till goods tendered for despatch have been correctly weighed, checked in the case of small and weighed, correctly loaded and checked in the case of full load consignment.

(iii) When it is not possible to load goods as soon as received owing to vehicle being not available, railway receipts should not be granted until the consignments have been correctly loaded.

1368. Railway Receipts (i.e., Receipt foils of Invoices) should not be granted till goods tendered for dispatch have been correctly examined and weighed. When senders load their consignments, the Railway Receipts should not be given until the loading has been completed to the satisfaction of Pakistan Railways.

1369. Receipt for money paid: As a rule, no bill or receipt should be granted for payment of freight beyond the Receipt foil of the Invoice granted to the consignor. It may, however, happen that, in special cases, particulars of charges may be asked for. These should, in every case, be given in Freight Receipt, Form T.1369. These forms should be machine-numbered and printed and supplied in bound books in sets of two foils to be written by carbon process. One of the foils should be made over to the person paying the freight charges as an acknowledgment of the amount collected, the other being retained as station record.

FORM T.1369 FREIGHT RECEIPT

P.R.

—————————————————Station. No.——————————— Date———————————20 . Received on————————————————————20 . From——————————————————————————————————— Rs. (in words)——————————————————— (Rs.——————————————————————) as per particulars noted below:

Signature of Staff (in full)—————————————————————————————

Invoice.

P.W. Bill. Description

of goods No Date

Station from or

to

Weight

Rate Freight charges

Demurrage or wharfage

Total Account

Code

Tonnes/Kgs

Rs. Rs. Rs.


CHAPTER XIII


13.22

N.B.——This receipt for charges paid will be given, if required, at the time of payment. Complaints of other irregularities should be addressed to the Divisional Superintendent concerned.

1370. Submission of 'Invoice' foils to destination stations and ‘Junction Invoice' foils to Junctions: 'Invoice’ should, without delay, be forwarded in special covers by the train by which they will soonest reach the destination station. These foils should never be kept back for dispatch in batches.

1371. In the case of 'through' traffic, 'Junction Invoices’ should be forwarded in special covers by the train by which they will soonest reach the first Junction and, after being copied into the Junction Books, should be dispatched to the next Junction, or to destination, as the case may be.

1372. In the case of consignments which have to be transhipped, the numbers of the wagons into which the consignment is transhipped should be entered by the transhipping Junction in the ‘Junction Invoice’, which should accompany the goods to destination. 1373. In cases in which a portion only of a consignment has been received at a station, such portion should not be detained for the full consignment to arrive when the destination can be ascertain from the wagon-label, code marks, guidance, etc. A “memo invoice“ showing the weight and all available information should, in such cases be made out and accompany the goods forward. The ‘Junction Invoice’ should follow with the balance of the consignment. 1374. ‘Junction Invoices’ should be stamped, at each Junction through which they pass, with the 'Junction' stamp showing the date of receipt. The stamp should be impressed on the back of the Invoice. 1375. When “through” goods reach a junction before the Junction Invoice, the latter should at once be informed from the forwarding station or from the last Junction, as the case may be. On receipt, the Invoice should be dealt with as in paragraphs 1371 and 1372, but in such cases the goods should not be detained when the destination can be ascertained from the wagon label, code marks, guidance, etc. A “memo invoice” showing the weight and all available information should, in such cases, be made out and accompany the goods to their destination. 1376. When there are two or more available routes to destination for goods which reach a Junction before the 'Junction Invoice', and the route is not shown on the card label or other document, the Junction Station Master should informed the forwarding and destination stations for the necessary information. If a reply is not received from either station within 48 hours, the goods should be dispatched to destination by the shortest route, the matter being reported to the Accounts Office/Revenue.


CHAPTER XIII


13.23

1377. “Through” goods forwarded by other than the invoiced route: When Through goods, for which there are two or more available routes, are forwarded by mistake, at the request of sender due to breach of line, etc., by other than the booked route, without change of destination, the Junction Station Master receiving the goods should forward them to destination without delay, and should report the facts of the case to the Accounts Office/Revenue. 1378. In the event of a misdispatch being discovered at a Junction or station situated at some distance on the incorrect route, the goods should be forwarded thence by the shortest route to destination, whether it be the invoiced route or not and advices sent as in para. 1377; provided that live-stock and Perishables and other traffic requiring quick transit may be sent to the correct destination by the quickest route. In all cases of misdispatch, the destination station should account for the Invoice as originally issued. 1379. Copies of Invoices and Parcels Way-bills: When stations are requested by the Audit or Accounts Officer for copies of Invoices or Parcels Way-bills, the documents should be supplied by the first train. The copies should be certified as “true copies” by the person furnishing them. The Audit or Accounts Officers are authorized to call on stations direct, for any information necessary for any explanation as to any difference between entries on Invoices or Way-bills and Forwarded Abstracts. Station Masters should reply promptly to such calls. 1380. Alteration of entries in station books and records: No erasure of any kind should be made in any figures or entries in Consignment Notes, Invoices, Railway Receipts, and other Station Books. When a mistake in number, weight, quantity or description has been made and a correction is necessary, such correction should be made by passing the pen or pencil lightly through the incorrect entry, and writing the correct entry underneath. In the case of documents written by carbon process, the correction should be made before the carbon paper and the foils are removed. Whoever makes the correction should initial it. When the error has been made in Consignment a Note, or in any document or entry signed by the consignor, the latter should be required to initial the corrected entry.

MISCELLANEOUS

1381. Goods booking stations: Goods should only be booked from or to stations open for goods traffic. The alphabetical list of railway stations mentioned in paragraph 204 shows against each station whether it is open for goods traffic. However personal effects of railway staff sent free on transfer may be booked from or to a station which is not open for booking of goods traffic.


CHAPTER XIII


13.24

1382. Booking of contraband and offensive goods: There are special rules for the booking and conveyance of (a) arms, ammunition and intoxicating drugs and (b) articles declared as “offensive goods” under the Railways Act, 1890. These rules are published by Pakistan Railways Administration in Pakistan Railways tariffs or other special pamphlets. The staff entrusted with the booking of goods should carefully study and act up to them. 1383. Intoxicating drugs should not be accepted for conveyance by rail unless covered by a pass or permit granted by the Excise Department. The pass or permit, after being examined by the station staff at the forwarding station, should be recorded on the invoice Railway Receipt with full particulars as to its number, date and authority issuing the permit with quantity of goods permitted to be booked. 1384. Booking of “excepted” articles: The rules given in Chapter X regarding booking and examination of parcels containing “excepted” articles and the execution of Risk Notes are equally applicable to such consignments tendered for conveyance by goods trains. 1385. Booking of live-stock: Live-stock both public and military, to be conveyed by goods trains, in vehicles other than horse-boxes, should be booked on Invoices. The rules in Chapter VIII regarding increased percentage charges of animals, execution of Risk Notes and prevention of cruelty to animals apply also to live-stock booked by goods trains. 1386. Deleted. 1387. Deleted.

CHAPTER XIV

20 October, 2011

PAKISTAN RAILWAYS




CHAPTER XIV

LOADING OF GOODS

28

CONTENTS


WAGON AND TRAIN LOADS 14.1 1401

“TURN ROUND” OF STOCK

14.1

1402 — 1406 (1403 — 1405 Deleted)

LOADING OF WAGONS 14.1 — 14.2 1407 — 1408

PLACING WAGONS IN POSITION FOR LOADING 14.2 1409

TALLY BOOK OF OUTWARDS GOODS 14.2 1410 — 1411

LOADING OR UNLOADING GOODS IN ASSISTED SIDINGS 14.3 1412 — 1413

LOADING OR UNLOADING GOODS BY MEANS OF CRANES 14.3 1414 — 1415

SUMMARIES OF CONSIGNMENTS LOADED IN WAGONS 14.4 1416 — 1417

WAGON LABELS

14.4 — 14.5

1418 — 1421 (1422 Deleted)

RIVETING OF WAGONS 14.5 1423

SEALING OF WAGONS 14.5 — 14.6 1424 — 1426

SEAL EXAMINATION REGISTER 14.6 1427

ARRANGEMENTS FOR LOADING AND UNLOADING OF GOODS

14.6 — 14.7

1428 — 1429 (1430 Deleted)

HANDLING BILLS

14.7 — 14.8

1431 — 1432 (1433 Deleted)

GOODS TRANSFERRED FROM ONE WAGON TO ANOTHER 14.8 1434


CHAPTER XIV

LOADING OF GOODS

14.1

1401. Wagon and train loads: The arrangements for working goods traffic should be so organized as to obtain the best possible results in terms of wagon loads, train loads, and to ensure a quick turn round of stock. The unit of railway transport is a wagon. In order to attain the maximum output and efficiency from a transport system each wagon should be given as full a load as possible. The utilization of wagons for the purpose of conveying less than the full economical load means a loss of carrying capacity on the railway and consequently loss of output. Station Masters and other traffic staff should use their influence with traders to offer consignments for conveyance in full wagon loads, and exercise the closest supervision over the loading of wagons, especially at terminal, repacking, and transhipment points, to see that there is no waste of wagons, and that the floor space is utilized to the best extent. The arrangements for attaching and detaching wagons to and from trains should be made in such a way that the train may have, as nearly as practicable, a maximum load throughout the run. 1402. “Turn round” of stock: The period between the time when vehicles pick up a load and the time when, having made a trip, they are ready to pick up another load, is the turn-round. The quicker the turn-round, the fewer the vehicles required. On completion of safe and quick transit of loaded wagons by the Operating Department, it is up to the traffic or commercial staff to arrange for the quick unloading of wagons and their prompt release. This should be done by exercising a close supervision over the loading and unloading operations through the Wagon Transfer Register (T.1507).

1403. Deleted.

1404. Deleted.

1405. Deleted.

1406. Station Masters and Commercial Supervisors (Goods) are held personally responsible for a strict supervision of the transhipment sheds in their charge, this work being among the most important of their duties.

1407. Loading of wagons: Before commencing to load goods into wagons, care should be taken to select vehicles:

(i) which do not leak;

(ii) which are clean and in good condition and are not labelled "damaged"; and

(iii) which are the most suitable for the traffic to be loaded, both as regards size and carrying capacity.

(iv)If they are marked ‘”N.P” loading instructions are not being violated.


CHAPTER XIV

LOADING OF GOODS

14.2

1408. In loading goods into wagons, care should be taken to avoid all possible chances of their being damaged during transit and leaving room for claims based on defective and careless loading.

1409. Placing wagons in position for loading: The rules laid down in paragraphs 1507 to 1509 for the "unloading" of wagons should also be followed in recording the date and time of placing wagons in position for loading and for their return, when loaded.

1410. Tally Book of outwards goods: In loading, goods should be carefully tallied into wagons, and details of the number of packages and consignments, put into each wagon, should be entered in the Tally Book form T. 1410, an important station record supplied to each loading staff. The easiest way of doing this is for the loading staff to stand at the door of the wagon and record in his Tally Book, in ink, each article that is passed into the wagon. It is very important that the entries in the Tally Books are written at the time the packages are loaded and not copied from rough note books. The pages of each Tally Book should be machine-numbered and it should be seen by the loading staff concerned that all the pages are correctly and serially numbered.

FORM T.1410 TALLY BOOK (FOR LOADING)

P.R. ——————————————————————Station.

Wagon Packages Invoice

Dat

e

Ow

ner

No.

Stat

ion

No.

Des

crip

tion

Mar

ks

Wei

ght

Tally

of c

onte

nts

Con

ditio

n

Sign

atur

e of

Com

mer

cial

A

ssis

tant

No.

Dat

e

Rem

arks

Tonnes. Kgs

1411. The Tally Book is the initial record of the actual loading of consignments in wagons and is referred to when responsibility has to be fixed in the event of any package going astray at transhipping points or at destinations. Each Tally Book issued to a loading staff should be entered in a manuscript Register to be maintained in form T. 1411 and numbered with reference to its entry in the Register. When a blank Book (T. 1410) is supplied, the loading staff signature should be obtained in the Register under


CHAPTER XIV

LOADING OF GOODS

14.3

the column provided for the purpose. When the Book is finished, it should be returned by the loading staff to the Station Master or Commercial Superintendent (Goods) who will enter the date of return in the Register under his initials and at the same time satisfy himself that all the leaves of the Book are intact.

FORM T. 1411

REGISTER OF TALLY BOOKS ISSUED AT…………………………STATION

Serial No.

Date of issue Signature of loading

Commercial Assistant Date of return

File No. Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6

1412. Loading or unloading goods in assisted sidings: Goods should not be loaded or unloaded in assisted sidings by the station staff unless there exists special authority for this being done.

1413. Where a Commercial Staff (Goods) is posted in an assisted siding and his wages are paid for by the owner thereof, the loading of goods will be supervised and tallied by a Commercial Staff (Goods), and Railway Receipts for the specific number of packages loaded will be granted. Where no Commercial Staff (Goods) is posted, the consignments loaded in an assisted siding will be booked at the station in the same way as any other consignment, but, owing to the difficulty of making an accurate check of an already loaded wagon, a "said to contain" Receipt only may be granted in all those cases in which such a check has not been exercised.

1414. Loading or unloading goods by means of cranes: When cranes are used for loading or unloading heavy articles, required under tariff conditions to be loaded or unloaded by owners, the charges laid down in the tariff should be recovered from the consignors or consignees as the case may be. These charges should be accounted for by the issue of a Miscellaneous Cash Note (T. 1140). Full details as to the type of the crane used (whether fixed or travelling crane), its lifting capacity, the time at which it is placed at the disposal of the party requiring it and at which it is released, should be furnished to the Accounts Office. If the crane is called for from another station, the name of such station and the distance should also be communicated.

1415. When dispatching consignments which are so heavy or bulky as to need the use of a crane for unloading, the sending station should advise the receiving station that a crane of such specific lifting capacity will be required, so that the latter may be in a position to arrange to have a crane to unload the consignment without delay. An endorsement regarding requirement of a crane at destination station shall also be made on the ‘Railway Receipt’ and ‘Invoice’.


CHAPTER XIV

LOADING OF GOODS

14.4

1416. Summaries of consignments loaded in wagon: After the goods have been loaded in wagons in the manner indicated in the previous paragraphs, a Summary of Consignments loaded in each wagon should be prepared on Form T. 1416 in carbon-triplicate. One copy should be placed in the wagon, the second sent to destination station (or to tranship station) and the third retained at the booking station for record.

FORM T. 1416

SUMMARY OF CONSIGNMENTS LOADED AT STATION AT…………….STATION By No…………Up/Down…………..Goods/Mixed Train of……………20….

From……………….......................To…….………………………. Wagon No……….Description…………..Owning railway…...………..

Carrying capacity……………….

Packages Station Invoice Received

No.

Des

crip

tion

Mar

ks

Weight

From

To

V

ia

No.

Dat

e

At w

hat

stat

ion

Nam

e in

full

Tally

of c

onte

nts Remarks as to condition, etc.

All remarks in this column to be legibly signed by the

persons who make them and counter signed by the guard, or by the person who hands

over the consignments 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Tonne Received by————————————————Guard of No………..Up/Down Train of……………20... (Guard’s Signature)

Guard-in-Charge………From…../….To………Date received for repacking………..20... Guard-in-Charge…………...From……………..To…………….

1417. The Summaries (T. 1416) should also be prepared by the starting station for ‘smalls’ carried in Collecting or Distributing Road Vans (wagons from booking stations to transhipment stations or from the latter to destination stations). A separate Summary should be prepared in duplicate for each such van placed on the train, one copy being retained for record and the other handed over to the Guard for destination station. 1418. Wagon Labels: Wagons should be labelled with Wagon Labels Form T. 1418. All details required by the Form should be filled in legibly in indelible ink or in blue pencil. Station names should be entered in block letters. When a consignment is booked via more than one Junction, all the Junction stations through which the consignment has to pass, should be clearly specified on the Label.


CHAPTER XIV

LOADING OF GOODS

14.5

FORM T. 1418 WAGON LABEL

P.R.

(Obverse) (Reverse) INWARDS. OUTWARDS. ———————— ——————————

No.—————————— Ry.——————————— Date——————————— Consignee—————————————————————————————

Train No.—————————————— Time———————————— Loaded or empty—————————————————————————

From—————————————————————————————————————— From——————————————————————————————————— To———————————————————————————————————————— To————————————————————————————————————— Route—————————————————————————————————————— ——————————————————————————————————————— Loaded or Empty [L/E] Remarks.——————————————————————————————— Train No.—————————————Date—————————————————

Time——————————————— ———————————————————

1419. The tare weight and the load in tonnes, as well as total tonnage, should be carefully recorded on each Label.

1420. The name of consignee should be given in full to admit of the notice of arrival of goods being served by destination stations without delay to consignees. 1421. In Through booking with foreign railways, every loaded covered wagon should have two additional labels placed on either side of the wagon in the brackets provided for the purpose. These labels will be in addition to and the entries on them identical with those on the Wagon Labels (T. 1418). 1422. Deleted. 1423. Riveting of wagons: Wagons should be riveted under the supervision of the staff responsible immediately after loading. If a wagon is not riveted for some reason or other, the reasons should be noted in the Tally Book (T.1410) and the Wagon Label (T. 1418). Wagon containing mineral, charcoal/coal, Firewood, grass, full pressed cotton, bone-meal, live stock, offensive, explosive and explosive goods should not be riveted. 1424. Sealing of wagons: The sealing of wagons should be done by the staff responsible in such a way that it is not possible for any person to get at the goods without breaking


CHAPTER XIV

LOADING OF GOODS

14.6

the seals. The Wagon Label (T. 1418) should be used as a seal-label. 1425. The station seal should remain in the custody of the Station Master or Commercial Superintendent (Goods) and only the persons authorized to seal wagons should be allowed to have access to it. 1426. Wagons containing dangerous goods and explosives should not be sealed with wax as this would necessitate the use of a lamp or naked light near the wagons. Special lead-seals with wire shackles supplied by Pakistan Railways Administration to all stations booking these goods should be used for the purpose.

1427. Seal Examination Register: Guards when taking over trains at starting stations and when attaching wagons at intermediate stations should carefully examine the wagon seals and rivets and note the result in a Seal Examination Register (Form T. 1427) maintained at stations. Detailed rules defining the responsibility of the various members of the staff in this matter and the action to be taken when defective seals or rivets are noticed will be laid down by Pakistan Railways Administration.

FORM T.1427

REGISTER OF SHOWING RESULT OF EXAMINATION OF WAGON SEALS AND RIVETS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Time Particulars of wagons with

defective seals and rivets, if any Signatures of staff

concerned

Mon

th a

nd d

ate

Num

ber

of tr

ain

Arr

ival

Dep

artu

re

Load

of t

rain

Number with

owning railway

Station from

Station to

Nat

ure

of d

efec

t not

iced

Gua

rd o

r tra

in

Com

mer

cial

Ass

ista

nt

hand

ling

over

Gua

rd o

r tra

in

Com

mer

cial

Ass

ista

nt

taki

ng o

ver

Rai

lway

Pol

ice

Offi

cial

, if a

ny

Rem

arks

1428. Arrangements for loading and unloading of goods: The loading and unloading of goods are, under present arrangements, performed by one or other of the following agencies:

(1) By the consignors or consignees themselves. (2) By duly authorized contractors. (3) By the Station Masters through local private labour.


CHAPTER XIV

LOADING OF GOODS

14.7

1429. The conditions under which goods are loaded or unloaded by Pakistan Railways are published in the tariffs. 1430. Deleted. 1431. Handling Bills: When either the Station Master or contractor performs the loading or unloading services on behalf of Pakistan Railways, they should prepare Handling Bills in Form No. T. 1431.

FORM T. 1431 BILLS FOR GOODS HANDLED BY CONTRACTORS AT……………STATION FOR THE

MONTH OF……………….. 20…. (Obverse)

Description of traffic Outwards Inwards 1 2 3 Tonne Tonne

(i) Local/Foreign Goods Traffic as per Outwards and Inwards General Summaries.

Less not lifted goods as per particulars below .. Net weight payable for Local/Foreign Goods Traffic ..

(ii) Net weight payable for Foreign Goods Traffic brought forward from the Statement of Foreign traffic.

Grand Total .. .. STATEMENT OF OUTWARDS AND INWARDS GOODS NOT LIFTED

BY CONTRACTORS

Invoice Outwards Inwards

Date No. Station from or to

Weight Weight Remarks

Tonne Tonne


CHAPTER XIV

LOADING OF GOODS

14.8

(Reverse)

Description of traffic Net weight payable as per particulars overleaf

Rate Total

amount Accounts

code Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6 (i) Outwards .. (ii) Inwards ..

Tonne Rupees Rupees

Amount payable (in words). *I,…………………hereby certify that the whole amount as per details above is due to………………………………….. Station………………….....

……………….… Dated…………………. 20…. Signature. *Name to be written here legibly and in full. 1432. These Bills should be prepared from the Summaries of Goods Outwards and Inwards (T.1826 or T.1827). Consignments handled by consignors and consignees should be entered on the Form in the space provided for ‘goods not lifted by contractors’. 1433. Deleted. 1434. Goods transferred from one wagon to another: When goods are transferred from one wagon into another from any exceptional cause, such as cutting off a wagon for repairs, the Station Master of the station at which the wagon is detached will, if the transhipment is performed by contract, give at the time a special voucher to the contractor. He will also promptly advise the station, to which the goods are booked, of the number, description and capacity of the wagon, from and into which transhipped. The station so advised will note the particulars in the Invoice and in the Goods Inwards and Delivery Book (T.1809).

CHAPTER XV

20 October, 2011

PAKISTAN RAILWAYS




CHAPTER XV

UNLOADING AND DELIVERY OF GOODS

29

CONTENTS


OPERATIONS CONNECTED WITH UNLOADING AND DELIVERY OF GOODS 15.1 1501

EXAMINATION OF SEALS, LABELS, ETC. 15.1 1502 — 1503

REMOVAL OF RIVETS, SEALS AND LABELS 15.1 1504 — 1505

PRESERVATION OF SEALS AND LABELS 15.1 1506

WAGON TRANSFER REGISTER 15.1 — 15.2 1507 — 1509

UNLOADING TALLY BOOK 15.2 — 15.3 1510 — 1511 EXAMINATION OF PACKAGES AT THE TIME OF UNLOADING 15.3 1512 PACKAGES FOUND MISSING FROM WAGONS WITH SEALS INTACT 15.3 1513 — 1514

DAMAGES OR DEFICIENCIES 15.4 1515

PACKAGES FOUND IN EXCESS 15.4 1516

NOTICE OF ARRIVAL OF GOODS 15.5 1517 — 1520

REWEIGHMENT OF GOODS AT RECEIVING STATIONS 15.6 1521 — 1522 DISCREPANCIES FOUND ON REWEIGHMENT OF GOODS 15.6 1523 — 1527

INVOICES OR LABELS ENDORSED FOR WEIGHMENT 15.7 1528 — 1529

RECEIPT OF INWARDS INVOICES 15.7 1530 — 1531 EXAMINATION BY DESTINATION STATIONS OF CONTENTS OF CONSIGNMENTS 15.7 1532

CHECK OF INWARDS INVOICES 15.7 — 15.8 1533 — 1534


CHAPTER XV


30

CONTENTS


RESPONSIBILITY FOR UNDERCHARGES

15.8

1535 — 1539 (1537 — 1538 Deleted)

ACCOUNTAL OF INWARDS INVOICES 15.9 1540 ACCOUNTAL OF UNDER AND OVERCHARGES ON GOODS 15.9 — 15.10 1541 — 1542 POSTING OF PARTICULARS OF INWARDS CONSIGNMENTS IN GOODS INWARDS BOOK 15.10 1543 PAYMENT OF RAILWAY DUES BEFORE DELIVERY OF GOODS 15.10 1544 DELIVERY OF GOODS ON PRODUCTION OF RAILWAY RECEIPT 15.10 1545 — 1546

INDEMNITY BOND 15.11 1547 — 1549 DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN RAILWAY RECEIPTS AND INVOICES 15.11 — 15.12 1550 — 1551

PROCEDURE WHEN THE INVOICE IS NOT TO HAND 15.12 1552 — 1554

SIGNATURES OF PERSON RECEIVING GOODS 15.13 1555 DEFECTIVE CONDITION OF CONSIGNMENTS DELIVERED 15.13 1556

OPEN DELIVERY OF GOODS 15.13 1557

ASSESSMENT OF DAMAGED GOODS 15.15 1557A — 1557C

STOPPAGE OF DELIVERY OF GOODS 15.17 1558 — 1559

DELIVERY OF PART CONSIGNMENTS 15.17 — 15.18 1560 — 1563

GATE PASSES 15.18 — 15.19 1564 — 1565


CHAPTER XV


31

CONTENTS


NUMBERING AND FILING OF RAILWAY RECEIPTS 15.19 1566

WHARFAGE AND DEMURRAGE CHARGES 15.19 1567 — 1568

RECTIFICATION OF ERRORS IN INVOICES 15.19 — 15.21 1569 — 1578

REBOOKING OF GOODS 15.21 — 15.22 1579 — 1580 RE-INVOICING GOODS REBOOKED TO ANOTHER STATION

15.22

1581 — 1587 (1582, 1585 Deleted)

INVOICING OF GOODS OVERCARRIED 15.22 1588 (1589 Deleted)


CHAPTER XV


15.1

1501. The operations involved in the unloading and delivery of inwards goods are:

(1) Examination of seals, labels, rivets and locks of inwards loaded vehicles; (2) Unloading and tally of the contents of such vehicles; (3) Reweighment of the goods received; (4) the receipt, check and accountal of the inwards Invoices; and (5) Delivery of the goods received,

EXAMINATION OF SEALS, LABELS, ETC.

1502. The seals, labels, rivets, and locks of inwards loaded vehicles should be carefully examined (in the presence of Pakistan Railways Police Staff, (where possible) or by the station staff taking over such vehicles from a train. If there is any doubt as to the condition of seals, etc., the contents of the vehicles should be examined at once. 1503. The Wagon Labels should be compared with the Invoices, if received. When the destination station finds that the route on the Wagon Label does not agree with the route on the Invoice, the circumstances should be reported to the Chief Commercial Manager, Divisional Superintendent and to the Accounts Office. A similar report should be made if there is any discrepancy between the weight shown on the Wagon Label and that entered on the Invoice.

1504. Removal of rivets, seals and Labels: Seals and Labels, etc., should be removed only by the staff detailed for unloading vehicles and rivets should be cut in their presence.

1505. In removing seals, care should be taken to leave them intact for being examined in the event of shortage. 1506. Preservation of seals and Labels: Seals and Labels should be carefully preserved for six months and then destroyed, but in the case of shortage from wagons or any dispute or claim, they should be submitted with the Missing Goods Return (T. 1734).

UNLOADING AND TALLY

1507. Wagon Transfer Register: Inwards loaded vehicles should, as soon as possible after receipt, be placed in position for unloading. The date and time at which the vehicles are placed in position for unloading, as also the date and time at which they are returned duly unloaded, should be recorded in the Wagon Transfer Register (Form T. 1507). These forms should be machine-numbered, issued and filed in the same way as Tally Books (paragraphs 1410 & 1411).


CHAPTER XV


15.2

FORM T. 1507

TRANSFER REGISTER OF WAGONS HANDLED BY CONSIGNORS, CONSIGNEES AND RAILWAY BRANCH FOR THE MONTH OF ……………………….. 20……

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Wagon received at

station Particulars of wagons

Placed in position for

handling

Received back by Station Master

Time for which

demurrage is due

Dat

e

Hrs

.

Mts

.

No.

Load

ed o

r em

pty

Car

ryin

g ca

paci

ty

Dat

e

Hrs

.

Mts

.

Sign

atur

e of

con

sign

or o

r co

nsig

nee

or th

eir

agen

ts

Dat

e

Hrs

.

Mts

.

Hrs

.

Mts

.

Am

ount

of d

emur

rage

due

Acc

ount

cod

e

Sign

atur

e of

Sta

tion

Mas

ter

Sign

atur

e of

par

ty

retu

rnin

g ve

hicl

es

Load

ed o

r em

pty

Rem

arks

Tonnes Rs.

1508. The signature of the consignee or his agent should be obtained against the entries in the Wagon Transfer Register (T. 1507) in token of his acceptance of the correctness of the timings. The free time allowed to consignees for unloading of wagons is given in the tariffs and when a consignee does not unload a vehicle within free time, demurrage charges should be recovered at the rates laid down in the tariffs. Moreover, failing to unload the wagon within ten days, this should be done by railway and consignee charged according to tariff rates for such unloading.

1509. In the case of goods required to be unloaded by Pakistan Railways a separate Register should be maintained, and where the unloading is performed by a contractor the charges for delay, if any, in unloading should be recovered from his bill. Loading and unloading at places other than goods shed should not be allowed towards the running lines. Under no circumstances, the permissible dimension should be infringed by any unloading which can be hazardous for the travelling public.

1510. Unloading Tally Book: In unloading, goods should be carefully tallied out of wagons and details of the number of packages and consignments taken out of each wagon should be entered in the Unloading Tally Book (Form T. 1510) which should be kept at each station. This tally is to be made by actual count of each package as unloaded or, where practicable, by counting all the packages in a vehicle before unloading. The total number unloaded should agree with the number shown in Wagon Labels (T. 1418) and Summaries (T. 1416). It is the Station Master’s duty to ascertain that the goods have, on their arrival at destination station, been carefully tallied out of the wagons and agreed with the Invoice.


CHAPTER XV


15.3

FORM T.1510 P.R.

GOODS TALLY BOOK (UNLOADING) OF…………………………………..STATION

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Wagon Packages Invoice

Dat

e

Ow

ner

No.

Stat

ion

from

No.

Mar

ks

Des

crip

tion

of g

oods

Con

ditio

n

Wei

ght a

s pe

r in

voic

e

Wei

ght o

n re

wei

ghm

ent

Sign

atur

e of

unl

oadi

ng s

taff

Trai

n

No.

Dat

e

Del

iver

y bo

ok p

age

Dat

e of

rem

oval

Rem

arks

Tonne Tonne

1511. The rules in regard to the printing, supply and writing of the Unloading Tally Book (T. 1510) are the same as for Loading Tally Book (T. 1410). 1512. Examination of packages at the time of unloading: Each package should be carefully examined at the time of unloading for damage or pilferage. If any damage, deficiency or pilferage is noticed a note should be made in the Unloading Tally Book (T. 1510) showing the exact condition of the package which should be reweighed. The whole consignment of which the package in question forms a part should also be reweighed except when bags are of equal weight. 1513. Packages found missing from wagons with seals intact: If a package or a consignment is found missing at a station from a wagon, the seals of which are intact an advice should be sent, within six hours of the time at which the wagon is opened, to the sending station or, if the consignment was checked or transhipped en route, to the station which last sealed the wagon. The condition of this rule is complied with if it can be shown that the advice was tendered for dispatch within six hours of the wagon being opened.

1514. The following remark should, in all such cases, be invariably added at the end of such message:

“Seals intact before unloading began.”


CHAPTER XV


15.4

1515. Damages or deficiencies: Any damage or deficiency, other than the loss of a package or consignment, should be notified to the booking station or, if the consignment was checked or transhipped en route, to the station which last sealed the wagon, by post on the date the consignment is unloaded and should at the same time be recorded in a Register to be maintained at stations in form T. 1515. This rule should be considered as complied with if the date of the post mark is not latter than the day following the date of unloading. In the event of the postal advice not being received by the checking or transhipping station, the entry in the Register (T. 1515) will be accepted as evidence that such a letter was actually dispatched.

FORM T. 1515

REGISTER OF DAMAGES TO AND DEFICIENCIES IN GOODS RECEIVED AT ……………… STATION. (EACH ENTRY SHOULD BE SERIALLY NUMBERED, AND

THIS SERIAL NUMBER SHOULD BE PUT ON THE ADVICE SENT)

Particulars of receipt of wagons Particulars of unloading of wagons Particulars of consignments

Personsadvised

Invoice

Adv

ice

No.

and

dat

e

Wag

on N

umbe

r

Cov

ered

or

open

Ow

ning

Rai

lway

Dat

e

Trai

n

Tim

e

Cod

e in

itial

s of

sea

l

Con

ditio

n*+

Dat

e

Tim

e

Des

crip

tion

of g

oods

Exte

nt o

f dam

age

or

defic

ienc

y

Nam

e

Dat

e

Dat

e re

port

ed to

Cla

ims

Offi

ce

No.

Dat

e

No.

of a

rtic

les

Des

crip

tion

of g

oods

Stat

ion

from

Stat

ion

to

Rem

arks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

* In case of covered wagons, condition of seals and other apparent defects, if any, in the wagon which would be the cause of damage to the contents, may be given.

+ In case of open wagons, the outward condition of the load, whether it was properly sheeted or roped, should be noted.

1516. Packages found in excess: Packages found, during the course of unloading to have been received in excess or those found to have been exchanged, should be notified to the booking and last transhipping stations immediately.


CHAPTER XV


15.5

1517. Notice of arrival of goods: Station Master/Commercial Supervisor must ensure that notices of arrival of goods in Form T-1517 are issued as far as possible for all consignments received at their station and not removed on the date of unloading. Such advice cannot be claimed as a right by consignees. If the consignee fails to unload or take delivery of goods within the period prescribed in the tariff, a claim for wharfage will arise.

FORM T.1517 PAKISTAN RAILWAYS

NOTICE OF ARRIVAL OF GOODS No……………………………. To ………………………………………………. ………………………………………………… ………………………………………………….. The under mentioned goods, consigned to you from……………………………………., arrived here this day. You are requested to send for them as soon as possible, as they remain here entirely at your risk. If the goods are not immediately removed, demurrage will be charged for detention of each wagon or the goods will be unloaded and sent to a godown at your risk and expense.

Station Master, Dated…………………………20. . . . . ……………………………Station.

Goods Marks Weight Rate Paid To Pay Total Account

code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Tonne Rupees Rupees Rupees

1518. In the case of vehicles required under tariff rules to be unloaded by consignees, a remark showing the date and time at which the vehicles are placed in position for unloading and the time up to which they will stand under load free of demurrage should be made on the notice of arrival. Such notices should be sent out as early as possible after the receipt of vehicles. 1519. When consignments are booked from a sender to himself, notice of arrival should be issued to the sender, if his address is known otherwise through sending station. 1520. All notices of arrival should be entered in a manuscript register maintained for the purpose and numbered consecutively with reference to their entry in the register.


CHAPTER XV


15.6

REWEIGHMENT OF INWARDS GOODS 1521. Reweighment of goods at receiving stations: In order to guard against underweighments, receiving stations should exercise a check on the weight entered on the Invoices. This check should be made by reweighing at least 10 per cent of all small consignments. All damaged consignments, and consignments the invoiced weight of which appears to be incorrect, should be reweighed as soon after unloading as possible, and the result recorded in the Unloading Tally Book (T.1510), the connected Invoices and the Goods Inward Books (T.1809 or T.1810). This rule also applies to consignments charged by measurement that have not been weighed at a weigh-bridge station. 1522. In the case of consignments consisting of packages of irregular size or weight the whole consignment should be reweighed. 1523. Discrepancies found on reweighment of goods: Differences between the invoiced weight and the weight on reweighment may be neglected if the difference does not exceed two per cent, provided the total difference on the whole consignment does not exceed 200 kilograms. Should the difference exceed these limits, the difference in charges should be recovered, in case of overweight, before delivery. 1524. When the weight of a consignment is computed at the forwarding station and it is subsequently weighed at a weigh-bridge station, the weigh-bridge station weight, and not the original forwarding station weight, should be taken into account when considering the two per cent, or the allowance of 200 kilograms, referred to in the previous paragraph.

1525. In the case of commodities liable to lose weight in transit, the correct weight chargeable is that of the booking station, unless it can be shown that the weight entered on the Invoice is incorrect.

1526. If there is an error in weight, the whole consignment should be reweighed, except at large stations where it will be sufficient to reweigh 10 per cent of bagged consignments provided that (i) the reweighments are made under the personal supervision of the officer/official directed by the Divisional Superintendent or Headquarters office and (ii) the bags are certified by the same authority to be of uniform size and in good condition.

1527. Appreciable underweighments which would have resulted in loss of revenue and frequent discrepancies between invoiced weight and weight found on reweighment of consignments booked from any particular station should be reported to the Divisional Superintendent concerned and to the Accounts Office.


CHAPTER XV


15.7

1528. Invoices or Labels endorsed for weighment: All consignments the Invoices or Labels of which have been endorsed for weighment by forwarding stations (paragraphs 1342 and 1345) should be weighed at destination stations (unless they have already been weighed en route) and undercharges, if any, recovered. 1529. Where Invoices or Labels have been endorsed for weighment at an intermediate weigh-bridge station and the weight has not been communicated by the latter to the destination station, the latter should intimate to the station named in the endorsement for the result of weighment and, failing a reply, should weigh the entire consignment. The result of weighment or re-weighment, whether, found at destination station or communicated to it by the weigh-bridge station, should be recorded on the connected Invoice, Goods Inward Book (T. 1809 or T. 1810) and Inwards Abstracts (T. 1821 or T. 1825).

RECEIPT, CHECK AND ACCOUNTAL OF INWARDS INVOICES 1530. Receipt of Inwards Invoices: Unlike Parcel Way-bills, the Invoices do not accompany the goods to destinations. They are, as stated in paragraph 1370, sent by forwarding stations in special covers by the train by which they will soonest reach the destination station. On their receipt, therefore, at destination station, they should be checked with the goods, if received, and stamped with the station stamp showing the date of their receipt. 1531. Whenever Through goods reach the destination station in advance of the Invoices, the Station master should at once apply by letter to the forwarding station for the Invoice. If it has already been sent forward, a certified copy should be dispatched by the first train. 1532. Examination by destination stations of contents of consignments: The object of misdeclaration of goods by consignors and the preventive measures to be taken by forwarding stations are explained in paragraph 1317. The destination station also should, in cases in which there is reason to believe that a consignment has been misdeclared, take steps to have the contents of the consignments examined in the presence of the consignee, if possible. If as a result of the examination it is found that a misdeclaration of goods had been made by the consignor, suitable action, as laid down in the Goods tariff, should be taken. Frequent misdeclarations on the part of a particular merchant or in respect of goods booked from a particular station, should be viewed with suspicion and should be reported to Divisional Superintendent and to the Accounts Office. 1533. Check of inwards Invoices: The receiving Station Master or Commercial Staff (Goods) should carefully check all the charges immediately on receipt of the Invoices. All undercharges noticed during the course of this check should be entered in the


CHAPTER XV


15.8

‘undercharge’ column provided for the purpose in the Invoice and the Goods Inwards and Delivery Book (T. 1809 or T. 1810). Similarly, ‘overcharges’ due to error in classification in computation of freight or in rate not affected by description should be entered in the ‘overcharge’ column. 1534. In cases where goods are chargeable at alternative (Railway Risk or Owner’s Risk) rates and the forwarding station has omitted to enter the words “Railway Risk” or “Owner's Risk” on the Invoice, the receiving station should inform the forwarding station enquiring whether the consignment is booked at “Owner's Risk” or at ''Railway Risk”. The receiving station will be held responsible for the collection of the correct charges. 1535. Responsibility for undercharges: The receiving Station Masters or Commercial Staff will be held responsible for undercharges whether in 'Paid' or ‘To-pay' consignments, except in the following cases which will be debited to the forwarding station:

(1) Perishable goods and live-stock; (2) Undercharges of and under one thousand rupees in freight prepaid by Credit Note; and (3) Increased percentage charges,

1536. These exceptions, however, do not relieve the receiving station of the responsibility for checking the Invoices. Undercharges in the excepted items detected at receiving stations should be reported to the Accounts Office and to the forwarding station. In the event of no such report having been made by the receiving station, it will be held responsible for such undercharges if, when debited by the Accounts Office to the forwarding stations, they are declared to be irrecoverable. 1537. Deleted. 1538. Deleted. 1539. In the case of consignments of military stores, the freight on which has been prepaid in cash, the receiving station will be responsible for the recovery in cash of undercharges from whatever cause arising. Where freight is paid by Credit Note, the forwarding station is responsible, but the receiving station should, after rechecking the Invoices, and before delivery of goods, obtain from the consignee a certificate in support of undercharges, other than those arising out of error in rate or computation which may be found to exist, and send it to the Accounts Office.


CHAPTER XV


15.9

1540. Accountal of inwards Invoices: (a) Inwards Invoices should, after check as to accuracy of charges and with the goods, if received, be copied in full into the Goods Inwards and Delivery Book (T.1809 or T.1810). Separate Books should be kept for Local and Foreign traffic and all Invoices should be entered therein irrespective of whether the goods in their connection have arrived or not. (b) Invoices should be taken to account by destination stations in the month of issue. To admit of this being done, the closing of each month's Inwards Book and Goods Balance Sheet (T.1843) should be deferred until the 7th of the following month when these should be closed, whether Invoices have come to hand or not. For this purpose, sufficient space should be left in the Inwards Book for the entry, in their proper month, of all missing Invoices arriving up to the date the accounts for that month are closed. But, if Invoices arrive in regular order, those of the current month should, of course, be all received and entered before any for the subsequent month come to hand; or, in other words, the postings for the current month should be completed and totalled before there would be any occasion for commencing those of another, and for leaving any space between each. (c) Invoices of local traffic received after the close of the month's accounts to which they properly belong, should be entered in the month's account next to be submitted and not shown in separate Abstracts. The numbers of such missing Invoices being known may be entered at once, at the commencement of the next months entries, the particulars being filled in as the Invoices arrive. If the instructions issued regarding the transmission of Invoices, paragraph 1370, are duly carried out, the receipt of Invoices, after the close of the month’s account to which they properly belong, should be of rare occurrence. 1541. Accountal of Under and Overcharges on Goods: Under and Overcharges are distinguished as current or arrear. Current Under and Overcharges are such as refer to Invoices taken to account in the Goods Inwards Book (T.1809 or T.1810) and the Abstracts (T.1821 or T.1825) of the same period as that in which the Under and Overcharges are debited or credited. They should be posted in the Under and Overcharges columns of the Invoice, the Goods Inwards Books and the Abstracts (in the latter two against the entry of the Invoice), the original amount of Invoice being retained in the “Paid” or “To-pay” column, as the case may be. Arrear Under and Overcharges are such as refer to Invoices taken to account in the Inwards Books and the Abstracts for a period or periods earlier than that in which the Under or Overcharges are debited or credited. Undercharges advised by the Accounts Office will be arrear Undercharges and, except that they are to be separately debited in the Station Balance Sheet(T.1843) for the month, should be taken to account in the same manner as other arrear Undercharges. Arrear Undercharges are to be entered in the Undercharge column of the Inwards Books and the Abstracts——in the month’s account


CHAPTER XV


15.10

then next to be closed, opposite a separate entry, which is to be made, quoting numbers and dates of Invoices and the name of station only; and should they remain unpaid at close of the month’s account, they are to be transferred to the Outstanding List in the same manner as other unpaid freight during that month. 1542. It is to be distinctly understood that no overcharge is to be taken credit for, until all the requirements as to certification, etc., are fully carried out, or in the event of the amount having been collected and paid in, until the overcharge has been duly refunded. Any overcharge allowed or refunded on the authority of an order issued by a Commercial Officer before receipt of a duly certified overcharge Return, when such is necessary (vide Chapter XVII), should be treated as an outstanding, and included in the outstanding List until receipt of such Return. 1543. Posting of particulars of inwards consignments in Goods Inwards Books: The particulars of the arrival of inwards consignments and the result of weighment or reweighment as recorded in the unloading Tally Book (T. 1510) or Wagon Transfer Register (T. 1507) should be posted in the Goods Inwards Book against the entries of connected Invoices.

DELIVERY OF GOODS

1544. Payment of Railways dues before delivery of goods: Before delivery of goods it should be seen that all Railways dues have been paid. Wharfage and demurrage charges should be levied under tariff rules and recovered from the consignees before the removal of goods from Railways premises. Similarly, all undercharges noticed as a result of check of Invoices (paragraph 1533), or of weighment of goods, etc., should be recovered from consignees before delivery of goods. As regards overcharges claimed at the time of delivery, the procedure indicated in Chapter XVII should be followed.

1545. Delivery of goods on production of Railway Receipt: The consignee should be required to produce the Receipt granted to the sender at the forwarding station and the same should be taken back from him before delivery of goods. Goods are not to be delivered to any person other than the consignee whose name is entered on the Receipt, unless the consignee shall have endorsed on the Receipt an order to deliver to the person by whom it is presented. The concerned staff should be careful to see that the Receipt presented to him is in every way correctly prepared. If it has been endorsed, he should see that such endorsement is made by the previous holder of the Receipt.

1546. If an unendorsed Railway Receipt is presented by a person claiming goods as the agent of the invoiced consignee, delivery should be withheld if such person cannot produce a properly prepared and stamped Power-of-Attorney.


CHAPTER XV


15.11

1547. Indemnity Bond: In case of loss of Railway Receipt, an Indemnity Bond (Form T.1547) should be obtained from the consignee before delivery of the goods. In the case of goods consigned to self or those booked under the Value-Payable system, the Indemnity Bond should be executed by consignor and certified by the Station Master of the forwarding station.

FORM T.1547 INDEMNITY BOND

I hereby acknowledge to have received from Pakistan Railways …………………….… ……………………………………………………………….…………………………………………………….…………..valued at Rupees ……………………………………………....…. which was dispatched to my address from the……………………….station on or about the ……………….. day of ……………………. the Railway Receipt for which has been lost; and, for myself, my heirs, executors and administrators, I undertake, in consideration of such delivery as aforesaid, to hold Pakistan Railways, its agents and servants harmless and indemnified in respect of all claims to the said goods. And I, the undersigned, signing below the consignee of these goods, certify that the first signer is the bona fide owner of the goods, and that I undertake the whole of the said liability equally with the consignee, and for this purpose I affix my signature hereto. Witness…………………………….. Signature of consignee…………………….. Witness…………………………….. Signature of surety…………………………. Note.——This bond is an agreement ranging under clause (b) of Article 5 of Schedule I of The Stamp Act, 1899, and therefore chargeable with a stamp duty, irrespective of the value of the goods; but, in cases specially exempted under the Stamp Act of which a list is given in the tariff, the bond need not be stamped.

1548. All Indemnity Bonds except those for Government consignments should be correctly witnessed and signed by a well-known surety who should be a person of standing. Those for Government consignments need only be witnessed, no surety being necessary.

1549. Stamped Indemnity Bonds should be indented for by stations on the Chief Controller of Stores and should, on supply, be taken to debit by the Station Master in the Station Balance Sheet (T. 1843), reference to the number and date of the Issue Note under which supplied being quoted. As each Bond is sold, the credit for the amount realized should be taken in the Station Balance Sheet under the head ‘cash.’ Unsold Stamped Indemnity Bonds should be shown as “outstandings.”

1550. Discrepancies between Railway Receipts and Invoices: As the Invoice and the Railway Receipt are prepared simultaneously, using carbon paper, there should be no discrepancy between the Invoice and the Railway Receipt. Where the Railway Receipt is not a carbon copy of the Invoice, it should not be accepted as authority for


CHAPTER XV


15.12

delivery in the absence of the Invoice, except under special orders from the Chief Commercial Manager or concerned Divisional Superintendent.

1551. When goods are to hand before the Invoice and the Railway Receipt is presented which shows the freight “Paid”, or the Invoice being to hand shows the freight “To-pay” while the receipt is “Paid” or vice versa, the forwarding station should be informed before the delivery of the goods to ascertain, in the first case, whether the entry is correct, and in the second case, which is correct. The reply received should be attached to the Invoice. If it is found that an error has been made, it should be adjusted in the manner prescribed in paragraphs 1573 and 1574 but the Invoice should be accounted for as issued and not as it should have been issued.

1552. Procedure when the Invoice is not to hand: If, at the time of delivery of a consignment, the original Invoice has not come to hand, delivery should be affected on the authority of the consignee's Receipt, provided it is a carbon copy of the Invoice (paragraph 1550). In the case of Foreign traffic the Receipt will be further supported by the Junction Invoice. The latter should be sent to the Accounts Office with the endorsement “Through Invoice not received” on it. When neither the 'Through' Invoice nor the Junction Invoice is received, a true copy of the Receipt with the certification “True copy of the Receipt” should be prepared (provided that the Receipt Note appears to be genuine in every respect and does not show any signs of having been tampered with or being a bogus Receipt) and submitted to the Accounts Office in place of the ‘Through' Invoice. 1553. If neither the ‘Through’ Invoice nor the Junction Invoice is to hand and the Receipt cannot be produced by the consignee, delivery of the consignment should only be made under the orders of an Officer of the Traffic/Commercial Department or on the execution of a proper Indemnity Bond. In these cases an Invoice should be prepared from the particulars available and endorsed “Memo. Invoice”, which should be submitted to the Accounts Office. A copy of the original Invoice should also be obtained from the forwarding station and submitted to the Accounts Office with the remarks “Accounted for in period ending……………..by Memo. Invoice”. 1554. Particulars of consignments delivered before receipt of Invoice (Paragraph 1552) should be copied in Goods Inwards and Delivery Book (T.1809 or T.1810) from the Receipt. When, however, deliveries are effected on a “Memo Invoice” (vide paragraph 1553), the delivery should be recorded in a separate page set apart for “Memo Invoices”. When the Invoice relating to the consignment is received, it should be entered in its proper place in the Inwards Book and a note made against the connected “Memo Invoice” entry.


CHAPTER XV


15.13

1555. Signatures of person receiving goods: The signature of the actual receiver of the goods should invariably be taken in the column provided for the purpose in the Goods Inwards Book. In the case of illiterate persons their attested marks, seals or thumb impressions may be accepted in lieu of signatures. 1556. Defective condition of consignments delivered: Needful remarks should be made in the 'Remarks' column of the Goods Inwards Book as to the condition of the consignment when delivered, if defective. If a consignee desires to make remark as to the condition of a consignment, he should be allowed to do so. Delivery should not be refused or delayed on this account. If the remarks made by the consignee seem to be unfair or incorrect, Station Master / Commercial Assistant / Goods should call two reliable person and get them to witness the actual facts without exaggeration. 1557. Open delivery of goods: (a) General Conditions: The Railway Administration is not legally bound to reweigh any consignment at destination, but this may be done when conditions warrant it, purely as a safeguard against claimants subsequently quoting fictitious weights. The remarks to reweigh a consignment is very often the prelude to a further request for open delivery which must not be given unless the consignment shows the sign of pilferage and is in a suspicious or defective condition. An authorised Station Master or a senior Commercial Superintendent (Goods) must take action as detailed below. At all other stations the Station Masters must intimate to the Claim Inspector of the section for necessary action. Station Masters of all railhead stations serving out-agencies and city booking agencies are, however, authorised to give open deliveries of all defective consignments to the representatives of out-agents and city booking agents. Out-agents and city booking agents are authorised to give open delivery of all defective consignments at the out-agency and city booking agency. Open delivery will be granted only: (1) when there are signs of damage or pilferage. (2) when a consignment has not arrived in full, and (3) when specially permitted by Divisional or Headquarters Office. (b) Open delivery of imported goods: Open delivery of imported goods if warranted must not be granted unless the consignee produces, in addition to the beejuck, the forwarding agents clearance bill, to see if the consignment had been surveyed at its port of entry before its booking by rail. Such clearance bills must be submitted to the office of the Chief Commercial Manager or the Divisional Superintendent, as the case may be. If a clearance bill shows an item for survey charges, consignee must be asked


CHAPTER XV


15.14

to produce the letter from the forwarding agents showing result of survey and amount of shortages claimed from the shipping company. This letter, together with the clearance bill and the missing goods return (Form T.1734), showing complete remarks about shortage, etc., must be forwarded to the claims office concerned. (c) Open delivery of other goods: When condition warrant open delivery, the following instructions should be observed:

(1) Open delivery should be given in the presence of consignee or his authorised agent.

(2) The consignment must be re-weighed and remark regarding this, as of condition of the consignment, must be noted in the delivery book and signed by the consignee and the railway servant granting open delivery.

(3) Contents must than be checked with the sender’s original beejuck of trade invoice.

(4) The original beejuck must also be signed by both, the consignee and the Railway servant granting open delivery.

(5) If the relevant original beejuck (Trade Invoice) is not forthcoming, open delivery may be granted but inventory must be taken of each package. Similarly, weight and condition of each package must be recorded in the presence of the Station Master or Commercial Supervisor (Goods) and the consignee obtaining their signatures on the inventory lists. Attendance of the Railway Police if available, should be arranged to witness the inventory.

(6) The internal packing condition of cases containing wine bottles, etc., must be carefully checked to determine as to whether or not the breakage or leakage of contents is due to defective packing, and the result noted in the inward and delivery book signed by the consignee and the railway servant granting open delivery.

(7) Whenever possible, an equivalent of the missing contents of a package must be separately re-weighed and a note made as to whether there is sufficient room in the package to contain it in order to determine the actual shortage and the correctness of the invoiced weight. Where there is a shortage in the number of packages of a consignment, all the packages received must be re-weighed and their contents checked with the sender’s original beejuck of trade invoice and the shortage and invoiced weight verified by weighing a quantity similar to that found short. This verification statement must also be signed by the consignee and the railway servant granting open delivery.

(8) The original beejuck of trade invoice, the verification statement, a copy of the remarks passed by the consignee in the inward delivery book, a detail of shortage and a copy of partial delivery certificate, if any, should be


CHAPTER XV


15.15

submitted along with the missing goods return, to the claims office concerned without delay, and it should be unnecessary for this to be called for.

1557A. Assessment of damaged goods: (a) When a consignment is received damaged, every effort must be made to get the consignee to effect delivery with the least possible delay by having the damage immediately assessed. In such cases the Station Master will immediately send a message to Divisional Superintendent concerned giving the probable extent of damage or the value of the consignment. The Claims Inspector will effect the assessment, if the damage is estimated to cost Rupees 5,000. If the damage is expected to be above, Commercial Inspector/ Traffic Inspector should be deputed to effect assessment. Should the damage exceed Rupees 10,000 assessment will be carried out by a Traffic/Commercial Officer. The Divisional Superintendent will take action in accordance with the message received to detail either an officer or an Inspector for the purpose of assessment. Should there be peculiar circumstances or the value of consignment be such as to require investigation by the Headquarters Office the Divisional Superintendent will write to that office for necessary action.

(b) Claims Inspectors must in all cases submit an interim report to the respective Claims Office. 1557 B. (a) In cases where the damage is trivial the staff should use every endeavour to effect delivery of the consignment on a clear receipt, Any action likely to minimise the extent of damage, such as exposure to sun, or by airing the commodity, etc, should, as far as possible, always be taken before survey is held, and where delay is likely to aggrabate damage, immediate steps should be taken to have the damage assessed and placed on record.

(b) Assessor appointed by Chamber of Commerce: If the consignee refuses to accept the decision of the Railway representatives then only may survey be made jointly by at least two disinterested merchants and their opinion recorded as to whether or not there is any damage. In the latter event details must be furnished in the form shown in Paragraph 1557 C (g) below. In very important cases the Headquarters Office will arrange for the service of assessors nominated by a Chamber of Commerce. 1557 C. Important points to be borne in mind at the time of assessing damages:

(a) Damaged goods must be examined and sorted out in lots according to the extent of damage in the presence of the consignee.

(b) The contents must always be checked with the original beejuck or trade invoice and genuineness of the beejuck verified with the market rates.


CHAPTER XV


15.16

Allowance on the damaged stuff should be actual value minus the best value obtainable for the damaged stuff. Example: If the actual value of a bag is Rupees 10, and at the time of assessment is depreciated to Rupees 2, then the assessment should be Rupees 8 only.

(c) If the damage appears to be existed before the consignment was accepted by the Railway for despatch, this fact should be specially recorded in the assessment report.

(d) The damaged packages and the whole consignment should be weighed separately.

(e) If any shortage is alleged in addition to damage, note whether there is sufficient room in the package to contain the missing article.

(f) Ascertain weight of the alleged shortage by weighing a similar quantity. (g) In all cases of damage the survey report should contain the following

particulars:

(i) Booking particulars and description of goods in dispute. (ii) Claimant's name. (iii) Goods in dispute. (iv) Cause of dispute. (v) Beejuck rates. (vi) Market rates prevailing. (vii) Date of survey. (viii) Assessed for rupees details below:–

A consignment made up of containing and weighing Kilograms each. No. of bags Total damaged. Assessment Rupees Kilograms 1.5% or pieces. 5% 10% 15%

Total:

Note: The proportion mentioned above is given by way of illustration only.

(h) The consignee may then be permitted to make the following remarks against the entry of his consignment in the inward & delivery book:

“Damage assessed for as per assessment report by dated “


CHAPTER XV


15.17

This remark should be countersigned by the railway servant supervising the assessment with the additional remark. “This is without prejudice”.

IMPORTANT

(i) It should be made clear to the consignee that damage are assessed with the object of merely placing on record the extent of damages and it is without prejudice, i.e., the Railway Administration reserves the right to repudiate the claim if they are not responsible for the damage.

(j) The original beejuck or trade invoice, the verification statement vide (e)

and (f) above, together with a copy of the remarks passed in the inward & delivery book, must be signed by the consignee and the railway servant supervising the assessment. The original beejuck or trade invoice should, in addition, be signed by the assessors when the services of the latter are requisitioned.

1558. Stoppage of delivery of goods: The Station Master of a forwarding station on receiving a written request from the owner of a consignment to withhold its delivery to the invoiced or endorsed consignee, should at once advise the destination station to withhold delivery and also inform Chief Commercial Manager and Divisional Superintendent immediately. Likewise, if the Station Master of a destination station receives such a request from the owner or the invoiced or endorsed consignee, he should withhold delivery and advise the Chief Commercial Manager and Divisional Superintendent. 1559. If the stoppage of the delivery of goods is ordered by a court of law such order should be acted upon by the official receiving it and the matter should be reported immediately by express letter to the Chief Commercial Manager. 1560. Delivery of part consignments: When, on account of non-receipt of full consignments, delivery of part consignments is effected, the Railway Receipt and full freight charges should be collected and the consignees or their agents allowed to make a remark in the Goods Inwards Book regarding the portion of the consignment not received. 1561. In such cases a Partial-Delivery Certificate (Form T.1561) may be issued to the consignee or his agent.


CHAPTER XV


15.18

FORM T.1561 PARTIAL-DELIVERY CERTIFICATE

Pro. No. (Obverse)

Pro. No………………...... Certified that under Receipt No……………………and Invoice No Receipt No……………… …………of…………from……….to…………Station out of ………… Invoice No……………… Recorded therein, *…………….………have been delivered this day Station from…………….. and………………are still due to†………………..and that the Railway Total const……………… Receipt is deposited with the railway and this document is in force in Delivered……………….. lieu thereof. Due……………………... Date of delay…………… Delivery Staff ..……….. Date available……………… Date removed…………….. Signature Date available………….. ……………………. Date removed…………... ………………… Station. Delivery Staff. * Specify number of articles and description legibly. † Specify legibly the original receipt holder or the party to whom it is endorsed.

(Reverse)

Should a portion only of the remainder, herein specified, be delivered leaving a balance still due, this document is to be retained, and a new certificate issued, reference being given to this document. This document is to be filed with the Railway Receipt.

1562. When the remaining portion or portions are delivered, the consignee's or his agent's signature should be obtained in the Goods Inwards Book in token of his having received the full consignment. 1563. In the event of its becoming necessary to issue more than one Certificate for the same consignment, each previous Certificate should be collected before another is given to the consignee. The page number of the Goods Inwards Book should be quoted on each Certificate which, when collected, should be pasted to the Railway Receipt. 1564. Gate Passes: Gate Passes (Form T.1564) should be used as a means of checking the removal of delivered goods from godowns, platforms and yards. These forms should be printed in two foils and supplied in bound books. One of the foils should be given to the consignee or his agent and should be collected at the gate as the consignment passes out. The collected foils should be checked by the Station Master or Commercial Supervisor (Goods) with the Goods Inwards Book and collected Railway Receipts and should then be filed with the stub foil.


CHAPTER XV


15.19

FORM T.1564 GATE PASS

No…………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………Station Date……………………………………………………..20……………………………………………………. Articles and marks……………………………………………………………………………………………… Wagon Nos……………………………………………………………………………………………………… Shed No…………………………………………………………………………………………………………. Marks…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. Folio No. of Goods Inwards and Delivery Book….………………………………………………………….. Station from……………………………………………………………………………………………………… Invoice/Way-bill No………………………………………..Receipt No……………………………………… Freight………………………………………………….Date…………………………………………………... Progressive No. of Cash Book…………………………………………………………………………………. Consignee……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. Date available for delivery……………………………………………………………………………………... …………………………………………………………………………………………………Delivery Official. …………………………………………………………………………………………………...Gate Official. 1565. Gate passes should be used only at large stations where the inwards goods work is heavy. At all other stations the dates of delivery and removal of goods should be noted on collected Railway Receipts. 1566. Numbering and filing of Railway Receipts: To facilitate references, Railway Receipts are to be numbered consecutively at receiving stations, according to the order in which the goods are delivered, the number being inserted over the forwarding station’s printed number. The Receipts should be carefully filed in the file books in consecutive order of the numbers given by the receiving station, separate file books and separate consecutive numbers being used for Local and Foreign traffic. 1567. Wharfage and demurrage charges: The rules for charging wharfage or demurrage are given in the Goods tariff and should not, in any case, departed from, except under special authority. 1568. The procedure that should be followed in the matter of accountal of wharfage and demurrage charges accrued on goods is the same as prescribed for those on parcels (paragraphs 1220 to 1222). 1569. Rectification of errors in Invoices: In no circumstances should an Invoice be altered or cancelled after it has been dispatched; it should be taken to account in the goods books and returns as originally issued. When errors in invoices are discovered, other than those representing under and overcharges in freight, which are dealt with in paragraphs 1541 and 1542 or when consignments are withdrawn, diverted, over carried, etc., the procedure outlined in paragraphs 1570 to 1578 should be observed.


CHAPTER XV


15.20

1570. When Invoices issued to a wrong destination are subsequently re-booked to another station, or are delivered at or short of Junction or short of destination at the request of the sender after dispatch of the Invoice, the Station Master of the forwarding station (on discovering or being advised by letter of the above) should immediately issue a ‘fresh’ Invoice to the correct destination which should in every respect as to number, date, etc., be treated and accounted for as a new Invoice, but with the remark “Issued in correction of Invoice No…. dated……… to…… which will be cleared by an Overcharge Sheet.” 1571. The Station Master of the forwarding station should also, if the original Invoice showed the freight “ To-pay “, send a certified Overcharge Sheet (T.1716 or T.1717) to the receiving station, i.e., the station to which the Invoice was incorrectly issued, giving reference therein to the Invoice subsequently issued and explaining the error. The receiving Station Master should submit the Overcharge Sheet to the Accounts Office in support of the special credit to be taken in his Station Balance Sheet. If the Invoice is a “Paid” one, the Overcharge Sheet should be returned after certification by the receiving station to the forwarding Station Master to enable him to take credit for the erroneous debit. 1572. When Invoices are issued to the correct destination, but with wrong description, weight or other particulars, the forwarding Station Master, if he detects the error after dispatch of the Invoice, should, instead of issuing another Invoice, send particulars of the error to the receiving station. If the error involves an alteration in charges, the procedure should be as in paragraphs 1573 and 1574, but should it affect any other entry in the Invoice, the correct particulars should be specially noted on the Invoice and initialled by the receiving station, no alteration being made in the original entries. The letter authorizing the correction should accompany the Invoice to the Accounts Office or be sent with a letter if the Invoice has already been dispatched. If the receiving station discovers from examination of the goods that the description or weight shown in the Invoice and the Railway Receipt is incorrect, he should realize any undercharge due, overcharges being dealt with under Chapter XVII. 1573. If, on receipt of the letter of inquiry from the receiving station, it is found that freight has been, in error, invoiced “To-pay” instead of “Paid”, the forwarding station should send a certified Overcharge Sheet to the receiving station, which will take “special credit” in its Station Balance Sheet for the amount outstanding, and submit the Overcharge Sheet to the Accounts Office, attached to the Station Balance Sheet, in support of the credit entry. The forwarding station should also debit itself by special entry in its Station Balance Sheet.


CHAPTER XV


15.21

1574. If the freight has been invoiced “Paid” instead of “To-pay”, the destination station should, at once, send a certified Overcharge Sheet to the forwarding station, which should take special credit in its Station Balance Sheet to clear the erroneous debit and submit the Overcharge Sheet to Accounts Office, attached to the Station Balance Sheet, in support of the credit entry. The destination station should debit itself by special entry in its Station Balance Sheet, a remark being made on the Invoice that freight has been collected.

Note.–In the case of neither paragraph 1573, nor 1574, should a fresh Invoice be issued. 1575. When an Invoice has been issued but the goods are withdrawn, the forwarding Station Master should advise the concerned Station Master and Junctions, by letter, of the withdrawal of the goods and send an Overcharge Sheet or ask for one to be sent to him according as to whether the debit lies against the receiving or forwarding station. The necessary adjustments will be made as in paragraphs 1573 and 1574. 1576. When Invoices are issued twice for the same consignment to the same station, the Station Master discovering the error should at once advise the other station and Junction by letter. A certified Overcharge Sheet should be submitted without delay by the Station Master, against whom the debit does not lie, to the other station. 1577. In cases where the same Invoice is accounted for more than once through error, the receiving station should clear its outstanding by taking special credit for the freight, quoting reference to the period in which the Invoice had previously been accounted for, without which credit will not be allowed. An Overcharge Sheet is unnecessary in this case. 1578. The Overcharge Sheets referred to in paragraphs 1570, 1571 and 1573 to 1576 do not require to be certified by Supervising Traffic / Commercial Officers. 1579. Rebooking of goods: Whenever undelivered goods are required to be 'rebooked,' the consignor or consignee, as the case may be, should be directed to apply to the Station Master Office at which the goods are stored. Before rebooking goods, the original Railway Receipt granted to the consignor should be collected, if it cannot be produced and the Station Master has no doubt as to the correct ownership of the applicant, the goods may be rebooked on the execution by the consignee of an Indemnity Bond. Fresh Railway Receipt should not, in such cases, be granted, the Receipt foil of the rebooking Invoice being cancelled under the Station Master’s signature and filed. The rebooking Invoice should be endorsed with a remark to the effect that the original Railway Receipt is to be collected before delivery of goods at the final destination station.


CHAPTER XV


15.22

1580. The consignment should be reweighed before being rebooked and the charges levied on the actual weight found on reweighment which should be recorded on the rebooking Invoice.

1581. Re-invoicing goods rebooked to another station: When "To-pay” goods or goods on which any charges are due at a receiving station are rebooked to another station, a fresh Invoice should be issued in which the charges outstanding at the rebooking station including demurrage and/or wharfage, if any, which may have accrued, together with additional charges up to final destination, should be included.

1582. Deleted.

1583. Full reference to the original Invoice should invariably be entered distinctly in the rebooking Invoice.

1584. Special credit should be taken by the rebooking station in its Station Balance Sheet for the freight, etc., outstanding, full reference to the rebooking Invoice being quoted.

1585. Deleted.

1586. Ordinary “Paid” goods may similarly be rebooked but traffic which is required under tariff rules to be “pre-paid” cannot be rebooked and should be treated as a fresh transaction, demurrage, etc., incurred up-to-date being collected at the rebooking station.

1587. Goods originally booked under Risk Note 'A' should not be rebooked unless a fresh Risk Note ‘A’ is executed. Goods originally booked at owner's risk (Risk Note 'B') should, if in good condition, be charged at “Railway risk” rate when rebooked unless a fresh Risk Note 'B’ has been obtained from the sender, in which case the "Owner risk'' rate should be charged. Similarly, goods originally booked at railway risk may be rebooked at reduced rate on the execution of Risk Note ‘B’, but, if the consignment has deteriorated, Risk Note 'A' should also be taken before rebooking the consignment.

1588. Invoicing of goods overcarried: When goods are overcarried, the Station Master of the station to which the goods have been so overcarried should invoice them back to the correct station of destination without any freight being charged. Such consignments should be booked under ordinary Invoices and accounted for in the books of outwards and inwards stations and in the returns submitted to the Accounts Office in the same way as ordinary goods, except that no amount will be entered in the money column.

1589. Deleted. Deleted.

CHAPTER XVI

20 October, 2011

PAKISTAN RAILWAYS




CHAPTER XVI

BOOKING AND DELIVERY OF RAILWAY MATERIALS

32

CONTENTS


RAILWAY CREDIT NOTE 16.1 1601

PREPARATION OF RAILWAY CREDIT NOTE 16.2 1602

USE OF RAILWAY CREDIT NOTE 16.3 1603 — 1606

WEIGHT LIMIT FOR BOOKING BY PASSENGER TRAIN 16.3 1607 — 1608

MARKING AND WEIGHMENT OF RAILWAY MATERIALS 16.3 1609

EXAMINATION OF RAILWAY MATERIALS TENDERED FOR DISPATCH 16.3 1610

BOOKING OF RAILWAY MATERIALS 16.4 1611 — 1614

LOADING AND UNLOADING OF RAILWAY MATERIALS 16.4 — 16.5 1615 — 1620

NOTICE OF ARRIVAL OF RAILWAY MATERIALS 16.5 1621

DELIVERY OF CONSIGNMENTS OF RAILWAY MATERIALS 16.5 1622 — 1623

RAILWAY MATERIAL RATES

16.5 — 16.6

1624 — 1630 (1626, 1628, 1629, 1631 — 1633 Deleted)


CHAPTER XVI


16.1

1601. Railway Credit Note: Railway materials for construction, revenue or stock purposes tendered for conveyance should be accompanied by a Railway Credit Note (Form T. 1601). This is in two foils of which the first counter foil is the ‘office foil’. The second marked ‘original’ is the authority under which the consignment is dispatched and the same is issued to the forwarding station on the authority of which necessary parcel way bill or goods invoice is issued as in case of general public.

FORM T.1601 RAILWAY CREDIT-NOTE.

No.——————————————— Seal of Issuing Officer To—— Station Master———————————————————————— Please deliver/provide conveyance for the under mentioned railway material and stores

consigned under the Railway Material Traffic Rules by goods/passenger train. from————————————————to——————————————via———————————————— Train number ————————————— Consignor (with address)——————————————————————————————————————————————————————————— Consignee (with address)———————————————————————————————————————————————————————————

Weight. Actual Charged

Rate charged.

Total freight.

Demurrage/ wharfage.

Total charges.

No.

of P

acka

ges.

Des

crip

tion

and

mar

ks o

f pac

kage

s.

Tonn

es

kgs

Tonn

es

kgs

No.

of v

ehic

le /

wag

on s

uppl

ied

with

des

crip

tion

and

capa

city

th

ereo

f.

Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees

No.

and

dat

e of

ra

ilway

rec

eipt

w

ay-b

ill o

r in

voic

e.

Certified that the above stores are bona fide railway materials. The freight and/or demurrage/wharfage are chargeable as indicated below:——

1. Cost centre 2. Expense Account /Project/ Work Order. Name—————————————————————— Description——————————————————————————— Number———————————————————— Number—————————————————————————————— 3. Number of sanctioned estimate Estimate not sanctioned. (Delete portion not required.) Station———————————————————————————— Signature—————————————————————————————— Date—————————————————————————————— Seal of Issuing Officer.———————————————————


CHAPTER XVI


16.2

COUNTER FOIL. RAILWAY CREDIT-NOTE.

No.————————————— To—— The Station Master—————————————————————————————————————————————————— Consignee————————————————————————————————————————————————————————— Description———————————————————————————————————————————————————————— No. of packages———————————————————————————————————————————————————— Weight——————————————————————————————————————————————————————————— 1. Cost Centre. Name——————————————————————————————————————————————————————————— Number————————————————————————————————————————————————————————— 2. Expense Account/Project/Work order. Description—————————————————————————————————————————————————————— Number————————————————————————————————————————————————————————— 3. Number of Sanctioned estimate Estimate not sanctioned. (Delete portion not required.)

Signature———————————————————————————————————————————————————————— Seal of Issuing Officer————————————————————————————————————————————— Date——————————————————————————————————————————————————————————— 1602. Preparation of Railway Credit Note.–The Railway Credit Note should give the number, actual weight and description of each of the different kinds of materials to be booked and all other particulars necessary for their check. The head of account chargeable should also be distinctly indicated. A list of the officials authorized to issue Railway Credit Note is required to be furnished to the station staff who should see that the Notes presented to them have been issued by the officials mentioned in the list. The following information should be recorded on the Railway Credit Note: • The name and number of cost centre to which freight and demurrage / wharfage is

chargeable. • The expense head of account / project / work order to which freight is chargeable. • The number of the estimate or the words “ESTIMATE NOT SANCTIONED” • If the above mentioned information is not recorded on the Railway Credit Note, the

Station Master should refuse to book the material. Error sheet will be issued against the station staff for booking of material in case of missing information.


CHAPTER XVI


16.3

1603. Use of Railway Credit Note: The Railway Credit Note should be used only for railway materials carried on the service of the Railways. 1604. Stores sold or consigned to Government Departments not forming part of Pakistan Railways system or to outsiders should not be booked on this form. These should be dealt with under the ordinary rules and booked on forms used for public traffic. Similarly stores or materials supplied by contractors are not to be booked on this form. 1605. When railway material is required to be sent to the contractors for use on railway works under construction by them, it should be booked to Pakistan Railways official in charge of those works, by whom the material will be made over to the contractor concerned; under no circumstances should it be booked direct to the contractor under form T. 1601. 1606. Railway Credit Note should also be issued for booking of ballast trains for the Railways Departments. Railway Credit Note will be sent to cash office by the Station Master alongwith the Cash Remittance Note. The same is forwarded to the Accounts Department for preparation of necessary bill against the concerned Accounting Unit. 1607. Weight limit for booking by passenger train: Railways Administration may fix the weight limit, not exceeding 200 kilograms, up to which consignments of railway materials may be sent by passenger trains. This limit will be fixed with due regard to the room available in the brake-vans of passenger trains. Consignments weighing above this limit should be sent by goods trains. In emergent cases, however, consignments of railway materials may be sent by passenger trains irrespective of the weight limit subject to prior approval of the Divisional Superintendent concerned.

1608. Small consignments of railway materials such as cash safes, ropes, breast bars, office covers, parcels of official documents, small consignments of departmental stores, stationery, tarpaulins or other moveable property when used on vehicles or when returned to forwarding station, etc. and certain articles weighing less than 20 kilograms each may be booked under ‘Free Service’ Way-bills.

1609. Marking and weighment of railway materials: Rules for marking and weighment of railway materials are the same as for consignments tendered by the public, Chapter XIII.

1610. Examination of railway materials tendered for dispatch: All consignments of railway materials tendered for dispatch should be carefully examined by the station staff and suitable remarks entered on goods invoice/ way bill as to the condition, defective packing, etc.


CHAPTER XVI


16.4

1611. Booking of railway materials: Consignments of less than a wagon load should be accepted for booking, and delivered at the goods shed (or parcels office) only and not at the premises of the consignor or consignee. Such consignments will be subject to the same rules as consignments of the public, in respect of loss or damage. 1612. In the case of consignments in full wagon loads a written requisition, stating the number and description of wagons or other vehicles required, accompanied by a Railway Credit Note (T. 1601), in support, will be sent by the official indenting for the wagon, or wagons to the Station Master or Commercial Superintendent (Goods) concerned. 1613. When wagons are supplied in compliance with such requisitions, the date and time on and at which the wagons are placed in position for loading should be entered in a separate Wagon Transfer Register (T. 1507) maintained for the purpose. Each entry in this Register should be signed by the consigning official or his authorized representative in token of his acceptance of the correctness of the particulars entered therein. 1614. In entering time in the Wagon Transfer Register the time of handing over wagons for loading or unloading is to be the time at which they are made over by the Transportation Branch for this purpose at the point of loading or unloading when the Commercial Branch have access to such point, or, where they have not such access, in a siding to be mutually agreed upon. The time of handing back is to be the time when they are certified by the representative of the branch concerned to be ready loaded or unloaded, as the case may be, at the same point as handed over. 1615. Loading and unloading of railway materials: The loading and unloading of railway materials will, ordinarily, be done by the consignor / consignee. 1616. If, in the case of exceptions mentioned in the previous paragraph, the station staff does the loading or unloading, the indenting officer concerned should be debited at the rates paid by the Divisional Superintendent for such work. 1617. At depots or other places where Commercial Assistants (Goods) are specially provided, they will witness the loading of railway materials. Receipts for the number of articles actually loaded should be given to the dispatching branch. Such wagons will be sealed by the Commercial Branch. The responsibility of tallying and weighing such consignments rests with the station staff and the tally should be performed as carefully as for public traffic (paragraph 1410). 1618. At other places, however, where Commercial Assistants (Goods) are not provided, full wagons containing railway materials loaded by Departments in their own


CHAPTER XVI


16.5

sidings will be sealed and riveted independently by the depots concerned with wagon seals of their own. The Station Master or Commercial Assistant /Goods will grant “said to contain” receipts at the forwarding stations. The receipts should, therefore, show “sealed and riveted by sender, said to contain......” 1619. Transhipment of railway materials at junction with a break of gauge will ordinarily be arranged for by the consignor or consignee. If, however, the station staff arrange for transhipment, charges at the rates paid by the Divisional Superintendent for such work should be debited to the branch concerned and Credit Note obtained. 1620. The procedure for booking and placing wagons containing railway materials in position for loading and for the unloading of goods, levy of demurrage and wharfage charges will be the same as for public traffic (paragraphs 1507 to 1511). 1621. Notice of arrival of railway materials: The procedure for the issue, to consignee, of notice of arrival of railway materials and stores will be the same as for public traffic (paragraphs 1517 to 1520). 1622. Delivery of consignments of railway materials: The Receipt foil of goods invoice / parcel way bill should be collected from the consignee and his signature obtained on the relevant delivery book as an acknowledgement of the correct receipt of consignments. Should the Receipt be not produced, an unstamped Indemnity Bond (T.1547) should be executed by the consignee. 1623. If there be any deficiency in, or damage to, consignments of railway materials or stores booked under form T.1601, they should be carefully reweighed before delivery and the extent of the damage noted in the Register of Damages and Deficiencies (T.1515). 1624. Railway material rates: When materials or stores intended for the use of Pakistan Railways are carried by Pakistan Railways itself, the freight charges are creditable to the earnings of Pakistan Railways and debitable to the branch concerned. 1625. Unless covered goods wagons are unobtainable, the sleepers should not be loaded in open truck. If they are loaded in open truck, station master will grant ‘Said to Contain’ receipt on execution of Risk Note Form “C” freeing the railway administration from any responsibility. 1626. Deleted. 1627. No distinction should be made between the railway material rates for revenue stores and those for capital or construction stores.


CHAPTER XVI


16.6

1628. Deleted. 1629. Deleted. 1630. The railway material consignment rates for dispatches should be same as that of general public. 1631. Deleted. 1632. Deleted. 1633. Deleted.

CHAPTER XVII

20 October, 2011

PAKISTAN RAILWAYS




CHAPTER XVII

CLAIMS AND REFUNDS

33

CONTENTS


REFUND OF OVERCHARGES

17.1

1701 (1702 — 1704 Deleted)

OVERCHARGES DUE TO ERROR IN RATE, CLASSIFICATION OR COMPUTATION OF FREIGHT 17.1 1705 — 1706

LIST OF REFUNDS 17.1 — 17.2 1707 — 1709

OVERCHARGES DUE TO ERROR IN WEIGHT 17.2 1710 — 1712

OVERCHARGES DUE TO ERROR IN DESCRIPTION OF GOODS OR ROUTING OF TRAFFIC 17.3 1713

OVERCHARGES IN CONNECTION WITH AMOUNTS TWICE PAID 17.3 1714

OVERCHARGE SHEETS 17.3 1715

OVERCHARGE SHEET

17.3 — 17.5

1716 — 1721 (1717 — 1718 Deleted)

UNCLAIMED OVERCHARGES 17.5 — 17.6 1722 — 1724

PAYMENT ORDERS 17.6 1725 — 1730

LIST OF PAYMENT ORDERS 17.7 1731

CLAIMS SETTLEMENTS 17.7 — 17.10 1732 — 1735

TIME LIMIT FOR CLAIMS 17.10 — 17.11 1736 — 1741


CHAPTER XVII

CLAIMS AND REFUNDS

17.1

1701. Refund of overcharges: The procedure to be followed in dealing with claims for refund of overcharges is dependent on the nature of the error causing the overcharge and the time within which the claim is made. 1702. Deleted. 1703. Deleted. 1704. Deleted. 1705. Overcharges due to error in rate, classification or computation of freight: If the overcharge be the result of error in classification, in computation of freight, or in rate not affected by description (i.e. when the consignment tallies with the description shown on the Invoice) or condition of carriage, the refund may be allowed by the Station Master when the claim is made at the time of delivery in connection with “To Pay” consignments. Similar overcharges claimed after the delivery of goods should be dealt with in the manner indicated in paragraph 1715. 1706. An “error of classification” occurs when a consignment specially mentioned in the tariff is correctly described, but charged under the wrong class. Overcharges claimed in respect of goods not specifically mentioned in the tariff and regarding which doubts exist as to the class chargeable, do not come under the head “error of classification”, and should be certified by the Assistant Commercial Manager in the same manner as overcharges due to alteration in description or weight, (paragraphs 1710 to 1713). 1707. List of Refunds: Overcharges due to errors in classification, computation of freight or in rate allowed at the time of delivery of goods, vide paragraph 1705, should be entered in a List of Refunds (Form T.1707).

FORM T. 1707

LIST OF REFUNDS OF OVERCHARGES ALLOWED AT THE TIME OF DELIVERY OF GOODS AT …………….. STATION DURING PERIOD ENDING ………… 20….

Invoice Serial

No. No. Date Station from

Description Weight Invoiced

rate Invoiced freight

Rate charged

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Tonnes Rupees Rupees Rupees


CHAPTER XVII

CLAIMS AND REFUNDS

17.2

Freight charged

Amount refunded

Account code

Date on which refund

allowed

Month in which invoice

accounted for

Reasons for refund

Consignee’s signature

Remarks

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Rupees Rupees

N.B. (a) In cases where the refund is allowed on account of errors other than that in computation, the pages of the tariff or tariffs concerned under the authority of which the refund is allowed should be quoted in the column “Reasons for refund.” (b) If the consignee’s acknowledgement is obtained in vernacular, it should be translated into English by the Station Master or delivering Goods Staff.

…….……………Station. ……………………. Station Master

1708. The lists of refunds (T.1707) should contain all overcharges allowed at the time of delivery during each period for which the accounts are prepared and should be signed by the Station Master or Commercial Supervisor (Goods).

1709. Overcharges allowed at the time of delivery of goods should be required to be acknowledged by the consignee on the back of the railway receipt (T.1353) and on the list of refunds (T.1707) such acknowledgments for overcharges should be checked by the Sectional Inspector of Coaching and Goods/Accounts and Commercial Inspector as well.

1710. Overcharges due to error in weight: If there is an error in weight, the entire consignment should be reweighed, however, it will be sufficient to reweigh ten per cent of bagged consignments of not fewer than thirty bags provided that (i) reweighments are made under the personal supervision of the officer in charge or Traffic/Commercial Supervisor or other Officer deputed for the task and (ii) the bags are certified, by the same authority, to be of uniform size and in good condition. At stations where there are no means of weighing consignments, a reference should be made to the Station Master of the forwarding station or of the station en route, at which the consignment was weighed.

1711. Full details of weighment should be given on the reverse of the Overcharge Sheet (T.1716) and in cases in which the result of weighment has been communicated by the forwarding or other station, such Station Master's letter admitting the overcharge should be sent to the Accounts Office with the Overcharge Sheet (T.1716).

1712. For all refunds of overcharges due to error in weight the correct weight should be certified by the Transportation / Commercial Officer on the Overcharge Sheet (T.1716) before the refund is allowed.


CHAPTER XVII

CLAIMS AND REFUNDS

17.3

1713. Overcharges due to error in description of goods or routing of traffic: If the overcharge be the result of error in description of goods or routing of traffic, the correct description of goods or the correct route should be certified by the responsible Transportation/Commercial Officer on the Overcharge Sheet before the refund is allowed.

1714. Overcharges in connection with amounts twice paid: An Overcharge Sheet (T.1716) should be prepared by the station and verified by the Accounts Office which will advise the Commercial branch to issue a Pay Order for the refund.

1715 Overcharge Sheets: In all cases of overcharges due to error in (i) weight, description or routing of traffic or (ii) rate, classification or computation of freight claimed after the delivery of goods (paragraph 1705) or those in connection with amount twice paid, an Overcharge Sheet (T.1716) should be prepared by the Claims Office and submitted to the Accounts Officer concerned who will certify it before the issue of a refund Pay Order (G.1688) by the responsible Traffic / Commercial Officer.

1716. Overcharge Sheet: The Overcharge Sheet for traffic should be prepared on Form T.1716.


OVERCHARGE SHEET Class Ticket. Invoice/Receipt No.———————20.....

Particulars for clearance of station outstanding.

Particulars relating to public claims.

Station from—————Station to————

————————————————Station (where overcharge lies).

Reference to correspondence with Chief Commercial Manager ——————or Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer.

Sender—————————Consignee————

Freight/Fare actually collected Rs.——————————As———————————

———————— ————

Overcharge for Rs.———————————— taken credit for in the Goods Balance Sheet for the month of————————————————————20…....

Name and full address ————— of the person who pays freight and takes ————— delivery.

Invoice accounted for in the month

(To be filled in by the above Claim made on——————————20…..

of———————————20…….. station before dispatch of Over- Arrear undercharge, if any, accounted

charge Sheet to Accounts Office).

for in the month of——————20…... Demurrage/Wharfage accounted for in the month of——————20…...

Reference to correspondence with Chief Commercial Manager or Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer.—————————————

The nature of the error ————— for which and the circumstances under ————— which the Overcharge Sheet is prepared and ————— sent.


CHAPTER XVII

CLAIMS AND REFUNDS

17.4

Weight Paid To-pay Demurrage./Wharfage.

* Special Charges.

Num

ber

of

pack

ages

Pa

ssen

gers

.

Des

crip

tion

Tonne. Kgs

Cla

ss

Rat

e.


Remarks

CH

AR

GED

Total charged

SHO

ULD

B

E

Total should be

Difference

N.B.——If another invoice is issued in supersession of the above, the following particulars should be filled in under certification of forwarding and receiving stations:——

Invoice No./P.W.-Bill No.—————dated————from————— Station to————————————— Accounted for by the receiving Station Master in the month of—————————————————————20…... Remarks given in Accounted for by the forwarding Station Master in the Delivery/D.T. Cash month of———————————————————20....... Book at page————— Circumstance under which issued————————————————— on————— Diversion fee Rupees———————collected at——————————— and remitted under Cash remittance-note No.————————————. Dated————————————— . *In this column should be shown special charges such as additional customs charges, etc., separately.

———————————————Forwarding Station Master. —————————————————Receiving Station Master

For Chief Commercial Manager.

for Divisional Commercial Officer.

(Reverse) Accounts Certification

Nature of error—————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————

Overcharge passed for Rupees——————————————— (In words) Rs.—————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————— —————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————— Debitable to———————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————

————————————————————————

for Financial Adviser & Chief Accounts Officer Revenue.


CHAPTER XVII

CLAIMS AND REFUNDS

17.5

——————————————————————— Assistant Accounts Officer.

Details of reweighment on weighing machine or beam scale Separate weights should be shown for separate descriptions.

Weight Weight Number of packages Description

Tonne. Kgs

Number of packages

DescriptionTonne. Kgs.

Details of reweighment on weigh-bridge.

Wagon Gross Tare Net

No. Tonne. Kgs. Tonne. Kgs. Tonne. Kgs.

1717. Deleted. 1718. Deleted. 1719. Form T.1716 should also be used for the clearance of outstandings caused by errors in Invoices (paragraphs 1569 to 1578) other than those representing under and overcharges.

1720. Station Masters should certify the date of refund on the back of all Overcharge Sheets, and enter the same in the “Remarks” column of the Goods Outwards or the Inwards Books, where a note of the submission of an Overcharge Sheet for certification should also be made.

1721. As any over-refund owing to error in Overcharge Sheet (T.1716) or Refund List (T.1707) will be debited by the Accounts Office in a similar manner as undercharges, care should be taken that the “should be” charges are correctly entered in the Overcharge Sheets and Refund Lists. 1722. Unclaimed overcharges: Overcharges, either coaching or goods, amounting to Rupees ten or more not refunded at the time of delivery but subsequently discovered in the Accounts Office should be refunded, if discovered not later than six months after the money has been collected, provided the identity of the party to whom the money is


CHAPTER XVII

CLAIMS AND REFUNDS

17.6

due can be established. Such refunds should only be made to the person who paid the money or his order, and the procedure described in paragraph 1723 should be followed in making the refund.

1723. The Concerned Accounts Office will prepare and submit to the Claims Office statements showing overcharges of Rupees ten and above refundable. On receipt of these statements, Station Masters should be asked for (i) the names and addresses of the persons entitled to the refund, (ii) the freight collected in cash or Credit Note and (iii) whether the refund was allowed at the time of delivery or not. If, on receipt of this information, the refund is found to be due, a Pay Order (G.1688) should be sent under a registered cover to the person concerned, the Accounts Office being advised at the same time.

1724. To meet the cases of large and well-known firms, it may be arranged that such firms as are prepared to sign an undertaking to pay undercharges after delivery, will also be allowed to include in the same agreement an undertaking by Pakistan Railways to refund all overcharges as soon as discovered, the limit of time being six months in either case.

1725. Pay Orders: For overcharges allowed after delivery of goods and refunded on authority of a Pay Order (G.1688), which will be issued in favour of the claimant by the Traffic / Commercial Officer dealing with the refund, the signature of the payee should be obtained to the receipt at the foot of the Pay Order. Payment of claims over Rupees ten thousand are made through crossed cheque. 1726. Station Masters will be held personally responsible for correct payment to the rightful claimant.

1727. When payments made from station earnings on Pay Orders amounting to Rupees 500 or above, the Station Master should see that the vouchers are properly stamped and stamps defaced by the payee failing which, credit for the incomplete vouchers will be disallowed by the Accounts Office. 1728. Pay Orders should be cashed at the station to which they are addressed. Pay Orders chargeable to Coaching earnings should ordinarily be paid out of Coaching earnings and those chargeable to Goods from Goods earnings. 1729. Payment should be made within the period for which the Pay Order is current. 1730. After the signatures of the payee have been obtained to the receipt at the foot of the Pay Order in the manner indicated in paragraph 1725, the Pay Order should be sent to the Cashier with the rest of the day's collections.


CHAPTER XVII

CLAIMS AND REFUNDS

17.7

1731. List of Pay Orders: The office issuing Pay Orders should forward monthly to the Accounts Office a list of all Pay Orders issued by that office. These lists will be checked in the Accounts Office and the issuing office will be advised of any Pay Orders which have not been received from stations. 1732. Claims Settlements: Every claim for compensation on account of parcels or goods lost or damaged, which is admitted and paid for by Pakistan Railways, implies neglect or carelessness at one point or other by some member of the staff. Each such claim should be diagnosed as to its cause and investigated with a view to fix responsibility. The organization of the Claims Offices and the procedure for the investigations of claims by Claims Inspectors should be prescribed by the Chief Commercial Manager or the Chief Traffic Manager/Dry Ports. 1733. If claims are to be prevented, the various operations connected with the booking, loading, unloading and delivery of parcels and goods should be performed carefully and efficiently, in accordance with the instructions in this Code relating to the examining, marking, weighing, booking, loading, tallying, transhipping, unloading and delivery of goods as also the executing of Risk Notes, the labelling, sealing, riveting and unriveting of wagons, the examination of seals, etc. 1734. In all cases of goods lost or damaged a Missing Goods Return should be prepared in form No. T.1734 and submitted by stations to the Claims Office concerned. This form is printed in three separate parts A, B and C. Part A is for use by the forwarding station; Part B by the transhipment station; and Part C by the destination station. Reports by receiving stations on Part C should be submitted to the Claims Office concerned as soon as a consignment is delivered under qualified remarks. These reports should not be detained till they are called for. Forwarding and transhipping stations may, however, submit their reports on parts ‘A' and ‘B' respectively, only when called for.

FORM T.1734 MISSING GOODS RETURN

A (Obverse)

FORWARDING STATION'S REPORT OF MISSING AND DAMAGED GOODS AND PARCELS 1 Booking particulars................................................................................................................................. 2 Risk notes held........................................................................................................................................ 3 Remarks on Railway Receipt................................................................................................................... 4 Where goods were stored pending dispatch............................................................................................ 5 In whose charge...................................................................................................................................... 6 Date and time of loading........................................................................................................................ 7 Owning Railway No. and description of vehicle................................................................................... 8 Whether sealed and riveted.................................................................................................................... 9 Condition of wagon floor….................................................................................................................... 10 Train, date and time of dispatch.............................................................................................................. 11 Market rate at time of booking................................................................................................................


CHAPTER XVII

CLAIMS AND REFUNDS

17.8

12 Documents attached—— (1) Copy of invoice, with routes. (2) Copy of Risk note “A” (if any). (3) Copies of messages exchanged. (4) Statements of staff concerned. M. G. R. No.................................. Date.............................................. ……..……......... Station.......................................... Station Master. Note.–Rules on the subject of defective, damaged, missing or exchanged packages together with open deliveries, assessments, etc., should be strictly observed and any information not provided for above should be given under 'General Remarks’ overleaf.

(Reverse)

GENERAL REMARKS …………………

Station Master.

I certify that wagon No.....................holding consignment quoted overleaf was sealed and received in the presence of……………………….as soon as loading was completely finished.

……………… Station Master.

B

(Obverse) PARTICULARS OF RECEIPT AND DISPATCH AT JOINT, JUNCTION, TRANSHIPPING, CHECKING OR

INTERMEDIATE STATION TO BE ENTERED BELOW

1. Date and No. train arrived…………………………………………………………………………… 2. Time train arrived……………………………………………………………………………………… 3. Guard and second guard in charge of wagon or consignment……………………………………. 4. Owning Railway. No. and description of

vehicle………………………………………………………… 5. Condition and No. of seals…………………………………………………………………………… 6. Condition and No. of sheets..………………………………………………………………………… 7. Condition and No. of lashing sealed………………………………………………………………… 8. Condition and No. of red check marks.……………………………………………………………..

Particulars of receipt

9. Label shows……………………………………………………………………………………………

Found short…………………………………………………………….. Found damaged……………………………………………………….. Nature of discrepancy .. Found excess or exchanged…………………………………………... Found slack, torn or cut………………………………………………..


CHAPTER XVII

CLAIMS AND REFUNDS

17.9

10. Extent and cause……………………………………………………………………………………….. 11. Marks……………………………………………………………………………………………………. 12. Weight..…………………………………………………………………………………………………. 13. Condition of floor, sides, roof, etc., of wagon……..…………………………………………………. 14. If deficiency or other causes advised, copy attached.………………………………………

Condition of goods and packing of dispatch

15. No., description, etc., of truck transhipped to………..………………………………………………. 16. Date and time of transhipment......….…………………………………………………………………. 17. How labelled ?..........…………………………………………………………………………………… 18. How sealed ?.............…………………………………………………………………………………… 19. How sheeted ?...........…………………………………………………………………………………… 20. Date and time of dispatch……………………………………………………………………………… 21. Guard and second guard in charge of wagon or consignment………….…………………………… 22. Official’s name………….………………………………………………………………………………… 23. Police No. or name…….………………………………………………………………………………… 24. Cause of delay, if any,…………………………………………………………………………………... 25. Cause of being transhipped or checked………………………………………………………………… 26. Where consignment remained pending dispatch, and in whose charge?........................................ 27. No., time and date of original report and station from, copy attached………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 28. State of weather……………………………………………………………………………………………

Date…………………… ………………………………. Station………………………. Station Master’s Signature.

C

(Obverse) DESTINATION STATION’S REPORT OF MISSING AND DAMAGED GOODS AND PARCELS

(N. B: This report should be submitted as soon as delivery has been affected on acceptance of qualified remarks or there is reason to believe that consignment or part of a consignment is lost, exchanged or misdelivered.

1. Booking particulars……………………………………………………………………………….………… 2. Risk particulars and remarks on Railway Receipt…………………………………….………………….. 3. Legal owner……………………………………………………………………………….………………… 4. Number and description of vehicle……………………………………………………..………………… 5. Train, date and time of arrival……………………………………………………………….…………….. 6. Time and date of unloading……………………………………………………………………..…………. 7. Condition of seals and rivets………………………………………………………………………..……… 8. Dates on which consignee appeared for delivery……………………………………………………..…. 9. Date delivery effected………………………………………………………………………………………. 10. Nature of discrepancy……………………………………………………………………………………… 11. Name of policeman present……………………………………………………………………………….. 12. Weight of one good bag or package (if of uniform size and weight)…………………………………… 13. Weights of defective bags………………………………………………………………………………….. 14. Position of damaged package in the wagon……………………………………………………………… 15. State of weather (in cases of damageable goods)………………………………………………………… 16. Remarks regarding cause of damage………………………………………………………………….......


CHAPTER XVII

CLAIMS AND REFUNDS

17.10

17. Delivery remarks accepted (true copy)………………………………………………………….………… 18. Value of missing goods per bill/voucher Rupees……………………………………………….....…….. 19. Value per current market rate……………………………………………………………….……………... 20. Documents attached:

(1) Wagon seals. (2) True copy of Invoice or Way-bill. (3) Copies of messages issued. (4) Statements of staff concerned.

M. G. R. No……………………………… Date………………………………………. Station……………………………………. ……………

Station Master. Note: Rules on the subject of defective, damaged, missing or exchanged packages together with open deliveries, assessments, etc., should be strictly observed and any information not provided for above should be given under ‘General Remarks’ overleaf.

(Reverse)

GENERAL REMARKS .………………

Station Master. I certify that wagon No………………….., holding consignment quoted overleaf was received with seals intact, that the seals were intact at the time the unloading began and the unloading commenced immediately these seals were removed. Station stamp………………………… Date………………………………….. ……………...

Station Master

1735. After a claim for compensation of loss or damage of goods has been settled by the Claims Office, the amount thereof is paid to the claimant by means of Pay Order (G.1688) showing the full particulars of the transaction in connection with which the claim is paid.

Note: Different coloured forms (say pink) may be used to distinguish these Pay Orders from those

for refund of overcharges, paragraph 1725. 1736. Time limit for claims: No claim against Pakistan Railways, not preferred within six months of its becoming due, can be paid without the concurrence of the Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue. Note 1: A convention has been established between the Federal Government and Provincial Governments and between Departments of the Government of Pakistan (Commercial and non-commercial), on a reciprocal basis, that adjustment of past transactions should not be made, if more than three years old, counting from the date on which a mistake is discovered, subject to the proviso that the time limit might be exceeded in exceptional cases. This convention does not apply to claims for overcharges or undercharges which are governed by the rule in paragraph 1739.


CHAPTER XVII

CLAIMS AND REFUNDS

17.11

Note 2: In order that the submission of belated claims may be avoided, claims should be regularly preferred by Pakistan Railways against other Departments annually for all amounts due from them. 1737. A claim against Pakistan Railways which is barred by time, under any provisions of law relating to limitation, is ordinarily to be refused and no claim on account of such a time-barred item is to be paid without the sanction of the Ministry of Railways (Railway Board). The onus is upon the claiming authority to establish a claim to special treatment for a time-barred item, and it is the duty of the authority against whom such claim is made to refuse the claim until a case for other treatment is made out. All petty time-barred claims are to be rejected forthwith and only important claims of this nature considered. 1738. It is the duty of the executive authority, in the first instance, to consider the question of time-barred before submitting a claim to the Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue for sanction under paragraph 1736 and the Accounts Officer should refuse payment of all claims found to be time —barred until the sanction of the Ministry of Railways (Railway Board) has been obtained.

1739. Claims of Provincial Governments and other Departments of the Federal Government against Pakistan Railways for overcharges and claims of Pakistan Railways against Provincial Governments or other Departments of the Federal Government for undercharges will be recognized and admitted if the claims are preferred within six months;

(i) in the case of cash payments, from the date of payment, and (ii) in the case of Warrants and Credit Notes, from the date of presentation of bill by the Pakistan Railways.

1740. The terms ‘ overcharges ‘ and ‘ undercharges ‘ used in the preceding paragraph mean overcharges and undercharges of railway freight and fares only. They refer to shortages and excesses in the items included in a bill which has already been rendered, but the omission of an item in a bill is not an ‘undercharge‘ nor is the erroneous inclusion of an item an ‘overcharge.’

1741. Delays in payments are opposed to all rules and are highly objectionable, and, when not satisfactorily explained, should be brought to the notice of the head of the department concerned by the Accounts Officer.

CHAPTER XVIII

20 October, 2011

PAKISTAN RAILWAYS




CHAPTER XVIII

INITIAL BOOKS AND RETURNS IN CONNECTION WITH GOODS TRAFFIC

34

CONTENTS


INITIAL BOOKS 18.1 1801 — 1802

INITIAL RETURNS 18.1 1803 — 1804

GOODS CASH BOOK 18.3 — 18.4 1805 — 1807

GOODS OUTWARDS BOOK 18.4 1808

GOODS INWARDS AND DELIVERY BOOK (LOCAL) 18.4 1809

GOODS INWARDS AND DELIVERY BOOK (FOREIGN) 18.6 — 18.7 1810 — 1811

ABSTRACTS OF GOODS OUTWARDS-LOCAL 18.7 — 18.8 1812 — 1817

ABSTRACTS OF GOODS OUTWARDS – FOREIGN 18.8 1818 — 1820

ABSTRACTS OF GOODS INWARDS–LOCAL 18.9 1821 — 1824

ABSTRACTS OF GOODS INWARDS – FOREIGN 18.9 1825

SUMMARIES OF GOODS–LOCAL 18.10 1826

SUMMARIES OF GOODS–FOREIGN

18.11

1827 (1828 Deleted)

VERIFICATION OF TOTALS OF SUMMARIES 18.11 1829

DEMURRAGE AND WHARFAGE RETURN 18.11 — 18.12 1830 — 1831

TESTING OF GOODS ACCOUNTS 18.12 1832

TESTING OF GOODS OUTWARDS 18.12 1833

TESTING OF GOODS INWARDS–TEST STATION BALANCE SHEET 18.13 — 18.14 1834 — 1837

OUTSTANDINGS IN CONNECTION WITH TEST BALANCES 18.15 1838 — 1842


CHAPTER XVIII


35

CONTENTS


STATION BALANCE SHEET (GOODS) 18.15 — 18.19 1843 — 1845

SPECIAL CREDITS 18.20 1846

CLOSING BALANCE OF A STATION GOODS BALANCE SHEET 18.20 1847

ALTERNATIVE FORMS OF INITIAL BOOKS AND RETURNS 18.21 1848 — 1851

ALTERNATIVE FORM OF GOODS OUTWARDS BOOK FOR LOCAL TRAFFIC 18.21 1852

ALTERNATIVE FORM OF GOODS INWARDS BOOK FOR LOCAL TRAFFICS 18.22 — 18.24 1853 — 1856

INWARDS GOODS CASH BOOK 18.24 1857

OUTWARDS GOODS CASH BOOK 18.25 1858

SUBMISSION OF RETURNS

18.25 — 18.26

1859 — 1861 (1860 Deleted)

SUBMISSION OF INVOICES TO THE ACCOUNTS OFFICE 18.27 1862 — 1863


CHAPTER XVIII


18.1

1801. Initial books: The initial books and registers affecting goods accounts required to be kept up at stations are as follows: Form No. Alternate Form No. 1. Goods Cash Book .. .. .. T.1805 T.1857 and T.1858. 2. Goods Outwards Book (Local) .. .. T.1808 T.1852. 3. Goods Outwards Book (Foreign).. .. T.1808 A 4. Goods Inwards and Delivery Book (Local) .. T.1809 T.1853. 5. Goods Inwards and Delivery Book (Foreign) .. T.1810. 6. Test Balance Register of Inwards "To Pay" Goods T.1834. 7. Junction Register of Through Invoices .. T.938. 8. Deleted. 9. Goods Station Balance Sheet .. T.1843. 10. Loading and Unloading Tally Books .. T.1410 and T.1510. 11. Weighment Register .. .. T.1343. 12. Register of Wagons Handled by sender or consignee T.1507. (wagon transfer register) 1802. The books mentioned against items 1 to 6 and 9 in the previous paragraph including the alternate forms of books are described in this Chapter. 1803. Initial returns: The following returns are prepared and rendered by stations to the Accounts Office in connection with goods traffic. The manner and due date of their submission are described in paragraphs 1859 to 1863. Form No. Alternate Form No. 1. Abstract of Goods Outwards–Local T.1812 T.1852. 2. Abstract of Goods Outwards–Foreign T.1818. 3. Abstract of Goods Inwards–Local T.1821. T.1853. 4. Abstract of Goods Inwards–Foreign T.1825 5. Summaries of Outwards and Inwards Goods–Local T.1826 T.1852 and T.1853. 6. Summaries of Outwards and Inwards Goods–Foreign T. 1827. 7. Demurrage and wharfage Return T.1830. 8. Border Exchange Register 1804. The returns mentioned in the previous paragraph are mainly compiled from initial vouchers, i.e., forwarded and received Invoices. Before their submission to the Accounts Office; they are checked with the initial books in the manner indicated in paragraphs 1832 to 1842. After the accounts for the last 'period' have been checked, the Goods Station Balance Sheet (T.1843) is prepared. The link between the initial vouchers, books, returns and the Station Balance Sheet is roughly illustrated in the accompanying diagram which shows how the goods earnings are brought to account.


CHAPTER XVIII


18.2


CHAPTER XVIII


18.3

1805. Goods Cash Book: The Goods Cash Book (Form T.1805) is a record of (i) the progress made in the realisation of the goods earnings from all sources, including demurrage, wharfage, siding charges etc. and special receipts which are shown under the head ' Miscellaneous' in the Goods Balance Sheet (T.1843) and (ii) the remittances of such receipts to the Accounts Office. It should be posted as the cash and the Credit Notes, which are treated as cash, are received, and opposite the total of each day's receipts the following entry should be made:

“Remitted to Cashier under Cash Remittance Note no....................... dated........................”

FORM T.1805

P.R. GOODS CASH BOOK OF——————————————————————STATION.

Invoice. Amount received.

Number Paid To-pay

on account of previous month

Dat

e on

whi

ch c

ash

is

rece

ived

Folio

of O

utw

ards

or

Inw

ards

Boo

k

Date

Loca

l

Fore

ign Stat

ion

from

/to

Nam

e of

con

sign

ee o

f In

war

ds a

nd o

f con

sign

or o

f O

utw

ards

Goo

ds

Prog

ress

ive

No.

of e

ntry

Local Account code…..

Foreign Account

code…….

Local Account Code….

Foreign Account Code….

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees

Amount received

To-pay on account of current

month

On account of demurrage

On account of wharfage

Sundry Receipts

Siding Charges

Local. Account code……

Foreign. Account

code…….

Account code…..

Account code…..

Account code…..

Account code…..

Total Remarks

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees

——————————————Commercial Assistant (Goods). ——————————————Station Master.


CHAPTER XVIII


18.4

1806. When payment of freight is made, the folio of the Outwards or Inwards Book on which the item appears should be inserted against the entry in the Goods Cash Book. 1807. Full particulars of Credit Notes received daily in payment of goods freight, etc., should be noted in the “Remarks” column of the Goods Cash Book against the items to which they refer. 1808. Goods Outwards Book: The Goods Outwards Book should be maintained in form T.1808 for the record of all Invoices issued from a station. Separate Books should be maintained for Local and Foreign traffic. The Books should be posted daily from Invoices which should be entered in the order of their issue, i.e., in the order of their printed machine numbers. The weight and freight figures should be entered carefully under the correct columns. The book should be totalled daily and its periodical summary also be prepared and the totals carried forward progressively till the totals for the entire month are arrived at. The totals under head 'Paid' should be compared daily with the corresponding figures in the Goods Cash Book (T.1805).

FORM T.1808 (Local) FORM T.1808 A (Foreign)

P.R.

GOODS OUTWARDS BOOK OF——————————————— STATION

Receipt No.

Total weight charged or measurement

Total amount of charges

Paid

Paid

Tax

(if

any

)

To-p

ay

To-p

ay

Tax

(if a

ny)

Invo

ice

No.

Paid

To-p

ay

Stat

ion

to

Actual weight in

Kgs

Weight in kgs

handled by owner Account

code…….. Account



code…….. R

emar

ks


Note.——The dates of posting to be written at the top before commencing to write this case.

1809. Goods Inwards and Delivery Book (Local): The Goods Inwards and Delivery Book for Local traffic referred to in paragraph 1540 should be maintained in form T.1809.


CHAPTER XVIII


18.5

FORM T.1809 (Local)

P.R. INWARDS AND DELIVERY BOOK OF—————————————————STATION OF GOODS BOOKED

FROM ———————————————STATION DURING THE MONTH OF————————————20…….. Directions and

Code Nos. will be filled up in the

Accounts Office.

Forwarding Station

Forwarding Direction

Receiving Station

Receiving Direction

Route to be followed on

the home line

Zone No.

UP / DOWN Traffic

Invoice For full wagon loads only

Date of entry

Date No.

Con

sign

ee’s

rece

ipt N

o.

Date of unloading

Number of wagons

1 2 3 4 Description or measurement when charges are made by dimensions.

Principal commodities. Other commodities.

Actual weight

Actual weight

Actual weight

Actual weight

Names of commodities

Weight charged Weight handled

by owners

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Tonne. Tonne. Tonne. Tonne. Tonne. Tonne.

Total freight.

Under-charges

Over-charges

Excise Duty relating to Coal mines

Paid

To-pay inclusive of

paid on charges

Account Code......

Account Code.......

Outstanding at the close of

the month Account Code......

Class and rate

Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees 12 13 14 15 16 17

——————————————Station Master.


CHAPTER XVIII


18.6

Wharfage / Demurrage

charge. Account Code......

Dat

e.

Am

ount

.

Veh

icle

num

ber

& c

arry

ing

capa

city

Ris

k-no

te h

eld.

No.

and

des

crip

tion.

Mar

ks.

Dat

e of

rec

eipt

s of

goo

ds a

nd

No.

of t

rain

by

whi

ch r

ecei

ved.

Dat

e go

ods

wer

e av

aila

ble

for

deliv

ery.

Dat

e of

del

iver

y an

d re

mov

al o

f go

ods.

Rupees

Con

sign

or.

Con

sign

ee.

Rec

eipt

file

ref

eren

ce N

o.

Prog

ress

ive

No.

of p

aym

ent

ente

red

in c

ash

book

.

Sign

atur

e of

the

Del

iver

y O

ffici

al

Sign

atur

e of

rec

ipie

nt..

18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

1810. Goods Inwards and Delivery Book (Foreign): The Goods Inwards and Delivery Book for Foreign traffic should be maintained in form T.1810

FORM T.1810

GOODS INWARDS AND DELIVERY BOOK OF.................... STATION (FOREIGN)

Date of entry Invoice Wagon Transhipped into wagon

Month Date Date No. No. Owner Description Carrying capacity No. At

Number of

Consignee'sreceipt

Station from

1 2 3 4 5 6

Consignor Consignee No. of articles

Description and measurement when charges are made by

measurement

Marks Class Actual weight Weight charged

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Tonnes Tonnes


CHAPTER XVIII


18.7

Total charges Wharfage /

Demurrage charge Account Code..... Rate

Paid To-pay

Under-charge

Account Code.....

Over-charge

Account Code....

Out-standing at the close of the

month

Days Amount

Progressive No. of payment entered

in Cash Book

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees

Goods received

Date No. of train

Date goods were

available for delivery

Date of

delivery of goods

Date of

removal of goods

Initials of delivery Official

Signature of receiver

Remarks

22 23 24 25 26 27 28

1811. Both forms (T.1809 and T.1810) should be supplied in bound books. The pages of each Book should be machine-numbered. The entries in the columns “Number of Consignee's Receipt,” “Date of Delivery”, and “Initials of Delivery Staff” are of special importance and should be carefully filled up. The page of the Goods Cash Book (T.1805), on which payment of freight in the case of a “To-pay” consignment is recorded, should be inserted against the entry of the Invoice. Separate pages should be allotted for each station.

1812. Abstracts of goods outwards-Local: All Invoices issued from a station in Local booking should be entered daily in Local Outwards Abstracts (Form T.1812). The bookings to each station should be grouped and totalled separately.

FORM T.1812

ABSTRACT OF GOODS OUTWARDS FROM...............TO……….....STATION FOR THE MONTH OF...................................20…..

Invoice Particulars of commodities Total freight

Date No. Name of

commodity Weight

Actual weight

Weight handled

by owners

Paid Account

Code.......

To-pay Account Code......

Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6 Tonnes Tonnes Tonnes Rupees Rupees


CHAPTER XVIII


18.8

1813. The columns of Abstracts as headed should be correctly filled up. 1814. The totals only of each Invoice should be entered in the Abstracts. 1815. Actual weights, and not the weights charged for, should be posted in the Abstracts. 1816. The Abstracts should be closed at the end of each month and the total of each pair of stations carried into the Summary (T. 1826). 1817. Copies of Outwards Abstracts need not be kept at stations. 1818. Abstracts of goods outwards – Foreign: Invoices issued from stations in Foreign booking should be posted daily in Foreign Outwards Abstracts (Form T.1818). As in the case of Local Outwards Abstracts (T.1812), the bookings to each station should be grouped and totalled separately.

FORM T.1818

ABSTRACT OF GOODS OUTWARDS FROM......................STATION TO……………..… STATION VIA……………FOR THE MONTH OF……………………

Invoice Particulars of commodities

Total freight

Date No. Name of

commodity Weight

Actual weight

Weight handledby owner Paid

Account Code.....

To-pay Account Code......

Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6 Tonnes /

kgs Tonnes /

kgs Tonnes / kgs Rupees Rupees

1819. Instructions given in paragraphs 1813 to 1817 are equally applicable to Foreign Outwards Abstracts. 1820. Foreign Outwards Abstracts should be closed at the end of each period and the total of each pair of stations carried into the Summary. Each Foreign Abstract and Summary should be sent to the Accounts Office in separate bundles immediately after the close of each period except those for the final period of each month which should be submitted to that office 4 days after the close of the month.


CHAPTER XVIII


18.9

1821. Abstracts of Goods Inwards–Local: Local Goods Inwards Abstracts (Form T.1821) should be posted daily from inwards Invoices in the same manner as Outwards Abstracts (T.1812), separate Abstracts being prepared for each station from which consignments are received.

FORM T.1821.

ABSTRACT OF GOODS INWARDS AT.................STATION FROM ……………..STATION FOR THE MONTH OF...............................................

Invoice Particulars of commodities Total freight

Date No. Name of

commodity Weight

Actual weight

Weight of goods

unloaded by owner

Paid Account Code....

To-payAccount Code....

Under charge

Account Code....

Over-charge

Account Code....

Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Tonnes /

kgs Tonnes /

kgs Tonnes / kgs Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees

1822. To admit of as many Invoices as possible being brought to account in the same month as issued, the Abstracts for the last period of the month should continue open till the 7th of the month following. Invoices received after the close of the month's accounts to which they properly belong should be accounted for in the following month and not shown in Supplementary Abstracts.

1823. Instructions given in paragraphs 1813 to 1817 are equally applicable to Local Goods Inwards Abstracts except that the latter may be closed periodically or monthly as decided by the Accounts Officer and that ‘Paid On Charges’ shown separately on rebooking Invoices (paragraph 1581) should be shown separately in the Inwards Abstracts also to enable the Accounts Office to allow credit to the rebooking stations. 1824. Original amounts of Invoices are to be posted in the “Paid” or “To Pay” columns of the Abstracts, errors being dealt with as directed in the rules which deal with Under and Overcharges (paragraph 1541.)

1825. Abstracts of Goods Inwards – Foreign: These should be prepared on form No. T.1825 in the same way as Local Inwards Abstracts (T.1821) except that (i) separate Abstracts should be prepared for each station and each via from which consignments are received and (ii) Abstracts should be closed and submitted to the Accounts Office periodically or monthly.


CHAPTER XVIII


18.10

FORM T.1825

ABSTRACT OF GOODS INWARDS AT.............................STATION FROM.......................... STATION VIA…….....FOR....................20……..

Invoice Particulars of commodities

Total freight

Dat

e.

No. Name of

commodity Weight

Actual weight

Actual weight

of goodsunloaded

by owner


To-payAccount Code.... U

nder

char

ges

Acc

ount

C

ode.

...

Ove

rcha

rges

A

ccou

nt C

ode.

...

Rem

arks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Tonnes

/ kgs Tonnes /

kgs Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees

1826. Summaries of Goods–Local: Summaries of Local Outwards or Inwards Goods should be prepared on Form No. T.1826. These should be posted from the Abstracts and should bring out the totals of the booking to or from each station as grouped in the Abstracts. The names of stations should be entered in alphabetical order. To facilitate this the Abstracts should be sorted alphabetically before the postings in the Summaries are commenced. The Summaries may be prepared by sections, but a General Summary should be prepared in which the monthly grand totals for each section should be posted and one total made out to support the entry in the Goods Station Balance Sheet (T.1843).

FORM T. 1826 SUMMARY OF GOODS OUTWARDS FROM/INWARDS AT…………STATION

STATION FOR THE MONTH OF……………………. 20….

Freight Station to or

from Actual weight

Weight handled

by owner Paid

Account Code....

To-pay Account Code....

Undercharge Account Code....

Overcharge Account Code....

Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Tonnes /

kgs Tonnes /

kgs Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees


CHAPTER XVIII


18.11

1827. Summaries of Goods–Foreign: Summaries of Foreign Outwards and Inwards Goods should be prepared on form T.1827.

FORM T.1827 SUMMARY OF GOODS OUTWARDS FROM/INWARDS AT ………………..STATION

TO/FROM. VIA........FOR THE MONTH OF TO FROM…………. 20.....

Total freight Station to or from

Total actual weight

Live-stock

Actual weight

of goods handled by owner


To-pay Account Code....

Under-charge

Account Code....

Over- Charge

Account Code....

Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Tonnes / kgs


1828. Deleted. 1829. Verification of totals of Summaries: Outwards and Inwards Summaries should, before dispatch to the Accounts Office, be checked with the totals in the Goods Outwards and Inwards Books respectively both as to weight and freight. The total of ‘Paid’ columns in Outwards Summaries should also be checked with the corresponding figures in the Goods Cash Book (T.1805). Those for submission to the Accounts Office should be on loose sheets, but carbon copies should be kept for record at the stations in skeleton files, Local and Foreign being filed separately. 1830. Demurrage and Wharfage Return: This Return (Form T.1830) shows the amount collected on account of demurrage and wharfage which has accrued on consignments delivered during the month to which the Return relates together with the amounts actually collected and the amounts foregone under the sanction of competent authority. It should be written up from the Goods Inwards and Delivery Books (T.1809 and T.1810) immediately after each charge has been made and entered in these Books. Demurrage and/or Wharfage on Foreign and Local goods may be entered together in one Return.


CHAPTER XVIII


18.12

FORM T.1830 P.R. Goods demurrage and wharfage return of—————————————Station for———————————20…...

Invoice Weight Date on which goods were

Seri

alN

o.

Dat

e.

No.

Stat

ion

from

or

to

Des

crip

tion

Tonn

es

Kgm

s.

Wag

on N

o. a

nd it

s ca

rryi

ng c

apac

ity

Rec

eive

d

Mad

e A

vaila

ble

for

deliv

ery

Del

iver

ed o

r W

agon

re

leas

ed

Rem

oved

fr

om s

tatio

n pr

emis

es

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Amount due Amount foregone Amount collected No. of days

for which demurrage

or wharfage is due

Rate. Demurrage

Account

code........

Wharfage Account

code........

Demurrage

Wharfage Demurrage

Account code........

Wharfage Account

code........ Rem

arks

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

NOTE 1.——In case of entries relating to demurrage, date and time both should be given in columns Nos. 9 and 10 separately.

2.——Re-booking demurrage and wharfage should be accounted for separately at the end, and the total thereof should be added to the demurrage and wharfage return under column 17 and 18, respectively. Full particulars thereof should be shown in columns Nos. 1 to 10.

3.——The demurrage and wharfage foregone should be accounted for in columns Nos. 17 and 18 respectively.

4.——The return should be posted daily in ink and submitted to the Financial Advisor and Chief Accounts Office / Revenue immediately after the close of the month to which it relates so as to reach the office by the 5th of the following month.

1831. The procedure in regard to the accountal of wharfage and demurrage charges on goods is the same as for parcels (paragraphs 1220 to 1222).

1832. Testing of goods accounts: The accuracy of the posting in the various initial books and returns should be tested in the manner indicated in paragraphs 1833 to 1842 within two days of the close of each of the periods mentioned in paragraph 110 (13).

1833. Testing of goods outwards: An up-to-date summary of the Goods Cash Book (T.1805) should be made in the Cash Book at the end of each period. The amount received on account of “Paid” and “To Pay” Invoices should be shown separately. At the end of each period, a line should be drawn in the Outwards Books and a total-to-date made. Thus the totals will be progressive and there will not be separate totals to be


CHAPTER XVIII


18.13

brought together at the end of the month. The totals in the Outwards Books (T.1808), Abstracts (T.1812 and T.1818) and Summaries (T.1826 and T.1827) should first be compared, and it should then be seen that the total of the Outwards “Paid” Cash in the Goods Cash Book agrees with the total of the “Paid“ column of the Outwards Abstracts and Summaries. 1834. Testing of goods inwards–Test Station Balance Sheet: The Inwards and Delivery Books (T.1809 and T.1810), the Abstracts (T.1821 and T.1825), and Summaries (T.1826 and T.1827) should be ruled off and a total-to-date made as prescribed in the previous paragraph for the Outwards Books. A Test Balance should be compiled for each period in the Test Balance Sheet of Inwards “To Pay” Goods Traffic (Form T.1834).

FORM T.1834

(Obverse) TEST STATION BALANCE SHEET (INWARDS TO PAY GOODS)

Test Balance to, date, of Inwards “To-pay” Goods at……………..............Station for the period ending

……………………. 20…..

Particulars Debits Total

Amount Rupees Rupees

Dr.– Balance brought forward from last month .. .. Amount of “To-Pay” Invoices and Undercharges to date as per .. Summary. Demurrage as per monthly return in hand, total to date .. Special cash collections, Sundries .. .. .. Old items, vide last Test Balance .. .. .. Current items .. .. .. .. Excess collected on Inwards Invoices to date .. .. Previous amount, vide last Test Balance .. .. .. Current amount .. .. .. .. .. Audit debits—— Old items as per last Test Balance .. .. .. Current items .. .. .. .. ..

Total Debits ..


CHAPTER XVIII


18.14

Particulars Debits Total

Amount Rupees Rupees

Cr.—— Cash on account of Inwards “To-pay” Invoices, Audit debits, etc, to date, viz. Old amount, vide last Test Balance .. .. .. Amount for current period, vide Summary of Goods Cash Book .. Special credits on account of—— (1) Overcharge sheets to date, viz.—— Old items, vide last Test Balance .. .. .. Current items .. .. .. .. (2) Goods re-booked to date, viz.—— Old items, vide last Test Balance .. .. .. Current items .. .. .. .. (3) Other special credits, viz.—— Old items, vide last Test Balance .. .. .. Current items .. .. .. .. (4) Current Test Outstandings on date, vide list at back ..

Total Credits .. Note.——The lines and totals should, preferably, be made in red ink. Dated the…………………….20…... ………...…………Station Master.

(Reverse)

TEST CURRENT OUTSTANDINGS ON............20......

Page No. Amount Page No. Amount Page No. Amount Rupees Rupees Rupees

1835. The debits will be as indicated in the various headings of the form and should be obtained from the up-to-date “To pay” totals of the Summaries as arrived at above, the Demurrage Return, Accounts Office Debits, etc., a skeleton Inward Summary being used for arriving at the total. The opening balance brought forward will be the closing balance of the previous month.

1836. The credits will be the Cash Credits to date as represented by the up-to-date totals of Inwards “To-Pay” traffic in the Goods Cash Book, and any special credits. Only new items of special credits need be detailed, those from previous periods being brought forward in total only.


CHAPTER XVIII


18.15

1837. Any difference discovered in preparing these Test Balances should be at once traced out and put right. Station Masters and Commercial Supervisor (Goods) should be very careful not to pass over differences under any circumstances as neglect in this respect may lead subsequently to considerable difficulty and delay. 1838. Outstandings in connection with test balances: The outstandings in connection with the test balances, except, for the closing period of the month, need not be taken out in the full detail required by the Outstanding List form. It will be sufficient to quote the pages of the Delivery Book and the amounts outstanding on each page on the back of the Test Balance form. When there is more than one Delivery Book, the items from each Book should be distinguished by quoting the book number as well. 1839. The outstandings for the closing period of the month should be taken out in the “Outstanding List” and should not be entered in the Test Balance Sheet. 1840. The quickest and easiest way of making up the outstandings is to take them out from the Delivery Book immediately after the close of the period and before commencing deliveries in the succeeding period, as it can then be readily seen in respect to which items the goods are undelivered. If it be not done until after deliveries have commenced, the dates of delivery have to be carefully scrutinized to ascertain what items have been delivered subsequent to the period under test. 1841. If, when delivering goods, any discrepancy between the Delivery Book debit and cash collection occurs, the fact and amount should be noted in the “Remarks” column of the Cash Book, so as to have the information ready at hand when balancing the accounts. 1842. At the end of each month, the balance for the closing period should be made, and the outstandings entered in the Outstanding List. 1843. Station Balance Sheet (Goods): After the accounts for the last period have been tested in the manner indicated in paragraphs 1833 to 1842, a Station Balance Sheet (Goods) should be prepared in form T.1843. The principle underlying the preparation of a Goods Balance Sheet is the same as for a Coaching Balance Sheet (T.1236).


CHAPTER XVIII


18.16

FORM T.1843

Goods Station Balance Sheet of…………………… Station for the month of ……………… 20 ….

(Obverse) Debit side

To be filled in by Accounts Office Particulars of Debits. (To be filled in by Station)

Local Foreign Out-city booking agencies

Particulars Amount

1 2 3 4 5 6 To balance from last month

Outwards “Paid” Local Goods Inwards “To-pay” Traffic. Undercharge Demurrage, Demurrage etc. as per return. Wharfage & storage

Outwards “Paid” Out-City Booking Inwards “To-pay” Agency Traffic Undercharge

Foreign Outwards “Paid/to pay” Goods Inwards “paid/to-pay” Traffic Undercharge Coal Traffic Miscellaneous, vide foot-notes 1 to 3 Stamped Indemnity Bonds Siding and haulage charges as per siding return. Other items (to be detailed) Road Service charges in Dry Ports

Federal Excise Duty Freight Deposit Receipts

Total goods, excluding balance Less-Refunds as per statement below (to be

filled in by Accounts Office).

Net Total, excluding balance (to be filled in by Accounts Office).

Sundries earnings as per statement of miscellaneous remittances.

Tax

Total Sundries earnings Accounts Office and Cash Office debits Error Sheet No. ,dated

Less-Refunds as detailed in statement below.

do. do. do. do.

Net Total Sundries Grand Total, excluding Balance

Grand Total Debits


CHAPTER XVIII


18.17

Credit side

Particulars of Credits (to be filled in by Station)

To be filled in by Accounts Office

List of errors Dates Cash Vouchers Total Particulars Amount

Particulars Dr. Cr.

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

1 2 3 4 5 6

and so on up to

31

Total cash remittances. Special recoveries.

Total Vouchers : Others: Military Total Vouchers S.I. Bonds Dr. Transfers Cr.

Total Net Total Transfers. By overcharges as per certified overcharge sheets detailed on reverse. Special credits as per details on reverse.

Total Credits Total Credits

Balance carried forward to next month.

Checked balance carried forward.

Grand Total Grand Total

Station balance Previous debits not taken to account: Error Sheet No. for Current debits : Error Sheet No. for Credits on account of previous debits withdrawn : C.A.- note No. ,dated Do. do. Do. do. Credit-Notes Pending : Others: Military Accounts to adjust, vide details attached.

Total

Net Checked Balance.

Out standing Accounts. (To be filled in by Accounts Office)

Particulars Month Dr. Cr.

Station pay orders

Rebooked consignments Refund lists Previous debits withdrawn Previous credits reversed Overcharge sheets

Total


CHAPTER XVIII


18.18

Refunds and remissions. (To be filled in by Accounts Office)

Particulars Local Agencies Total Sundries

Station pay orders Rebooked consignments Refund lists Previous debits withdrawn Previous credits reversed Overcharge sheets

Total Note.——Only columns 5 to 10 are to be used by stations. (1) Under this head should be posted all receipts on account of excess collections, undercharges recovered on behalf of other stations, freight on goods delivered on memo invoices, etc. (2) Under this head should be posted sale-proceeds and sweepings, etc. (3) If not sufficient space, give details on reverse. (4) In the case of stations at which goods traffic is heavy, and the space on the back in Part I is not sufficient, continuation sheet printed for the purpose should be used. Details of special entries as noted on reverse of balance sheets will also be separately compiled for each class of entry. Station……………. Checked by…………….. Station Master….………. Dated……………. Balance Sheet Checker……… Commercial Assistant (Goods) ….......

(Reverse)

Part I

LIST OF OUTSTANDINGS WORKING UP TO THE BALANCE Error sheet or

invoice Goods on hand

Date No.

Part

icul

ars

(sta

tion

from

)

Adm

itted

err

or s

heet

s

Obj

ecte

d er

ror

shee

ts

Invo

ices

req

uiri

ng

clea

ranc

e by

ove

r ch

arge

she

ets

Old

invo

ices

Cur

rent

invo

ices

(th

ree

mon

ths

old)

Am

ount

oth

er th

an

railw

ay fr

eigh

t

Tota

l

Rea

sons

why

out

-st

andi

ng, a

nd r

efer

ence

to

cor

resp

onde

nces

*

Total

*Note 1. In cases of admitted debits, names of the persons responsible and reference to the deduction statement in which the same is shown for recovery should be given in this column.


CHAPTER XVIII


18.19

2. In cases of objected debits, reference to correspondence with the Chief Commercial Manager should be quoted. 3. Name and designation of staff responsible, no. and date of letter under which deduction list sent to the Divisional Superintendent, should be noted against each of Admitted error sheet. 4. Chief Commercial Manager, Operating Office Code Number Should be noted against item of Objected Error Sheets.

Part II

DETAIL OF SPECIAL ENTRIES MADE BY STATION IN DEBIT OR CREDIT SIDE OF THE

BALANCE SHEET

Debit side of balance sheet

Credit side of Balance Sheet

Particulars Error sheets

taken to debit

Other items

Certified over-

charge sheets

Consignments rebooked

Credit authorized

by Accounts

Office

Lost Property

office certificate

or statement

Over-charges as per list of refunds

Other items

Total

(a) One total of five last columns should be given to arrive at the total of special credits on reverse. 1844. The debit entries of a Goods Balance Sheet comprise:

(1) The debit balance (if any) from last month's account. (2) The Traffic earnings of the month under the head ‘Local’, 'Foreign' and Deposit Private Companies separately according to various heads of accounts as detailed in the several returns and statements particularized in the form. (3) Undercharges advised during the month by the Accounts Office. (4) Discrepancies advised by the Accounts Office and the Cash Office, not previously taken into account. (5) Siding charges as per Register of Siding Charges (T.2207). (6) Value of Stamped Indemnity Bonds supplied by the Stores Department (paragraph 1549). (7) Miscellaneous transactions not shown in the Returns. Of these full particulars should be given, i.e., reference to the Miscellaneous Cash Note (T.1140) should be quoted.

1845. The credit entries of a Station Goods Balance Sheet comprise:

(i) The total amount of cash and vouchers acknowledged daily by Cashier as per


CHAPTER XVIII


18.20

Cash Remittance Notes (T. 2153). (ii) Special credits under the different heads provided for in the form. The details of special credits under the various headings should be posted under Part II, at the back of the Form (T.1843). (iii) Balance (if any) to be carried forward to next month's accounts. Full particulars should be given in the column on the back of the form with the probable date of the proposed settlement of each item and an explanation of the measures taken to obtain adjustments. The procedure outlined in paragraph 1242 for the classification of outstandings of coaching Balance Sheet is applicable to Goods Balance Sheet also.

1846. Special credits: The special credits mentioned in sub-paragraph (ii) of the previous paragraph consist of:

(1) Overcharge sheets (T.1716) for the regularisation of errors in the issue of Invoices other than those representing under and overcharges in freight. (2) “Paid on” charges on consignments rebooked to other stations (paragraph 1581). Full particulars of both the original and rebooking Invoices should be given. (3) Original freight charges in connection with consignments transferred to Lost Property Office. Full particulars of the original Invoice and the rebooking free Invoice under which the consignment is transferred to Lost Property Office should be given. (4) Credits authorized by the Accounts Office in connection with debits withdrawn. Full particulars of the debits should be given; the order authorizing credit being submitted in original to the Accounts Office. (5) Overcharges allowed at the time of delivery of goods (paragraph 1705). (6) Invoices twice accounted for. Reference to the accounts for the periods in which the Invoice is accounted for twice should be given. (7) Other items of special credits.

1847. Closing balance of a station Goods Balance Sheet: The closing balance of a Station Goods Balance Sheet mentioned in sub-paragraph (iii) of paragraph 1845 consists of:

(1) Unsold Stamped Indemnity Bonds. (2) Admitted Cash and Accounts Office debits. The names of the persons responsible and reference to the month's salary bill in which they are shown for recovery should be given in the 'Remarks’ column. (3) Objected debits. Reference to the action taken for the withdrawal of the debit should be given in the 'Remarks' column. (4) Invoices in connection with goods on hand or not to hand. The former, as


CHAPTER XVIII


18.21

the heading in Part I will show, are subdivided into old Invoices and current Invoices (three months old). (5) Invoices requiring clearance by Overcharge Sheets. Reference to the action taken for the certification of the Overcharge Sheets should be given in the 'Remarks' column.

1848. Alternative forms of initial books and returns: Paragraphs 1849 to 1858 describe the alternative forms of Goods Cash Books and Outwards and Inwards Books. These forms combine the initial books with the returns and are so designed that, when written in carbon duplicate, a return for the Accounts Office is prepared. 1849. As the alternative forms of initial books are written in carbon duplicate they should be suitably bound to admit of carbon impressions being carried under the correct columns and should be written in indelible ink to guard against erasures. 1850. The link between the alternative forms of initial books, returns and Balance Sheet will be the same as outlined in paragraph 1804 except that the returns which are only carbon copies of the initial books need not be compared with them, there being no necessity of this comparison under the alternative procedure. 1851. These forms are interlocked with the alternative procedure of check and accountal of Goods traffic outlined in the Pakistan Railways Code for the Accounts Department. 1852. Alternative form of Goods Outwards Book for Local traffic: Stations can be relieved of the preparation of Local Goods Outwards Abstracts (T.1812) and Summaries (T. 1826) if the Goods Outwards Book for Local traffic is maintained in form No. T.1852. The forms should be supplied in sets of two foils bound in books, one of the foils being sent to the Accounts Office periodically or monthly as may be required and the other retained at the station for record. Both the foils should be written from outwards Invoices in one operation by carbon process, the entries being arranged in the order of the issue of Invoices, i.e., in the order of the printed machine numbers of Invoices. The totals of weight and freight should be carried forward progressively to arrive at periodical and monthly totals.


CHAPTER XVIII


18.22

FORM T.1852 …………...............LOCAL GOODS OUTWARD BOOK OF…………..............STATION

Receipt No. Total weight charged or

measurement Total amount of charge

Actual weight

Weight handled

by owner

Invoice No.

Paid To-pay

Station to

Tonnes / kgs

Freight Paid

tax paid if

any

To-Pay freight

To pay tax if any

Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6


Note.–The date of posting to be written at the top before commencing to write this up.

…….............……………

Station Master. 1853. Alternative form of Goods Inwards Book for Local traffics: Stations can similarly be relieved of the preparation of Local Goods Inwards Abstracts (T.1821) if the Goods Inwards and Delivery Book for Local traffic is maintained in form No. T. 1853. The Form has been so designed that columns 1 to 15 can be written in carbon duplicate; one of the foils being sent to the Accounts Office and the other retained at station for record.

First foil for Accounts Office. Second foil for Station Record.

FORM T.1853

INWARDS AND DELIVERY BOOK OF............STATION OF GOODS BOOKED

FROM.................STATION FOR THE MONTH OF…………..........20….

Directions and Code Nos. will be filled up

in the Accounts Office.

Forwarding station

Forwarding direction

Receiving station

Receiving direction

Route to be followed

Zone No

Code Nos.


CHAPTER XVIII


18.23

Invoice Description or measurement when charges are made by dimensions

Principal commodities Other commodities

Code Nos.

– – – Dat

e of

ent

ry

No.

Date C

onsi

gnee

’s re

ceip

t No.

Actual weight

Actual weight

Actual weight

Actual weight

Actual weight

Names of

commodities

Weight charged

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Tonnes /

kgs Tonnes /

kgs Tonnes /

kgs Tonnes /

kgs Tonnes /

kgs Tonnes / kgs

Total freight

Wei

ght h

andl

ed

by o

wne

r

Cla

ss a

nd r

ate

Paid

To-p

ay,

incl

usiv

e of

pai

d on

cha

rges

Und

er-c

harg

es

Ove

r-ch

arge

s

Out

-sta

ndin

g at

the

clos

e of

th

e m

onth

Veh

icle

s N

os. a

nd

carr

ying

cap

acity

Exci

se D

uty

Rel

atin

g to

C

oal M

ines

Ris

k-no

te h

eld

Account

Code....... Account

Code....... Account

Code.......Account

Code.......

Account Code.......

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

Tonnes / kgs

Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees

Wha

rfag

e/

Dem

urra

ge

char

ge

Acc

ount

C

ode.

......

.....

No.

and

des

crip

tion

Mar

ks

Dat

e of

rec

eipt

of

good

s an

d N

o. o

f tr

ain

by w

hich

rec

eive

d

Dat

e go

ods

wer

e av

aila

ble

for

deliv

ery

Dat

e of

del

iver

y an

d re

mov

al o

f goo

ds

Days Amount

Consignor

20 21 22 23 24 25 26

Rupees


CHAPTER XVIII


18.24

Consignee Receipt file

reference No.

Progressive No. of payment entered in

cash book

Signature of the delivery clerk

Signature of receiver

27 28 29 30 31

…………………….

Station Master.

1854. The inwards Invoices should, after necessary check, be entered separately for each ‘station from’. For this purpose separate pages should be set apart for the traffic from each station, the Book being indexed before it is brought into use.

1855. The traffic from each station for each period should be totalled for purposes of test balancing (paragraph 1834).

1856. Invoices relating to the previous month should be posted separately and their totals carried separately in the Summary (T.1826) as a distinct item.

1857. Inwards Goods Cash Book: In like manner, stations can be relieved of the preparation of Demurrage and Wharfage Returns (T.1830) if the Inwards Goods Cash Book were maintained at stations in Form No. T.1857. Realizations on account of freight on Inwards Goods, demurrage, wharfage and sundry receipts should be recorded in this Book. Rules in regard to the supply of the form in sets of two foils to be written in carbon duplicate and the submission of one foil to the Accounts office will be the same as for Outwards Book (T.1852).

FORM T.1857 First foil for Accounts Office

Second foil for Station Record

INWARDS GOODS CASH BOOK OF…………………........... .STATION FOR THE MONTH OF……………........................20…..

Invoices Date on which goods

were

Number

Folio Of Inwards

Book Date Local Foreign

Stat

ion

from

Des

crip

tion

Progressive No. of entry

Weight

Received

Made available

for delivery

No. of days for which

demurrage is due

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Tonnes /

kgs


CHAPTER XVIII


18.25

Amount received

On account of previous month

On account of current month

On account of

Local Foreign Local Foreign Demurrage Wharfage

Demurrage requiring

clearance by overcharge

sheets Account Code.....

Account Code.....

Account Code.....

Account Code.....

Account Code.....

Account Code.....

Account Code.....

Sundry receipts Account Code.....

Total Remarks

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees

……………………. ………………… Commercial Assistant (Goods). Station Master. 1858. Outwards Goods Cash Book: The Outwards Goods Cash Book will be maintained in form No. T.1858 and will be printed on single forms. Only the freight charges on outwards Paid traffic should be entered in the Outwards Cash Book.

FORM T.1858

OUTWARDS GOODS CASH BOOK OF................................... STATION FOR THE MONTH OF………….......................20....... Invoice

Number Folio of

Outwards Book Date

Local Foreign

Station to Progressive No. of entry

Amount Account Code.....

Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6 Rupees

Note 1.——Demurrage and wharfage charges on outwards goods should be accounted for in Inwards Goods Cash Book (T.1857). Note 2.——The total should be carried to the Inwards Cash Book (T.1857).

1859. Submission of returns: The following returns should be submitted by stations to the Accounts Office / Revenue, periodically or monthly as noted against each, along with a Transmit Memo. (Form No. T.1859). These forms are printed and supplied in sets of three foils. Two foils are submitted by the station along with the returns to the Accounts Office, one being retained at the station for record. The Accounts Office will return one foil as an acknowledgment of the returns received and the same should be pasted by stations to the record foil. Returns entered in the Transmit Memo. but not received in the Accounts Office will be pointed out by that Office through the third foil and it will be the duty of the Station Master to send the original return if left behind or a copy thereof to the Accounts Office.


CHAPTER XVIII


18.26

FORM T.1859 TRANSMIT MEMO

.................... Station, Out Agency / City Booking Agency.

Transit memo of returns for the period / month ending ..................... submitted to the Financial Advisor and Chief Accounts Officer, Revenue, Pakistan Railways, Lahore.

Name of returns Due date of

dispatch Number of

sheets

Remarks if any by the Accounts

Office Periodically Local goods outward books (original foil) with connected invoices Local goods outward books (original foil) with connected Local list of refund of over charges allowed at the time of delivery along with relevant invoices

Approximate returns Monthly Goods outward books along with invoices marked “Original” (Local) Goods inward and delivery books with relevant invoices (Local) Demurrage and Wharfage return along with supporting documents Goods Outward out agency / city booking agency return along with relevant invoices (Local)

Goods outward out agency booking agency return (Local) along with connected invoices

Goods balance sheet along with outstanding lists. Overcharge sheets and credit invoices

Approximate returns

Signature of the Accounts Official .....................................

Signature of Station Master / Out Agent / City Booking Agent

1860. Deleted. 1861. The periodical returns should be transmitted to the Accounts Office without fail by the first train carrying dispatches on the day immediately following the period to which they refer, except those for the last period of the month which should be submitted on the 4th or 8th, as the case may be, of the succeeding month. The monthly Returns should be submitted to the Accounts Office on the 4th or 8th of the month following that to which the accounts refer. In the event of there being no traffic to enter on any of the Returns (except the Goods Balance Sheet), the word Nil should be written against the particular Return in the Transmit Memo. In the case of the Goods Balance Sheet, if there is no transaction, a nil Form should be submitted to the Accounts Office.


CHAPTER XVIII


18.27

1862. Submission of Invoices to the Accounts Office: To permit of the checking of Invoices being carried on in the Accounts Office regularly throughout the month, Invoices received should be dispatched by destination stations to the Accounts Office in batches at the close of each period of accounting. A final batch of those relating to the previous month and received between the 1st and 7th of the following month should be dispatched on the 8th. Invoices sent to the Accounts Office should be arranged in serial and station order as per entries in the Abstracts. Both Local and Foreign Invoices should be submitted to the Accounts Office, securely stitched to the Abstracts for the period. 1863. Deleted.

CHAPTER XIX

20 October, 2011

PAKISTAN RAILWAYS




CHAPTER XIX

LOST PROPERTY OFFICE

36

CONTENTS


LOST OR UNCLAIMED PROPERTY 19.1 — 19.2 1901 — 1906

UNCLAIMED BOOKED CONSIGNMENTS 19.2 — 19.3 1907 — 1911

RECEIPT OF ARTICLES IN LOST PROPERTY OFFICE 19.3 1912 — 1913

ACCOUNTAL OF ‘TO PAY’ INVOICE AND WAY-BILLS 19.3 1914

PERIODICAL SALE OF LOST OR UNCLAIMED ARTICLES 19.4 1915 — 1916

STATEMENT OF CONSIGNMENTS SOLD 19.4 1917

CONSIGNMENTS CLAIMED AND DELIVERED TO OWNERS IN THE LOST PROPERTY OFFICE 19.5 1918 — 1920

CONSIGNMENTS CLAIMED BY OWNERS AND REBOOKED FROM LOST PROPERTY OFFICE TO OUT-STATIONS 19.6 — 19.7 1921 — 1924

REMITTANCES OF CASH 19.7 1925

LOST PROPERTY OFFICE BALANCE SHEET 19.7 — 19.11 1926 — 1929

ACCOUNTS PROCEDURE IN LOST PROPERTY OFFICE 19.11 1930

INSPECTIONS 19.11 1931


CHAPTER XIX


19.1

1901. Lost or unclaimed property: Station Masters should take over and grant receipts for all articles of lost or unclaimed property other than booked consignments tendered to them by any person, an inventory, as described in paragraph 1902, being made when necessary and attested by the person making over the property.

1902. All lost or unbooked articles, found by or made over to station staff should be immediately entered in the Lost Property Register (Form T.1902). Each article should be separately entered and described as concisely as possible. If the article is locked, it should be properly sealed and labeled. If unlocked, an inventory of the contents should be made, and details entered in the Register. The inventory should be attested by the police official (not below in the rank of Assistant Sub Inspector) at the station and if there is no police, by the two senior subordinate officials. All consignments/Articles locked are unloaded must be weighted before taking to inventory and weight recorded in the relevant register.

FORM T.1902

REGISTER OF LOST AND UNCLAIMED ARTICLES OF……………………..STATION

Weight Date found or received

Where found, by whom

Number and description of

articles Tonnes. kgs.

Lost Property Office Register

No. Lot No.

1 2 3 4 5 6

Month’s return in which reported to

Divisional Superintendent

No. Date

Station Master’s initials

Storage fees, etc.Account

code

Remarks; how disposed of: No. and date of Free Service

Invoice or Way-bill under which sent to Lost Property

Office

7 8 9 10 11

1903. All lost property should, if claimed in writing and identified to the satisfaction of the Station Master, be delivered to the owner on payment by him of storage charges at the rates given in the tariff. The storage charges recovered should be accounted for in the Parcels, Luggage, etc. Cash Book (T.1204).


CHAPTER XIX


19.2

1904. Lost property, if not claimed, should be sent to the Lost Property Office of the respective division under which the station is working, under a ‘free’ Invoice or Way-bill. Lists showing description of the articles, how marked, when, where and by whom found, actual weight and approximate value should be sent with the articles. These lists should be prepared in duplicate, one copy being sent to the Lost Property Office, the other being retained at the station.

1905. Where articles such as arms, ammunition, explosives, intoxicating liquors and hemp drugs, the sale of which by unlicensed persons is prohibited by law, are left unclaimed in the possession of Pakistan Railways, they should be made over to the police or excise authorities for disposal under the laws affecting the articles.

1906. (a) Cash, found as lost property, should be entered in a separate Miscellaneous Cash Note (T.1140) and accounted for in the station Balance Sheet under the head “Miscellaneous.”

(b). Jewellery, bullion and all valuable articles should be sent at once carefully packed, sealed to be specially booked and sent in separate packets or parcels and not mixed with ordinary lost property articles.

(c) If booked/unhooked small consignments of perishable nature not claimed within reasonable time should be auctioned at station, and matters of animals to be reported to divisional office for final orders.

(d) Station Master must not transfer the consignment to Lost Property Office before the expiry of 14 days from the date of issue of the notice to the consignee.

1907. Unclaimed booked consignments: If booked consignments remain unclaimed at stations for 21 days, the consignor or consignee (in the case of goods booked to self) should be served with a notice to remove the goods. If the goods are not removed within the time specified by Railway Administration, these should be either transferred to the Lost Property Office under a ‘free’ Invoice or Way-bill or otherwise disposed of as directed by the Claims Office.

1908. Rules for the disposal of unclaimed booked articles of arms, ammunition will be the same as for similar unbooked articles (paragraph 1905).

1909. The freight charges outstanding at the station from where the consignments are booked to the Lost Property Office should be entered in the ‘to pay’ column of the ‘free’ Invoice or Way-bill, the particulars of the original booking being also shown. These charges should be taken credit for by the rebooking station in the Station Balance Sheet for the month in which the rebooking Invoice or Way-bill is issued.

1910. The actual weight found at the time of transfer of consignment to the Divisional Lost Property Office should be shown on the ‘free’ Invoice or Way-bill.


CHAPTER XIX


19.3

1911. No demurrage, wharfage or storage should be taken to account by stations on consignments transferred to the Lost Property Office. A remark should, however, be given on the ‘free’ rebooking Invoice or Way-bill showing the dates on which the consignment was received and made available for delivery, the amount of demurrage or wharfage that accrued on it before its transfer to the Lost Property Office, and the number of days on which it is calculated, so that these charges may be recovered in addition to freight if delivery were claimed by the owner later.

1912. Receipt of articles in Lost Property Office: The staff of the Lost Property Office should examine all packages at the time of taking them over from the station where the Lost Property Office is located. Packages of which the outward appearance is defective and which show signs of pilferage should be weighed and contents checked immediately by the incharge of the Lost Property Office, the result of check being reported to the Claims Office concerned.

1913. A Register of Lost Property should be kept in the Lost Property Office in form T.1913. Each article, as it comes in, should be registered, a label bearing the number of the entry in the Register being attached to each article.

FORM T.1913

REGISTER OF LOST PROPERTY RECEIVED IN THE LOST PROPERTY OFFICE AT …………………………….

Invoice Particulars of sale

Way-bill

Lost

Pro

pert

y R

egis

ter

No.

Dat

e of

rec

eipt

of a

rtic

les

Stat

ion

from

No. Date Num

ber

and

desc

ript

ion

of

artic

le o

r pa

ckag

e

Dat

e

No.

of i

tem

in th

e Sa

le

Acc

ount

Am

ount

rea

lized

Acc

ount

cod

e

Part

icul

ars

of r

emitt

ance

to

Cas

h O

ffice

Stor

age

fee

due

at ti

me

of s

ale

or

deliv

ery

Rem

arks

as

to d

ispo

sal i

n ca

se o

f de

liver

y to

ow

ner

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1914. Accountal of ‘to pay’ Invoices and Way-bills: All ‘to pay’ Invoices or Way-bills should be accounted for by the Lost Property Office in statements in Form No. T.1914. These statements should be prepared, separately for Coaching and Goods traffic, in duplicate by carbon process. One coy of the statement should be sent to the Accounts


CHAPTER XIX


19.4

Office to enable it to verify and allow credits claimed by ‘rebooking’ stations, the other being retained as office record for being subsequently posted in the Lost Property Office Balance Sheet (T.1926). Full particulars of both the ‘original’ and ‘rebooking’ Invoices or Way-bills should be given in the statement.

FORM T.1914.

STATEMENT OF “TO PAY” INVOICES/WAY-BILLS RECEIVED AND AMOUNT THEREOF TAKEN TO DEBIT IN THE LOST PROPERTY OFFICE GOODS/COACHING

BALANCE SHEET FOR THE MONTH OF ……………. 20……

To be filled in by Accounts Office Original

invoice/Way-bill

Station Re-booking free Invoice/ Way-

bill Month in which credit allowed

Seri

al N

o.

Lot N

o.

No.

Date From To

Am

ount

of o

rigi

nal

frei

ght

Acc

ount

cod

e

No. Date To

claiming station

To L. P. Office

Rem

arks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Rupees

1915. Periodical sale of lost or unclaimed articles: The sale of lost or unclaimed articles by public auction should be held in the Lost Property Office on a date to be notified by the Divisional Superintendent concerned by advertisement and public notice. Full particulars of sale proceeds should be recorded in the Sale Account to be prepared on a manuscript form, copy of which should be submitted to the Accounts Office. 1916. Reference to the Cash Remittance Note (T.2153), under which the amount of sale is remitted, should be quoted in the Sale Account. 1917. Statement of consignments sold: The Lost Property Office will prepare, in respect of all ‘to pay’ parcels or goods sold by public auction, statements in form No. T.1917 showing the original freight charges, the amount of sale proceeds and the difference between the two. If the amount of the sale proceeds exceeds the outstanding freight charges, the difference should be accounted for in the debit side of the Lost Property Office Balance Sheet (T.1926). If, however, it falls short of the freight charges, the difference should be taken credit for in the Lost Property Office Balance Sheet.


CHAPTER XIX


19.5

FORM T.1917

STATEMENTS OF CONSIGNMENTS SOLD AT THE LOST PROPERTY OFFICE FOR THE MONTH OF……………………………20…....

Invoice Station

Way-bill

Lot N

o.

From To No. Date

Des

crip

tion

of c

onte

nts

Send

er’s

nam

e

Con

sign

ee’s

nam

e

Ori

gina

l fre

ight

Am

ount

rea

lized

by

sale

Acc

ount

cod

e

Diff

eren

ce in

ori

gina

l fr

eigh

t and

sal

e pr

ocee

ds

Pers

on fr

om w

hom

re

aliz

ed

No.

and

dat

e of

Cas

h R

emitt

ance

Not

e un

der

whi

ch th

e sa

le p

roce

eds

is

rem

itted

to th

e C

ash

Offi

ce

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Rupees Rupees Rupees

1918. Consignments claimed and delivered to owners in the Lost Property Office: When Consignments transferred to the Lost Property Office are claimed by owners and delivery is effected in the Lost Property Office, the following charges should be recovered from the owners:

(1) Original freight charges, if any, (2) Wharfage and demurrage charges that may have accrued at the rebooking station prior to the transfer of the consignment to the Lost Property Office, (3) Freight charges from the rebooking station to the Lost Property Office, and (4) Storage charges accrued at the Lost Property Office.

1919. The rules that should be followed by the Lost Property Office in delivering the consignment to the rightful owner and obtaining consignee’s acknowledgment will be the same as laid down for “stations” (Chapter XV). 1920. Particulars of all consignments delivered in the Lost Property Office should be entered by that Office in ‘statements of consignments delivered’ (Form T.1920). These statements should be prepared in carbon duplicate, separately for Coaching and Goods traffic, one copy of each being submitted to the Accounts Office. The charges mentioned in paragraph 1918(2), (3) and (4) should be accounted for on the debit side in the Lost Property Office Balance Sheet (T.1926).


CHAPTER XIX


19.6

FORM T. 1920

STATEMENT OF CONSIGNMENTS DELIVERED AT THE LOST PROPERTY OFFICE FOR THE MONTH OF………………………….20…….

Original

Invoice/Way-bill Station Original freight

charges Serial

number of Form T.1914

Lot No. No. Date From To

Rupees

Lost Property Office charges, etc.

Storage in

L. P. O.

Wharfage due at station

Freight to* Total

Month

Rupees

No. of days charged


Account code

Remarks

* Here enter name of station at which the Lost Property Office is located. 1921. Consignments claimed by owners and rebooked from Lost Property Office to out-stations.——Consignments claimed by owners at out-stations may, if required by them, be rebooked under ‘to pay’ Invoices or Way-bills. The following charges should be shown on the rebooking Invoice or Way-bill as ‘paid on’ charges:

(1) original freight charges, if any, (2) wharfage and demurrage charges accrued at the rebooking stations prior to the transfer of the consignment to the Lost Property Office, (3) freight charges from the rebooking station to the Lost Property Office, and (4) storage charges, accrued at the Lost Property Office.

1922. Rules that should be followed in rebooking consignments from the Lost Property Office are the same as laid down for stations (Chapter XV). 1923. Particulars of all consignments rebooked from the Lost Property Office should be entered by that office in statements of consignments rebooked (Form T.1923). These statements should be prepared in carbon duplicate, separately for Coaching and Goods traffic, one copy of the each being submitted to the Accounts Office.


CHAPTER XIX


19.7

FORM T. 1923

STATEMENT OF CONSIGNMENTS REBOOKED FROM THE LOST PROPERTY OFFICE TO THE OTHER STATIONS FOR THE MONTH OF………………..…..20…..

(To be submitted to Accounts Office in support of special credit on account of original freight charges only.)

Original Invoice/Way-bill

Station Original freight charges Serial No. of Form

(T.1914)

Lot No.

No. Date From To Rupees

Lost Property Office charges Reference to rebooking

Inv/PWB. from Lost Property Office

Storage in Lost

Property Office

Demurrage due at station

Other freight

charges to

station*

Total Freight from

station*

Rupees

No. of days

charged

Rupees Rupees No. Date

Station to Rupees Rupees

Acc

ount

cod

e

Rem

arks

Mon

th

*Here enter name of station at which the Lost Property Office is located. 1924. The charges mentioned in paragraph 1921 (2), (3) and (4) should be accounted for by the Lost Property Office on the debit side of the Lost Property Office Balance Sheet (T.1926). The outstanding thus caused as also on account of the original freight charges, if any, should be cleared by Lost Property Office by taking special credit in the Lost Property Office Balance Sheet under head ‘paid on’. It will be the duty of the Accounts Office to verify the accountal of ‘paid on’ charges by destination station and to allow credit to the Lost Property Office.

1925. Remittances of cash: The procedure for the remittance of the cash realized at the Lost Property Office will be the same as for stations (Chapter XXI). 1926. Lost Property Office Balance Sheet: The Lost Property Office Balance sheet should be prepared on from T.1926, shown below.


CHAPTER XIX


19.8

FORM T.1926

COACHING/GOODS BALANCE-SHEET OF LOST PROPERTY OFFICE, FOR THE MONTH OF………………………20……..

DEBIT SIDE To be filled in by Accounts Office

To be filled

Amount Particulars of Debits Amount Rupees Rupees

To balance from last month .. .. .. Inward To-pay traffic of transferring stations .. Difference between freight and sale-proceeds (Form T.1917) Special debits (See foot-note 1) .. .. .. Freight to——————————station*, demurrage and Lost Property Fee charged by Lost Property Office, on consignments Delivered (statement T.1920). Demurrage and Lost Property Fee, Freight to———————station* and packing charges on consignments rebooked - (Statement T.1923). Total Goods, excluding balance (to be filled in by Accounts Office). Less——Refunds detailed in Statement below (to be filled in by Accounts Office). Net Total, excluding balance (to be filled in by Accounts Office). Miscellaneous. (See foot-note 2) .. .. .. Less——Refunds as detailed in Statement below .. Net Total Sundries .. .. .. .. Grand Total, excluding Balance. .. .. .. Grand Total, including Balance .. .. ..

Refunds

Particulars Earnings Sundries

Rupees Rupees Rebooked consignments .. Credits reversed .. Overcharge Sheets .. Alteration in credit notes .. Total

(1) In this column the Lost Property Office will show the amount of sale-proceeds of unbooked and paid parcels.

(2) Under this head should be posted value of postage stamps and current coins found as Lost Property (vide detailed statement attached).

(3) *Here enter name of station where the Lost Property Office is located. Lost Property Office,

Dated ………………………….20……


CHAPTER XIX


19.9

CREDIT SIDE in by Station To be filled in by

Accounts Office Amount Amount

Particulars of Credit Rupees

Particulars Rupees

(1) By amount of cash remitted to Cash Total Cash Remittances Office (See detail overleaf.) (2) By amount of cash remitted by auctioneers. (3) Difference between freight and sale- Vouchers .. .. proceeds of T. 1917. (4) Commission deducted by auctioneers. (5) Paid on charges, (vide statement Transfers as per Dr…. T. 1923). Statement (6) Certified Overcharge Sheets (vide Below. Cr…. detail on reverse) (7) Special credits (vide detail on reverse). Total Credits .. Total Credits .. Balance carried forward to next month Checked balance (see

detail on reverse).

Grand Total .. Grand Total ..

Miscellaneous Remittance

Particulars Miscellaneous Goods earnings

Sundries

Balance-sheet

transfers (Audit Office)

Total


Total .. Checked by…………………………… Balance —Sheet Checker. Dated…………………………...20….. ……….…………………………………………. Signature of Superintendent, Lost Property Office.


CHAPTER XIX


19.10

(Reverse) Form No. T1926

Cash Particulars of outstanding

Total items

Amount Particulars Amount Date Amount

Rupees Rupees

Balance outstanding in statement for the month ending………….20 . 1 Do. …………….20 . Detail of cash Remitted. 2 Do. …………….20 . 3 Do. …………….20 . 4 Do. …………….20 . 5 Do. …………….20 . 6 Do. …………….20 . 7 Do. …………….20 . 8 Do. …………….20 . 9 Do. …………….20 . 10 Do. …………….20 . 11 Do. …………….20 . 12 Do. …………….20 . Detail of Over-charge Sheets 13 Do. …………….20 . 14 Do. …………….20 . 15 Do. …………….20 . 16 Do. …………….20 . 17 Do. …………….20 . 18 Do. …………….20 . 19 Do. …………….20 . 20 Do. …………….20 . 21 Do. …………….20 . 22 Do. …………….20 . 23 Do. …………….20 . 24 Do. …………….20 . 25 Do. …………….20 . Detail of Special Credits. 26 Do. …………….20 . 27 Do. …………….20 . 28 Do. …………….20 . 29 Do. …………….20 . 30 Do. …………….20 . 31

Total .. Amounts outstanding (vide Detail on outstanding lists Attached). Total checked balance to be Total carried forward to next month.


CHAPTER XIX


19.11

1927. The principal underlying the preparation of the Lost Property Office Balance Sheet is the same as for an ordinary station Balance Sheet (T.1236) i.e., the Lost Property Office is debitable for all sums for which it has to account for and creditable with all sums it pays to the cashier or for which it submits duly attested vouchers. 1928. The debit entries of the Lost Property Office Balance Sheet (T. 1926) comprise:

(1) The debit balance, if any, from the previous month’s Balance Sheet. (2) Original ‘to pay’ freight charges in connection with consignments transferred to the Lost Property Office. (3) Difference between ‘to pay’ freight charges and sale proceeds of consignments sold in the Lost Property Office in cases where the latter exceeds the former. (4) Sale proceeds of ‘unbooked’ and ‘paid’ consignment sold in the Lost Property Office. (5) Demurrage and wharfage charges and freight from the rebooking station to the Lost Property Office and storage charges at the Lost Property Office in connection with consignments delivered at or rebooked from the Lost Property Office. (6) Miscellaneous.

1929. The credit entries of a Lost Property Office Balance Sheet (T.1926) comprise:

(1) The total amount of cash or vouchers remitted to and acknowledged by the cashier. (2) Difference between ‘to pay’ freight charges and sale proceeds of consignments sold in the Lost Property Office where the latter fall short of the former. (3) ‘Paid on’ charges in connection with consignments rebooked to out-stations. (4) Certified Overcharge Sheets (T.1716). (5) Special credits, if any. (6) Balance, if any, to be carried forward to next month’s accounts.

1930. Accounts procedure in Lost Property Office: In all matters affecting accounts procedure, the Lost Property Office should, except as otherwise stated above, be treated like a station. 1931. Inspections: The accounts of the Lost Property Office should be inspected at least twice a year by Travelling Inspectors of Station Accounts.

CHAPTER XX

20 October, 2011

PAKISTAN RAILWAYS




CHAPTER XX

TERMINAL TAX

37

CONTENTS


TERMINAL TAX 20.1 2001

AGENCY FOR COLLECTION 20.1 2002

AGREEMENT 20.1 2003

TAX SCHEDULE 20.1 2004

METHOD OF COLLECTION 20.1 2005 — 2006

TAX RECEIPT 20.1 — 20.2 2007 — 2010

TERMINAL TAX STATEMENT 20.2 — 20.3 2011 — 2013


CHAPTER XX

TERMINAL TAX

20.1

2001. Terminal tax was a charge upon rail borne traffic levied for the benefit of Provinces or of Local Authorities or both. Under the Government of India Act of 1919 Provincial Governments had full power to impose or to authorize a Local Authority to impose, for the purpose of such Local Authority, a tax on rail-borne traffic in the circumstances detailed in Appendix I. With the introduction of Part III of the Government of India Act 1935, i.e., from 1st April 1937, terminal tax became a federal subject and under Section 137 of that Act such taxes could be levied and collected only by the Federal Government during the transitional period. At present this levy is not in force. 2002. Agency for collection. This tax was collected by Railway Administration under an agreement with the Local Authority. A certain percentage of the tax was retained by the railway to meet the cost of collection. There is no objection on the part of Railway Administrations to collect the tax but, where in any area the levy of a terminal tax subjects railways to unfair competition with roads, the Railway Administration concerned should refer the matter to the Railway Board, as required under the clauses 1 and 2 of section 46 of Railway Act 1890. 2003. Agreement. The terms and conditions governing the collection of the tax by Railway Administration should be clearly specified in the agreement. It will be the duty of the Accounts Office to scrutinise the agreement carefully to ensure that the terms of the agreement do not contravene any of the principles laid down in Appendix I. A copy of the agreement should be supplied to the station concerned. 2004. Tax schedule. A schedule showing the rate at which the tax is to be levied will be appended to the agreement. No change should be made in this schedule except with the consent of the parties to the agreement and with the prior approval of the Federal Government where necessary. 2005. Method of collection. The tax will be collected in cash (or in Credit Notes in the case of Government Departments only) prior to the issue of the Railway Receipt in the case of outwards goods or parcels and at the time of delivery of the consignment in the case of inwards goods or parcels. No entry regarding the tax should be made in the Railway Receipts, Invoices, Way-bills, Abstracts or Summaries. 2006. The tax levied on passenger traffic will be included in the fare and collected at the time of booking passengers. 2007. Tax Receipt. A Receipt for the amount of the tax collected should be given to the consignor or consignee as the case may be, in form No. T.2007. Receipts should be machine numbered and supplied in books, in sets of three foils to be written by carbon process, one copy being made over to the consignor or consignee, as the case may be,


CHAPTER XX

TERMINAL TAX

20.2

the second submitted to the Accounts Office and the third retained at the station for record. The Receipt Books should, on supply, be entered in the Ticket Stock Book (T.315) in the same way as other money value forms and a regular account of their issues kept.

FORM T.2007 No -- ...................

TERMINAL TAX RECEIPT. ………………..STATION.

Received from………………………………………………………………………Rupees (in words).......................... ……..being terminal tax upon Good/parcels forwarded / received under Invoice/P. W. Bill. No………….dated…………..20…….to/from consisting of the goods noted below.

………………………………. ………………………. 20. Commercial Assistant Goods/Parcel.

Description of goods

Weight Rate of tax per kg Amount of tax

1 2 3 4 Rupees

Tonnes/kg

Total

2008. When a Receipt (T.2007) is cancelled it should be submitted to the Accounts Office complete in all foils with the reasons of cancellation written across the form over the signatures of the Station Master. 2009. Separate Receipt books should be set apart for Local and Foreign traffic and where collection is made on both the imports and exports, separate Receipt Books should be used for Local Inwards, Local Outwards, Foreign Inwards, and Foreign Outwards traffic. 2010. Remittance of tax collection. The terminal tax collections should be remitted daily to the cash office along with the other earnings for the day, the amount being entered separately on the Cash Remittance Note (T. 2153) with the words “terminal tax” written against it. 2011. Terminal Tax Statement. Terminal Tax Statements in form No. T.2011 should be prepared from the record foils of terminal Tax Receipts (T. 2007). These statements


CHAPTER XX

TERMINAL TAX

20.3

should be prepared in duplicate separately for Local, Foreign, Parcels and Goods traffic, one copy being submitted to the Accounts Office and the other retained at the station for record.

FORM T. 2011

STATEMENT OF TERMINAL TAX COLLECTIONS AT………….. STATION FOR THE

MONTH OF…………20

Terminal Tax Receipt

Invoice Way-bill

No. Date No. Date

Station from or

to

Description of articles

Class

No. of declaration

note Value

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Rupees

Weight Rate percent Rate per kg Amount Daily total Remarks

8 9 10 11 12 13 Tonnes/kg Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees

2012. The Terminal Tax statements should include all tax Receipts (T.2007) issued during the month, irrespective of the month to which the transactions relate. The total amount should be accounted for as a special debit in the Balance Sheet (T.1236 or T.1843). 2013. In the case of consignments rebooked to other stations, a suitable remark showing the particulars of the rebooking Invoice or Way-bill should be given in the Statement (T. 2011) as an explanation of the non-collection of terminal tax.

CHAPTER XXI

20 October, 2011

PAKISTAN RAILWAYS




CHAPTER XXI

TRAFFIC RECEIPTS AND REMITTANCES

38

CONTENTS


STATION RECEIPTS 21.1 2101

COINS——LEGAL TENDER

21.1

2102 (2103 — 2108 Deleted)

UNCURRENT COINS 21.1 2109

CURRENCY NOTES 21.1 2110

DEFECTIVE CURRENCY NOTES 21.1 2111

OILED CURRENCY NOTES 21.1 2112

SPURIOUS CURRENCY NOTES 21.2 2113

ACCEPTANCE OF CHEQUES IN PAYMENT OF FREIGHT 21.2 2114 — 2115

FREIGHT DEPOSIT SYSTEM 21.2 — 21.3 2116 — 2118

FREIGHT DEPOSIT RECEIPTS 21.3 — 21.4 2119 — 2121

FREIGHT DEPOSIT ACCOUNT 21.4 — 21.5 2122 — 2127

CREDIT NOTES 21.5 2128

FORMS OF CREDIT NOTES 21.5 2129

CREDIT NOTES FOR FIRMS OR INDIVIDUALS 21.5 — 21.6 2130 — 2131

CREDIT NOTE FOR MILITARY DEPARTMENT 21.7 — 21.8 2132 — 2134

CREDIT NOTE FOR CIVIL DEPARTMENTS 21.8 2135 CREDIT NOTE FOR PAKISTAN POST 21.9 2136

SIGNING OF CREDIT NOTES 21.11 2137

CORRECT ENTRY OF CHARGES IN CREDIT NOTES 21.11 2138


CHAPTER XXI


39

CONTENTS


USE OF A SINGLE CREDIT NOTE FOR A NUMBER OF CONSIGNMENTS 21.11 2139

CREDIT NOTE TO BE TENDERED BEFORE DISPATCH OR DELIVERY OF CONSIGNMENTS 21.12 2140

FULL PARTICULARS TO BE GIVEN IN CREDIT NOTES 21.12 2141

REGISTER OF CREDIT NOTES 21.12 2142

APPROPRIATION OF TRAFFIC RECEIPTS TO DEPARTMENTAL EXPENDITURE 21.12 2143

SUBMISSION TO CASHIER OF DAILY COLLECTIONS

21.13 — 21.14

2144 — 2151 (2152 Deleted)

CASH REMITTANCE NOTE 21.14 — 21.19 2153 — 2167

REMITTANCE OF CASH INTO TREASURIES 21.19 — 21.20 2168 — 2171

CONSOLIDATED TREASURY RECEIPT 21.21 2172


CHAPTER XXI


21.1

2101. Station Receipts: The services rendered by Pakistan Railways are paid for in coin, currency notes, warrants, concession orders, cheques (parcels and goods traffic only) and Credit Notes. Rules for the acceptance of warrants and concession orders are given in Chapters IV and XI. Those for coins, currency notes, cheques and Credit Notes are given in this chapter.

CASH. 2102. Coins——legal tender: One, two and five Rupee coins are legal tender, provided that they are not defaced. 2103. Deleted. 2104. Deleted. 2105. Deleted. 2106. Deleted. 2107. Deleted. 2108. Deleted. 2109. Uncurrent coins: These may be either counterfeit or defaced or sweated and should not be accepted. 2110. Currency notes: Currency notes of the value of Rupees 5,000 and under will be accepted in payment of fares and freight at any station. Station Masters and all staff receiving currency notes from the public should take the precautions indicated in paragraphs 2111 to 2113 before accepting them in payment of fares and freight. 2111. Defective currency notes: These constitute half, mutilated, mismatched or altered notes and should not be accepted. 2112. Oiled currency notes: Oiled currency notes which are believed to be counterfeit, or have been mutilated, or disfigured in such a manner as to render their identification doubtful should be refused. It should be remembered that this qualification is essential. Mere oiling does not justify refusal. The features necessary for the identification of a currency note are its (1) serial letter, (2) number, (3) denomination, (4) security thread, (5) signature and (6) water mark. A refusal to accept a currency note would, therefore, be justified only if one or more of the six principal features specified above were disfigured or mutilated beyond possibility of recognition.


CHAPTER XXI


21.2

2113. Spurious currency notes: If the staff discover that a currency note is spurious, i.e., that it is forged, the note and the presenter should at once be made over to the Police authorities. Base coins, forged and defective notes detected in the cash office will be dealt with according to the rules in force.

CHEQUES 2114. Acceptance of cheques in payment of freight: Cheques should be accepted in payment of freight on Parcels and Goods traffic. This concession should be extended only to firms of good standing whose monthly freight transactions do not fall short of the minimum fixed by the Administration and on the condition that the firm concerned deposits with Pakistan Railways, as security, a sum equivalent to the amount of not less than a month’s freight transactions with Pakistan Railways. The security deposit may be made in cash or a Banker’s Guarantee Bond. The deposit should be made for each booking or receiving point where a firm desires to pay freight by cheques. 2115. In order to guard against the cheques being accepted in excess of the amount of the security deposit, a Register in form No. T.2115 should be maintained at the station in respect of each firm allowed to make payment of freight charges by cheques. Station Masters should refuse to accept cheque in excess of the security deposit.

FORM T.2115

REGISTER SHOWING THE AMOUNT OF CHEQUES ACCEPTED

FROM…………..AGAINST SECURITY OF…………PER CALENDAR MONTH/WEEK FURNISHED BY………….

Date No. of cheque Amount (Rupees) 1 2 3

DEPOSITS

2116. Freight Deposit System: The freight deposit system is a system of grouped payment of freight charges under which a large proportion of the traffic transactions is carried through a Freight Deposit Account opened at the station for each firm desirous of adopting the system. The firm asking for this concession must address the Chief Commercial Manager. 2117. Under this arrangement the firm concerned deposits at the railway station a sum equivalent to a fortnight or month’s transactions with Pakistan Railways. The amount so deposited should be credited to the firm’s Deposit Account opened at the station to


CHAPTER XXI


21.3

which should be debited the freight charges in connection with bookings made or deliveries affected. 2118. By this arrangement the payment of freight charges by cash or Credit Notes for individual transactions is avoided thus resulting in reduction of work both at stations and in the Accounts Office. From the merchant’s or firm’s point of view the advantage of the system lies in avoiding the risks attendant on sending money to the railway station for payment of individual transactions. 2119. Freight Deposit Receipts: Freight Deposit Receipts (Form No. T.2119) should be granted to firms for the amounts deposited by them. These forms should be machine numbered and supplied in sets of three foils bound in books to be written by carbon process. One of the foils is intended for the firm, the second for the Accounts Office, the third being retained at the station for the record. The forms should, on being supplied, be entered in the Ticket Stock Book (T.315) and treated like other money value forms in the matter of their safe custody and issue. 2119 (a). Separate Freight Deposit Account for goods and parcels should be opened for the kind of traffic it relates to.

FORM T.2119 FREIGHT DEPOSIT RECEIPT

(Not transferable) No. ………………………….

Dated………………..20…... ……………………………………………………..…Station. Rupees …….…………… Received from……………………………………………………………………………………………. the sum of Rupees ……………………………...………………..as a deposit for payment of the charges due to the Railway. The balance at the credit of the Depositor after this transaction on……………. 20 . is Rs. …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

Ledger code ………………………….. Cash Pro. No…………………………..


N.B.——This foil will be submitted to Accounts Office with the monthly Station Balance Sheet. The Station balance Sheet Accountant will see that the amount deposited is correctly taken a debit in the Monthly Station Balance Sheet. 2120. The amount of Freight Deposit Receipts should be entered in the Goods or Parcels Cash Book (T.1805 or T.1204) and the cash remitted to the Cash Office or to the treasury with the station earnings of the day.


CHAPTER XXI


21.4

2121. The amount represented by the Freight Deposit Receipts (T.2119) should be accounted for as a special debit in the Station Balance Sheet for the amounts debitable to the deposit account. 2122. Freight Deposit Account: A Ledger Account should be maintained at the station concerned for each firm. 2123. Particulars of parcels or goods booked or taken delivery of by the firm against the Deposit Account should be entered in a Statement (Form No. T.2123). The forms should be printed in triplicate and supplied in bound books to be written by carbon process. One of the foils is intended for the firm, the second for the Accounts Office, the third being retained at the station for record.

FORM T.2123

STATEMENT SHOWING FREIGHT AND OTHER CHARGES DEBITABLE TO THE DEPOSIT ACCOUNT OF…………..……AT………..…….STATION, FOR THE MONTH

ENDING……………….. 20………

Invoice, Parcels Way-bill or Goods Receipt

Month and date

Progressive No. of entry

Progressive No. of Goods

Cash Book

Amount deposited

Folio of Inwards or Outwards

Book No. Date

Station from or to

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Rupees

Amount on account of

Inwards to-pay

Ledger code

Previous month’s Invoices Account

code……..

Current month’s Invoices Account

code……..

Demurrage and

wharfage

Account code……..

Outwards paid


Sundries


Total Remarks

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees

Certified that total amount debitable, Rupees………………………………is correct and that the balance at the depositor’s credit for the month ending………………………..…….….. 20…. Correctly amounts to Rupees……………..……………….as under:

Rupees …………………


CHAPTER XXI


21.5

Last balance Rupees ---------------

Amount deposited during the month ————————— Total ————————— Deduct——Amount debitable Balance…………………….. …………… Depositor.


2124. Before debiting the amount of any transaction to the Account, the firm should be required to endorse on the Consignment Note or Railway Receipt, as the case may be, remarks authorizing Pakistan Railways to draw upon the Account. If, however the amount of freight charges exceeds the Freight Deposit Account, further transaction should be stopped.

2125. In the event of the amount standing at the credit of a firm being insufficient to cover the charges due to Pakistan Railways further transactions of the firm should be dealt with as if the firm had no Deposit Account.

2126. At the close of the month two copies of the Statement (T. 2123) should be sent to the firm for counter signature. One copy will be returned by the firm duly countersigned and the same should be submitted by Stations to the Accounts Office along with the foils of the Freight Deposit Receipts (T.2119). 2127. The outstandings for the freight charges debited to Freight Deposit Account should be cleared by the station by taking “special credit” in the Station Balance Sheet.

CREDIT NOTES

2128. Credit Notes: The Credit Note is a composite document, the upper portion containing full details of the goods or passengers, etc., for which conveyance is required and the amount chargeable, and when tendered at the forwarding station, answers the purpose of a consignment or Forwarding Note or requisition, the lower portion being a Bill of Exchange for the amount chargeable. 2129. Forms of Credit Notes: The authorized forms of Credit Note for use by private parties and Governments Departments are given in paragraphs 2130 to 2136. 2130. Credit Notes for Firms or Individuals: The Credit Notes for use by firms or individuals is in form No T.2130. The Station Master signs at the foot of the upper


CHAPTER XXI


21.6

portion of the Credit Note containing the particulars of the transaction and the duly authorized agent of the sender or consignee signs the Bill for the amount due, the said bill being drawn on the person or firm authorized to use Credit Notes.

FORM T. 2130. No. .….…..

CONSIGNOR’S CREDIT NOTE (FOR FIRMS OR INDIVIDUALS) ………………………STATION ……………. 20…...

Goods/Passenger Train………………….

Railway Receipt Invoice

No. No. Date

Station from

Station to

Sender Consignee Number

of packages

Description Weight Amount Account

code

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Tonne / kgs

Rupees

…………………

Receiving Official To The…………………………. …………………………..…. ………………………….….. …….………………. 20..…. On demand pay to………………Pakistan Railways or order, the sum of Rupees………………………….. as particularized above. Rupees. …………………….

……………………………… Sender or Sender’s Agent.

2131. The power of authorizing firms or individuals, other than Officers of Government, to pay freight charges by Credit Note lies with the Chief Commercial Manager. The firms or individuals availing the facility of making payment of freight by Credit Note should deposit with the Financial Advisor and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue “Security Deposit” or produce a letter of guarantee from a recognized bank for amount equivalent to months average freight payable in a busy season.


CHAPTER XXI


21.7

2132. Credit Note for Military Department: All authorized payments for military traffic not requisitioned by Warrants except those detailed in paragraph 2133 will be made by Credit Notes (Form T.2132).

FORM T.2132 (Observe)

Military Credit Note No…………………… (To be submitted to) …………………

Debitable to ….............................

Seal of Issuing office.

To The Station Master ……………………Station………………………. Pakistan Railway Please provide conveyance for the under mentioned military stores consigned under the Military Tariff Rules by goods/passenger train from………………..to…………………..via…………………. Consignor (with address) ………………………………………………………………………………………… Consignee (with address) …………………………………………………………………………………………

Weight Rate

ChargedTotal Cost

Actual Charged

Num

ber

of

pack

ages

Des

crip

tion

or

mar

ks o

f pac

kage

s

Tonne kgs Tonne kgs

Num

ber

of

vehi

cles

/ w

agon

s su

pplie

d w

ith

desc

ript

ion

and

capa

city

ther

eof

Rupees Rupees

Num

ber

and

date

of

rai

lway

rec

eipt

w

ay-b

ill o

r in

voic

e

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Certified that the above stores are bonafide property of Government in the Ministry of Defence (Pakistan). at the time of dispatch, and that freight is payable by the Ministry of Defence Department; also that the above stores have not been sold nor are for sale to the public, or are being transferred to other civil Department of the Government on sale or loan. This form is available up to……………………………. 20…...

……………………………………………………………………. (Issuing Officer’s Signature with rank and designation). Station……………………… Date………………………... (Reverse)

INSTRUCTIONS 1. Whenever a consignment is rebooked to another station, the official rebooking it will issue a fresh credit note. 2. The actual destination will be shown when consignments are required to be conveyed over sidings in docks or harbours (i. e., Kiamari/Port Qasim).


CHAPTER XXI


21.8

3. The weight of each package should be entered separately in column 3 & 4. 4. Columns 5, 6 and 8 to 10 will be filled in by the railway authorities, also column 7 when complete vehicles are taken up. 5. In cases of wharfage or demurrage charges payable to railway, a separate Credit Note should be issued. 6. Any alteration in this form will render it null and void. 7. This form will be submitted for adjustment to the Controller of Military Accounts, Railway Claims Section Lahore. 2133. Military traffic debitable to the training grant will be paid for in cash or by cheques. Credit Note for Military Engineering Service will be tendered in form T.2135. 2134. Military Credit Note (T.2132) should be used for the dispatch of goods which are property of Ministry of Defence (Pakistan) at the time of dispatch and should be tendered at the station with the consignment. Such consignments cannot be sent freight ‘to-pay’. 2135. Credit Note for Civil Departments: Credit Note for use in payment of freight charges by the Military Engineering Service and by all Civil Departments of the Government except the Pakistan Post is in form T.2135.


CHAPTER XXI


21.9

FORM T.2135

CREDIT NOTE FOR MILITARY ENGINEERING SERVICE AND ALL CIVIL DEPARTMENTS OF GOVERNMENT, EXCLUDING PAKISTAN POST

To be filled in by the officer issuing the Credit Note.

1. Head of charge (Major, Minor and Detailed head, primary and secondary unit). 2. Month and year to which the charge relates. 3. Designation of accounts officer by whom adjustable. 4. Name of the province to which debitable. 5. This form is available up to…………. 6. Any alteration to this form render it null and void

….………………………

Office stamp of issuer. Consignor…………………….. Consignee………………………….

(Name and address) (Name and Address) From………………….. To………………………. Via…………………..By (Passenger or goods) Train. Invoice/Way-Bill No……… Date………………… Receipt

No. No. of

Packages Marks

Description of goods

Actual weight

Weight charged

Class Rate Amount Account

code Remarks

Tonne / kgs

Tonne / kgs

Rupees

CREDIT NOTE ..………………………….……

Commercial Assistant (Goods) or Station Master To……………………… Transfer to the credit of the Pakistan Railways the sum of Rupees……………………….(in words) as particularized above. …………………………………. …………………. Signature of Issuing Officer. Station Master. ……………Official Designation. ………………………..Station Stamp. Date……………………… 20…. Date………………… 20….

2136. Credit Note for Pakistan Post: The Credit Note used by the Pakistan Post in payment of freight charges, is in form T. 2136. As the amount to be recovered from the Department for services rendered is calculated according to the class mentioned in column no. (3), care should be taken by the station staff in filling correct particulars in this column. The instructions given on the reverse of the form should be carefully studied and acted up to.


CHAPTER XXI


21.10


RAILWAY FORWARDING AND CREDIT-NOTE (For the Pakistan Post)

1st Foil, Credit Note. 2nd Foil, Forwarding Note 3rd Foil, Office Record.

Seal of Issuing office.

Name of the Postal or R.M.S. Circle in which the office Of

destination of this Credit Notice is located.

………...….Circle. To The Station Master at…………..…Station….…. Dated…………………………. 20….. Conveyance is required/was obtained for the under mentioned Pakistan Posts stores by Goods/Passenger (a) train from……………………to……………………..via (b)………………………....at Owner’s/Government/Railway risk. (c) Railway Receipt No…………… Way-bill/Invoice No…………… Dated……….. 20... Sender’s name, official designation and address…………………………………………………….. Consignee’s name, official designation and address (d)……………………………………………… Head to which debitable (i).

Weight Wagons, number description and

capacity

Total Amount chargeable

Num

ber

of

pack

ages

Des

crip

tion

and

mar

ks (e

)

Cla

ss (g

)

Actual (f)

Charged(g)

RequiredSupplied

(g)

Account code

Paid To-pay

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Tonne /

kgs Tonne /

kgs Rupees Rupees

Pay to the Pakistan Railways the sum of Rupees …………...…………….as particularized above.

Note.–(1) This form should be prepared in triplicate. Indelible pencil and carbon paper may be used for the purpose. The three copies should be sent to the Station Master, who will complete and dispose of them as follows: The “Credit Note” foil will be sent to the Accounts Office by the station receiving the Credit Note, the "forwarding note" foil will be retained at the station and the "office record" foil will be returned to the issuing officer.


CHAPTER XXI


21.11

(2) When consignments are forwarded “To pay” the dispatching officer should cancel the Credit Note foil and when consignments are received “To pay” the forwarding-note foil should be cancelled by the officer issuing the Credit Note. (a) Alternative entries to be scored through. (b) When a consignment is despatched by other than the cheapest route, the route should be specified and the entry initialled by the despatching officer. (c) These entries will be made by the Railway receiving the Credit Note. (d) Whenever a "To pay" consignment is rebooked to another station, the official rebooking it should pay the freight charges by Credit Note, the fresh despatch being treated as an entirely new transaction. (e) Small arm ammunition should be described as "Safety" or otherwise. (f) Separate weight of each package carried by passenger train should be entered. (g) These columns will be completed by the railway receiving the Credit Note. (h) Amount to be written in words Certified that the above stores are bona fide Government property and are dispatched for purely public purposes. (i) Full particulars as to number, name and division of estimate or name of office should be entered against this line as well as the classification. ………………… ………………….…………… Station Master. Issuing Officer’s Signature.

…………Station ..…………Rank and designation. Note.–The bill for the above should be presented at*..................for settlement by*………….... * To be filled in by the issuing officer. 2137. Signing of Credit Notes: Rules in regard to the signing of Credit Notes by private parties are given in paragraph 2130. In the case of Credit Notes tendered by Government Departments the officer concerned signs the certificate of the amount due and adds his official designation. After the Credit Note has been jointly signed, no alteration is to be made, it being understood that the two persons signing it have satisfied themselves on behalf of their principals that all particulars are correct. 2138. Correct entry of charges in Credit Notes: As under and overcharges of and under one hundred Rupees in amounts paid by Credit Notes are not recovered from or refunded to parties, firms or departments allowed the benefit of the Credit Note system, the station staff should take particular care to see that the charges entered in the Credit Notes are correct. 2139. Use of a single Credit Note for a number of consignments: A single Credit Note may be used for a number of consignments of goods, or parcels, the freight on which is payable at one time and place.


CHAPTER XXI


21.12

2140. Credit Note to be tendered before dispatch or delivery of consignments: If the freight on goods or parcels is payable by Credit Note at the sending station, the document should be received duly signed before dispatch of the goods or parcels ; if payable at the receiving station, it should be forthcoming before they are delivered. In the goods or parcels Receipts the freight is to be entered in the "Paid" column when the Credit Note is tendered at the sending station, and in the "To Pay" column when tendered at the receiving station. 2141. Full particulars to be given in Credit Notes: Full particulars of the Way-bill or lnvoice should be given in the Credit Note. In the case of Credit Notes received in payment of demurrage or wharfage charges full details, showing the date and time the goods were available for delivery and at which actually delivered, or, in the case of wagon loads, the date and time the wagons were placed in position for loading or unloading and when actually released, should be given in the Credit Note. 2142. Register of Credit Notes: A Register of Credit Notes should be kept at stations in form No. T.2142 showing the number, date, by whom tendered and full particulars of the transaction in payment of which the Credit Note is tendered.

FORM T.2142 REGISTER OF CREDIT NOTES OF.....................................STATION FOR THE MONTH

OF.............................. 20….. Invoice,

Way-bill, or Ticket

Credit Note

number

Date when tendered

By whom tendered

No. Date

Station from

Station to

Amount Account

code Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Rupees

2143. Appropriation of traffic receipts to Departmental expenditure: The appropriation of traffic receipts to departmental expenditure or any other purpose is strictly prohibited, except in the circumstances specified below: (i) the Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue is permitted to cash cheques issued by him in favour of the Chief Cashier and Treasurer against the drawing account of Pakistan Railways from traffic receipts, the former being paid into the treasury or the bank in lieu; (ii) the Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue with the prior approval of the Ministry of Railways (Railway Board), is empowered to employ a system under which cash receipts at stations are utilized to a limited extent for the payment of


CHAPTER XXI


21.13

expenditure of Pakistan Railways (e.g., payment of claims for compensation of goods lost or damaged, disbursement of pay, pension and travelling allowances with a view to accelerate payment of such charges, payment of wages in certain specified cases under the “Payment of Wages Act.” etc;) (iii) in any other case, with the prior approval, general or special, of the President of Pakistan only.

REMITTANCES 2144. Submission to Cashier of daily collections: The entire collections of the day, whether represented by coins, cheques, currency notes, bank drafts, military Warrants, Credit Notes of private firms or Government Departments, Pay Orders, etc. should invariably be sent to the Chief Cashier and Treasurer, by the first train passing the station in which a Travelling Cash Safe is conveyed, after the day's work is finished, and no balance of cash may be retained by any Station Master without prior orders. 2145. The train by which a Travelling Cash Safe is conveyed on any section of Pakistan Railways and by which each station on that section of the line should send its daily collections will be specified by the Divisional Superintendent. 2146. At stations where the train conveying the Cash Safe passes after the goods warehouse is closed for the day, and before the Coaching, etc., cash can be made up, i.e., before 12 o'clock at night, the Goods cash, instead of being detained unnecessarily for twenty-four hours, should be sent with the “Coaching cash” of the previous day. 2147. The Goods cash should be counted and taken over by the Station Master daily, as soon as the goods warehouse is closed for delivery. The Goods Cash Book (T.1805) should be initialled by the Station Master at the time, the cash / bank draft is received by him, and he will be held responsible for its safe custody from that time until it is placed in the Travelling Cash Safe. 2148. Severe measures will be taken if it be found that any money realised and not accounted for, is not duly remitted and Station Master will be held personally responsible for any loss incurred from this cause. 2149. Private funds should not be kept in Pakistan Railways cash chests, safes, or ticket cases. If any extra cash is found on hand by the inspecting staff whether stated to be private or otherwise, it should be remitted to the Cash Office. 2150. Stations should remit the entire collections to Pakistan Railways Cash Office. No part of the cash should be retained without prior orders and all shortages should be


CHAPTER XXI


21.14

made good before remitting the collections. For this purpose cash includes Bank Drafts Credit Notes, Warrants, etc., mentioned in paragraph 2144. 2151. The detailed rules defining the responsibility of the various members of the station staff, and prescribing the procedure of remitting money, and the accounts to be kept, should be laid down by Pakistan Railways Administration in consultation with the Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue, who should satisfy himself that the system is efficient and that the responsibility for the remittance of cash is imposed on officials of sufficient status. 2152. Deleted. 2153. Cash Remittance Note: The cash should always be accompanied by a Cash Remittance Note (Form T.2153). This form is in four foils. Three counterfoils are sent along with the cash to the Cash Office who returns one foil, duly signed by the Cashier and the Cash Witness, to the station as an acknowledgment, the other being passed on to the Accounts Office. One copy is retained at Cash Office as record.


CHAPTER XXI


21.15

FORM T.2153 1st, 2nd and 3rd foil

(Obverse) CASH REMITTANCE-NOTE

No. 1. Cash Bag No. ..…. Cash remitted to the Accounts Office, being the Traffic Receipts at………………………………… stations as noted below:——

Date sent………………………… 20….. Rupees Cheques Detail C. C. Notes Nos. as on back Per list attached 5000 x = 3. V.I.P Travelling Coupons/Vouchers 1000 x = 4. P.O. (Account) 500 x = 5. cash 100 x = Cash 50 x = 20 x =

10 x = 5 x =

Rem

arks

by

Cas

h O

ffice

as

rega

rds

disa

llow

ance

.

Change = —————————— Total = Total cash Credit-Notes of firms and private individuals (particulars on back). Military Warrants and other Government Department Credit-Notes (particulars on back). Station Pay Orders (particulars on back) Other vouchers etc, (particulars on Back) Vouchers Stamps and Postage Total number of vouchers Total vouchers Grand Total

On account of

Amount Description of receipts

Date Cash Vouchers Total Rupees Rupees Rupees

Coaching Goods Total Remittance Total Earnings ……………….. Station Master. Any deficit or excess to be debited or credited (as the case may be) to Coaching Account only. * Total amount received for Coaching as per Summary of Trains Cash Book, including Sundries.


CHAPTER XXI


21.16

(4th foil) (Obverse)

CASH RECEIPT Account Office…………………..20…. Cash Bag No………..…. The sum of Rupees…………….………………….…… …..……… has this day been entered to the credit of………………..station, on account of earnings as follows:

Cash

Rupees

Vouchers

Total

Remarks by Cash Office as regards disallowance,

etc.

On account of Amount

Description of receipts Date Rupees

Coaching Goods Total

……………………. for Cashier.

……………………….Cash Witness.

To the Station Master. Any deficit or excess to be debited or credited (as the case may be) to Coaching Account only.

(Reverse) 1st, 2nd and 3rd foil

Detail of currency-notes

No Circle Amount From whom received

Rupees

*Detail of Warrants and Credit-Notes No Date Department or firm Amount Remarks

Rupees *Details of other vouchers

No Date Department Amount Remarks

Rupees

*Detail of miscellaneous cash receipts. No Date Department Amount Remarks

Rupees

*Coaching vouchers to be entered first and then goods vouchers, separate totals being made.


CHAPTER XXI


21.17

2154. Cash should be sent in cash bags provided for the purpose. When there is no cash, the Remittance Note (T.2153) should still be sent in the bag with the word 'Nil' written on it. 2155. Except as provided for in paragraph 2156, one Cash Remittance Note only should be prepared for the remittance of all the cash received at a station in one day from all sources. 2156. Goods Offices independent of the charge of Station Master may, with the sanction of the Divisional Superintendent, remit Goods cash with a separate Cash Remittance Note (T.2153). 2157. Station Masters and Commercial Superintendent should never erase or alter figures that have been entered on a Cash Remittance Note (T.2153) or counterfoils. If any figure is found to be incorrect, lines should be drawn through it in ink and the correct figure entered. The person who makes the correction should sign in full against it. 2158. Each day's collection should be put in a bag by itself. When, under any circumstance, it is necessary to remit the collection of two days at once, each day's cash should be packed in a parcel by itself before being placed in the bag, if there should be only one bag in which to put the whole. On no account should one bag be enclosed within another. 2159. The number of the bag in which the cash is forwarded should be written on the Cash Remittance Note (T.2153) and counterfoils. 2160. Coins may conveniently be remitted in small cotton bags. 2161. Currency notes should be sent in a paper cover gummed, with the signature of the Station Master written across the gummed part. Sealing wax should not be used for this purpose. 2162. The Cash Remittance Note along with the receipt granted by the banks and vouchers, such as credit-notes etc will be sent by the station masters, city booking agents and out-agents to the cash office daily in the same manner as would be done if earning themselves were sent in a bag. The fourth foil of the cash remittance note will be signed by the representative of the Chief Cashier and Chief Cash Witness and returned to the remitter.

Deleted.


CHAPTER XXI


21.18

2163. Details of 'vouchers,' (Warrants, Credit Notes, Pay Orders etc.) sent to the Cash Office should be given by stations on reverse of the Cash Remittance Note (T.2153). 2164. It is desirable that cash bags containing the cash, vouchers, and Cash Remittance Notes should be locked and secured with a seal but locks may be dispensed with at the discretion of the Divisional Superintendent, precautions being taken for the security of the cash. 2165. The Station Master should obtain a receipt in the “Register of Guard's Signature for Cash Bags” (Form T.2165) from the Guard of the train for the number of bags placed in the Travelling Cash Safe. The bag or bags should be placed in the safe by the Station Master on duty in the presence of the Guard, and the Register which shows the number on each bag should be signed then and there in the brake van. 2165-A. If the cash collecting train does not pass the station during the duty hours of the Station Master or subsequent Assistant Station Master/ Masters/ relieve the former, then the Station Master or Assistant Station Master on duty will hand over the cash, cash vouchers, cheques, bank drafts etc, alongwith the prepared Cash Remittance Note with cash bag instead of sealed cash bag to the Station Master/ Assistant Station Master, as the case may be under the clear signatures. The Station Master or Assistant Station Master during whose duty hours the cash collecting train passes will put the cash with relevant documents in the cash bag duly sealed and will drop the same in the train cash safe in the presence of Guard and will obtain Guard’s signature for the number of bags placed in the travelling cash safe in the certificate form T.2165. On resuming charge of the station, the Station Master will see that the Guard�s certificate for the cash bag has been obtained in Form 2165.


CHAPTER XXI


21.19

FORM T.2165

REGISTER OF GUARD'S SIGNATURE FOR CASH BAGS DEPOSITED IN THE TRAVELLING CASH SAFE BY STATION MASTER……………… STATION, DURING

THE WEEK ENDING……….… 20….

Day Date Cash bag

No. Train No.

Cash safe No.

Number of bags

deposited

Signature of Guard in whose presence the bag

is deposited

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday

2166. ‘Cash receipts' (T.2153) received from the Cashier on account of Station Remittances (paragraph 2153) should be attached to counterfoils in Cash Remittance Note Books immediately on receipt. If a “cash receipt” is not received back within ten days the Station Master should immediately report its non-receipt to the Cashier and Divisional Superintendent.

2167. The credit on account of cash and vouchers should be taken in the Station Balance Sheet on the basis of the “cash receipts'' received from the Cashier and not on the basis of remittances.

REMITTANCE OF CASH INTO TREASURIES

2168. In the case of railway stations or Out-agencies permitted to pay their cash collections direct to local treasuries, (including National Bank of Pakistan or any other authorised banks) each remittance should be sent with the book of Treasury Remittance Notes (Form T.2168) which contains one block foil and two counterfoils. These counterfoils and the block foil should be filled in by the Station Master or Out-agent to show the full particulars of the remittance.


CHAPTER XXI


21.20

FORM T.2168

TREASURY REMITTANCE NOTE No. …………...20. . . . .

To The Officer-in-Charge, Treasury/Bank at…………………………….………. Sir, Please receive the undermentioned sums as detailed (total in world). ……………………………………………………………………………. For Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer/Station Master.

Traffic receipts Refunds Total

1 2 3 4

Cheques Notes Rupees


Total

(To be filled in by Treasury Officer/Bank.) Received the above sum as detailed, viz., Rupees (in words)…………………………………….. …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………. 20…….

.................................... In charge of treasury/Bank.

2169. The Treasury Officer will write, in words at the foot of each form, the amount received and will retain one of the counterfoils returning the book with the block foil and the remaining counterfoil duly initialled and signed respectively. The counterfoil bearing the signatures of the Treasury Officer should be sent to the Cashier along with the Cash Remittance Note (T.2153).

2170. Stations authorized to remit their cash collections to Civil Treasuries should send the 'vouchers' to the Cash Office duly entered in the Cash Remittance Note (T.2153).

2171. On Sundays or other holidays on which the Treasury or authorised banks are closed, the cash should be remitted to the Cash Office along with the Cash Remittance Note (T.2153) for which necessary arrangements will be made by the Divisional Superintendent. In exceptional cases, however, in which arrangements for safe conveyance cannot be made, the cash may, with the prior approval of the Divisional


CHAPTER XXI


21.21

Superintendent, be sent to the Treasury on the following day provided adequate arrangements are made for its safe custody, while at the station.

2172. Consolidated Treasury Receipt: From the attested block foils of Treasury Receipts (T.2168) the Station Master or Out-agent should prepare at the end of the month the Consolidated Treasury Receipt in Form T.2172, get it signed by the Treasury Officer and forward it to the Financial Advisor and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue.

FORM T.2172

CONSOLIDATED TREASURY RECEIPT FOR THE MONTH OF ………………........20…..

Rupees …............................. Received from .............................................................. for credit of Pakistan Railways, as per Remittance Notes (Form T.2168) noted below, the sum of Rupees ............................................................................................................ on account of earnings of the Railway. ..…….……………….......................... Treasury Officer, in charge of Govt. Treasury. …………………….20…..

Date Date No.

C. B. T. R. Amount No.

C. B. T.R. Amount

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Rupees Rupees

CHAPTER XXII

20 October, 2011

PAKISTAN RAILWAYS




CHAPTER XXII

ASSISTED SIDINGS

40

CONTENTS


DEFINITION 22.1 2201

AGREEMENTS 22.1 2202

LIST OF ASSISTED SIDING 22.1 2203

FREIGHT CHARGES 22.1 2204

LOADING AND UNLOADING OF GOODS IN SIDINGS 22.1 2205

SIDINGS CHARGES 22.1 2206

REGISTER OF SIDING CHARGES 22.1 — 22.3 2207 — 2209

ACCOUNTAL OF SIDING CHARGES 22.3 2210

LOADING, UNLOADING AND DELIVERY OF GOODS IN SIDING 22.3 2211

FIRM WILL ARRANGE TO HAND SHUNT WAGONS 22.4 2212

APPLICATION OF THE GENERAL RULES AN REGULATIONS 22.4 2213

FIRM WILL BE HELD LIABLE FOR ALL DAMAGES 22.4 2214


CHAPTER XXII

ASSISTED SIDINGS

22.1

2201. Definition: An assisted siding is a siding constructed to serve a factory, mill or other industrial premises other than a colliery or mining area. 2202. Agreements: Before sanction is accorded to the construction of an assisted siding by competent authority, an agreement on the lines of the model agreement in Appendix III is required to be executed by the applicant for the siding. A copy of the agreement should be supplied to the station from where the siding takes off and to the Accounts Office/Revenue and should be noted by the officials responsible for working the siding. 2203. List of assisted sidings: A list of all assisted sidings on Pakistan Railways showing the name of the station from which the siding takes off and of the firm(s) using the siding, should be given by Pakistan Railways in its tariff. 2204. Freight charges: Freight for all classes of goods should be charged to and from the station wherefrom the siding takes off, Railway Receipts and Invoices being issued to and from the station. The name of the siding should, however, be recorded on the Wagon Label (T.1418) to facilitate the wagon being placed on the correct siding at destination. 2205. Loading and unloading of goods in sidings: The rules which should be followed in loading and unloading goods in assisted sidings are given in paragraphs 1412 and 1413. 2206. Sidings charges: Siding charges, at the rates laid down in the agreement, should be recovered from the user of the siding for every wagon, whether loaded or empty, hauled over the siding in each direction. These charges should be recovered locally and should not be shown on the Invoices.

2207. Register of Siding Charges: A Register of Siding Charges should be maintained at the station in form T.2207, a separate Register being kept for each siding. At the close of each month, the copy of the Register should be submitted to the Accounts Office/Revenue with the monthly Station Balance Sheet.


CHAPTER XXII

ASSISTED SIDINGS

22.2

FORM NO. T.2207 REGISTER OF WAGONS MADE OVER TO AND RECEIVED BACK FROM ……………

SIDING AT ………..….. STATION DURING THE MONTH ………….. 20 …..

INWARDS RECORD

Invoice Wagons Received by

No. Date Receipt

No. Station from No.

Carrying capacity

Whether 4-wheeler, 6-

wheeler or bogie

Train No.

Date

1 2 3 4 5 6

Time of arrival

Placed in siding Wagon released from siding

Hrs. Mts. Date Hrs. Mts.

Siding charges

Account * code

Remarks explaining any

delay in placing the wagon in

siding

Date. Hrs. Mts.

7 8 9 10 11 12 Rupees

OUTWARDS RECORD

Rebooking invoice

Wagon Dispatched

Departure

Whether loaded

or empty

Siding charges

for rebooking

Account* code N

o. Date

Receipt No.

Station to

DateTrain No. Hrs. Mts.

Remarks regarding

delay if any in dispatch of wagon

13 14 15 16 17 18 18 19 Rupees

Note 1.——Reference to the wagons put into or taken out of the siding (whether 4-wheeler, six-wheeler or bogie) should be invariably given under the column provided for the purpose to admit of the correct charges being recovered. Note 2.——The ‘inwards’ and ‘outwards’ movements of wagons should be recorded in the columns opposite each other.

Note 3* Not to be filled in by Station Staff.

2208. In case no wagon is placed on a siding during a month, a “Nil” Form (T.2207) should, invariably, be sent to the Accounts Office.


CHAPTER XXII

ASSISTED SIDINGS

22.3

2209. Where a siding is used, under the sanction of the General Manager, by a department, firm or merchant other than the one for whom it was originally constructed, separate siding statements should be prepared for each such user, the name of the siding being given along with the name of the person or firm using it.

2210. Accountal of Siding Charges: The siding charges should be accounted for as a special debit in the Station Balance Sheet (T.1843). The full name of the siding, as shown in the agreement, should be entered in the Register of Siding Charges (T.2207) as well as in the Station Balance Sheet (T.1843). At stations, where there are two or more sidings or where a siding is used by two or more firms the charges recovered from each firm should be shown separately.

2211. Loading ,Unloading and delivery of goods in siding:- (a) Where a goods Commercial Assistant / Goods is posted in a siding and his wages are paid for by the owner thereof, the loading of goods will be supervised and tallied by the railway staff, and railway receipts for the specific number of packages loaded will be granted. Where no staff is posted, the consignments loaded in the siding will be booked at the station in the same way as any other consignment but, owing to the difficulty of making an accurate check of an already loaded wagon, a “Said to Contain” receipt will be granted.

(b) Where a Commercial Assistant/ Goods is posted, and his wages are paid by the user of the siding, consignments will be delivered and tallied and railways receipts and freight collected(if not already collected at the station) at the siding. If the user opens a freight account and executes a stamped Indemnity Bond in the specimen form given below, freight will be recovered by drawing upon the account, and delivery can be taken in the absence of railway receipts, which can be handed in later when available.

SPECIMEN FORM OF THE INDEMNITY BOND

In consideration of the Pakistan Railways delivering to us, prior to the surrender of relative railway receipts, goods contained in wagons labelled to our firm, or goods concerning which they have received from us specific instructions for delivery to our firm, we agree to hold the Pakistan Railways harmless and indemnified against all claims, from whatever cause arising, in respect of such deliveries. We further agree to hand over, to the Pakistan Railways, the Railway receipts covering all goods delivered to us, as aforesaid, as soon as such receipts are received by us, and to pay the Pakistan Railways on demand the full amount of any freight or other charges incurred on all such goods. Witness ___________________ Signature of consignee ___________________ Witness ___________________ Signature of surety ______________________


CHAPTER XXII

ASSISTED SIDINGS

22.4

2212. The firm will arrange to hand shunt wagons to and from the said point or line of interchange with their own labour and the Railway will not be responsible for any delay, loss or damage caused in consequence of the failure of the firm to arrange for such hand- shunting.

2213. Application of the general rules and regulations:- The firm will be responsible for seeing that the General Rules and Regulations of the Railway are strictly adhered to by its employees and will be responsible for all accidents or loss or damage at the siding that may ensue from the neglect or disobedience of such rules and regulations by its employees. It will be the duty of the firm to obtain copies of all such rules and regulations and to see that its employees are made acquainted with them.

2214. The firm will be held liable for all damages which wagons may sustain during the period these remain in its charge, as also for the cost of re-railing wagons derailed while thus under its charge, and repairs to the siding necessitated by such derailments.

CHAPTER XXIII

20 October, 2011

PAKISTAN RAILWAYS




CHAPTER XXIII

OUT-AGENCIES / CITY BOOKING AGENCIES

41

CONTENTS


DEFINITION-OUT-AGENCIES/CITY BOOKING AGENCIES

23.1

2301 — 2303 (2302 Deleted)

AGREEMENT 23.1 2304 — 2306

SECURITIES 23.1 2307

BOOKING OF TRAFFIC FROM OUT-AGENCIES / CITY BOOKING AGENCIES 23.1 — 23.2 2308 — 2310

BOOKING OF TRAFFIC TO OUT-AGENCIES / CITY BOOKING AGENCIES 23.2 2311

CARTAGE CHARGES 23.2 2312

MAKING AND TAKING OVER CONSIGNMENTS 23.2 2313

ACCOUNTAL OF TRAFFIC BOOKED TO OR FROM OUT-AGENCIES / CITY BOOKING AGENCIES 23.3 2314

RETURNS 23.3 2315 — 2316

RESPONSIBILITY OF OUT-AGENTS / CITY BOOKING AGENTS FOR FARE, FREIGHT AND OTHER CHARGES 23.3 2317

REMITTANCE OF CASH AND VOUCHERS

23.3

2318 (2319 Deleted)

REFUNDS 23.3 2320 PAYMENT OF CARTAGE CHARGES AND COMMISSION TO OUT-AGENTS/CITY BOOKING AGENTS

23.3 — 23.4

2321 — 2324 (2325 Deleted)


CHAPTER XXIII


23.1

2301. (a). “Out-agencies” are offices opened in towns situated off the lines of Pakistan Railways in order to facilitate the booking of traffic to or from such towns. Contractors are appointed to work these Out-agencies and to arrange to carry traffic between the Out-agencies and the railway station via which the Out-agency is worked.

(b). “City Booking Agencies” are auxiliary booking office to the railway stations and are situated in the cities in order to further facilitate the booking of traffic to and from cities.

2302. Deleted.

2303. The sanctioned schedules of maximum and minimum fares and rates for Coaching and Goods traffic mentioned in paragraph 201 apply only over Pakistan Railways proper and do not cover carriage between a railway station and an Out-agency / City Booking Agency, whether served by a road or any other means. Railway Administration should, therefore, obtain independent confirmation of the reasonableness of the rates it is proposed to charge over an Out-agency / City Booking Agency, the local civil authorities being in the best position to give this confirmation.

2304. Agreement: Before an Out-agency / City Booking Agency is opened, an agreement is executed with the Out-agent / City Booking Agent laying down the terms and conditions under which the Out-agency / City Booking Agency will be worked.

2305. A standard form of the agreement is given in Appendix II A & B for out agencies and city book agencies respectively. The terms and conditions embodied therein are meant for guidance only and may be relaxed wholly or in part by the General Manager.

2306. A copy of the agreement will be supplied to the station via which the Out-agency / City Booking Agency is worked and should be noted by the staff entrusted with making or taking over consignments to or from the Out-agent / City Booking Agent.

2307. Securities: In order to safeguard the interests of Pakistan Railways the Out-agent / City Booking Agency is required to deposit with the Railway Administration securities for good working and to cover the monthly outstandings. The necessity for the latter arises out of the fact that the Out-agent / City Booking Agent is paid commission on the basis of sale of tickets, consignments booked on way bills and its accounted for in the returns and earnings remitted accordingly. It will be the duty of the Accounts Office to see that the outstandings against an Out-agent / City Booking Agent, at any one time, do not exceed the amount of security deposited for the purpose.

2308. Booking of traffic from Out-agencies / City Booking Agencies: Contractors should arrange to book direct all goods and parcels traffic offered for dispatch at the Out-agencies / City Booking Agencies subject to the conditions and exceptions laid down in the tariffs. The bookings should be made from the Out-agencies / City Booking Agencies to all stations and Out-agencies / City Booking Agencies open for such traffic except to the station via which the Out-agency / City Booking Agency is worked.


CHAPTER XXIII


23.2

2309. The forms prescribed for railway stations, should be used by Out-agencies / City Booking Agencies and all the rules regulating the issue, custody or use of the forms that are applicable to stations apply equally to Out-agencies / City Booking Agencies. 2310. The booking of passenger and luggage/parcel traffic from Out-agencies / City Booking Agencies should be carried out as if the Out-agency / City Booking Agency constituted a station, in strict accordance with the rules laid down by the Railway Administration in the books, circulars, notices and other publications, a copy of each of which will be supplied to the Out-agent / City Booking Agent. 2311. Booking of traffic to Out-agencies / City Booking Agencies: The booking of traffic from railway stations to Out-agencies / City Booking Agencies should be done in the same away as traffic from Out-agencies / City Booking Agencies, vide previous paragraph. 2312. Cartage Charges.——The cartage charges levied for the carriage of goods or parcels to or from the Out-agency / City Booking Agency at the rates given in the contract should be shown separately on the Invoices and Parcels Way-bills and in the Initial Books and Returns. 2313. Making and taking over consignments: Consignments booked to or from an Out-agency / City Booking Agency should, on arrival at the station via which the Out-agency / City Booking Agency is worked, be entered in Registers (Form T. 2313 to be maintained separately by the station and the Out-agency / City Booking Agency). The party taking over the consignments should sign in the column provided for the purpose. The condition of the packages, if defective, should be noted under the signature of both the parties.

FORM T. 2313

REGISTER OF GOODS/PARCELS MADE OVER TO OR RECEIVED FROM ……………..…. OUT-AGENT / CITY BOOKING AGENT AT …………………….

STATION FOR …………….. 20……

Invoice or Way-bill

Station

Date No. From To Via

Number of packages

Description Signature of person

taking over Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7


CHAPTER XXIII


23.3

2314. Accountal of traffic booked to or from Out-agencies / City Booking Agencies: The traffic booked to or from Out-agencies / City Booking Agencies should be accounted for by the Out-agents / City Booking Agents in the forms and books prescribed and in the manner laid down for railway stations. 2315. Returns: The contractors will arrange to submit to the Accounts Office, complete Returns relating to traffic dealt with at the Out-agencies / City Booking Agencies showing separately cartage charges of the agencies and Pakistan Railways freight. 2316. Separate returns in respect of traffic forwarded from or received at railway stations to and from Out-agencies / City Booking Agencies should be rendered by stations to the Accounts Office concerned and separate totals of such traffic shown in the Station Balance Sheet to facilitate the apportionment of cartage charges to the Out-agents / City Booking Agents. 2317. Responsibility of Out-agents / City Booking Agents for fare, freight and other charges: The Out-agent / City Booking Agencies will be responsible for all freight and undercharges on passenger, luggage and parcels traffic in accordance with the rules applicable for similar traffic at railway stations. 2318. Remittance of cash and vouchers: The entire collections of the day should be remitted by the Out-agent / City Booking Agent in accordance with the terms of the agreement. 2319. Deleted. 2320. Refunds: The Out-agents / City Booking Agents should not make refunds of freight except those allowed to the railway station staff (paragraph 1705). All other claims should be forwarded to and dealt with in the Claims Office concerned. 2321. Payment of cartage charges and commission to Out-agents/City Booking Agents.——The payment of cartage charges and commission due to Out-agents/City Booking Agents will be arranged by the Accounts office. 2322. Where the agreement requires the submission by the Out-agent/City Booking Agents of bills of cartage charges and commission, these should be prepared in triplicate on form T. 2322.


CHAPTER XXIII


23.4

FORM T.2322 BILLS FOR CARTAGE CHARGES

Bill No……….... Dated…………….20……. To……………………………………………………….. (Here give name of Out-agent/City Booking Agent) for charges for carting and handling Inwards / Outwards Goods/Parcels booked to / from ………………… Out-agency during the month of ………….…………..…20….. as per details given below:

Invoice Way-bill

Date No.

Station from

Station to

Weight Rate Amount claimed

Amount Disallowed

Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

2323. Separate bills should be prepared for ‘forwarded’ and ‘received’ traffic. 2324. Two copies of the bill should be submitted to the Accounts Office Revenue, one being retained at the Out-agency / City Booking Agency for record. The Accounts Office will return one copy to the Out-agent / City Booking Agent showing the amount passed for payment, the other being retained for future reference. 2325. Deleted.

CHAPTER XXIV

20 October, 2011

PAKISTAN RAILWAYS




CHAPTER XXIV

STATION OUTSTANDINGS

42

CONTENTS


STATION OUTSTANDINGS 24.1 2401

LIST OF OUTSTANDINGS 24.1 2402

PREPARATION OF LIST OF OUTSTANDINGS 24.1 — 24.2 2403 — 2404

DEBIT BY THE ACCOUNTS OFFICE AND DISALLOWANCES BY CASHIER 24.2 2405 — 2409

ADMITTED DEBITS 24.3 — 24.4 2410 — 2413

OBJECTED DEBITS 24.4 2414

EMPLOYEE LEAVING THE SERVICE 24.4 2414A — 2415

FREIGHT OUTSTANDINGS ON GOODS/PARCELS ON HAND 24.4 2416

FREIGHT OUTSTANDINGS ON GOODS/PARCELS NOT TO HAND 24.5 2417 — 2418


CHAPTER XXIV


24.1

2401. The station outstandings mainly consist of (i) debits raised by the Accounts Office and disallowances made by the Cashier whether admitted or objected, and (ii) freight on goods/parcels on hand or not on hand. (iii) short accountal and short remittance (iv) undercharges raised by station on goods/ parcel on hand or not on hand. 2402. Lists of Outstandings.——The details of all outstanding items except those for Invoices/Way-bills for the month to which the Station Balance Sheet relate should be entered by stations in the Lists of Outstandings (Form No. T.2402). The form is printed on the reverse of the Station Balance Sheet for use by small stations. For large stations the form is printed on separate sheets to accompany the Station Balance Sheet (T.1236 or T.1843).

FORM T. 2402

LIST OF OUTSTANDINGS WORKING UP TO THE CLOSING BALANCE OF COACHING/GOODS STATION BALANCE SHEET FOR………………….20 ….

Error Sheet/

Invoice/ Way-Bill

Goods/Parcels on hand

Dat

e

No.

Part

icul

ars

(Sta

tion

from

) Admitted debits

Objected debits

Invoices/Way-bills

requiring clearance

by Overcharge

Sheets

Old Invoices/

Way-Bills

Current Invoice/Way-bills (three

months old).

Total

Rea

sons

why

ou

tsta

ndin

g, a

nd

refe

renc

e to

co

rres

pond

ence

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

* Note.——(1) In cases of admitted debits names of the persons responsible and reference to the deduction list in which the same is shown for recovery, should be given in this column.

(2) In cases of objected debits, references to correspondence with the Chief Commercial Manager or with Accounts Office should be quoted. 2403. Preparation of List of Outstandings.——The List of Outstandings (which forms Part I of the Station Balance Sheet) should be prepared either on the reverse of the Station Balance Sheet or in separate continuation sheets in duplicate by the carbon process, one copy being retained for station use. Full explanation of the steps taken for the clearance of outstandings and reference to the correspondence with the Divisional Superintendent or with the Accounts Office should be given against each item. In the case of admitted debits the name of the official responsible together with the reference to the Deduction List (T.2411) in which the item is shown for recovery from the Pay Bill should be given.


CHAPTER XXIV


24.2

2404. The station copy should be kept up to date during the succeeding month, and postings made as the outstandings are adjusted. 2405. Debit by the Accounts Office and Disallowances by Cashier.——Debits raised by the Accounts Office will be advised to stations through Error Sheets (see Pakistan Railways Code for the Accounts Department) showing full particulars of the debit. Disallowances by the Cash Office will be advised through the forth foil of the Cash Remittance Note (T.2153). The Accounts Office will also advise all debits and disallowances against a station through a monthly Advice of Internal Check. 2406. The Advice of Internal Check should, on receipt at station, be compared by the Station Master with the connected Station Balance Sheet and all debits and disallowances advised therein should be taken to account, if not already done, in the Station Balance Sheet next to be closed irrespective of whether the Error Sheet has been received or not. Copies of missing Error Sheets should be called for from the Accounts Office Revenue. When a credit balance arising from errors and overpayments is shown by the Accounts Office in the Advice of Internal Check, Station Masters are not entitled to deduct it. The Inspector of Coaching and Goods / Accounts, however, have authority to order such deduction, entering it on the Station Balance Sheet next for issue and initialing the entry. 2407. Every debit or disallowance against a station by the Accounts or Cash Office whether arising from error in charging fare or freight, short remittance of cash, base coins, or other cause, is payable by the person through whose fault it has been incurred. It is therefore, the duty of a Station Master, or other responsible Station Staff, on receiving an Advice of Internal Check, Error Sheet or other advice of debit, to ascertain by whom the amount is payable and see that the rules in the following paragraphs are observed. 2408. Immediately on receipt of an Error Sheet or other advice of debit it should be checked and the debit, whether admitted or not, taken to account in the first Station Balance Sheet under preparation. 2409. The third foil of the Error Sheet should be filled up by the Station Master. If the debit is admitted the name, designation, etc., of the staff responsible should be noted on the trefoil. If the debit is objected, the grounds of objection with other necessary details should be clearly stated on the trefoil which should be returned, the day after receipt, to the Outstanding Section who will communicate with the Accounts Office and inform the Station Master whether the debit should be paid or not.


CHAPTER XXIV


24.3

2410. Admitted debits.——The debit, if admitted, should be paid in within seven days. Disallowances on account of base coins, etc., returned by Cash Office and short remittances of cash, should be made good at once. 2411. Admitted debits not paid in by the staff responsible should within seven days be recovered from their Pay-Bills. For this purpose, stations should prepare Deduction Lists in form No. T. 2411. These lists should be prepared in quadruplicate. All the four copies of the list should be submitted by stations to the Divisional Office which will return one copy to the station with amount recovered noted thereon to enable it to take credit in the Station Balance Sheet. Of the remaining three copies one will be kept for record in the Divisional Office and one copy each will be sent to the Accounts Office/ Revenue and the Chief Commercial Manager’s Office.

FORM T. 2411

LIST OF DEDUCTIONS FROM THE PAY-BILL OF …………………..……….. STATION FOR THE MONTH OF …………………………… 20…..

To be submitted by the Divisional Superintendent with salary bill of station staff.

Error-sheet Name (if

transferred, enter name of station in Remarks column).

Designation Station at

which dueNumber Date

On Coaching or Goods Account

Amount

*Amount entered

for recovery

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Rupees

* Special recoveries to

credit of Traffic earnings How dealt with in the Accounts Office **

Particulars Amount

* Total recoveries

made Coaching Balance

Sheet

Goods Balance

Sheet

Initials of Station Balance

Sheet Checker

Remarks

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Rupees Rupees

* These will be filled in by the Divisional Superintendent.

** To be filled in by Accounts Office. ………………… …………………………… Station Master. Divisional Superintendent.


CHAPTER XXIV


24.4

2412. When recoveries of debits are affected in installments the credit in the Station Balance Sheet (T.1236 or T.1843) should be taken for the amount actually recovered as intimated by the Divisional Superintendent Office and not for the full amount shown in the Deduction List for recovery. 2413. In the case of “admitted debits” outstanding in the Coaching or Goods Accounts the names of the persons responsible with their signatures in token of acceptance of the debit should be furnished to the Accounts Office. It will be the duty of the latter to recover the debits and allow credit to the station. 2414. Objected debits.——In the case of “objected debits”, if the objection by the station to the debit is admitted by the Accounts Office /Revenue, the debit will be withdrawn and a Credit Advice Note sent to the Station by the Accounts Office as an authority for taking special credit in the Station Balance Sheet; until then, the amount should remain at debit in station accounts. 2414. A. Employee leaving the Service:- Commercial Superintendent (Booking, Parcel and Goods) or the Station Masters, as the case may be, will be held personally responsible for checking tickets, invoices, weigh bills, Etc., from the date of last accounts up to dated of handing over and all debits discovered against an employee leaving the service, must at once be reported to the Divisional Superintendent and Divisional Accounts Officer concerned for necessary action and recovery. 2414. B. Heavy amounts kept outstanding at certain stations in connection with the consignments delivered without collection of demurrage, wharfage and other charges due from government departments/trading community cause a great deal of correspondence. These consignments must not be delivered without recovering charges due, unless orders are first obtained from the Chief Commercial Manager or the concerned Divisional Superintendent. 2415. Neglect to deal with the Error Sheets, and Cashier’s advices of short remittances and base coins, etc., in the manner stated in the previous paragraphs will render the person at fault liable to disciplinary action in addition to the amount being recovered from his pay without further reference. 2416. Freight outstandings on goods/parcels on hand.——These outstandings are cleared when the goods/parcels are delivered or, if unclaimed, when they are transferred to the Lost Property Office (paragraph 1907) or otherwise disposed of under instructions of the competent authority. At the close of each period the Station Master or Commercial Supervisor (Goods) should take an inventory of all goods/parcels on hand and take necessary action for their clearance.


CHAPTER XXIV


24.5

2417. Freight outstandings on goods/parcels not to hand.——These should be adjusted in accordance with the merits of the each case. If the outstandings are caused by errors in invoicing goods/parcels (other than those representing under and overcharges in freight) or on account of consignments having been withdrawn, diverted, over carried, etc., these should be cleared by Overcharge Sheets (T. 1716), certified by the station against whom the debit does not lie. If, however, the consignments are lost, the outstanding on account of freight will be cleared by Overcharge sheets certified by the competent Commercial Officer. 2418. Station Masters and Commercial Supervisor (Booking) / (Parcels) / (Goods) should take interest in the clearance of outstandings in their books. At the end of each month they should check the List of Outstandings (T. 2402) with the Inwards Books and send a report of outstandings of one month and over to the Chief Commercial Manager’s Office where suitable action should be taken for their early clearance.


APPENDIX I PRINCIPLES GOVERNING THE IMPOSITION AND COLLECTION OF TERMINAL TAX

(SEE PARAGRAPH 2003)

Page 1 of 2

1. Terminal tax will not be introduced on Pakistan Railways except with the sanction of the Federal Government, who will be required to be satisfied as to its necessity and to be furnished with reasons by Provincial Governments for its introduction. 2. Once a decision has been made by the Federal Government to introduce Terminal Tax for implementation on Pakistan Railways, the Provincial Governments must consult the Railway Administration before taking steps for the imposition of terminal taxes. The Provincial Governments will also guard against the undue exploitation of Pakistan Railways for the purpose of increasing municipal revenues.

3. Provided that the Provincial Government is satisfied as to the necessity of the tax on grounds such as those mentioned in paragraph 2, it is competent, with the concurrence of the Pakistan Railways, to extend the system, to specified departments. 4. Refunds in case of introduction of Terminal Tax in the usual sense of the term will not be allowed. The duties and liabilities of Pakistan Railway in respect of the assessment will be decided by arrangement between Pakistan Railway and any other government department, but ordinarily the work will be checked by the Railway Accounts Department subject to such further checks as any other government department may desire to provide at its own expense. The rectification of errors will be carried out in consultation with any other government department, the railway employees being free from liability on account of bona fide mistakes. All complaints and questions of refunds will be dealt with by the concerned departments of the Provincial governments and no responsibility shall lie on Pakistan Railway in these matters. 5. The rate of remuneration for the collection of the tax will be a matter for negotiation between the concerned government and Pakistan Railways. 6. The articles to be taxed should, as far as possible, be adapted to the Pakistan Railways classification of goods. 7. The tax will be on the weight but will vary with the class of goods. In the case of goods carried in bulk at wagon rates, the tax should be levied on the “weight for charge” as shown in the Invoice or Way-bill. 8. The following articles, along with any other articles which the Provincial Governments and any other government department concerned may specify, will be exempted from the tax :–


APPENDIX I PRINCIPLES GOVERNING THE IMPOSITION AND COLLECTION OF TERMINAL TAX


Page 2 of 2

(a) railway stores and materials which are required for use on railways,

whether in constructing, maintaining or working' the same and which are not removed outside the railway land boundaries, but not stores imported into municipal limits for purchase and consumption by railway employees nor stores with which the Railway Co-operative Stores are stocked for sale to members; and

(b) bona fide personal luggage of passengers and household effects of railway

servants transferred on duty from one station to another. 9. No-tax on passengers arriving or departing by rail will be allowed except for altogether special reasons; and that too only after consultation with the Pakistan Railways and with the sanction of the Federal Government. 10. The above-mentioned clauses provide a general guideline for the imposition of Terminal Tax. Any addition/deletion can be made by Pakistan Railways in consultation with the Provincial Governments.


APPENDIX II

(A) SKELETON FORM OF OUT-AGENCY AGREEMENT

(See Paragraph 2305)

Page 1 of 18

This Agreement, made this ………………………. day of ………………………….. between the President of Islamic Republic of Pakistan, acting through the Pakistan Railways Administration (hereinafter called the "Railway Administration"); of the one part and Mr./Messrs………………………………….Acting through ……………………… S/O …………………….. , R/O ……………………………….. (hereinafter called the Contractors) of the other part in respect of the Out-agency at ……………………………. via ……………….. Railway Station. WHEREAS the Railway Administration, has established an Out-agency at ……………………… via ………………………………….. Railway Station via ………………… for the purpose of booking of parcels and goods of all kinds (except……………………………) between the said Authorized out agency and all stations on Pakistan Railways, have booking arrangements, and conveyance of parcels and goods booked to and from the said out-agency between the out-agency and ………………… Railway Station, and whereas the Contractor has agreed with the Railway Administration to book, carry and convey the parcels and goods as aforesaid in connection with the said out-agency upon the terms and conditions here in after contained in this Agreement:

NOW, THEREFORE, the Railway Administration and the Contractors do hereby jointly and severally covenant and agree in the manner following, that is to say:

Mutual (General) Stipulations. I. In this agreement, unless a different intention appears from the subject or context, the expression: (a) " The President of Islamic Republic of Pakistan" includes his successors and assigns; (b) “Railway Administration” means and includes beside the President of Islamic Republic of Pakistan, his successors and assigns, the General Manager of Pakistan Railways and his successors and assigns; the Chief Commercial Manager, Pakistan Railways and such other officers of the said railway who may be duly authorized by the aforesaid authority. (c) "Contractors" includes the legal representatives of the Contractors; (d) "Out-agency" means the out-agency established at …………………….. via ……………… Railway Station for the purpose of booking of parcels and goods between the said out-agency and all stations, on city booking and out agencies on Pakistan Railways.


APPENDIX II



Page 2 of 18

(e) Delete. (f) Delete. (g) "Parcels" means all such articles and small packages and the like as are ordinarily booked for conveyance by Pakistan Railways at parcels rates of freight and are usually carried by mail or other trains carrying passengers. (h) "Goods" means and includes all articles and packages other than "parcels" as are ordinarily booked for conveyance by the Pakistan Railways at goods rates of freight and are usually carried in goods vehicles by goods or mixed trains. II. The Contractor shall be deemed to be the agent of the Railway Administration and shall be subject to the legal liabilities as such, as are laid down or defined in the law relating to agents in force in Pakistan for the booking and conveyance of parcels and goods from and to the said out-agency. III. All parcels and goods shall be booked to and from ……………… out-agency and from and to all stations, city booking and out-agencies of Pakistan Railways. IV. (a) The Contractors shall maintain an efficient transport service to the satisfaction of the Railway Administration and shall arrange to have a sufficient number of vehicles in good working order at ………………………….. Railway Station and the said out-agency for carrying such parcels and goods traffic, at the timings mutually agreed upon by the parties. No vehicle shall be in use for service by the Contractors which is in a dilapidated condition. (b) Should the Contractor’s service fail at any time in respect of booking of parcels and goods or receipt and delivery of parcels and goods and conveyance of parcels and goods as referred to in the preamble of this Agreement, the Railway Administration shall be entitled to inflict a penalty to the extent of Rs. …………………… in each case, on the Contractor in addition to any other liability to which the Contractor may be liable under the provisions of this Agreement. V. The Contractor shall carry parcels and goods at his own safe risk and responsibility and notwithstanding anything said or contained in Clause II hereof, the Contractor shall be responsible for and will make good and will save harmless and indemnify the Railway Administration for and in respect of any claims, demands, suits, losses, damages, costs, charges and expenses what-so-ever on account of any injury, damage or loss, etc., caused to any person or property resulting directly or indirectly from any act or omission on the part of the Contractor or his servants or employees.


APPENDIX II



Page 3 of 18

VI. The Contractor shall pay full cost of any publicity given by the Railway Administration to the service worked by him. The amount to be debited to the Contractor shall depend on the discretion of the Railway Administration. VII. The Contractor shall supply a sufficient number of waterproof sheets necessary to protect from rain, etc., all parcels and goods booked to and from the out-agency while in transit. VIII. All inward parcels and goods shall be considered to be in the Contractor’s possession and in his care and custody and at his risk and responsibility from the moment that such parcels and goods shall have been delivered to and signed for by the Contractor or by a person authorized to act on his behalf or shall have been loaded in conveyances belonging to or provided by him for the purpose. All outward parcels and goods shall be considered to remain and be in the Contractor’s possession and in his care and custody, and at his risk and responsibility, until the same shall have been received and signed for by a railway staff, for the time being in the service of the Railway Administration at the railway station. IX. (1) The Contractor shall carry on the business of the Out-agency strictly in accordance with the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement and will forthwith deposit with the Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue of ,a sum of rupees …………………….. as security for the due fulfilment of each and all of the said terms and conditions to be observed by him. The said sum of rupees ……………………….. is hereinafter called the “Security deposit". The Contractor shall further deposit with the Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue of a sum Rupees …………………… as security to cover the average monthly outstanding such as unaccounted for or undelivered consignments. The Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue, will further be empowered to retain from the current month’s dues of the Contractor any sum or sums outstanding against him over and above an amount equal to the security plus two months cartage charges in any one month. The amount so retained will be adjusted monthly with reference to the transaction of the month subsequent to that in which the deduction is made. (2) The Railway Administration shall have full power and authority at all times to apply the whole or any part of the security deposit and any other money at any time due by it to or held by it for and on behalf of the Contractor in and towards the satisfaction and discharge of any sums at any time due by the Contractor to the Railway Administration, or of any claims on, or loss or damage suffered by the Railway Administration in consequence of any default, misconduct, negligence or omission on the part of the Contractor or his servants or other persons acting for or under the authority or with the


APPENDIX II



Page 4 of 18

permission of the Contractor in the conduct of the business of the out-agency, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, or in any matter arising out of or connected with, or relating to any such default, misconduct, negligence or omission as aforesaid.

Provided further that in the event of any loss or damage to the Railway Administration due to fraud, negligence or any other action (direct or contributory) on the part of the Contractor or his servants of employees or non-fulfilment by him of any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement, the Railway Administration shall be entitled to forfeit the said security deposit and the Contractor shall be liable to deposit a fresh security within the time fixed by the Railway Administration. Failure to deposit the fresh security within the time fixed by the Railway Administration will be deemed a breach of the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(3) In the event of any portion of the security deposit being so applied by the Railway Administration during the continuance of this Agreement, the Contractor shall, on being informed by the Railway Administration of the amount so applied forthwith deposit with the Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue of , a sum equal to the amount so applied so as to keep up the amount of the security deposit to the full sum of rupees …………………… and failing this, the Railway Administration may make up the amount of the security deposit accordingly from any sum thereafter accruing due to the Contractor.

(4) Upon the expiry of contract the Contractor shall be entitled to the refund of the security deposit, or portion thereof then standing to his credit, after fully discharging and satisfying all sums (if any) due to the Railway Administration from the Contractor under this Agreement, including claims for which the Railway Administration may be liable on account of the Contractor and all losses suffered and expenses incurred by the Railway Administration in consequence of the default, misconduct, negligence, omission or any other wrongful act of the Contractor, his servants or other persons acting on his behalf.

Provided that the Railway Administration shall not be obliged to refund the security deposit or any portion thereof unless and until the Contractor shall first deliver to it a certificate in writing, certifying that the Contractor has no outstanding claims or demand under or arising out of, or in any way connected with or relating to the Agreement, against the Railway Administration. (5) Nothing contained in this clause shall be deemed in any way to limit or affect any other lawful right, remedy or relief to which the Railway Administration may at any time be entitled under this Agreement, or any law for the time being in force in respect of any breach by the Contractor of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement,


APPENDIX II



Page 5 of 18

or any criminal or unlawful act of the Contractor, his servants or other persons acting on his behalf, or in respect of anything discovered by the Railway Administration after the return of the security deposit or portion thereof; or in respect of any sums due to the Railway Administration by reason that the security deposit and other sums belonging to the Contractor coming into the hands of the Railway Administration are insufficient to satisfy and discharge the entire liability of the Contractor to the Railway Administration. X. The books and accounts of the out-agency shall, at all proper times and places be opened to the inspection and audit of the Pakistan Railways Accounts and Audit Establishment in the same manner as is customary in the case of the books and accounts maintained at railway stations on Pakistan Railways. XI. In the event of any loss or damage, however caused, arising or occurring to or in respect of any parcels and goods or any consignment in connection with the out-agency and of the Railway Administration being unable clearly to fix the responsibility for such loss or damage or to specify the precise extent of the liability of the Contractor in respect thereof then and in every such case, such loss or damage shall ordinarily divided between, and borne by the Contractor and the Railway Administration respectively in proportion to the freight earned by each from the parcels and goods in respect of which such loss or damage is caused. Provided that the decision of the Railway Administration as to the extent of the liability of the Contractor for any such loss or damage shall, in every case, be final and conclusive. XII. No claim on account of overcharge or undercharge in connection with freight or apportionment of freight and being Rupees …………………. in the case of parcels and Rupees …………….. in the case ………………………of goods or less in the case of any consignment shall be made by the Contractor against the Railway Administration or by the Railway Administration against the contractor. Provided, however, that if it is noticed that undue advantage is being taken by the Contractor of the provisions of this clause the Railway Administration shall be entitled to modify or revise or delete this clause as it may deem proper. XIII. Save as herein otherwise provided no claim on account of freight or other charges on traffic interchanged between the out-agency and Pakistan Railways or on account of apportionment thereof, the Contractor may prefer against the Railway Administration or the Railway Administration may prefer against the Contractor shall be entertained by the Railway Administration or the Contractor, respectively, unless the same has been made within six months from the end of the week or the month, as the case may be, in


APPENDIX II



Page 6 of 18

which the entry giving rise to such claim has been accounted for in the returns to be submitted hereunder. If the parties do not prefer their claims against each other within the aforesaid period of six months they shall be deemed to have waived their rights in respect thereof and shall not be entitled to any payment on account thereof. XIV. The Contractor shall not sublet, assign or in any manner transfer to any other person the whole or any part of the rights or obligations conferred or imposed upon him by this Agreement or any of this business connected with the Out-agency hereby constituted. XV. In case the Contractor shall at any time fail to supply a sufficient number of conveyances and labour required in connection with this Agreement, it shall be optional for the Railway Administration to engage such conveyance at the expense of the Contractor. All such conveyance and labour as may from time to time be required and to recover all expenses thus incurred from any sums that may be due by the Railway Administration to the Contractor under this AGREEMENT or from the security deposit hereinafter mentioned.

XVI. (1) In the event of any breach of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement by the Contractor, his servants, or any persons acting for and on his behalf or under his authority or with his permission, or of the Contractor at any time failing to perform all or any of the services required of him by this Agreement within a time deemed reasonable by or in a manner satisfactory to the Railway Administration, the Railway Administration may, without prejudice to any other right, remedy or relief to which it may otherwise be entitled under this Agreement or any law for the time being in force suspend the working forthwith or revoke and determine this Agreement, after the expiry of one week's notice in writing to be given to the Contractor of it’s intention of doing so.

(2) Either party to this Agreement may determine the same upon the expiry of three months notice in writing given to the other of his intention of doing so.

XVII. The Contractor shall pay such penalty as the Railway Administration may impose for any complaints against the Contractor which are bonafide and substantiated or for failure of the Contractor to fulfil any of the terms and conditions of this agreement.

In the event of the Contractor’s failure to pay the penalty so imposed within the time fixed by the Railway Administration in each case, it shall be lawful for the Railway Administration to deduct the amount of such penalty from the security deposit and the Contractor shall forthwith deposit a sum equal to the amount so applied in accordance with the terms of sub para (3) of clause IX of this Agreement.


APPENDIX II



Page 7 of 18

XVII. Any notice, letter or other communication which shall be sent by the Railway Administration by registered post addressed to the Contractor at his Head Office at ……………………… shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Contractor. XIX. This Agreement shall be deemed to have come into force on and from …………… for period of …………….. years.

Special Stipulations to be observed by the Contractors in carrying on the business of the Out-agency.

XX. The Contractor shall comply with and observe each and all of the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth and provide for carrying on the business of the Out-agency, that is to say: (1) The Contractor shall maintain proper books and accounts to the satisfaction of the Railway Administration of the entire out-agency business carried on under this Agreement, and will duly account to the concerned officers of the Railway Administration for all parcels and goods and moneys received on account thereof or in connection therewith; such books and accounts shall be, at all times and proper places, open to inspection and audit by the Railway Administration or any officers deputed by them in the same manner as is customary in the case of the books and accounts maintained at railway stations on Pakistan Railways. (2) The Contractor shall convey with reasonable diligence and speed to the satisfaction of the Railway Administration all parcels and goods received for transmission between the out Agency and …………………… Railway Station on Pakistan Railways in either direction, according to the true purport and intent of this Agreement and of the out agency's business carried on thereunder. (3)The Contractor shall, at all times, keep up such number of conveyances as may, in the opinion of the Railway Administration, be sufficient for the purpose of efficiently carrying on the business of out agency and will at all times maintain the conveyances so kept up in good and serviceable condition to the satisfaction of the Railway Administration. (4) The Contractor will be responsible to comply with the provisions of the Employment of Children Act, 1991 or any statutory modifications thereof and the rules framed under the said Act and shall not employ or permit any child who has not completed his fourteen year of age to work under him. He shall further, before employing any person, have his age verified as laid down in the rules framed under the said Act.


APPENDIX II



Page 8 of 18

(5) The Contractor shall arrange to carry between ………….Railway Station and the Out agency parcels and goods traffic by Motor Lorries in any case of emergency or rush or abnormal the Contractor shall arrange to continue to fulfil the terms and conditions of this Agreement by employing at his own risk, responsibility and expense, such additional transport as may be necessary to cope with the traffic offering and at the same time indemnify the Railway Administration under the terms of this agreement against any loss, damage,, injury etc, in the same manner as if this traffic was being conveyed in his own transport duly covered by insurance. (6) (a) The Contractor shall appoint, and at all times maintain, competent staff to the satisfaction of the Railway Administration at the out agency and also at ………………………. Railway Station to conduct the business of the out agency at his own sole risk and on his responsibility and will provide good and suitable office and storage accommodation, furniture, fittings and other equipment at these places, to the satisfaction of the Railway Administration. (b) The contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance at his own cost of fire fighting equipment in the Out agency to the entire satisfaction of the Railway Administration with a view to protect the Railway property in his possession in case of out break of a fire. (c) In case the staff appointed by the contractor for the working of Out agency is found to be inefficient in the knowledge of Railway rules to conduct the business of the agency to the satisfaction of the Railway Administration, the aforesaid staff will be put through refresher course at the Walton Academy Lahore Cantt and the cost of such training shall be borne by the contractor. (7) The Contractor shall observe and comply with the instructions for the working of the out agency contained in Appendix "A" (signed by the parties) and annexed hereto, and the said Appendix "A" shall be read with, and taken as part of this Agreement. (8) The Contractor shall be responsible for all errors, oversights and undercharges made by the staff maintained by him at the out-agency or elsewhere. (9) The Contractor will be responsible for the collection of all freight and other charges on consignments of parcels and goods booked Inwards “To-pay” and Outwards "Paid" and remitting the total earnings daily in full to the Chief Cashier and Treasurer, Pakistan Railways Lahore in a sealed bag through the Station Master of …………… Railway Station or the representative of National Bank of Pakistan authorized by the Railway Administration and will detain a receipt for the same. The Out Agent will be responsible for the safe custody of and carriage of cash between the Out agency and


APPENDIX II



Page 9 of 18

the Railway Station for deposit. He will also be responsible for any shortage of cash and other irregularities in connection there with discovered at the time of opening of the sealed cash bags in the Cash Office at Lahore (10) The Contractor will be responsible for and shall make good and save harmless and indemnify the Railway Administration for and in respect of all loss, damage or injury of whatever kind and from whatsoever cause arising which may occur to or in respect of any parcels and goods consignments while in his possession, care or custody as provided in Clause (VIII) and will refund to the Railway Administration all payments which the said Railway Administration may lawfully make to any persons in respect of any such loss or damage as aforesaid failing which necessary recovery will be made from the security deposit or other dues of the Contractor. (11) The Contractor shall charge the public using the out agency and will receive payment from the Railway Administration for performing the services hereby agreed upon in connection with the said out agency according to the scale of rates and charges prescribed in Appendix "B" (signed by the parties) annexed hereto or such other rates and charges as may from time to time hereafter be mutually agreed upon between the parties in place thereof. If the Contractor will at any time charge any person a higher rate other than that prescribed in Appendix "B" or for the time being in force in place thereof, he shall without prejudice to any other penalty, prosecution or proceeding to which he may be liable under this Agreement or any law for the time being in force, be deemed to have committed a breach of the Agreement. The rates and charges for the time being in force under this Agreement will be duly notified from time to time, by the Railway Administration in the tariffs and departmental circulars of Pakistan Railways and all alterations in such rates and charges shall take effect and come into force from such date as is notified in such tariffs and circulars and not before. (12) The Contractor will make no charges of any kind whatsoever to the consignor or consignee for the booking or conveyance of any parcels, and goods or for any duty which he should perform in pursuance of this Agreement, or of the Out agency's business carried on thereunder beyond the ordinary freight, wharfage or demurrage charges prescribed in the aforesaid Appendix "B" or for the time being in force as hereinbefore provided. (13) The Contractor shall provide all officers and subordinates of Pakistan Railways entrusted with the duty of inspecting the out-agency or visiting it in connection with any enquiry, a free conveyance to and from the out agency and ………………. Railway Station whenever required by the Railway Administration.


APPENDIX II



Page 10 of 18

(14) All or any of the powers and functions reserved to the Railway Administration by, and provided for, in sub-clauses (3), (6) and (13) of this clause of this Agreement, may from time to time be discharged by the Divisional Superintendent. Similarly, the Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer/’Revenue , for the time being of the ………………. Division Pakistan Railways or any officer deputed by him, is empowered by the Railway Administration to carry out the inspection and audit of the books and accounts referred to in the last sentence in sub-clause (1) of this clause of the Agreement. (15) The Contractor shall at all times indemnify the Railway Administration against all claims which may be made under the Workmen's Compensation Act, 1923, or any statutory modifications thereof or otherwise for or in respect of any accident or injury sustained by any workman, labour or other person in the employment of the Contractor and shall take all risk of accidents or damage which may cause a failure of the performance of the works from whatever cause arising and the entire responsibility for the sufficiency of all the means used by him for the fulfilment of the contract. (16) The Contractor shall not compete with the Railway Administration in any way, whatsoever, whether directly or indirectly by carrying parcels and goods over any section of road that is an alternative route to any portion of the rail route. (17) The Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with provisions of the Payment of Wages Act and the rules made thereunder in respect of the staff employed by him in connection with the business of the out agency. (18) The Contractor shall appoint Agents at his own cost to canvass for and collect parcels and goods from merchants’ godowns and premises for booking by rails. (19) Loading and unloading into and from wagons at ………………..Railway Station of all consignments booked from and to the out agency, which are required to be loaded and unloaded by the consignors or consignees under the Railway rules in force for the time being shall be done by the contractor on behalf of and at the expense of the consignors or consignees as the case may be and the Railway Administration shall not be responsible for any payment whatsoever to the Contractor for the services performed by him in this connection. The Contractor shall further be responsible for any make good any breakage, damage, shortage, loss, destruction or deterioration caused by any improper loading, unloading or handling of such goods by his servants or any persons acting for or on his behalf or under his authority. (20) The Contractor shall not employ any person previously in the employment of the Railway Administration without the express sanction of the Railway Administration.


APPENDIX II



Page 11 of 18

(21) The Contractor shall allow carriage of railway publicity material free of charge between the said out agency and ………………..Railway Station whenever required by the Railway Administration. (22) The Contractor shall get his character, and the character of the staff, employed by him in connection with performance of this contract verified through the police in accordance with the instructions issued by the Railway Administration.

Stipulations by the Railway Administration XXI. For and in consideration of the terms and conditions of this Agreement to be observed and performed by the Contractor, the Railway Administration will pay to the Contractor for the booking, delivery and carriage of parcels and goods traffic between the out agency and ……………… railway station, in either direction, the rates specified in the aforesaid Appendix “B,” or such other rates as may for the time being be in force, in place of those contained in Appendix "B" under sub-clause (11) of Clause XX of this Agreement. The wharfage charges accruing on consignments while in the custody of the Contractor shall also be credited to the Contractor. XXII. The Railway Administration will supply at the cost of the Contractor moveable boards marked "Pakistan Railways" to be hung on all vehicles carrying the out agency's parcels and goods traffic. XXIII. All payments to be made to the Contractor shall ordinarily be made monthly and as soon as convenience and possible on presentation of bills by the 10th of the month following that to which it relates in triplicate in the prescribed forms to the Financial Advisor and Chief Accounts Officer/(Revnue).

XXIV. The Railway Administration will supply a weighing machine, and such number of leather cash bags as may be considered necessary for the out agency. These articles will remain the property of the Railway Administration and the weighing machine will be maintained by the Railway Administration. The Contractor shall, however, be responsible for the safety of these articles and shall be liable for any damages caused thereto by the neglect of the Contractor or of his employees or servants.

XXV. Except as otherwise provided a verbal or written arrangement, abandoning, varying or supplementing this contract or any of the terms thereof shall be deemed conditional and shall not be binding on the Railway Administration unless and until the same is endorsed on this agreement or is incorporated in a formal instrument and signed by the parties hereto and till then the Railway Administration shall have the right to repudiate such arrangement.


APPENDIX II



Page 12 of 18

XXVI. In the event of any difference of opinion between the Railway Administration and the Contractor, as to the respective rights and obligations of the parties hereunder or as to the true intent and meaning of these presents or any articles or conditions thereof such difference of opinion shall be referred to the sole arbitration of the General Manager, Pakistan Railways, for the time being whose decision shall be final, conclusive and binding on the parties. XXVII. In the event of termination of the contract under clause XVI (1) or (2) the Railway Administration, shall, if so desire, be at liberty to take over any building, land or halting place used by the Contractor to facilitate the work of his successor. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have hereunto subscribed their names at the places and on the dates hereinafter mentioned, respectively.

Signed for and on behalf of the President of Islamic Republic of Pakistan by Deputy Chief Commercial Manager of the Pakistan Railways Lahore on this …………….. Day of ………………

Deputy Chief Commercial Manager Pakistan Railways Lahore.

Signed by Contractor at on

,in the presence of——

Contractors.

Witness---- (1) ……………………… (2) ……………………..

Countersigned. Divisional Superintendent, Pakistan Railways………… Dated ………………..


APPENDIX II



Page 13 of 18

APPENDIX A.

RULES FOR THE WORKING OF THE OUT AGENCY 1. Booking, Conveyance and Dispatch of outward parcels and goods: (a) The Contractor shall arrange to book direct or convey all parcels and goods traffic, offered for at the Out Agency, subject to the conditions and exceptions provided for in Appendix B, with the least possible delay. The booking of parcels and goods will be done direct from the Out agency to all stations, city booking and out agencies on Pakistan Railways except to the stations via which the Out agency is worked. The booking will be done on the forms prescribed for railway stations, i.e., parcel way-bills and invoices and in strict accordance with the rules laid down by the Railway Administration in the reference books, circulars, notices and other publications referred to in para 4. (b) The accounting of Parcel Way Bills and Goods Invoices will be done at the Out agency and sent to the Accounts Office, in the forms and books prescribed for railway stations. (c) All such parcels and goods on arrival from the Out-agency at the station via which the Out agency is worked will be carefully compared by the railway staff with the connected Parcel way bills and goods invoices as the case may be and entries relating thereto made in the Transhipment Register ………………. The railway staff will sign in the column headed "Signature" and record in the column "Remarks" any defective conditions etc., of the packages,. These forms will, however, be prepared in duplicate, i.e., one to be kept by the Contractor and the other to be made over to the staff taking over the goods at the railway station for future reference. 2. Receipt and Disposal of Inward Parcels and Goods: (a) All parcels and goods booked to the Out Agency on arrival at the junction station with the Out Agency will be entered in the Transhipment Register ……………… , and made over along with the connected way-bills and invoices (see paragraph (b) below) to the Contractor’s representative who will sign for the same in the Transhipment Register in the column headed "Signature," and record in the column "Remarks" any defective conditions, etc., of the packages. These forms will be prepared in duplicate i.e., one to be kept by the railway staff and the other to be made over to the Contractor for future reference. (b) The Contractor’s representative will, however, receive any consignment marked for the Out agency even where the connected Parcel way bill and Goods Invoice has not been received. A copy of the way bill or invoice will be prepared from the railway Receipt and taken to account subject to any undercharge being recovered on receipt of


APPENDIX II



Page 14 of 18

the original or a certified copy thereof from the forwarding station. This should be called for when not received. (c) On arrival of Parcels or Goods at the Out Agency, the Parcel Way Bills and Invoices will be taken into account, and the traffic and documents dealt with in strict accordance with the rules laid down by the Railway Administration in the books, circulars, notices and other publications referred to in para 4. (d) Inward Parcel Way Bills or Invoices must be taken to account immediately upon receipt in the accounts then in hand, even when the consignment has not been received, and the amount being shown outstanding until the Parcels and Goods have been delivered or orders received for the outstanding to be cleared otherwise. 3. Responsibility of the Contractor for freight and other charges: The Contractor shall be responsible for all undercharges and collection of freight charges on parcels and goods traffic in accordance with the rules applicable for similar traffic on Pakistan Railways stations. 4. Books and forms: The Contractor shall maintain all such books and forms as may be required from time to time by the Railway Administration, for the proper booking and accounting for all traffic booked to and from the out agency in accordance with the rules appearing in Pakistan Railways Commercial Manual, Pakistan Railways Codes, Manual of Instructions for the Monthly System of Accounts. Coaching and Goods tariffs and similar other publications, also such other instructions as may be issued from time to time by the General Manager or The Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue of the Pakistan Railways. One copy of each such book, etc., as are required to be maintained, will be supplied free of charge by the Railway Administration, on the Contractor indenting for them on the Divisional Superintendent. Books, etc., required to replace those lost or otherwise destroyed or in addition to those supplied free of charge, will be supplied only at the expense of the Contractor. 5. Returns: The Contractor shall arrange to submit complete returns relating to Parcels and Goods Traffic dealt with at the Out agency to the Financial Advisor and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue, showing separately the agency and the railway proportions, also balance-sheet, in connection therewith, in the manner prescribed in the books referred to above, and in any supplemental, general or special instructions, issued by the Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue, or the General Manager Pakistan Railways.


APPENDIX II



Page 15 of 18

6. Refunds: Under no circumstances shall the Contractor allow a refund of freight or any other charges on consignments booked to and from the Out-agency, and all such claims shall be forwarded to the General Manager, Pakistan Railways, Overcharges due to errors in classification or computation of freight discovered prior to the delivery of “To-Pay” consignment will, however be refunded by the Contractor at the time of delivery, the consignee being asked to acknowledge the refund on Refund List. The form bearing the acknowledgment will be sent to Financial Advisor and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue, Pakistan Railways, along with the connected station balance sheet.

7. Remittance of cash: The entire collections of the day whether represented by coins, cheques, currency notes, military warrants, credit-notes or pay orders, etc., duly entered in Cash Remittance-Note will be sent to the Chief Cashier and Treasurer, Pakistan Railways, Lahore through the Station Master of the connected Railway Station, daily as laid down in clause XX (9) of the agreement. One Cash Remittance-Note only for each day’s remittance of cash and voucher will be prepared and if there be no cash collection on any day a “Nil” cash remittance-note will be prepared and submitted to the Chief Cashier and Treasurer. The earnings on account of coaching and goods will also be shown separately on the cash remittance notes.

for and behalf of Deputy Chief Commercial Manager

Contractor.

Pakistan Railways, Lahore.

Dated.____________________

Dated______________________


APPENDIX II



Page 16 of 18

APPENDIX B

OUT AGENCY AT_______VIA________RAILWAY STATION.

General conditions applicable to the Out Agency. 1. The Railway Administration will not undertake any liability on behalf of the Contractor under the Common Carriers Act, III of 1865. 2. Coal, offensive goods, explosives, dangerous goods, goods in bulk or loose, arms and ammunition, will not be booked. Small consignments of safety cartridges and ammunition for private individuals, however, may be accepted and will be carried over the Out-agency’s portion at owner's risk under risk-note form C. Perishables shall be accepted at owner’s risk. 3. All packages liable to damage by rain must be protected in transit by waterproof sheets to be supplied by the Contractor. 4. All Packages carried over the railway at owner's risk will be carried over the Out-agency’s portion also at owner's risk. 5. (a) The maximum weight of any single package will not exceed 190 kilograms in case of parcels and except when special arrangements have been made. (b) The maximum length of any single package of Parcel should not exceed 2.5 meter x 1.5 meter x 1.25 meter in out side measurement except when special arrangements have been made. (c) Heavy or bulky single article as parcel exceeding 40 kilograms in weight or 20 cubic decimeters in measurement will be booked only if accommodation will allow. 6. Actual weight will be taken as the basis for the calculation of charges, except where otherwise specified. The rule as to fractions of weight and charges obtaining on Pakistan Railways will also apply. 7. Parcels charged by measurement on the Pakistan Railways shall be similarly charged over the Out-agency. 8. Wharfage will be charged under the rules and at the rates applicable over the Pakistan Railways.


APPENDIX II



Page 17 of 18

09. The increase percentage on the declared value of Parcel, Goods will be levied over the out-agency in addition to the increase percentage charge over the railway subject to maximum of one percent under the rules and rates given in Railway Coaching Tariff and should be shown separately on Way-Bill/Invoice.

10. Rates for Luggage, Parcel and Goods Traffic between ……………… Railway Station and Out agency. Description of Traffic Cartage charges between the Agency and

the connected Railway Station

Rate of 50 Kilogram of part of 50 Kilograms

Parcel

Rupees …………..

Goods

Rupees …………..

Contractor

Dated Deputy Chief Commercial Manager, Pakistan Railways, Lahore.


APPENDIX II



Page 18 of 18

APPENDIX C Bill No… Dated……….…… To (Here give name) ……………………………………………. Out-Agency Contractors (s) ……………………..for charges for carting and handling Inward/Outward Goods Parcels booked to/from……..Out-Agency during the month………as per details given below:——

Station Date No. of invoice/way-bill

From To Weight Rate

Out-agency charges due

Remarks

Kgs Rupees

……..………………. Place………. Name of Contractor (s). N.B.——Bills will be prepared in duplicate and sent to the Financial Advisor and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue, showing the total amount.


APPENDIX II



Page 1 of 18

This Agreement made this day ........... of ............................ between the President of Islamic Republic of Pakistan acting through the Pakistan Railways Administration (hereinafter called the “Railway Administration”) of the one part and M/S ................................................................................ (hereinafter called the “Contractor”) of the other part in respect of the City Booking Agency of the Pakistan Railways at ............................................ .

Whereas the Railway Administration has established a City Booking Agency at …………………… for the purpose of outward booking of passengers, and their luggage from and also for booking and conveyance of parcels and goods (except live stock, coal and goods in bulk or loose, dangerous and explosive goods and arms and ammunition) between the said booking agency and all Stations on the Pakistan Railways and other connected railways and city booking and out agencies with which the Pakistan Railways has or may hereafter have booking arrangements, and conveyance of luggage, parcels and goods booked to and from the said city booking agency between the city booking agency and ……………………… Railway Station, and whereas the Contractor has agreed with the Railway Administration to book passengers only and book, carry and convey luggage, parcels and goods as aforesaid in connection with the said city booking agency upon the terms and conditions hereinafter contained in this Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, the Railway Administration and the Contractor do hereby jointly and severally covenant and agree in the manner following, that is to say:

MUTUAL (GENERAL STIPULATIONS).

I. In this Agreement, unless a different intention appears from the subject or context, the expression:-

(a) “The President of Islamic Republic of Pakistan” includes his successors and

assigns.

(b) “Railway Administration” means and includes besides the President of Islamic Republic of Pakistan and his successors and assigns the General Manager of the

(c) Pakistan Railways and his successors and assigns; the Chief Commercial

Manager P.R., and such other Officers of the Railways who may be duly authorized by the aforesaid authority.

(d) “Contractor” includes the legal representative of the Contractor.

(e) “City Booking Agency” means the City Booking Agency established at


APPENDIX II



Page 2 of 18

…………………for the purpose of outward booking of passengers and their luggage and conveyance of luggage from the city booking agency, and also for the booking and conveyance of parcels and goods between the said city booking agency and all stations on the Pakistan Railways and city booking and out agencies.

(f) “Passengers” means all persons as are ordinarily booked for conveyance at Railway fares and are usually carried by trains carrying passengers.

(g) “Luggage” means and includes all articles and packages booked for carriage by

rail in the brake van or with the passengers in connection with tickets issued from or to the said city booing agency.

(h) “Parcels” means all such articles and small packages and the like as are

ordinarily booked for conveyance by the Pakistan Railways at parcel rates of freight and are usually carried by trains carrying passengers.

(i) “Goods” means and includes all articles and packages other than parcels as are

ordinarily booked for conveyance by the Pakistan Railways at goods rates of freight and are usually carried in goods vehicles by goods or mixed trains.

II. The Contractor shall be deemed to be the Agent of the Railway Administration and shall be subject to the legal liabilities such as are laid down or defined in the law relating to Agents in force in Pakistan for the booking of passengers and their luggage and conveyance of luggage from and also for the booking and conveyance of parcels and goods booking from and to the said city booking agency. III. All passengers and their luggage shall be booked from and all parcels and goods shall be booked to and from, ………………… city booking agency and to all stations on the Pakistan Railways. IV. (a). The Contractor shall maintain an efficient transport service to the satisfaction of the railway administration and shall arrange to have a sufficient number of vehicles in good working order at ……………………… railway station and the said city booking agency for carrying such luggage, parcels and goods traffic, at the timings mutually agreed upon by the parties. No vehicles shall be in use for service by the Contractor which is in a dilapidated condition. (b). Should the Contractor's Service fail at any time in respect of booking of passengers, their luggage parcels or goods or receipt and delivery of parcels and goods as referred to in the preamble of this Agreement the Railway Administration shall be entitled to


APPENDIX II



Page 3 of 18

inflict a penalty to the extent of Rupees…………………. in each case, on the Contractor in addition to any other liabilities to which the Contractor may be liable under the provision of this Agreement. V. The Contractor shall carry luggage parcels and goods at his own sole risk and responsibility and notwithstanding anything said or contained in Clause II here of the Contractor shall be responsible for and will make good and will save harmless and indemnify the Railway Administration for and in respect of any claims, demands, suits, losses, damages, costs, charges and expenses whatsoever on account of any injury, damage or loss, etc., caused to any person or property resulting directly or indirectly from any act or omission on the part of the Contractor or his servants or employees. VI. The Contractor shall pay part cost of any publicity given by the Railway Administration to the service worked by him. The amount to be debited to the Contractor shall depend on the discretion of Railway Administration. VII. The Contractor shall supply a sufficient number of waterproof sheets necessary to protect from rain, etc., all luggage’s, parcels and goods booked to and from the city booking agency while in transit. VIII. All inward parcels and goods shall be considered to be in the Contractor’s possession and in his care and custody and at his risk and responsibility from the moment that such parcels and goods shall have been delivered to and signed for by the Contractor or by a person authorized to act on his behalf or shall have been loaded in conveyance belonging to or provided by him for the purpose. All outward luggage, parcels and goods shall be considered to remain and be in the Contractor’s possession and in his care and custody and at his risk and responsibility until the same shall have been received and signed for by railway staff for the time being in the service of the Railway Administration at the Railway station. IX. (i) The Contractor shall carry on the business of the city booking agency in strict accordance with the terms and conditions contained in this agreement and will forthwith deposit with the Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue, a sum of rupees……………… as security for the due fulfilment of each and all of the said terms and conditions to be observed by him. The said sum of rupees …………… is herein after called the “Security deposit”. The Contractor shall further deposit with the Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer/’Revenue, a sum of rupees……………….as security to cover the average monthly outstanding such as unaccounted for or undelivered consignments. The


APPENDIX II



Page 4 of 18

Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue, will further be empowered to retain from the current month’s dues of the Contractor any sum or sums outstanding against him over and above an amount equal to the security plus two months cartage charges in any one month.

The amount so retained will be adjusted monthly with reference to the transaction of the month subsequent to that in which deduction is made. (2) The Railway Administration shall have full powers and authority of all times to apply the whole or any part of security deposit, and any other money at any time due by it to or held by it for and on behalf of the Contractor in and towards the satisfaction and discharge of any sums at any time due by the contractor to the Railway Administration or of any claims on or loss or damage suffered by the Railway Administration in consequence of any default, misconduct, negligence or omission on the part of the Contractor or his servants or other persons acting for or under the authority or with the permission of the Contractor in the conduct of the business of the city booking agency in accordance with the Terms & Conditions of this Agreement, or in any matter arising out of or connected with or relating to any such default, misconduct, negligence or omission as aforesaid. Provided further that in the event of any loss or damage to the Railway Administration due to fraud, negligence or any other action (direct or contributory) on the part of the Contractor or his servants or employees or non-fulfilment by him of any of the Terms & Conditions of this Agreement the Railway Administration shall be entitled to forfeit the said security deposit and the Contractor shall be liable to deposit a fresh security within the time fixed by the Railway Administration. Failure to deposit the fresh security within the time fixed by the Railway Administration will be deemed a breach of the terms and conditions of this agreement. (3) In the event of any portion of the security deposit being so applied by the Railway Administration during the continuance of this agreement, the Contractor shall, on being informed by the Railway Administration of the amount so applied forthwith deposit with the Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue, sum equal to the amount so applied so as to keep up the amount of security deposit to the full sum of rupees…………….. and failing this, the Railway Administration may make up the amount of the security deposit accordingly from any sum thereafter accruing due to the Contractor. (4) Upon the expiry of one year next after the date of which this agreement is in any manner determined, the Contractor shall be entitled to the refund of the security deposit or portion thereof then standing to his credit, after fully discharging and satisfying all


APPENDIX II



Page 5 of 18

sums (if any) due to the Railway Administration from the Contractor under this agreement, including claims for which the Railway Administration may be liable on account of the Contractor and all losses suffered and expenses incurred by the Railway Administration in consequence of the default misconduct, negligence, omission or any other wrongful act of the Contractor, his servants or other persons acting on his behalf. Provided that the Railway Administration shall not be obliged to refund the security deposit or any portion thereof unless and until the Contractor shall first deliver to it a certificate in writing certifying that the Contractor has no outstanding claims or demands under or arising out of, or in any way connected with or relating to this agreement, against the Railway Administration. (5) Nothing contained in this Clause shall be deemed in any way to limit or affect any other lawful right, remedy or relief to which the Railway Administration may at any time be entitled under this Agreement, or any law for the time being in force in respect of any breach by the Contractor of any of the Terms & Conditions of this Agreement, or any criminal or unlawful act of the Contractor, his servants or other persons acting on his behalf or in respect of anything discovered by the Railway Administration after the return of the security deposit or portion thereof or in respect of any sums due to the Railway Administration by reason that the security deposit and other sums belonging to the Contractor coming into the hands of the Railway Administration are insufficient to satisfy and discharge the entire liability of the Contractor to the Railway Administration. X. The Books and Accounts of the city booking agency, shall at all proper times and places be open to the inspection and audit of Pakistan Railways Accounts and Audit Establishment in the same manner as is customary in the case of the Books and Accounts maintained at Railway Stations of Pakistan Railways. XI. In the event of any loss or damage, however caused, arising or occurring to or in respect of any luggage, parcels or goods or any consignment in connection with the city booking agency and of the Railway Administration being unable clearly to fix the responsibility for such loss or damage or to specify the precise extent of the liability of the Contractor in respect thereof, then and in every such case, such loss or damage shall ordinarily be divided between and borne by the Contractor and the Railway Administration respectively in proportion to the freight earned by each from the luggage, parcels and goods in respect of which such loss or damage is caused.

Provided that the decision of the Railway Administration as to the extent of the liability of the contractor for any such loss or damage shall, in every case be final and conclusive.


APPENDIX II



Page 6 of 18

XII. No claim on account of overcharge and undercharge in connection with freight or apportionment of freight and being Rupees ………………… in the case of luggage and parcels and Rupees ……………………. in the case of goods or less in the case of any consignment shall be made by the Contractors against the Railway Administration or by the Railway Administration against the Contractors.

Provided, however, that if it is noticed that undue advantage is being taken by the Contractor of the provisions of this clause the Railway Administration shall be entitled to modify or revise or delete this clause as it may deem proper. XIII. Save as herein otherwise provided no claim on account of freight or other charges on traffic interchanged between the city booking agency and the Pakistan Railways or on account of Apportionment thereof which the Contractor may prefer against the Railway Administration or the Railway Administration may prefer against the Contractor shall be entertained by the Railway Administration or the Contractor, respectively unless the same has been made within six months from the end of the week or the month, as the case may be in which the entry giving rise to such claim has been accounted for in the return to be submitted hereunder. If the parties do not prefer their claims against each other within the aforesaid period of six months they shall be deemed to have waived their rights in respect thereof and shall not be entitled to any payment on account thereof. XIV. The Contractor shall not sub-let, assign or in any manner transfer to any other person the whole or any part of the rights or obligations conferred or imposed upon him by this agreement or any of the business connected with the city booking agency hereby constituted. XV. In case the Contractor shall at any time fail to supply a sufficient number of conveyance and labour required in connection with this agreement, it shall be optional for the Railway Administration to engage at the expense of the Contractor, all such conveyance and labour as may from time to time be required and to recover all expenses thus incurred from any sums that may be due by the Railway Administration to the Contractor under this agreement or from the security deposit herein before mentioned. XVI. (1) In the event of any breach of any of the Terms and Conditions of this

Agreement by the Contractor or his servants or any persons acting for and on his behalf or under his authority or with his permission, or of the Contractor at any time failing to perform all or any of the services required of him by this Agreement within a time deemed reasonable by or in a manner satisfactory to the Railway Administration, the Railway


APPENDIX II



Page 7 of 18

Administration may, without prejudice to any other right, remedy or relief to which it may otherwise be entitled under this Agreement or any law for the time being in force, suspend the working forthwith or revoke and determine this Agreement, after the expiry of one week Notice in writing to be given to the Contractor of its intention of doing so.

(2) Either party to this Agreement may determine the same upon the expiry of

three month's Notice in writing given to the other of its intention of doing so.

XVII. The Contractor shall pay such penalty as the Railway Administration may inflict for any complaints against the Contractor, which are bona-fide and substantiated or for failure of the Contractor to fulfil any of the Terms & Conditions of this Agreement. In the event of the Contractor's failure to pay the penalty so imposed within the time fixed by the Railway Administration in each case, it shall be lawful for the Railway Administration to deduct the amount of such penalty from the security deposit and the Contractor shall forthwith deposit a sum equal to the amount so applied in accordance with the terms of sub para (3) of clause IX of this agreement. XVIII. Any Notice, letter or other communication which shall be sent by the Railway Administration by registered post addressed to the Contractor at his Head Office at …………… shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Contractor. XIX. This Agreement shall be deemed to have come into force on and from …………. for a period of ………… years. XX. The cost of the stamp on this Agreement shall be borne by the Railway Administration.

SPECIAL STIPULATIONS TO BE OBSERVED BY THE CONTRACTOR IN CARRYING OUT THE BUSINESS OF THE CITY BOOKING AGENCY.

XXI. The Contractor shall comply with and observe each and all of the Terms & Conditions hereinafter set forth and provided for carrying on the business of the city booking agency that is to say: (1) The Contractor shall maintain proper Books and Accounts to the satisfaction of the Railway Administration of the entire city booking agency’s business carried on under this Agreement, and will duly account to the proper Officers of the Railway Administration for all passengers, their luggage, parcels and goods and money received


APPENDIX II



Page 8 of 18

on account thereof or in connection therewith; such Books and Accounts shall be at all times at proper places, open to inspection and audit by the Railway Administration or any Officer deputed by them in the same manner as is customary in the case of the Books and Accounts maintained at Railway Stations on the Pakistan Railways. (2) The Contractor shall convey with reasonable diligence and speed to the satisfaction of the Railway Administration all luggage parcels and goods received for transmission between the city booking agency and ........................ railway station on the Pakistan Railways in either direction, according to the true purport and intent of this agreement and of the city booking agency’s business carried on thereunder. (3) The Contractor shall at all times keep up such number of conveyances as may, in the opinion of the Railway Administration, be sufficient for the purpose of efficiently carrying on the business of the city booking agency and will at all times maintain the conveyance so kept up in good and serviceable condition to the satisfaction of the Railway Administration. (4) The Contractor shall be responsible to comply with the provisions of the employment of Children Act,1991 or any statutory modifications there of and the rules framed under the said Act and shall not employ or permit any child who has not completed his fourteen year of age to work under him. He shall further, before employing any person, have his age verified as laid down in the rules framed under the said Act.

(5) The Contractor shall arrange to carry between ……………… railway station and the city booking agency luggage, parcels and goods traffic by adequate transport in any case of emergency or rush of abnormal traffic, the Contractor shall arrange to continue to fulfil the terms and conditions of this agreement by employing at this own risk, responsibility and expense, such transport as may be necessary to cope with the traffic offering and at the same time indemnify the Railway Administration under the terms of this agreement against any loss, damage, injury, etc, in the same manner as if this traffic was being conveyed in his own transport duly covered by insurance.

(6) The Contractor shall appoint and at all times maintain, competent staff to the satisfaction of the Railway Administration at the city booking agency and also at ……………… railway station to conduct the business of the city booking agency at his own sole risk, and on his responsibility and will provide good and suitable office and storage accommodation, furniture, fittings and other equipment at these places, to the satisfaction of the Railway Administration.

(7) The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance at his own cost of fire fighting equipment in the city booking agency to the entire satisfaction of the Railway


APPENDIX II



Page 9 of 18

Administration with a view to protect the Railway property in his possession in case of out break of a fire.

(8) In case the staff appointed by the Contractor for the working of city booking agency is found to be inefficient in the knowledge of Railway Rules to conduct the business of the Agency to the satisfaction of the Railway Administration, the aforesaid staff will be put through a refresher course at Pakistan Railways Academy, Lahore Cantt and the cost of such training shall be borne by the Contractor. (9) The Contractor shall observe and comply with the instructions for the working of the city booking agency contained in Appendix “A” (signed by the parties) and annexed hereto, and the said Appendix A shall be read with and taken as part of this agreement. (10) The Contractor shall be responsible for all errors, oversights and undercharge made by the staff maintained by him at the city booking agency or elsewhere.

(11) The Contractor shall be responsible for the collection of fares and charges from passengers booked from the city booking agency and of freight and other charges on luggage, parcels and goods booked inward “To-Pay” and outward “Paid” and remitting the total earnings daily in full to the Chief Cashier & Treasurer, Pakistan Railways, Lahore in a sealed bag through the Station Master ………………. Railway Station or the representative of the National Bank of Pakistan authorized by the Railways Administration and will obtain a receipt for the same. The City Booking agent will be responsible for the safe custody and carriage of cash between the City Booking agencies and the Railway Station for deposit. He will also be responsible for any shortage of cash and other irregularities in connection therewith discovered at the time of opening the sealed cash bags in the Cash Office at Lahore.

(12) The Contractor shall be responsible for and shall make good and save harmless and indemnify the Railway Administration for and in respect of all loss, damage or injury of whatever kind and from whatsoever cause arising which may occur to, or in respect of any luggage, parcels and goods while in his possession, care or custody as provided for in Clause VIII and will refund to the Railway Administration all payments which the said Railway Administration may lawfully make to any person in respect of any such loss or damage as aforesaid, failing which necessary recovery will be made from the security deposit or other dues of the Contractor.

(13) In the event of loss of any tickets irrespective of the fact whether proof of the tickets having been used is forthcoming or not, the Contractor shall be responsible for and liable to pay to the Railway Administration sum equal to the total fare of the tickets found to have been lost. In case of Excess Fare Tickets the fares will be calculated as if the tickets were issued for the highest class and to the farthest destination stations but in case of Blank Paper Tickets to the farthest destination Stations.


APPENDIX II



Page 10 of 18

(14) The Contractor shall charge the public using the city booking agency and will receive payment from the Railway Administration for performing the services hereby agreed upon in connection with the said city booking agency according to the scale of fares, rates and charges prescribed in Appendix B (signed by the parties) annexed hereto or such other fares, rates and charges as may from time to time hereafter mutually agreed upon between the parties in place thereof. If the contractor shall at any time charge any person as higher fare or rate than that prescribed in Appendix B or for the time being in force in place thereof, he shall without prejudice to any other penalty, prosecution or proceeding to which he may be liable under this Agreement or any law for the time being in force, be deemed to have committed a breach of the Agreement. The fares, rates and charges for the time being in force under this Agreement will be duly notified, from time to time by the Railway Administration in the tariffs and departmental circulars of the Pakistan Railway Administration and all alterations in such rates and charges shall take effect and come into force from such date as is notified in such tariffs and circulars and not before.

(15) The Contractor shall make no charges of any kind whatsoever to the passenger or parcels and goods consignor or consignee for booking passenger or conveyance of any luggage or for any duty which he should perform in pursuance of this Agreement or of the city booking agency’s business carried on there under beyond the ordinary fares, freight, wharfage, or demurrage charges prescribed in the aforesaid Appendix B or for the time being in force as hereinbefore provided.

(16) The Contractor shall allow all Officers and Subordinates of the Pakistan Railways entrusted with the duty of inspecting the city booking agency or visiting it in connection with any enquiry, a free conveyance to and from the city booking agency and …………….. Railway Station whenever required by the Railway Administration or he will pay an allowance of Rupees …………….. per day to the officer/ inspectorate staff inspecting city Booking Agency.

(17) All or any of the powers and functions reserved to the Railway Administration by and provided for, in Sub-Clauses (3), (6) and (16) of this Clause of this Agreement may from time to time to discharge by the Divisional Superintendent for the time being of the ………………… Division of the Pakistan Railways. Similarly the Financial Advisor & Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue and Director General Audit Railways, Lahore, or any Officer deputed by them is empowered by the Railway Administration to carry out the inspection and audit of the Books and Accounts referred to in the last sentence in Sub-Clause (1) of this Clause of the Agreement.

(18) The Contractor shall at all times indemnify the Railway Administration against all claims which may be made under the Workmen's Compensation Act, 1923, or may statutory modifications thereof or otherwise for or in respect of any accident or injury sustained by any workman, labourer, or other person in the employment of the


APPENDIX II



Page 11 of 18

Contractor and shall take all risk of accidents or damages which may cause a failure of the performance of the works from whatever cause arising and the entire responsibility for the sufficiency of all the means used by him for the fulfilment of the Contract.

(19) The Contractor shall not compete with the Railway Administration in any way, whatsoever, whether directly or indirectly by carrying passengers, luggage, parcels and goods over any section of road that is an alternative route to any portion of the rail route.

(20) The Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with the provisions of the Payment of Wages Act and the rules made thereunder in respect of the staff employed by him in connection with the business of the City booking agency.

(21) The Contractor shall appoint Agents at his own costs to canvass for luggage, parcels and goods and collect parcels and goods from the merchant’s godowns and premises for booking by rail.

(22) Loading and unloading into and from wagons at …………….. Railway Station of all consignments booked from and to the city booking agency which are required to be loaded and unloaded by consignors or consignees under the railway rules in force for the time being shall be done by the Contractor on behalf of and at the expense of the consignors and consignees as the case may be and the Railway Administration shall not be responsible for any payment whatsoever to the Contractor for the services performed by him in this connection. The Contractor shall further be responsible for and make good any breakage, damage, shortage, loss, destruction or deterioration caused by an improper loading, unloading or handling of such goods by his servants or any person acting for or on his behalf or under his authority.

(23) (a) The Contractor shall not employ any persons previously in the employment of the Railway Administration without the express sanction of the Railway Administration.

(b) The contractor shall allow carriage of railway publicity material free of charge between railway station and City Booking Agency.

(24) The Contractor shall get his character and of his staff employed by him in connection with the performance of this contact, verified through the Police in accordance with the instructions issued by the Railway Administration.


APPENDIX II



Page 12 of 18

STIPULATIONS BY THE RAILWAY ADMINISTRATION.

XXII. For and in consideration of the terms & conditions of this Agreement to be observed and performed by the Contractor, the Railway Administration will pay to the Contractor for the booking of passengers and for the booking and conveyance of luggage, parcels and goods between the city booking agency and Railway Station …………….., in either direction the rates specified in the aforesaid Appendix B or such other rates as may for the time being be in force, in place of those contained in Appendix B under sub-clause (14) of Clause XXI of this Agreement.

XXIII. The Railway Administration shall pay the Contractor ............... % Commission of the total amount of booking of Passenger earnings at the city booking agency.

XXIV. The Railway Administration shall not pay to the Contractor any rent for the premises used exclusively for the city booking agency and Sub-Offices business.

Provided, however, that the building taken on lease by the Contractor in connection with the business of the city booking agency shall be inspected and approved by an Officer deputed by the Railway Administration.

The wharfage charges accruing on consignments while in the custody of the Contractor shall be credited to the Railway Administration.

“Provided further that in the case of consignments transferred to the lost property office, the contractors claim for wharfage accrued, shall be payable only if the sale proceeds of such consignments are sufficient to cover the same after satisfying all dues of the Railway Administration in respect thereof.

XXV. The Railway Administration will supply at the cost of the contractor movable boards marked Pakistan Railways to be hung on all vehicles carrying the city booking agency’s luggage, parcels and goods.

XXV. All payments to be made to the Contractor shall ordinarily be made monthly and as soon as convenient and possible on presentation of bills by the 10th of the month following that to which they relate in triplicate in the abstract forms adopted by the Railway Administration from time to time to the Financial Advisor and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue.

XXVI. The Railway Administration will supply a weighing machine, ticket-tube, a dating machine, a ticket nipper and such number of leather Cash Bags as may be considered necessary for the city booking agency. These Articles will remain the property of the Railway Administration and the weighing machine will also be maintained by the Railway Administration. The Contractor shall, however, be responsible for the safety of these Articles and shall be liable for any damages caused there to by the neglect of the Contractor or of his employees or servants.


APPENDIX II



Page 13 of 18

XXVII. Except as otherwise provided a verbal or written Arrangement, abandoning varying or supplementing this Contract or any of the terms hereof shall be deemed conditional and shall not be binding on the Railway Administration unless and until the same is endorsed on this Agreement or is incorporated in a formal instrument and signed by the parties hereto and till then Railway Administration shall have the right to repudiate such arrangement.

XXIV. In the event of any difference of opinion between the Railway Administration and the Contractor, as to the respective rights and obligations of the parties here under or as to the true intent and meaning of those presents or any Articles or conditions there of such difference of opinion shall be referred to the sole arbitration of the General Manager, Pakistan Railways, for the time being whose decision shall be final, conclusive and binding on the parties.

XXX. In the event of termination of the Contract under Clause XVI(l) or (2), the Railway Administration shall, if so desired, be at liberty to take over any building, land or halting place used by the Contractor to facilitate the work of his successor.

XXXI. Relatives of Contractor.

Should the Contractor have a relative employed in any Branch of the Pakistan Railways, he must inform the Divisional Superintendent or the Head of the Department concerned of the fact when applying for registration as an approved contractor or when submitting his first tender, failing which the Contractor will render himself liable to be black-listed and his Contract liable to termination without any claim for damages if the fact subsequently to light.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF THE parties here to have hereunto subscribed their names at the places and on the date hereinafter mentioned, respectively.

Signed for and on behalf of the President of Islamic Republic of Pakistan by _____________, Dy: Chief Commercial Manager/Passengers, Pakistan Railways, at Lahore on this ____ day of 20…..

Deputy Chief Commercial Manager, Pakistan Railways, Lahore.

Signed by _______________________, for and on behalf of Contractor at ------ on this _____day of 20….. in presence of:-

For and on behalf of Contractor.

Countersigned Witnesses:- 1. …………………….. ………………………. 2. …………………….. ………………………..

Divisional Superintendent, Pakistan Railways, ………


APPENDIX II



Page 14 of 18

APPENDIX-A.

RULES FOR THE WORKING OF THE CITY BOOKING AGENCY.

1. BOOKING OF PASSENGERS AND ALSO BOOKING AND DESPATCH OF OUTWARD LUGGAGE, PARCELS AND GOODS

1. The Contractor shall arrange to book direct all outward passengers and book and convey luggage, parcels and goods traffic, offered for dispatch at the city booking agency, subject to the conditions and exceptions provided for in Appendix B with the least possible delay.

a) The booking of passengers and their luggage will be done direct from the city booking agency to all Stations on the Pakistan Railways except to …………… station via which the city booking agency is worked. The booking will be done on the Forms prescribed for Railway Stations, i.e. tickets, luggage tickets, parcel way-bills and invoices and in strict accordance with the rules laid down by the Railway Administration in the reference Books, Circulars, Notices and other publications referred to Para-4.

(b) The accounting of passenger tickets, parcels way-bills and invoices will be done at the city booking agency and sent to the Accounts Officer/Revenue, in the forms and books prescribed for Railway Stations.

(c) All such luggage, parcels and goods on arrival from the city booking agency at the station via which the city booking agency is worked will be carefully compared by the railway staff with the connected luggage tickets, parcel way-bills and invoices as the case may be and entries relating thereto made in the transhipment register the railway staff will sign in the column “Signature” and record in the column “Remarks” any defective conditions etc of the packages. These forms will however be prepared in duplicate, i.e. one to be kept by the Contractor and the other to be made over to the staff taking over the goods at the railway station for future reference. The relevant junction invoice luggage ticket and parcel way-bills should also be made over to the station staff along with the luggage, parcels and goods and signatures obtained separately for them.

(2) (a) RECEIPT AND DISPOSAL OF INWARD PARCELS AND GOODS (a) All parcels and goods booked to the city booking agency on arrival at the junction station with the city booking agency will be entered in the transhipment register and made over along with the connected way bills and invoices ( see para (b) below) to the Contractor’s representative who will sign for the same in the transhipment register in the column headed “Signature” and record in the column “Remarks” and defective conditions, etc, of the packages. These forms will be prepared in duplicate, i.e. one to be kept by the railway staff and the other to be made over to the Contractor for future reference.


APPENDIX II



Page 15 of 18

(b) The Contractor’s representative will, however, receive any consignments marked for the city booking agency even where the connected way bills or invoices have not been received. A copy of the way bill or invoice will be prepared from the railway receipt and taken to account subject to the undercharge being recovered on receipt of the original or a certified copy thereof from the forwarding station. This should be called for when not received.

(c) On arrival of parcels and goods at the city booking agency the parcel way bill or invoice will be taken into account, and the traffic and documents dealt with in strict accordance with the rules laid down by the railway administration in the books, circulars, notices and other publications referred to in para 4. (d) Inward parcel way bills or invoices must be taken to account immediately upon receipt, in the accounts then in hand, even when the consignment has not been received and the amount shown as outstanding until the parcel and goods delivered or orders received for the outstanding to be cleared otherwise.

(e) The Railway Administration shall bear the cost of the postage in respect of notices served on the consignors and consignees or persons appearing entitled thereto, for the disposal of unclaimed goods and parcels as prescribed in section 56, sub-section (1) of the Railways Act, 1890.

(3) RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR FOR FARES, FREIGHT AND OTHER CHARGES. The Contractor shall be responsible for all undercharges and collection of fares

of passengers, freight charges on luggage, parcels and goods traffic in accordance with the Rules applicable for similar traffic on Pakistan Railway Stations. (4) BOOKS AND FORMS.

The Contractor shall maintain all such Books and Forms as may be required from time to time by the Railway Administration, for the proper booking and accounting of all traffic booked to and from the city booking agency in accordance with rules appearing in the Pakistan Railways Commercial Manual, Pakistan Railways Codes, Manuals of instructions for the monthly system of Accounts, Coaching and Goods Tariffs and similar other publication, also such other instructions as may be issued from time to time by the General Manager, and Financial Advisor & Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue. One copy of each such Books etc. as it required to be maintained, will be supplied free of charge by the Railway Administration, on the Contractor indenting for them on the Divisional Superintendent. Books required to be replaced if lost or otherwise destroyed or In addition to those supplied free of charge, will be supplied only at the expense of the Contractor.


APPENDIX II



Page 16 of 18

(5) Returns.

The Contractor shall arrange to submit complete Returns relating to passengers, luggage, parcels and goods traffic dealt with at the city booking agency to the Financial Advisor and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue, showing separately the agency and the railway proportions, also balance sheet in connection therewith, in the manner prescribed in the books referred to above, and in any supplemental, general or special instructions issued by the Financial Advisor & Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue or the General Manager, Pakistan Railways.

(6) Refund.

Passengers who can not commence their journey should apply to the CBA who will refund the fare, provided the ticket is given within 2 hours after the departure of the train, less a charge of Rupees Five for service. Under no circumstances shall the Contractor allow a refund of freight on consignments booked to and from the city booking agency and all such claims shall be forwarded to the Chief Commercial Manager, Pakistan Railways, overcharges due to errors in classification or computation of freight discovered prior to the delivery of “To Pay” consignment will, however, be refunded by the Contractor at the time of delivery, the consignee being asked to acknowledge the refund on Refund List. The form bearing the acknowledgement will be sent to the Financial Advisor and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue alongwith the connected balance sheet.

(7) Remittance of cash.

The entire of collection of the day whether representing by coins, cheques, currency note, military warrants, credit-notes or pay orders, etc. duly entered in cash remittance-note will be sent to the Chief Cashier & Treasurer, Pakistan Railways, Lahore in a sealed cash bag through the Station Master of connected Railway Station, or to representative of National Bank of Pakistan authorized by the Railway Administration. As laid down in clause XXI (11) of the Agreement. One cash remittance note only for each day’s remittance of cash and vouchers will be prepared and if there be no cash collection on any day a “Nil” cash remittance note will be prepared and submitted to the Chief Cashier & Treasurer. The earnings on account of coaching and goods will also be shown separately on the cash remittance notes.

............................................. ………………………………………………….. Contractor Deputy Chief Commercial Manager, Pakistan Railways, Lahore. Dated................................. Dated …………………….


APPENDIX II



Page 17 of 18

APPENDIX B. THE CITY BOOKING AGENCY AT _________VIA_________RAILWAY STATION General Conditions applicable to the city booking agency. (1) The Railway Administration will not undertake any liability on behalf of the

Contractor under the Common Carriers Act, III of 1865. (2) Coal contraband, offensive goods, inflammable explosives, dangerous goods,

goods in bulk or loose, arms and ammunition, will not be booked. Small consignments of safety cartridges and ammunition for private individuals, however, may be accepted and will be carried over the city booking agency’s portion at owner's risk under risk-note form C. Perishables shall be accepted at owner’s risk.

(3) All packages liable to damage by rain must be protected in transit by waterproof

sheets to be supplied by the Contractor. (4) All Packages carried over the railway at owner's risk will be carried over the city

booking agency’s portion also at owner's risk. (5) (a) The maximum weight of any single package shall not exceed 190 Kilograms

in case of parcels except when special arrangements have been made.

(b) The maximum length of any single package of Parcels should not exceed 2.5 metre x 1.5 metre x 1.25 metre in outside measurement, except when special arrangements have been made.

(c) Heavy or bulky singles articles as parcel exceeding 40 Kilograms in weight or 280 cubic decimetres in measurement will be booked only if accommodation will allow.

(6) Actual weight will be taken as the basis for the calculation of charges, except

where otherwise specified. The rule as to fractions of weight and charges obtaining on the Pakistan Railway will also apply.

(7) Parcels charged by measurement on the Pakistan Railway shall be similarly

charged over the city booking agency. (8) Wharfage will be charged under the rules and at the rates applicable at the

connected Railway Station over the Pakistan Railways.


APPENDIX II



Page 18 of 18

(9) Increased Percentage Charge on declared value of parcel, luggage etc. will be levied over the city booking agency in addition to the increased percentage charge over the railway, respectively subject to a maximum of one percent under the rules and rates railway Coaching Tariff and should be shown separately on the way bill.

(10) Rates for luggage, parcels and goods traffic between Railway Station and the city

booking agency. Description of Traffic

Rate per 50 Kg or part of 50 Kg

Luggage (in excess of free allowance admissible under the rules.

Rupees ………………..

Parcels


Goods


Contractor

.………………..

Dated

..………………

Deputy Chief Commercial Manager, Pakistan Railways, Rupees ………………...


APPENDIX III

MODEL AGREEMENT FOR ASSISTED SIDING


Page 1 of 10

An Agreement dated the ……………. day of …………………, between the President of Islamic Republic of Pakistan, acting through the Pakistan Railways Administration (hereinafter called the "Railway Administration") of the one part; and Messrs. ………………., Proprietors of ……………….. (hereinafter called the "Firm"/”Company”) of the other part ; as to the provision of a siding to their …………………………… WHEREAS the said Firm is desirous of having a siding laid by the Pakistan railways from the ……………. Station yard of the ………………..Railway as shown in Plan No. ………………… hereto annexed for the purpose of carrying on the Firm's business in the Firm's premises there situated: AND WHEREAS Pakistan Railways is willing to lay the said siding for the said Firm upon and subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth: NOW, THEREFORE, this Agreement witnesseth as follows that is to say: Clause 1.–In this Agreement unless a different intention appears from the subject or context the expression– (a) "Railway Administration" means and includes besides the President of Islamic Republic of Pakistan and his successors, the General Manager and the Divisional Superintendents, Pakistan Railways. (b) "Firm" means the Firm of Messrs…………………………….. (c) "Siding" means and includes the lines of rails, platforms, embankments, ballast, sleepers and all other appurtenant conveniences constructed and provided for the use of the Firm and between the line of the Pakistan Railways and the said premises and within such premises. (d) The entire siding will be inspected in routine by the personnel of the Railway Administration ensuring safety of track. (e) Any maintenance work on the siding will be in the premises of the Firm/Company shall be initiated with prior intimation to and approval of the Project Director of the firm and so shall the conclusion of the said work be intimated to the Project Director. (f) Expenses incurred in respect of maintenance, labour engaged for the maintenance of the sidings shall be paid by the Firm/Company.


APPENDIX III



Page 2 of 10

Clause 2.–Any land required for the siding outside railway boundary and up to the Firm's premises shall be acquired by the Railway Administration under the Land Acquisition Act. Land so acquired shall vest absolutely in the Railway Administration, and the Firm shall have no right or claim thereto, except such compensation as is expressly provided for under Clause 9(b). Clause 3.–The incidence of cost of the siding as between the Railway Administration and the Firm shall be in accordance with the following general principles: (a) Outside the Firm's premises the cost of all works which would have to be abandoned in the event of the siding being closed shall be paid for by the Firm, and the cost of all works which would be removed by the Railway Administration in the event of the siding being closed shall be paid for by the Railway Administration. (b) If any portion of the siding falls inside the Firm's premises the entire cost of such portion of the siding, together with the cost of all works in connection therewith, shall be paid for by the Firm. (c) If any land has to be acquired for the siding in terms of Clause 2 the entire cost of such acquisition shall be paid for by the Firm. (d) In accordance with the general principle laid down in Clause 3(a) outside the Firm’s premises the cost of works such as earthwork, bridges (exclusive of girder work) culverts, ballast, buildings, etc., shall be borne by the Firm ; and the cost of works such as permanent way (that is sleeper, rails, fastenings, points and crossings), girder work of bridges, fencing, signalling and interlocking appliances, and machinery of any kind, shall be borne by the Railway Administration. (e) In the case of electrified portions of the Pakistan Railways the cost of overhead electric traction equipment shall be paid for by the Railway Administration whether on railway land or on private land and shall remain the property of the Railway Administration. Clause 4.–The estimated cost of works to be paid for by the Firm as defined in Clause 3 (exclusive of acquisition of land) shall be based on rates of labour, material and stores current for the time being on the railway and approved as such by the Railway Administration, and that of acquisition of any land that may be required shall be based on rates intimated by the Revenue Department of the Provincial Government concerned. To the amount thus arrived at (including the cost of land) a surcharge of .............. percent thereof shall be added for supervision during construction.


APPENDIX III



Page 3 of 10

The renewal of the siding which may hereafter be required whether outside or inside the Firms premises shall be carried out by the Railway Administration and the incidence of cost thereof shall follow that of the original capital expenditure of the siding. Clause 5.——On receipt of statement showing that the total estimated amount to be paid for by it, as arrived at in Clause 4, the Firm shall deposit the said total amount with the Railway Administration through the Financial Advisor and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue of Pakistan Railways and the Railway Administration will thereupon sanction the plans and estimates for the siding and proceed to the acquisition of any land that may be required and to the construction of the siding. Clause 6.–The construction, as well as the maintenance of the whole of the siding and of all works in connection therewith, whether outside or inside the Firm's premises, will be carried out by the Railway Administration. The Firm may, however, provide at its own cost a wagon weigh-bridge if necessary provided it is made by an approved manufacturer to the satisfaction of the Railway Administration and the Railway Weigh-Bridge Inspector has access to it at all times to check its accuracy and for supervision of the maintenance which will be carried out by the Firm to the satisfaction of the Railway Administration. A card will be kept by the Firm testifying to its accuracy and giving date of test as in the case of all railway weigh-bridges. Clause 7.–If the amount actually expended by the Railway Administration (including supervision charges specified in Clause 4) for the purposes mentioned in the statement referred to in Clause 5 shall be in excess of the total estimated amount provided in the said statement, such excess shall be paid, on demand, by the Firm to the Railway Administration ; and if the aforesaid amount actually expended shall be less than the aforesaid total estimated amount deposited by the Firm under Clause 5 the balance shall be refunded by the Railway Administration to the Firm. Clause 8.–The Firm shall pay the Railway Administration through the Financial Advisor and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue of the Railway annually in advance the following interest and maintenance charges for the siding: (a)*...................... per cent on the actual outlay incurred by the Railway Administration in the construction of the siding for the purposes mentioned in Clause 3 (a) and (d) to cover interest charges from the date when the construction of the siding is taken in hand.


APPENDIX III



Page 4 of 10

(b)*...................... per cent on the total actual outlay incurred by the Railway Administration on its own behalf and on behalf of the Firm for all purposes (including cost of acquisition of land) in the construction of the whole siding and all works in connexion therewith to cover maintenance charges from the date on which the siding is opened for traffic. Clause 9.–(a) In the event of the Firm wishing to abandon the use of the siding, or in the event of the traffic to and from the siding being at any time in the opinion of the Railway Administration insufficient to justify the continuance of the siding, this Agreement will be determined by the Firm, or the Railway Administration, as the case may be, giving the other party 30 days' notice and after the expiry of such notice the Railway Administration will be at liberty to remove from the siding the permanent way, girder work, machinery and materials of all kinds provided by the Railway Administration under Clause 3 (a) and (b) ; and the cost of such removal shall be paid by the Firm, on demand, to the Railway Administration. In the event of such determination of this Agreement the Railway Administration shall be at liberty to use the land acquired for the siding for such purposes as it shall think fit or to sell or dispose of the same for its own benefit. (b) In the event of it being considered necessary by the Railway Administration in the interest of the public that the siding should be closed, or of the Railway Administration desiring to acquire the siding for the purpose of working it for public traffic as part of the railway system (of which opinion or desire and sanction, as the case may be, the notice hereinafter mentioned shall be conclusive evidence), the Railway Administration shall have the right to terminate this Agreement on giving six months' notice in writing to the Firm to that effect; provided that the Railway Administration shall construct at the cost of the Railway for the use of the Firm a suitable siding in lieu of that closed or acquired or otherwise furnish them with facilities equivalent to those supplied by such siding. If, however, this should be found to be impracticable (of which a certificate under the hand of the General Manager of Pakistan Railways shall be conclusive) the Railway Administration shall refund to the Firm any actual outlay which has been incurred by the Firm under Clause 3. Thereafter the siding so closed or acquired shall become part of the Railway system without any compensation to the Firm other than that hereinbefore mentioned. Clause 10.– Railway Administration may at any time construct, or permit the construction of, any branch or extension of the siding, and may work traffic over the siding to and from such branch or extension. Railway Administration may sanction the use of the siding for the traffic of persons, other than the Firm, on payment to the Firm of remuneration for such use, the amount of such remuneration to be determined by the Railway Administration. The working of such branch and extension, and the use of the


APPENDIX III



Page 5 of 10

siding by persons other than the Firm, shall be so conducted as to interfere as little as possible with the free use of the siding by the Firm whose traffic shall have precedence. Railway Administration further reserves the right to use the siding for any other purpose that may be considered necessary without remuneration to the Firm. Clause 11.–(a) In the event of its being necessary, subsequent to the original construction of the siding, to make any alterations or additions thereto, or to any works in connection therewith, such alterations and additions shall be made subject to the conditions governing the original construction or modified as may be mutually agreed to at the time that such alterations or additions are agreed upon. (b) No alterations or additions shall be made by the Firm to the siding or to any of the works provided in connection therewith, under this Agreement. (c) Without the sanction of Railway Administration, no temporary or permanent structures shall be erected by the Firm in such proximity to the siding as to affect in any way the working of trains over the siding. All structures thus sanctioned shall be made or erected by the Firm in all respects in compliance with the Railway Administration's regulations in force for the time being. Clause 12.–All sums which under the foregoing conditions shall be payable by the Firm, on demand, shall, if not so paid, bear interest at*...........per cent per mensem from the date on which payment was demanded or due. Clause 13.–Freight for all classes of goods will be charged up to and from ............... Station. Railway receipts and invoices shall be issued to and from the station only and in accordance with the rates from time to time published in the Goods Tariff books of the Railway Administration. In addition to such freight Railway Administration will make the following charges in each direction for every wagon loaded or empty, placed in or removed from the lines A and B mentioned in Clause 15 below:

(i) Per 4-wheeled wagon .. .. Rupees............... (in words).

(ii) Per 6-wheeled wagon .. ,. Rupees................ (in words).

(iii) Per 8-wheeled wagon .. ,. Rupees................ (in words).

Clause 14.–Wagons containing full loads only, i.e., not less than such minimum weight per wagon as may be prescribed by the Railway Administration from time to time, will be carried over the siding.


APPENDIX III



Page 6 of 10

Clause 15.–(a) Unless a Commercial Assistant (Goods) is employed at the siding, wagons will not be placed in the siding until freight delivery is effected at the station. In the event of the firm failing to effect freight delivery within 24 hours of the arrival of wagons at the said station, the usual demurrage charges shall begin to accrue on such wagons thereafter. Wagons which cannot be placed in the siding on account of it being not available owing to wagons already standing there, not having been released, shall similarly be subject to payment of demurrage charges after expiry of 24 hours from the time of their arrival at the said station. (b) Wagons will be made over to the Firm and returned by the Firm in the form of certificate shown in Annexure "A." (c) Wagons will be hauled by Railway to and from the lines marked A and B in Plan No.................... hereinbefore referred to or such other point or length as may hereafter be fixed upon by mutual consent of the Firm and the Railway Administration in writing. (d) As soon as wagons are placed at the line A referred to, the Station Master will fill in columns 1, 2 and 3 of both foils of Annexure "A", and obtain the Firm's signature in column 4 of the inner foil and make over the outer foil to the Firm. When this has been done, the wagon will be considered as made over to the Firm, and the free time permissible under the rules will then commence. Similarly wagons will be considered as returned to the railway by the Firm as soon as they are placed at the line B referred to, and the Station Master has been advised by the Firm. This will be done by presentation of the outer foil with column 4 filled in. The Station Master will then initial in column 5 of the outer foil and fill in columns 5, 6, 7 and 8 of the inner foil and columns 6, 7 and 8 of the outer foil and recover the demurrage due. Note.–(1) The free time referred to above will be calculated in accordance with the rules in force from time to time as published in the Goods Tariff books of the Railway Administration, and wagons detained by the Firm over and above such free time shall be subject to payment of the demurrage charges laid down in such tariffs. (2) The Firm will arrange to hand shunt wagons to and from the said length A with their own labour and the Railway Administration will not be responsible for any delay, loss or damage caused in consequence of the failure of the Firm to arrange for such hand shunting. Clause 16.–The Firm will be responsible for seeing that the General Rules and Regulations of Railway are strictly adhered to by its employees and will be responsible


APPENDIX III



Page 7 of 10

for all accidents or loss or damage that may ensue from the neglect or disobedience of such rules and regulations by its employees. It will be the duty of the Firm to obtain copies of all such rules and regulations and to see that its employees are made acquainted with it. Clause 17.–Railway Administration will not be responsible for the contents of wagons, booked at either owner's or railway risk, hauled over the siding during the time such wagons are in transit between the line A and the Firm's premises. The Firm will, however, be at liberty to put their private locks on all such wagons for so long as they are at the Firm's risk. The procedure for booking outward wagons and delivery of inward wagons shall be in accordance with the rules in force in the Goods Tariff, subject to such modifications as may be considered necessary by the Railway Administration. Clause 18.—— The Firm will be held liable for all damages which wagons may sustain during the period they remain in its charge under Clause 15 ; as also for the cost of re-railing wagons derailed while thus under its charge and for repairs to the siding necessitated by such derailments. Clause 19.–Delete Clause 20.–No traffic in commodities other than such as can reasonably be regarded as necessary for the working or requirements of the mill, factory or industry of the Firm shall, except with the written permission of the General Manager Railway, be at any time taken or sent by the Firm over the siding. No consideration or remuneration of any nature, except such as may be contained in a written permission of the General Manager, shall be received or taken by the Firm in respect of traffic over the siding. Clause 21 .–The Firm shall not assign or sub-let the siding without the written permission of the General Manager of the railway, and in the event of the latter according permission, the Firm shall remain responsible to the Railway Administration and their assignees or sub-lessees shall also become responsible for all charges and obligations in this Agreement. Clause 22.–The Firm shall maintain an office at which the Railway Administration will deliver all letters, notices, demands and other communications addressed to the Firm and intended for it, and every such letter, notice, demand or other communication which shall be delivered at such office shall, for all legal purposes whatsoever, be deemed to have been validly and effectually delivered to the Firm.


APPENDIX III



Page 8 of 10

Clause 23.–Notwithstanding anything laid down in the foregoing clauses of this Agreement, it shall be open to the Railway Administration, on giving six months' notice of such intent, to revise the charges laid down in Clauses 8, 12 and 13 of this Agreement. Clause 24.–In the event of the Firm failing to pay any sum due under the foregoing clauses within one month of a written demand from the Railway Administration or in the event of any breach by the Firm of any of the conditions of Clauses 11 (b) and (c), 20 or 21, then this Agreement may be determined without further notice by the Railway Administration, and the Railway Administration will be at liberty to dispose of the land in any way it may deem fit and to remove from the siding the permanent way, girder work, machinery and materials of all kinds provided by the Railway Administration under Clause 3 (a) and (d), and the cost of such removal shall be recovered from the Firm by the Railway Administration. Clause 25.–The siding to which the above terms and conditions relate will be deemed to have come into use on and from the date the said siding is completed and from that date onwards all charges payable to the Railway Administration under the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be paid. Clause 26.–All expenses in drawing up the Agreement and the cost of the stamp shall be borne by the Railway Administration. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties to these presents have hereunto set and subscribed their hands and seals at the places and on the dates hereinafter mentioned, respectively.


APPENDIX III



Page 9 of 10

Signed , sealed and delivered for and on behalf of the President of Islamic Republic of Pakistan by—————————————————————, General Manager,————————————— —————————————————————————————————, on—————————day of—————————20

General Manager, Pakistan Railways,

Dated——————————————

Signed and delivered by————————————— ——————————————————————————————————at——————————————on——————————day of ———————————, in the presence of——--

Witn

ess

(1)———————————————————————————————— Address——————————————————— —————————————————————————— Dated—————————————————.20

(2)———————————————————————————————— Address——————————————————— —————————————————————————— Dated—————————————————20

————————————————— Dated——————————————

Annexure A Part I. Office foil (Inner File)

Returned Arrived

Placed at the line A

(Clause 15) Loaded Empty

Wag

on N

o.

Date Time Date Time

Sign

atur

e of

ap

plic

ants

Date Time Date Time Tim

e al

low

ed

free

D

emur

rage

due

fo

r ho

urs

Amount

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Rupees

. . . . . . . . . . . . .………… Station Master

(Name of Station)


APPENDIX III



Page 10 of 10

Part II. Firm’s foil (Outer File)

Returned Arrived

Placed at the line B

(Clause 15) Loaded Empty

Wag

on N

o.

Date Time Date Time Date Time Date Time Initi

als

of

Stat

ion

Mas

ter

Tim

e al

low

ed

free

Dem

urra

ge d

ue

for

hour

s Amount

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Rupees

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Station Master (Name of Station)